The first and second volumes of Chronicles. [vol. 3 (i.e. The Third Volume of Chronicles)] comprising 1 The description and historie of England, 2 The description and historie of Ireland, 3 The description and historie of Scotland: first collected and published by Raphaell Holinshed, William Harrison, and others: now newlie augmented and continued (with manifold matters of singular note and worthie memorie) to the yeare 1586. by Iohn Hooker aliàs Vowell Gent and others. With conuenient tables at the end of these volumes.

The peaceable and prosperous regiment of blessed Queene Elisabeth, second daughter to king Henrie the eight. (Book Elizabeth I)

AFter all the stormie, tempestuous, and bluste∣ring windie weather of quéene Marie was o∣uerblowne, the darke∣some clouds of discom∣fort dispersed, the palpa∣ble fogs and mists of most intollerable mise∣rie consumed, and the [line 10] dashing showers of persecution ouerpast: it pleased God to send England a calme and quiet season, a cleare and louelie sunshine, a qu••tsest from former broiles of a turbulent estate, and a world of blessings by good quéene Elisabeth: into whose gratious reigne we are now to make an happie entrance as followeth.

When true knowledge was had that quéene Ma∣rie was deceased, who left hir life in this world the seuentéenth daie of Nouember, as is before menti∣oned [line 20] in the latter end of hir historie: in the time of a parlement,* 1.1 the lords that were assembled in the vp∣per house, being resolued according to the lawes of the land, to declare the ladie Elisabeth sister to the said quéene to be verie true and lawfull heire to the crowne of England, sent immediatlie to the spea∣ker of the parlement, willing him with the knights and burgesses of the neather house, without delaie to repaire vnto them into the vpper house, for their assents in a case of great importance. Who being [line 30] come thither, after silence made (as the maner is) the archbishop of Yorke chancellor of England, whose name was Nicholas Heth, doctor in diuinitie, stood vp and pronounced in effect these words follow∣ing.

The cause of your calling hither at this time, is to signifie vnto you,* 1.2 that all the lords here present are certeinlie certified, that God this present morning hath called to his mercie our late souereigne ladie queene Marie. Which hap as it is most heauie and [line 40] gréeuous vnto vs, so haue we no lesse cause another waie to reioise with praise to almightie God; for that he hath left vnto vs a true, lawfull and right inheri∣trice to the crowne of this realme, which is the ladie Elisabeth, second daughter to our late souereigne lord of noble memorie king Henrie the eight, and si∣ster to our said late quéene, of whose most lawfull right and title in the succession of the crowne (thanks be to God) we néed not to doubt. Wherefore the lords of this house haue determined with your assents and [line 50] consents, to passe from hence into the palace, and there to proclame the said ladie Elisabeth quéene of this realme, without further tract of time. Whereto the whole house answered with euident appearance of ioy, God saue quéene Elisabeth, long may quéene Elisabeth reigne ouer vs. And so this present parle∣ment being dissolued by the act of God, the said lords immediatlie calling vnto them the kings and prin∣cipall heralds at armes, went into the palace of Westminster, and directlie before the hall doore in the foore noone of the same daie, after seuerall sound∣ings of trumpets made, in most solemne maner, pro∣clamed the new quéene, by this name and title:* 1.3 Eli∣sabeth by the grace of God queene of England, France and Ireland, defender of the faith, &c: to the great comfort and reioising of the people, as by their maners and countenances well appeared. After which proclama∣tion made at Westminster, the said lords, to wit the duke of Norffolke, the lord treasuror, the earle of Oxford, and diuerse other lords and bishops, with all spéed repaired into the citie of London, where the like proclamation was made in the presence of them, and also of the lord maior and aldermen in their scarlet gowns, at the crosse in Cheape, with no lesse vniuersall ioy and thanksgiuing to God of all the hearers.* 1.4 And so our most gratious souereigne ladie queene Elisabeth began hir happie reigne ouer this realme of England, to the great comfort and gladnesse of all estates christianlie minded and dispo∣sed, vpon the foresaid seuentéenth day of Nouember,

—(lux haec venerabilis Anglis, Haec est illa dies albo signando lapillo

saith the poet) in the yeare after the creation of the world, fiue thousand, fiue hundred, twentie and fiue, [year 1558] after the birth of our sauiour one thousand, fiue hun∣dred, fiftie and eight; of the empire of Ferdinando the first emperor of Rome bearing that name, the first; in the twelfe yeare of the reigne of Henrie the second of that name French king; and in the six∣téenth yeare of the reigne of Marie quéene of Scot∣land.

On wednesdaie the three and twentith of Nouem∣ber, the quéenes maiestie remooued from Hatfield,* 1.5 vnto the Charter house in London, where she lodged in the lord Norths house: in which remoouing, and comming thus to the citie, it might well appeare how comfortable hir presence was to them that went to receiue hir on the waie, and likewise to the great multitudes of people that came abroad to sée hir grace, shewing their reioising harts in countenance and words, with hartie praiers for hir maiesties prosperous estate and preseruation: which no doubt were acceptable to God, as by the sequele of things it may certenlie be belieued, sith his diuine maiestie hath so directed hir dooings, that if euer the common∣wealth of this land hath flourished, it may rightlie be said,* 1.6 that in hir most happie reigne it hath béene most flourishing, in peace, quietnesse, and due administra∣tion of iustice, mixed with mercifull clemencie, so as those which cannot content themselues with the pre∣sent

state of things vnder hir rule, no doubt they are such factious creatures, as will not rest satisfied with anie kind of gouernement, be it neuer so iust and commendable. From the which sort of men the Lord deliuer hir roiall maiestie, and all hir true and louing subiects, and preserue hir in long life to all our com∣forts, and continue hir in such happie procéedings as she hath begun, to the end.

On mondaie the eight and twentith of Nouem∣ber, about two of the clocke in the afternoone, hir [line 10] grace remooued againe, and taking hir chariot, rode from my lord Norths house alongst Barbican,* 1.7 and entring by Criplegate into the citie, kept along the wall to Bishops gate, and so by blanch Chapelton vnto Marke lane. At hir entring into blanch Cha∣pleton, the artillerie in the tower began to go off, con∣tinuallie shooting for the space almost of halfe an houre, but yet had made an end before hir maiestie was aduanced to Berkin church, and so with great ioie and prease of people, of whom all the streets were [line 20] full as she passed, declaring their inward reioisings by gesture, words, and countenance, she entered the tower, where she continued till the fift of December being mondaie,* 1.8 on the which daie, she remooued by water vnto Summerset place in the Strond, where she arriued about ten of the clocke in the forenoone the same daie.

* 1.9¶On thursdaie betwéene two and thrée in the mor∣ning the eight of December 1558 in the first yeare of our souereigne ladie quéene Elisabeths reigne di∣ed [line 30] in the tower of London, that honorable man sir Thomas Cheineie knight of the order, treasuror of hir maiesties most honorable houshold, warden of the cinque ports, & of hir highnesse priuie councell, whose pulses (by the report of his surgeon) laboured more than thrée quarters of an houre after his death, so stronglie as though life had not béene absent from the bodie. By the report also of the same surgeon, he had the swéetest face of death to behold for one of his yeares that euer he saw, and died so quietlie and pa∣tientlie, [line 40] that neither his face, mouth, eies, hands, or féet were vncomelie vsed in the changing of this his life.

* 1.10For twentie yeares before his departure, he kept in his stable continuallie winter and summer twen∣tie great horsse at the least, and eight or nine gel∣dings, besides sixtéene or seuentéene geldings which were kept at grasse, and had in a readinesse furniture for them all to serue in the field: and no one of the same horsse or geldings but he was able and readie for anie man at armes to serue vpon. Beside this he [line 50] kept so bountifull a house, and was so liberall and good to his men,* 1.11 that well was that noble mans son, gentlemans sonne, or other that might happen to be preferred into his seruice. And againe, the number of his seruants to whom he gaue liueries were 205, wherof in houshold were six score, besides strangers that were dailie comming and going. And his ser∣uants had no iust cause, either for lacke of great wa∣ges trulie paid them euerie quarter, and boordwages [line 60] euerie sundaie, or plentie of meat and drinke, & lodg∣ing on good featherbeds to liue out of order. And such commoditie as might by chance fall within the iuris∣diction of his office of wardenrie,* 1.12 being a thing fit for his men, he neuer turned the same to his owne vse; but alwaies gaue it them. Whether this realme hath not lost a worthie subiect, and speciallie his men a good maister, let all men iudge that knew him.

Before his departure out of this world, he seemed to haue a great care for his men, thinking least with∣out some prouision for them, they would after his death run at randon and liue disorderlie, which like a noble man he preuented after this liberall sort as followeth. In his last will and testament, to some he gaue annuities during life,* 1.13 and to others a whole yeares wages after his death; but both to the one sort and the other he prouided that all things which he owght them might be paied: and also so long as they vsed themselues like honest men, and were not retei∣ned in seruice, they should haue meat, drinke, and lodging at his house, till his sonne now lord Cheinie came to his lawfull age, which was the space of thrée yeares, in no lesse or worsse maner than they were woont and accustomed to haue in his life time. In his last will he also remembred some of his freends, as well those of nobilitie and worship, as others,* 1.14 some with one gift and some with an other, desiring them to assist his executors for the performance of his last will.

His wit, experience, courtesie, and valiantnesse in seruice was such, as king Henrie the eight, and his children, to wit, king Edward the sixt, quéene Marie, and queene Elisabeth vsed him as one of all their priuie councell, and was treasuror of all their hono∣rable housholds during his life. He was brought vp in king Henrie the seuenths house,* 1.15 & was one of his henchmen. So that it appeareth before he died, he had serued thrée kings, and two quéenes. His truth was such to all these princes, that he euer liued to∣wards them Sine macula, seruing in the court thrée score years. And although he bare this great saile, yet prouided he to paie euerie man iustlie that he owght them. His bountifulnesse, liberalitie, and courtesie to diuerse noble men, gentlemen and others, atten∣ding in the court was such,* 1.16 that they were euer glad to haue him there amongst them; and his stoutnesse & haltie courage was such, and so well knowen to the Frenchmen, as they both feared and loued him wonderfullie. In the end he was so worthie a gentle∣man, and such a necessarie member in the common∣wealth, as his want cannot but be lamented of all good and true English harts. But the almightie must be serued when his good will and pleasure is.]

The thirtéenth of December being tuesdaie,* 1.17 the corps of quéene Marie was right honorablie con∣ueied from hir manor of S. Iames, vnto the abbeie of Westminster. Hir picture was laid on the coffin, apparelled in hir roiall robes, with a crowne of gold set on the head thereof, after a solemne manner. In the abbeie was a rich and sumptuous hearse prepa∣red and set vp with wax, and richlie decked with pe∣no••s, baners, and scutchions, of the armes of Eng∣land and France, vnder which hearse the corpse rested all that night, and the next daie it was brought into the new chappell, where king Henrie the seuenth li∣eth, and was interred there in the chappell on the north side.

The foure and twentith of December,* 1.18 being the euen of the natiuitie of our Lord, was a solemne ob∣sequie kept in the abbeie church of Westminster, for Charles the seuenth late emperour, who departed this life in September last, the one and twentith of the same moneth, in the monasterie of S. Iustus in Castile, being then of age about eight and fiftie yeares, hauing gouerned the empire before he re∣nounced the same a six and thirtie yeares; and his kingdoms of Castile, Arragon, Naples, Sicill, and others, aboue fortie yeares.

Moreouer in this yeare 1558 there died two of the said emperors sisters,* 1.19 that went with him into Spaine, after he had resigned the empire, to wit, queene Leonor, first maried vnto Emanuell king of Portugall, and after his deceasse vnto the French king Francis the first of that name: she deceassed in Februarie last past. His other sister Marie, quéene of Hungarie, late regent of the low countries,* 1.20 de∣ceassed on saint Lukes daie, the eightéenth of Octo∣ber last past. And so the one preuenting him, the other

taried not long after him, in so much that king Phi∣lip did celebrate the exequies in the towne of Brus∣sels, of his father the emperour, of his aunt Marie queene of Hungarie, and of his wife Marie quéene of England, in this present moneth of December subsequentlie, after the most pompous and solemne manner.

On sundaie the first of Ianuarie, by vertue of the quéenes proclamation,* 1.21 the English letanie was read accordinglie as was vsed in hir graces chappell in churches through the citie of London.* 1.22 And like∣wise [line 10] the epistle and gospell of the daie began to be read in the same churches at masse time in the Eng∣lish toong, by commandement giuen by the lord ma∣ior, according to the tenour of the same proclamati∣on, published the thirtith of the last month. On thurs∣daie the twelfe of Ianuarie,* 1.23 the queenes maiestie re∣mooued from hir palace of Westminster by water vnto the tower of London, the lord maior and alder∣men in their barge, and all the citizens with their barges decked and trimmed with targets and ban∣ners [line 20] of their mysteries accordinglie attending on hir grace.

The bachellers barge of the lord maiors companie, to wit, the mercers had their barge with a toist trim∣med with thrée tops, and artillerie aboord, gallantlie appointed to wait vpon them, shooting off lustilie as they went, with great and pleasant melodie of in∣struments, which plaied in most sweet and heauenlie maner. Hir grace shut the bridge about two of the clocke in the after noone, at the still of the ebbe, the [line 30] lord maior and the rest following after hir barge, at∣tending the same, till hir maiestie tooke land at the priuie staires at the tower wharfe: and then the said lord maior with the other barges returned, passing through the bridge againe with the floud, and landed at the wharfe of the thrée cranes in the Uintrie. Up∣pon saturdaie, which was the fourteenth daie of Ia∣unarie, in the yeare of our Lord God 1558, about two of the clocke at after noone, the most noble and christian princesse, our most dread souereigne ladie [line 40] Elisabeth, by the grace of God quéene of England, France and Ireland, defender of the faith, &c: mar∣ched from the tower, to passe thorough the citie of London toward Westminster,* 1.24 richlie furnished, and most honourablie accompanied, as well with gentle∣men, barons, and other the nobilitie of this realme, as also with a notable traine of goodlie and beauti∣full ladies, richlie appointed.

At hir entring the citie, she was of the people recei∣ued maruellous intierlie, as appeared by the assem∣blies [line 50] praiers, wishes, welcommings, cries, tender words, and all other signes, which argued a woonder∣full earnest loue of most obedient subiects towards their souereigne. And on the other side, hir grace by holding vp hir hands, and merrie countenance to such as stood farre off, and most tender and gentle language to those that stood nigh vnto hir grace, did declare hirselfe no lesse thankefullie to receiue hir peoples good will, than they louinglie offered it [line 60] vnto hir.* 1.25 To all that wished hir grace well, she gaue heartie thanks; & to such as bad God saue hir grace, she said againe God saue them all, and thanked them with all hir hart. So that on the other side there was nothing but gladnesse, nothing but praier, nothing but comfort. The queenes maiestie reioised maruel∣louslie to sée that so excéedinglie shewed towards hir hir grace, which all good princes haue euer desired, I meane so ernest loue of subiects, so euidentlie decla∣red euen to hir graces owne person, being caried in the midst of them.

* 1.26The people againe were woonderfullie rauished with the louing answers and gestures of their prin∣cesse, like to the which they had before tried at hir first comming to the tower from Hatfield. This hir gra∣ces louing behauiour preconceiued in the peoples heads, vpon these considerations was then through∣lie confirmed, and in deed implanted a woonderfull hope in them touching hir woorthie gouernment in the rest of hir reigne. For in all hir passage she did not onelie shew hir most gratious loue toward the people in generall, but also priuatlie if the baser per∣sonages had either offered hir grace anie flowers, or such like, as a signification of their good will, or mooued to hir anie sute; she most gentlie, to the com∣mon reioising of all the lookers on, and priuat com∣fort of that partie, staied hir chariot, and heard their requests. So that if a man would saie well, he could not better tearme the citie of London that time,* 1.27 than a stage, wherein was shewed the woonderfull specta∣cle of a noble hearted princesse towards hir most lo∣uing people, and the peoples excéeding comfort in be∣holding so woorthie a souereigne, & hearing so prince∣like a voice, which could not but haue set the enimie on fire, sith the vertue is in the enimie alwaie com∣mended, much more could not but inflame hir natu∣rall, obedient, and most louing people, whose weale leaneth onelie vpon hir grace, and hir gouernment.

Thus therefore the quéenes maiestie passed from the tower, till she came to Fanchurch, the people on each side ioyouslie beholding the view of so gratious a ladie their quéene, and hir grace no lesse gladlie no∣ting and obseruing the same. Néere vnto Fanchurch was erected a scaffold richlie furnished,* 1.28 whereon stood a noise of instruments, and a child in costlie apparell, which was appointed to welcome the queenes maie∣stie in the whole cities behalfe. Against which place when hir grace came, of hir owne will she comman∣ded the chariot to be staied, and that the noise might be appeased, till the child had vtttered his welcoming oration, which he spake in English as here foloweth▪

O peerelesse souereigne queene, behold what this thy towne Hath thee presented with,* 1.29 at thy first entrance heere: Behold with how rich hope she leades thee to thy crowne, Behold with what two gifts, she comforteth thy cheere. The first is blessing toongs, which manie a welcome saie, Which praie thou maist doo well, which praise thee to the skie. Which wish to thee long life, which blesse this happie daie, Which to thy kingdome heapes all that in toongs can lie. The second is true hearts, which loue thee from their root, Whose sure is triumph now, and ruleth all the game, Which faithfulnesse haue woone, and all vntruth driuen out, Which skip for ioy, when as they heare thy happie name. Welcome therefore ô queene, as much as heart can thinke, Welcome againe ô queene, as much as toong can tell; Welcome to ioyous toongs, and hearts that will not shrinke, God thee preserue we praie, and wish thee euer well.

At which words of the last line, all the people gaue a great shout, wishing with one assent as the child had said. And the quéens maiestie thanked most heartilie both the citie for this hir gentle receiuing at the first, & also the people for confirming the same.

Here was noted in the quéenes maiesties counte∣nance, during the time that the child spake, besides a perpetuall attentiuenesse in hir face, a maruellous change in looke, as the childs words either touched hir person, or the peoples toongs and hearts. So that she with reioising visage did euidentlie de∣clare that the words tooke no lesse place in hir mind, than they were most heartilie pronounced by the child, as from all the hearts of hir most heartie citi∣zens. The same verses were fastened vp in a table [line 10] vpon the scaffold, and the Latine thereof likewise in Latine verses in another table, as herafter insueth:

Vrbs tua quae ingressis dederit tibi munera primo, * 1.30O regina parem non habitura, vide. Ad diadema tuum, te spe quàm diuite mittat, Quae duo laetitiae des tibi dona, vide. Munus habes primum, linguas bona multa precantes, Quae te quum laudant, tum pia vota so••••ant, Foelicémque diem hunc dicunt, tibi sacula longa Optant, & quicquid deni{que} longa potest. [line 20] Altera dona feres, vera, & tui amantia corda, Quorum gens ludum iam reget vna tuum. In quibus est infracta fides, falsum{que} perosa, Quae{que} tuo audito nomine laeta salit. Grata venis igitur, quantum cor concipit vllum, Quantum lingua potest dicere, grata venis. Cordibus infractis, linguis{que} per omnia laetis Grata venis: saluam te velit esse Deus.

Now when the child had pronounced his oration, and the quéenes highnesse so thankefullie had recei∣ued [line 30] it, she marched forward toward Gratious stréet, where at the vpper end before the signe of the eagle, the citie had erected a gorgeous and sumptuous arch as here followeth.* 1.31 A stage was made which extended from the one side of the stréet to the other, richlie vawted with battlements conteining thrée ports, and ouer the middlemost was aduanced thrée seuerall stages in degrées.

Upon the lowest stage was made one seat roiall, wherein were placed two personages, representing [line 40] king Henrie the seuenth, and Elizabeth his wife, daughter of king Edward the fourth; either of these two princes sitting vnder one cloth of estate in their seates, none otherwise diuided, but that the one of them which was king Henrie the seuenth,* 1.32 procée∣ding out of the house of Lancaster, was inclosed in a red rose, and the other which was quéene Eliza∣beth, being heire to the house of Yorke, inclosed with a white rose, each of them roiallie crowned, and de∣centlie apparelled, as apperteineth to princes, with [line 50] scepters in their hands, and one vawt surmounting their heads, wherein aptlie were placed two tables, each conteining the title of those two princes. And these personages were so set, that the one of them ioined hands with the other, with the ring of matri∣monie perceiued on the finger. Out of the which two roses sprang two branches gathered into one, which were directed vpward to the second stage or degrée, wherein was placed one representing the valiant & noble prince king Henrie the eight, which sproong [line 60] out of the former stocke, crowned with a crowne im∣periall,* 1.33 and by him sat one representing the right woorthie ladie quéene Anne, wife to the said king Henrie the eight, and mother to our most souereigne ladie quéene Elizabeth that now is, both apparelled with scepters and diadems, and other furniture due to the state of a king and quéene, and two tables sur∣mounting their heads, wherein were written their names and titles.

From their seat also procéeded vpwards one branch, directed to the third and vppermost stage or degrée, wherein likewise was planted a seat roiall, in the which was set one representing the quéenes most excellent maiestie Elizabeth, now our most dread souereigne ladie, crowned and apparelled as the other princes were. Out of the fore part of this pageant was made a standing for a child, which at the queens▪ maiesties comming declared vnto hir the whole meaning of the said pageant. The two sides of the same were filled with lowd noises of mu∣sicke. And all emptie places thereof were furnished with sentences concerning vnitie, and the whole pageant garnished wich red roses and white. And in the fore front of the same pageant,* 1.34 in a faire wreath, was written the name and title of the same, which was; The vniting of the two houses of Lan∣caster and Yorke. This pageant was grounded vpon the quéens maiesties name. For like as the long warre betweene the two houses of Yorke and Lancaster then ended, when Elizabeth daughter to Edward the fourth matched in mariage with Hen∣rie the seuenth, heire to the house of Lancaster: so sith that the quéenes maiesties name was Eliza∣beth, & for somuch as she is the onelie heire of Hen∣rie the eight, which came of both the houses, as the knitting vp of concord: it was deuised, that like as Elizabeth was the first occasion of concord,* 1.35 so she another Elizabeth, might mainteine the same a∣mong hir subiects, so that vnitie was the end where∣at the whole deuise shot, as the quéenes maiesties name moued the first ground.

The pageant now against the quéenes maiesties comming was addressed with children, representing the forenamed personages, with all furniture due vnto the setting forth of such a matter well meant, as the argument declared costlie and sumptuouslie set foorth, as the beholders can beare witnesse. Now the quéenes maiestie drew néere vnto the said page∣ant. And for so much as the noise was great,* 1.36 by rea∣son of the prease of people, so that she could scarse heare the child which did interpret the said pageant, and hir chariot was passed so far forwards, that she could not well view the personages representing the kings & quéenes aboue named: she required to haue the matter opened vnto hir, and what they signified, with the end of vnitie and ground of hir name, accor∣ding as is before expressed. For the sight whereof hir grace caused hir chariot to be remooued backe, and yet hardlie could she sée, because the children were set somewhat with the furthest in. But after that hir grace had vnderstood the meaning thereof, she thanked the citie, praised the fairenesse of the worke, and promised that she would doo hir whole in∣deuor for the continuall preseruation of concord, as the pageant did import. The child appointed in the standing aboue named, to open the meaning of the said pageant, spake these words vnto hir grace:

The two princes that sit,* 1.37 vnder one cloth of state, The man in the red rose, the woman in the white: Henrie the seauenth, and queene Elizabeth his mate, By ring of marriage, as man and wife vnite. Both heires to both their blouds, to Lancaster the king, The queene to Yorke, in one the two houses did knit: Of whome as heire to both, Henrie the eight did spring, In whose seate his true heire thou queene Elizabeth doost sit. Therefore as ciuill warre, and shead of bloud did cease, When these two houses were vnited into one; So now that iarre shall stint,

and quietnesse increase, We trust, ô noble queene, thou wilt be cause alone.

The which also were written in Latine verses, and both drawen in two tables vpon the fore front of the foresaid pageant, as hereafter orderlie followeth:

Hij quos iungit idem solium, quos annulus idem: Hac albente nitens, ille rubente rosa: * 1.38Septimus Henricus rex, regina Elizabetha, Scilicet h••redes gentis vterque suae. Haec Eboracensis, Lancastrius ille dederunt [line 10] Connubio, è geminis quo foret vna domus. Excipit hos haeres Henricus copula regum Octauus, magni regis imago potens, Regibus hinc succedis auis regíque parenti, Patris iusta haeres Elizabetha tui.

Sentences placed therein concerning vnitie.

Nullae concordes animos virer doniant. * 1.39Qu•• iuncti terreni, deiuncti timent. [line 20] Discorde sinimi so••uubi, concordes ligant. Augentu•• p••rua pace, magna bello ca••u••t. Coniunc•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fortius tollunt ••••us. Regno pro ••••••••nibus aeneis ciuium concordia. Qui duc pugnant diutius lugent. Dissidentes principes subdi to••um 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Princeps ad pacem natus non ad arma datus. Filia concordiae copia, neptis quies. Dissentiens respublica hostibus patet. Qui idem tenent, duitius tenent. [line 30] Regnum diuisum facilè dissoluitur. Ciuitas concors armis frustrà tentatur. Omnium gèntium consensus firmat fidem, &c.

These verses and other pretie sentences were drawen in void places of this pageant, all tending to one end, that quietnes might be mainteined, and all dissention displaced: and that by the quéenes ma∣iestie heire to agreement, and agreeing in name with hir, which to fore had ioined those houses, which had béene the occasion of much debate and ciuill war [line 40] within this realme, as maie appéere to such as will search chronicles, but be not to be touched herein: onelie declaring hir graces passage through the ci∣tie, and what prouision the citie made therefore. And yer the quéenes maiestie came within hearing of this pageant, she sent certeine as also at all the o∣ther pageants, to require the people to be silent. For hir maiestie was disposed to heare all that should be said vnto hir. [line 50]

When the quéenes maiestie had heard the childs oration, and vnderstood the meaning of the pageant at large, she marched forward toward Cornehill, al∣waie receiued with like reioising of the people. And there as hir grace passed by the conduit,* 1.40 which was curiouslie trimmed against that same time, with rich banners adorned, and a noise of lowd instruments vpon the top thereof, she spied the second pageant. And bicause she feared for the peoples noise, that she shuld not heare the child which did expound the same, [line 60] she inquired what that pageant was yer that shé•• came to it; and there vnderstood, that there was a child representing hir maiesties person, placed in a seat of gouernement, supported by certeine vertues which suppressed their contrarie vices vnder their feet, and so foorth, as in the description of the said pa∣geant shall hereafter appeere.

This pageant standing in the nether end of Corn∣hill, was extended from the one side of the stréet to the other.* 1.41 And in the same pageant was deuised thrée gates all open, and ouer the middle part thereof was erected one chaire or seate roiall, with a cloth of e∣state to the same apperteining, wherein was placed a child representing the quéenes highnesse, with con∣sideration had for place conuenient for a table, which conteined hir name and title: and in a comelie wreath artificiallie & well deuised, with perfect sight and vnderstanding to the people.

In the front of the same pageant was written the name and title thereof, which is; The seat of worthie gouernance. Which seat was made in such artificiall maner, as to the appearance of the lookers on, the fore part seemed to haue no staie,* 1.42 & therefore of force was staied by liuelie personages, which personages were in number foure, standing and staieng the fore∣front of the same seat roiall, each hauing his face to the quéene and people, whereof euerie one had a table to expresse their effects, which are vertues, namelie Pure religion, Loue of subiects, Wisedome and Iu∣stice,* 1.43 which did tread their contrarie vices vnder their feet, that is to wit; Pure religion did tread vp∣on Superstition and Ignorance, Loue of subiects did tread vpon Rebellion and Insolencie, Wise∣dome did tread vpon Follie and Uaine glorie, Iu∣stice did tread vpon Adulation and Briberie. Ech of these personages according to their proper names and properties, had not onelie their names in plaine and perfect writing set vpon their breasts easilie to be read of all: but also euerie of them was aptlie an•• properlie apparelled, so that his apparell and name did agree to expresse the same person, that in title he represented.

This part of the pageant was thus appointed an•• furnished.* 1.44 The two sides ouer the two side ports had in them placed a noise of instruments, which imme∣diatlie after the childs spéech, gaue an heauenlie me∣lodie. Upon the top or vppermost part of the said pa∣geant, stood the armes of England, roiallie purtrai∣tured with the proper beasts to vphold the same. One representing the quéenes highnesse sat in this seat crowned with an imperiall crowne, and before hir seat was a conuenient place appointed for one child, which did interpret and applie the said pageant, as hereafter shall be declared. Euerie void place was furnished with proper sentences, commending the seat supported by vertues, and defacing the vi∣ces, to the vtter extirpation of rebellion, and to euer∣lasting continuance of quietnesse and peace. The queenes maiestie approching nigh vnto this pageant thus beautified and furnished in all points,* 1.45 caused hir charriot to be drawne nigh therevnto, that hir grace might heare the childs short oration, which was this:

While that religion true, shall ignorance suppresse, And with hir weightie foot, breake superstitions head: While loue of subiects shall rebellion distresse, And with zeale to the prince, insolencie downe tread. While iustice flattering toongs, and briberie can deface, While follie and vaine glorie, to wisedome yeeld their hands: So long shall gouernement not swarue from hir right race, But wrong decaieth still, and rightwisenesse vp stands. Now all thy subiects hearts, ô prince of peerelesse fame▪ Do trust these vertues shall mainteine vp thy throne: And vice be kept downe still, the wicked put to shame, That good with good may ioy, and naught with naught may mone.

Which verses were painted vpon the right side of the same pageant, and the Latine thereof on the left side

in another table, which were these héere following:

* 1.46Quae subnixa altè folio regina superbo est, Effigiem sanctae principis alma refert, Quam ciuilis amor fulcit, sapientia firmat, Iustitia illustrat, relligióque beat, Vana superstitio & crassa ignorantia frontis Pressae sub pura relligione iacent. Regis amor domat effraenos animósque rebelles, Iustus adulantes doniuorósque terret. Cùm regit imperium sapiens, sine luce sedebunt [line 10] Stultitia, atque huius numen inanis honor.

Beside these verses, there were placed in euerie void roome of the pagent, both in English & Latine, such sentences as aduanced the seat of gouernance vpholden by vertue.* 1.47 The ground of this pageant was, that like as by vertues (which doo abundantlie appeare in hir grace) the quéenes maiestie was esta∣blished in the seat of gouernment: so she shuld sit fa••t in the same, so long as she imbrased vertue, and held vice vnder foot. For if vice once got vp the head, it [line 20] would put the seat of gouernement in perill of fal∣ling. The queenes maiestie when she had heard the child,* 1.48 and vnderstood the pageant at full, gaue the ci∣tie also thanks therefore, & most gratiouslie promised hir good indeuor for the maintenance of the said ver∣tues, and suppression of vices, and so marched on▪ till she came against the great conduit in Cheape, which was beautified with pictures and sentences accor∣dinglie, against hir graces comming thither. A∣gainst Soper lane end was extended from the one [line 30] side of the stréet to the other,* 1.49 a pageant which had three gates all open: ouer the middlemost whereof were erected thrée seuerall stages, whereon sat eight chil∣dren, as hereafter followeth. On the vppermost one child, on the middle three, on the lowest foure, each ha∣uing the proper name of the blessing that they did re∣present, written in a table, & placed aboue their head.

In the forefront of this pageant, before the chil∣dren which did represent the blessings, was a conue∣nient standing cast out for a child to stand, which did [line 40] expound the said pageant vnto the quéenes maiestie, as was doone in the other before. Euerie of these chil∣dren were appointed and apparelled, according vn∣to the blessing which he did represent. And on the fore∣part of the said pageant was written in faire letters the name of the foresaid pageant in this manner:

The eight beatitudes expressed in the fift chapter of the gospell of saint Matthew,* 1.50 applied to our [line 50] souereigne ladie queene Elisabeth.

Ouer the two side ports was placed a noise of in∣struments. And all the void places in the pageant were furnished with prettie saiengs, commending & touching the meaning of the said pageant, which was the promises & blessings of almightie God, made to his people. Before that the queenes highnesse came vnto this pageant, she required the matter somwhat to be opened vnto hir, that hir grace might the bet∣ter vnderstand, what should afterward by the child be [line 60] said vnto hir. Which so was, that the citie had there erected the pageant with eight children, representing the eight blessings touched in the fift chapter of saint Matthew. Whereof euerie one vpon iust considera∣tions,* 1.51 was applied vnto hir highnesse, and that the people thereby put hir grace in mind, that as hir good dooings before had giuen iust occasion, why that these blessings might fall vpon hir, that so if hir grace did continue in hir goodnesse as she had entered, she should hope for the fruit of these promises due vnto them that doo exercise themselues in the blessings: which hir grace heard maruellous gratiouslie, and re∣quired that the charriot might be remooued towards the pageant,* 1.52 that she might better perceiue the childs words, which were these, the quéenes maiestie giuing most attentiue eare, and requiring that the peoples noise might be staid. The verses were as follow:

Thou hast beene eight times blest, ô queene of worthie fame, By meekenesse of thy spirit, when care did thee beset, By mourning in thy griefe, by mildnesse in thy blame, By hunger and by thirst, and iustice couldst none get. By mercie shewd, not felt, by cleannesse of thine heart, By seeking peace alwaies, by persecution wrong. Therefore trust thou in God, sith he hath helpt thy smart, That as his promise is, so he will make thee strong.

When these words were spoken, all the people wi∣shed, that as the child had vttered,* 1.53 so God would strengthen hir grace against all hir aduersaries, whome the queenes maiestie did most gentlie thanke for their so louing wish. These verses were painted on the left side of the said pageant, and other in La∣tine on the other side, which were these héere insuing:

Qui lugent hilares sient, qui mitia gestant Pectora, multa soli iugera culta metent: Iustitiam esuriens fitiénsue replebitur: ipsum Fas homini puro corde videre Deum: Quem alterius miseret, Dominus miserebitur huius: Pacificus quisquis, filius ille Dei est: Propter iustiti am quisquis patietur habétque Demissam mentem coelica regna capit. Huit hominum generi terram, mare, fidera, vouit O••mipotens, horum quisque beatus erit.

Besides these, euerie void place in the pageant was furnished with sentences touching the matter and ground of the said pageant. When all that was to be said in this pageant was ended, the queenes maiestie passed on forwards in Cheapside.* 1.54 At the standard in Cheape, which was dressed faire against the time▪ was placed a noise of trumpets, with ban∣ners and other furniture. The crosse likewise was also made faire, and well trimmed. And néere vnto the same, vpon the porch of saint Peters church doore, stood the waits of the citie, which did giue a pleasant noise with their instruments, as the quéenes maie∣stie did passe by, which on euerie side cast hir counte∣nance, and wished well to all hir most louing people. Soone after that hir grace passed the crosse,* 1.55 she had e∣spied the pageant erected at the little conduit in Cheape, and incontinent required to know what it might signifie. And it was told hir grace, that there was placed Time. Time, quoth she? And time hath brought me hither. And so foorth the whole matter was opened to hir grace, as hereafter shall ••e decla∣red in the description of the pageant.

But in the opening, when hir grace vnderstood that the bible in English should be deliuered vnto hir by Truth,* 1.56 which was therein represented by a child: she thanked the citie for that gift, and said, that she would oftentimes read ouer that booke, com∣manding sir Iohn Parrat, one of the knights which held vp hir canopie, to go before, and to receiue the booke. But learning that it should be deliuered vnto hir grace downe by a silken lace, she caused him to staie, and so passed forward till she came against the aldermen in the high end of Cheape before the little conduit, where the companies of the citie ended, which began at Fanchurch, & stood along the stréets, one by an other inclosed with railes, hanged with cloths, and themselues well apparelled with manie

rich furres, and their liuerie hoods vpon their shoul∣ders in comelie and seemelie maner, hauing before them sundrie persons well apparelled in silks and chains of gold:* 1.57 as wiflers and garders of the said companies, besides a number of rich hangings, as well of tapistrie, arras, cloths of gold, siluer, veluet, damaske, sattin, and other silks plentifullie hanged all the waie, as the queenes highnesse passed from the tower thorough the citie.

Out at the windowes and penthouses of euerie house did hang a number of rich and costlie banners [line 10] and stremers, till hir grace came to the vpper end of Cheape. Where by appointment, the right worship∣full master Ranulph Cholmelie recorder of the citie, presented to the quéenes maiestie a pursse of crim∣son sattin, richlie wrought with gold, wherein the ci∣tie gaue vnto the quéens maiestie a thousand marks in gold,* 1.58 as master recorder did declare bréefelie vnto the quéens maiestie, whose words tended to this end; that the lord maior, his brethren, and communaltie of [line 20] the citie, to declare their gladnesse and goodwill to∣wards the quéenes maiestie, did present hir grace with that gold, desiring hir grace to continue their good and gratious queene, and not to esteeme the va∣lue of the gift, but the mind of the giuers. The queens maiestie with both hir hands tooke the pursse, and an∣swered to him againe maruellous pithilie; and so pi∣thilie, that the standers by, as they imbraced intirelie hir gratious answer, so they maruelled at the cou∣ching thereof, which was in words truelie reported these.* 1.59 I thanke my lord maior, his brethren, and you [line 30] all. And whereas your request is that I should conti∣nue your good ladie and quéene, be yee ensured, that I will be as good vnto you, as euer quéene was to hir people. No will in me can lacke, neither doo I trust shall there lacke anie power. And persuade your selues, that for the safetie and quietnesse of you all, I will not spare (if néed be) to spend my bloud, God thanke you all. Which answer of so noble an hearted princesse, if it mooued a maruellous shout & [line 40] reioising, it is nothing to be maruelled at, sith both the haltinesse thereof was so woonderfull, and the words so iointlie knit.

When hir grace had thus answered the recorder, she marched toward the little conduit,* 1.60 where was e∣rected a pageant with square proportion, standing di∣rectlie before the same conduit, with battlements ac∣cordinglie. And in the same pageant was aduanced two hilles or mounteins of conuenient height. The one of them being on the north side of the same page∣ant, [line 50] was made ••ragged, barren, and stonie, in the which was erected one trée, artificiallie made, all wi∣thered and dead, with branches accordinglie. And vn∣der the same trée at the foot thereof sat one in home∣lie and rude apparrell crookedlie, and in mourning maner, hauing ouer his head in a table, written in Latine and English, his name which was Ruinosa res∣publica,* 1.61 A decaied commonweale. And vpon the same withered trée were fixed certeine tables, wherein were written proper sentences, expressing the causes [line 60] of the decaie of a commonweale. The other hill on the south side was made faire, fresh, greene and beau∣tifull▪ the ground thereof full of floures and beautie, and on the same was erected also one tree, verie fresh and faire, vnder the which stood vpright one fresh per∣sonage well apparelled and appointed, whose name also was written both in English and Latine, which was,* 1.62 Respublica bene instituta, A flourishing common∣weale.

And vpon the same tree also were fixed certeine tables conteining sentences, which expressed the cau∣ses of a flourishing commonweale. In the middle betweene the said hils, was made artificiallie one hollow place or caue, with doore and locke inclosed, out of the which, a little before the quéenes highnesse comming thither, issued one personage, whose name was Time, apparelled as an old man, with a sieth in his hand, hauing wings artificiallie made, leading a personage of lesser stature than himselfe, which was finelie and well apparrelled, all clad in white silke, and directlie ouer hir head was set hir name and title in Latine and English, Temporis filia,* 1.63 The daughter of Time. Which two so appointed, went forwards toward the south side of the pageant. And on hir brest was written hir proper name, which was Veritas, Truth, who held a booke in hir hand, vpon the which was written Verbum veritatis, The word of truth. And out of the south side of the pageant was cast a standing for a child, which should interpret the same pageant. Against whome when the quéenes maiestie came, he spake vnto hir grace these swéet words:

This old man with the sieth, old father Time they call,* 1.64 And hir his daughter Truth, which holdeth yonder booke: Whome he out of his rocke, hath brought foorth to vs all, From whence this manie yeares she durst not once out looke. The ruthfull wight that sits vnder the barren tree, Resembleth to vs the forme, when common weales decaie: But when they be in state triumphant, you may see By him in fresh attire, that sits vnder the ba••e. Now sith that Time againe, his daughter Truth hath brought, We trust ô worthie queene, thou wilt this truth imbrace, And sith thou vnderstandst, the good estate and naught, We trust wealth thou wilt plant, and barrennes displace. But for to heale the sore, and cure that is not seene, Which thing the booke of truth, dooth teach in writing plaine: Shee dooth present to thee the same, ô worthie queene, For that, that words doo flie, but written dooth remaine.

When the child had thus ended his spéech, he rea∣ched his booke towards the quéenes maiestie, which a little before Truth had let downe vnto him from the hill, which by sir Iohn Parrat was receiued, and de∣liuered vnto the quéene. But shée as soone as she had receiued the booke, kissed it,* 1.65 and with both hir hands held vp the same, and so laid it vpon hir brest, with great thanks to the citie therefore: and so went for∣ward towards Paules churchyard. The former mat∣ter which was rehearsed vnto the quéenes maiestie, was written in two tables, on either side the page∣ant eight verses, and in the middest, these in Latine:

Ille, vides falcem laeua qui sustinet vncam, Tempus is est, cui stat filia vera comes▪ Hanc pater exesa deductam rupereponit In lucem, quam non viderat antè diu. Qui sedet à laeua cultu malè tristis inepto Quem duris crescens cautibus orbis obit, Nos monet effigie qua sit respublica, quando ••orruit, at contra quando beata viget. Ille docet iuuenis forma spectandus, amictu Scitus, & aeterna laurea fronde virens.

The sentences written in Latine and English vpon both the trées, declaring the causes of both estates, and first of a ruinous commonweale were

these: Want of Gods feare, disobedience to rulers, blindnesse of guides, briberie in magistrats, rebelli∣on in subiects, ciuill discord, flattering of princes, vnmercifulnesse in rulers, vnthankefulnesse in sub∣iects. Causes of a flourishing commonweale are these: Feare of God, a wise prince, learned rulers, obedience to officers, obedient subiects, louers of the commonweale, vertue rewarded, vice chastened.

* 1.66The matter of this pageant dependeth of them that went before. For as the first declared hir grace [line 10] to come out of the house of vnitie, the second that she is placed in the seat of gouernement staid with ver∣tues, to the suppression of vice; and therefore in the third, the eight blessings of almightie God might well be applied vnto hir: so this fourth now is, to put hir grace in remembrance of the state of the com∣monweale, which Time with Truth his daughter dooth reueale: which Truth also hir grace hath recei∣ued, and therefore cannot but be mercifull and care∣full for the good gouernement thereof. From thence, [line 20] the quéenes maiestie passed toward Paules church∣yard,* 1.67 and when she came ouer against Paules schoole, a child appointed by the schoolemaister thereof, pro∣nounced a certeine oration in Latine, and certeine verses, which also were there written as followeth:

Philosophus ille diuinus Plato inter multa prae∣clarè ac sapienter dicta, hoc posteris proditum reli∣quit; Rempublicam illam foeliciss. fore, cui prin∣ceps sophiae studiosa, virtutibús{que} ornata contige∣rit. [line 30] Quem si verè dixisse censeamus (vt quidem verissimè) cur non terra Britannica plauderet? cur non populus gaudium atque laetitiam agitaret? Immo,* 1.68 cur non hunc diem, albo (quod aiunt) lapillo notaret? Quo princeps talis nobis adest, qualē prio∣res non viderunt, qualém{que} posteritas haud facilè cernere poterit, dotibus quum animi, tum corpo∣ris vndi{que} foelicissima. Casti quidem corporis do∣tes ita apertae sunt, vt oratione non egeant. Animi [line 40] verò tot tantae{que}, vt ne verbis quidem exprimipos∣sint. Haec nempe regibus summis orta, morum at{que} animi nobilitate genus exuperaet. Huius pectus Christi religionis amore flagrat. Haec gentem Bri∣tannicam virtutibus illustrabit, clypeó{que} iustitiae teget. Haec literis Graecis & Latinis eximia, inge∣nió{que} praepollens est. Hac imperante pietas vigebit, Anglia florebit, aurea saecula redibunt. Vos igi∣tur Angli tot commoda accepturi,* 1.69 Elisabetham reginam nostram celeberrimam ab ipso Christo [line 50] huius regni imperio destinatam, honore debito pro∣sequimini. Huius imperijs animo libentissimo sub∣diti estote, vós{que} tali principe dignos praebete. Et quoniam pueri non viribus sed precibus, officium praestare possunt, nos alumni huius scholae ab ipso Coleto olim templi Paulini decano extructae, tene∣ras palmas ad coelum tendentes Christum Opt. Max. precaturi sumus, vt tuam celsitudinem an∣nos Nestoreos summo cum honore Anglis imperi∣tare [line 60] faciat, matrém{que} pignoribus charis beatam reddat▪ Amen.

Anglia nunc tandem plaudas, laetare, resulta, Praesto iam vita est, praesidiúm{que} tibi. En tua spes venit, tua gloria, lux, decus omne Venit iam, solidam qua tibi praestat opem. * 1.70Succurrét{que} tuis rebus quae pessum abiere, Perdita quae fuerant haec reparare volet. Omnia florebunt, redeunt nunc aurea saecla, In melius surgent quae cecidere bona. Debes ergo illi totam te reddere fidam, Cuius in accessu commoda tot capies. Salue igitur dicas, imo de pectore summo, Elizabeth regni non dubitanda salus, Virgo venit, veniát{que} optes comitata deinceps, Pignoribus charis, laeta parens veniat. Hoc Deus omnipotens ex alto donet olympo, Qui coelum & terram condidit at{que} regit.

Which the quéenes maiestie most attentiuelie hearkened vnto. And when the child had pronounced, he did kisse the oration which he had there faire writ∣ten in paper, and deliuered it vnto the quéenes maie∣stie, which most gentlie receiued the same. And when the quéenes maiestie had heard all that was there of∣fered to be spoken, then hir grace marched toward Ludgate, where she was receiued with a noise of in∣struments, the fore front of the gate being finelie trimmed vp against hir maiesties comming.* 1.71 From thence by the way as she went downe toward Fleet∣bridge, one about hir grace noted the cities charge, that there was no cost spared. Hir grace answered, that she did well consider the same, and that it should be remembred. An honorable answer, worthie a no∣ble prince, which may comfort all hir subiects, consi∣dering that there can be no point of gentlenesse, or obedient loue shewed towards hir grace, which she doth not most tenderlie accept, and gratiouslie weie. In this maner, the people on euerie side reioising, hir grace went forward towards the conduit in Fléetstréet, where was the fift and last pageant ere∣cted in forme following.

From the conduit, which was beautified with painting, vnto the northside of the stréet was erected a stage, imbatteled with foure towers,* 1.72 and in the same a square plat rising with degrées; and vpon the vppermost degrée was placed a chaire, or seat roiall, and behind the same seat, in curious artificiall ma∣ner was erected a trée of reasonable heigth, and so farre aduanced aboue the seat, as it did well and seemelie shadow the same, without indamaging the sight of anie part of the pageant: and the same trée was beautified with leaues as gréene as art could deuise, being of a conuenient greatnesse, and contei∣ning therevpon the fruit of the date. And on the top of the same tree in a table was set the name thereof, which was a palme tree, and in the aforesaid seat or chaire was placed * 1.73 a séemelie and meet personage richlie apparelled in parlement robes, with a scepter in hir hand, as a queene, crowned with an open crowne, whose name and title was in a table fixed o∣uer hir head, in this sort: Debora the iudge and re∣storer of the house of Israell: Iudic. 4. And the other degrees on either side were furnished with six perso∣nages, two representing the nobilitie, two the clear∣gie, & two the communaltie. And before these perso∣nages was written in a table: Debora with hir e∣stats consulting for the good gouernment of Israell. At the féet of these, and the lowest part of the pageant was ordeined a conuenient roome for a child to open the meaning of the pageant.* 1.74 When the quéenes maiestie drew neare vnto this pageant, and per∣ceiued, as in the other, the child readie to speake; hir grace required silence, and commanded hir chariot to be remooued nigher, that she might plainlie heare the child speake, which said as hereafter followeth:

Iabin of Canaan king, had long by force of armes Opprest the Israelites, which for Gods people went: But God minding at last for to redresse their harmes, The worthie Debora as iudge among them sent. In warre she through Gods aid, did put hir foes to flight,

And with the dint ofsword the band of bondage brast. In peace she, through Gods aid, did alwaie mainteine right, And iudged Israell till fortie yeares were past. A worthie president, ô worthie queene thou hast, A worthie woman iudge, a woman sent for staie: And that the like to vs [line 10] indure alwaie thou maist, Thy louing subiects will with true harts and toongs praie.

Which verses were written vpon the pageant, & the same in Latin also fixed in the face of the people:

Quando Dei populum Canaan, rex pressit Iaben, Mittitur à magno Debora magna Deo: Quae populum eriperet, sanctum seruaret Iudan, Milite quae patrìo frangeret hostis opes. Haec Domino mandante Deo lectissima fecit [line 20] Faemina, & aduersos contudit ense viros. Haec quater denos populum correxerat anno•• Iudicio, bello strenua, pace grauis: Sic, ô sic populum bellóque & pace guberna, Debora sis Anglis Elisabetha tuis.

The void places of this pageant were filled with pretie sentences concerning the same matter. The ground of this last pageant was,* 1.75 that for somuch as the next pageant before had set before hir graces eies the flourishing and desolate states of a common∣weale, [line 30] she might by this be put in remembrance to consult for the worthie gouernement of hir people, considering God oftentimes sent women noblie to rule among men, as Debora, which gouerned Israell in peace the space of fortie yeares: and that it beho∣ueth both men and women so ruling to vse aduise of good councell. When the queenes maiestie had pas∣sed this pageant, she marched toward Temple bar. But at S. Dunstans church, where the children of the hospitall were appointed to stand with their go∣uernors,* 1.76 [line 40] hir grace perceiuing a child offered to make an oration vnto hir, staied hir chariot, and did cast vp hir eies to heauen, as who should saie; I here sée this mercifull worke toward the poore, whome I must in the middest of my roialtie néeds remember: and so turned hir face toward the child, which in Latine pro∣nounced an oration to this effect: That after the quéenes highnesse had passed through the citie, and had seene so sumptuous, rich, and notable spectacles [line 50] of the citizens, which declared their most hartie re∣ceiuing, and ioious welcomming of hir grace into the same: this one spectacle yet rested and remained, which was the euerlasting spectacle of mercie vnto the poore members of almightie God, furthered by that famous and most noble prince king Henrie the eight hir graces father, erected by the citie of Lon∣don, & aduanced by the most godlie & vertuous prince king Edward the sixt, hir graces deare and louing brother, doubting nothing of the mercie of the [line 60] quéenes most gratious clemencie, by the which they may not onelie be relieued and helped, but also staied and defended: and therefore incessantlie they would praie and crie vnto almightie God, for the long life and reigne of hir highnesse, with most prosperous victorie against hir enimies.

The child after he had ended his oration, kissed the paper wherein the same was written, & reached it to the quéenes maiestie, which receiued it grati∣ouslie, both with words and countenance, declaring hir gratious mind toward their reliefe. From thence hir grace came to Temple bar,* 1.77 which was dressed finelie with the two images of Gogmagog the Al∣bion, & Corineus the Briton, two giants, big in sta∣ture, furnished accordinglie, which held in their hands aboue the gate, a table, wherein was written in La∣tine verses the effect of all the pageant which the citie before had erected, which verses were these insuing:

Ecce sub aspectu iam contemplaberis vno (O princeps populi sola columna tui) Quicquid in immensa passim perspexeris vrbe,* 1.78 Quae cepere omnes vnus hic arcus habet. Primus te solio regni donauit auiti, Haeres quippe tui ver a parentis eras. Suppressis vitijs, domina virtute. Secundus, Firmauit sedem regia virgo tuam. Tertius ex omni posuit te parte beatam, Si, qua caepisti pergere velle, velis. Quarto quid verum, respublica lapsa quid esset, Quae florens staret te docuere tui. Quinto magnu loco monuit te Debora missam Coelitùs, in regni gaudia long a tui. Perge ergo regina, tuaespes vnica gentis, Haec postrema vrbis suscipe vota tuae. Viue diu, regná{que} diu, virtutibus orna Rem patriam, & populi spem tueare tui. Sic ô sic petitur coelum, sic itur in astra: Hoc virtutis opus, caetera mortis erunt.

Which verses were also written in English mée∣ter, in a lesse table as hereafter plainelie followeth:

Behold here in one view, thou maist see all that plaine, O princesse vnto this thy people th'onlie staie: What each where thou hast seene in this wide towne, againe, This one arch whatsoeuer the rest conteind, dooth saie. The first arch as true heire vnto thy father deere,* 1.79 Did set thee in thy throne where thy grandfather sat. The second did confirme thy seat as princesse heere, Vertues now bearing swaie, and vices bet downe flat. The third, if that thou wouldst go on as thou began, Declared thee to be blessed on euerie side. The fourth did open truth, and also taught thee whan The commonweale stood well, and when it did thence slide. The fift, as Debora declard thee to be sent From heauen, a long comfort to vs thy subiects all. Therefore go on ô queene, on whom our hope is bent, And take with thee this wish of thy towne as finall. Liue long, and as long reigne, adorning thy countrie With vertues, and mainteine thy peoples hope of thee. For thus, thus heauen is woone, thus must thou perse the skie, This is by vertue wrought, all other needs must die▪

On the southside was appointed by the citie a noise of singing children, and one child richlie attired as a poet, which gaue the queenes maiestie hir farewell in the name of the whole citie by these sweet words:

As at thine entrance first,* 1.80 ô prince of high renowne, Thou wast presented with toongs and hearts for thy faier:

So now sith thou must needs depart out of this towne, This citie sendeth thee firme hope and earnest praier. For all men hope in thee, that all vertues shall raine, For all men hope that thou none error wilt support, For all men hope that thou wilt truth restore againe, [line 10] And mend that is amisse, to all good mens comfort. And for this hope they praie, thou maist continue long, Our queene amongst vs here, all vice for to supplant, And for this hope they praie, that God maie make thee strong, As by his grace puissant, So in his truth constant. [line 20] Farewell ô worthie queene, and as our hope is sure, That into errors place, thou wilt now truth restore: So trust we that thou wilt our souereigne queene endure, And louing ladie stand, from hensefoorth euermore.

While these words were in saieng, and certeine wishes therein repeated for maintenance of truth, [line 30] and rooting out of errour,* 1.81 she now and then held vp hir hands towards heauen, and willed the people to saie, Amen. When the child had ended, shee said; Be ye well assured I shall stand your good quéene. At which saieng, hir grace departed foorth through Tem∣plebarre toward Westminster, with no lesse show∣ting and crieng of the people, than she entered the citie with a noise of ordinance which the tower shot off at hir graces enterance first into Towerstréet. The childs saieng was also in Latine verses writ∣ten [line 40] in a table verie faire which was hanged vp there:

* 1.82O regina potens, quum primam vrbem ingredereris, Dona tibi linguas fidá{que} corda dedit. Discedenti etiam tibi nunc duo munera mittit, Omnia plena spei, votá{que} plena precum. Quippe tuis spes est in te, quòd prouida virtu•• Rexerit, errore nec locus vllus erit. Quippe tuis spes est, quòd tu verum omni reduces Solatura bonas, dum mala tollis, opes. Hac spe freti orant, longum vt regina gubernes, [line 50] Et regni excindas crimina cuncta tui. Hac spe freti orant, diuina vt gratia fortem Et verae fidei te velit esse basin. Iam regina vale, & sicut nos spes tenet vna, Quòd vero inducto, perditus error erit: Sic quó{que} speramus quòd eris regina benigna Nobis per regni tempora long a tui.

Thus the queenes highnesse passed through the ci∣tie, which without anie forreigne person, of it selfe beautified it selfe, and receiued hir grace at all places as hath beene before mentioned, with most tender o∣bedience [line 60] and loue, due to so gratious a queene and souereigne a ladie. And hir grace likewise of hir side in all hir graces passage, shewed hir selfe generallie an image of a worthie ladie and gouernour. But pri∣uatlie these especiall points were noted in hir grace, as signes of a most princelike courage, whereby hir louing subiects maie ground a sure hope for the rest of hir gratious dooings hereafter.

About the nether end of Cornehill toward Cheape, one of the knights about hir grace had espied an an∣cient citizen,* 1.83 which wept, and turned his head backe, and therewith said this gentleman; Yonder is an al∣derman (for so he tearmed him) which wéepeth, and turneth his face backeward; how maie it be inter∣preted that he so dooth, for sorrow, or for gladnesse? The quéens maiestie heard him, and said, I warrant you it is for gladnesse. A gratious interpretation of a noble courage, which would turne the doubtfull to the best. And yet it was well knowne, that as hir grace did confirme the same,* 1.84 the parties cheare was mooued for verie pure gladnesse for the sight of hir maiesties person, at the beholding whereof he tooke such comfort, that with teares he expressed the same. In Cheape side hir grace smiled, and being thereof demanded the cause, answered, for that she heard one saie; Remember old king Henrie the eight. A natu∣rall child, which at the verie remembrance of hir fa∣thers name, tooke so great a ioy, that all men maie well thinke, that as she reioised at his name whome this realme dooth hold of so woorthie memorie: so in hir dooings she will resemble the same.

When the cities charge without parcialitie, and onelie the citie was mentioned vnto hir grace, shée said it should not be forgotten. Which saieng might mooue all naturall Englishmen hartilie to shew due obedience and intiernesse to their so good a queene, which will in no point forget anie parcell of dutie lo∣uinglie shewed vnto hir. The answer which hir grace made vnto maister recorder of London, as the hea∣rers know it to be true, & with melting hearts heard the same: so maie the reader thereof conceiue what kind of stomach and courage pronounced the same. What more famous thing doo we read in ancient histories of old time,* 1.85 than that mightie princes haue gentlie receiued presents offered them by base and low personages. If that be to be woondered at (as it is passinglie) let me sée anie writer that in anie prin∣ces life is able to recount so manie presidents of this vertue, as hir grace shewed in that one passage tho∣rough the citie.

How manie nosegaies did hir grace receiue at poore womens hands? How oftentimes staid she hir chariot, when she saw anie simple bodie offer to speake to hir grace? A branch of rosemarie giuen hir grace with a supplication by a poore woman about Fleetbridge, was séene in hir chariot till hir grace came to Westminster, not without the maruellous woondering of such as knew the presenter, and no∣ted the quéens most gratious receiuing and keeping the same. What hope the poore and néedie maie looke for at hir graces hand, she as in all hir iournie conti∣nuallie, so in hir hearkening to the poore children of Christs hospitall * 1.86 with eies cast vp into heauen, did fullie declare: as that neither the wealthier estate could stand without consideration had to the pouer∣tie, neither the pouertie be dulie considered, vnlesse they were remembred, as commended vnto vs by Gods owne mouth.

As at hir first entrance she as it were declared hir selfe prepared to passe through a citie that most intierlie loued hir: so she at hir last departing as it were bound hir selfe by promise, to continue good ladie and gouernor vnto that citie, which by outward declaration did open their loue vnto their so louing and noble prince, in such wise, as she hir selfe woon∣dered thereat.* 1.87 But because princes be set in their seat by Gods appointing, and therefore they must first and chieflie tender the glorie of him, from whom their glorie issueth: it is to be noted in hir grace, that for somuch as God hath so woonderfullie placed hir in the seat of gouernement ouer this realme, she in all hir dooings do••th shew hir selfe most mindfull of his goodnesse & mercie shewed vnto hir. And among all other, two principall signes thereof were noted in this passage. First in the tower, where hir grace before she entred hir chariot, lifted vp hir eies to heauen, and said as followeth.

The praier of queene Elisabeth as she went to hir coronation.

O Lord almightie and euerlasting God, I giue thee most hartie thanks, that thou hast beene so mercifull vnto me, as to spare me to behold this ioifull daie. And I acknow∣ledge that thou hast delt as woonderfullie and as mercifullie with me, as thou did∣dest [line 10] with thy true and faithfull seruant Daniell thy prophet; whome thou deliue∣redst out of the den from the crueltie of the greedie and raging lions: euen so was I ouerwhelmed, and onlie by thee deliuered. To thee therefore onlie be thankes, honor, and praise, for euer: Amen.

[line 20]

The second was the receiuing of the bible at the lit∣tle conduit in Cheape. For when hir grace had lear∣ned that the bible in English should there be offered: she thanked the citie therefore, promised the reading thereof most diligentlie, and incontinent comman∣ded that it should be brought. At the receipt where∣of, how reuerendlie did she with both hir hands take it,* 2.1 kisse it, and laie it vpon hir brest, to the great comfort of the lookers on? God will vndoubtedlie preserue so woorthie a prince, which at his honor so [line 30] reuerendlie taketh hir beginning. For this saieng is true, and written in the booke of truth; He that first séeketh the kingdome of God, shall haue all o∣ther things cast vnto him. Now therefore all Eng∣lish hearts, and hir naturall people must néeds praise Gods mercie, which hath sent them so woorthie a prince, and praie for hir graces long continuance amongst vs.* 2.2 On sundaie the fiue and twentith of Ianuarie, hir maiestie was with great solemni∣tie crowned at Westminster in the abbeie church there, by doctor Oglethorpe bishop of Carleill. She [line 40] dined in Westminster hall, which was richlie hoong, and euerie thing ordered in such roiall maner, as to such a regall and most solemne feast apperteined.

In the meane time, whilest hir grace sat at dinner, sir Edward Dimmocke knight,* 2.3 hir champion by of∣fice, came riding into the hall in faire complet ar∣mor, mounted vpon a beautifull courser, richlie trap∣ped in cloth of gold, entred the hall, and in the midst thereof cast downe his gantlet: with offer to fight [line 50] with him in hir quarell, that should denie hir to be the righteous and lawfull quéene of this realme. The quéene taking a cup of gold full of wine, dranke to him thereof, and sent it to him for his fée togither with the couer.

Now after this, at the seruing vp of the wafers▪ the lord maior of London went to the cupboord,* 2.4 and filling a cup of gold with ipocrasse, bare it to the quéene: and knéeling before hir tooke the assaie, and she receiuing it of him, and drinking of it, gaue the [line 60] cup with the couer vnto the said lord maior for his fée, which cup and couer weied sixtéene ounces Troie weight. Finallie, this feast being celebrated with all roiall ceremonies, and high solemnities, due and in like cases accustomed, tooke end with great ioy and contentation to all the beholders. On wed∣nesdaie the fiue and twentith of Ianuarie the parle∣ment began,* 2.5 the queenes maiestie riding in hir par∣lement robes, from hir palace of Whitehall, vnto the abbeie church of Westminster, with the lords spi∣rituall and temporall, attending hir likewise in their parlement robes. Doctor Cox sometime schoole∣maister to king Edward the sixt, and now latelie returned from the parties of beyond the seas, where during the daies of quéene Marie he had liued as a banished man,* 2.6 preached now before the estates there assembled in the beginning of the said parlement. In this parlement,* 2.7 the first fruits and tenths were restored to the crowne, & also the supreame gouern∣ment ouer the state ecclesiasticall, which queene Ma∣rie had giuen to the pope. Likewise the booke of common praier and administration of the sacra∣ments in our mother toong was restored.

¶But before this good woorke was agréed vpon,* 2.8 there was much debating about matters touching religion, and great studie on both parties imploied, the one to reteine still, the other to impugne the doc∣trine and faction which before in quéene Maries time had béene established. But speciallie here is to be noted, that though there lacked no industrie on the papists side, to hold fast that which they most cruel∣lie from time to time had studied, and by all meanes practised to come by: yet notwithstanding, such was the prouidence of God at that time, that for lacke of the other bishops, whom the Lord had taken awaie by death a little before, the residue that there were left could doo the lesse: and in verie deed, God be praised therefore, did nothing at all in effect; al∣though yet notwithstanding there lacked in them neither will nor labor to doo what they could, if their cruell abilitie there might haue serued. But name∣lie amongst all others, not onelie the industrious courage of doctor Storie,* 2.9 but also his words in this parlement are woorthie to be knowne of posteritie, who like a stout and furious champion of the popes side, to declare himselfe how lustie he was, and what he had and would doo in his maisters quarell, sha∣med not openlie in the said parlement house to burst out into such impudent sort of words, as was woon∣der to all good eares to heare, and no lesse woorthie of historie.

The summe of which his shamelesse talke was vt∣tered to this effect. First beginning with himselfe,* 2.10 he declared, that whereas he was noted commonlie abroad, and much complained of, to haue béene a great dooer, & a setter foorth of such religion, orders, & procéedings, as of his late souereigne that dead is quéene Marie were set foorth in this relme, he denied nothing the same: protesting moreouer that he had doone nothing therein, but that both his conscience did lead him therevnto, and also his commission did as well then command him, as now also dooth dis∣charge him for the same: being no lesse readie now also to doo the like, and more, in case he by this queene were authorised likewise, and commanded therevn∣to. Wherefore as I sée (saith he) nothing to be asha∣med of; so lesse I see to be sorie for: but rather said that he was sorie for this, because he had doone no more than he did, and that in executing those lawes, they had not béene more vehement & seuere. Where∣in he said, there was no default in him, but in them, whome he both oft and earnestlie had exhorted to the same; being therefore not a little gréeued with them, for that they labored onelie about the yoong and little sprigs and twigs, while they should haue stroken at the root, and cleane haue rooted it out: &c. And con∣cerning his persecuting and burning them, he de∣nied not, but that he was once at the burning of an earewig (for so he termed it) at Uxbridge, where he tost a fagot at his face as he was singing psalmes,* 2.11 and set a wine bush of thorns vnder his féet, a little to pricke him, with manie other words of like effect. In the which words he named moreouer sir Philip Hobbie, and an other knight of Kent, with such o∣ther of the richer and higher degrée, whome his coun∣sell was to plucke at, & to bring them vnder Coram; wherein (said he) if they had followed my aduise, then had they doone well and wiselie. This or much like

was the effect of the shamelesse and tyrannicall ex∣cuse of himselfe, more méete to speake with the voice of a beast, than of a man. Although in this parle∣ment some diuersitie there was of iudgement and opinion betwéene parties: yet notwithstanding through the mercifull goodnesse of the Lord, the true cause of the gospell had the vpper hand, the papists hope was frustrat, and their rage abated: the order and procéedings of king Edwards time concerning religion was reuiued againe, the supremasie of the [line 10] pope abolished, the articles and bloudie statutes of queene Marie repealed: bréeflie, the furious fier∣brands of cruell persecution, which had consumed so manie poore mens bodies, were now extinct and quenched.]

* 2.12Moreouer in the time of this parlement, a motion was made by the common house, that the queenes maiestie might be sued vnto, to grant hir graces li∣cence to the speaker, knights, citizens & burgesses, to haue accesse vnto hir graces presence: to declare [line 20] vnto hir matter of great importance, concerning the state of this hir graces realme. The which petiti∣on being mooued to hir grace, she most honorablie a∣gréed and consented therevnto, and assigned a daie of hearing. When the daie came, the speaker & common house resorted vnto hir graces palace at Westmin∣ster called the White hall. And in the great gallerie there, hir grace most honorablie shewed hir selfe rea∣die to heare their motion and petition. And when the speaker had solemnlie and eloquentlie set foorth [line 30] the message (the principall matter wherof most speci∣allie was to mooue hir grace to marriage) whereby (to all our comforts) we might inioie (as Gods plea∣sure should be) the roiall issue of hir bodie to reigne ouer vs, &c. The quéenes maiestie after a little pause made this answer following, as néere as I could beare the same awaie (saith Grafton.)

The queenes answer to the for∣mer [line 40] motion of the parlement house.

* 3.1AS I haue good cause, so doo I giue to you my hartie thanks for the good zeale and care that you séeme to haue as well to∣ward me, as to the whole state of your countrie. Your petition I gather to be grounded on thrée causes, and mine answer to the same shall con∣sist in two parts.* 3.2 And for the first I saie vnto you, [line 50] that from my years of vnderstanding, knowing my selfe a seruitor of almightie God, I chose this kind of life, in which I doo yet liue, as a life most accep∣table vnto him, wherin I thought I could best serue him, and with most quietnesse doo my duetie vnto him. From which my choise, if either ambition of high estate offered vnto me by marriages (whereof I haue records in this presence) the displeasure of the prince, the eschewing the danger of mine enimies, or the auoiding the perill of death (whose messenger the [line 60] princes indignation was no little time continual∣lie present before mine eies, by whose meanes if I knew or doo iustlie suspect, I will not now vtter them, or if the whole cause were my sister hir selfe, I will not now charge the dead) could haue drawen or dissuaded me, I had not now remained in this virgins estate wherein you sée me. But so constant haue I alwaies continued in this my determination (that although my words and youth maie seeme to some hardlie to agrée togither) yet it is true,* 3.3 that to this daie I stand frée from anie other meaning, that either I haue had in times past, or haue at this pre∣sent. In which state and trade of liuing wherewith I am so throughlie acquainted, God hath so hitherto preserued me, and hath so watchfull an eie vpon me, and so hath guided me and led me by the hand, as my full trust is, he will not suffer me to go alone. The maner of your petition I doo like, and take in good part: for it is simple, and conteineth no limitation of place or person. If it had béene otherwise,* 3.4 I must haue misliked it verie much, and thought in you a verie great presumption, being vnfit and altogither vnméet to require them that may command, or those appoint whose parts are to desire, or such to bind and limit whose duties are to obeie; or to take vpon you to draw my loue to your likings, or to frame my will to your fansies. A guerdon constreined, and a gift fréelie giuen can neuer agrée. Neuerthelesse, if anie of you be in suspect, that whensoeuer it maie please God to incline my hart to that kind of life, my meaning is to doo or determine anie thing wher∣with the realme maie haue iust cause to be discon∣tented; put that out of your heads. For I assure you (what credence my assurance maie haue with you I can not tell, but what credit it shall deserue to haue, the sequele shall declare) I will neuer in that mat∣ter conclude anie thing that shall be preiudiciall vn∣to the realme.* 3.5 For the weale and good safetie where∣of, as a good mother of my countrie, I will neuer shun to spend my life. And whomsoeuer my choise maie light vpon, he shall be as carefull for the preser∣uation of the realme as you, I will not saie as my selfe: for I cannot so certeinlie promise of another, as I doo surelie know of my selfe, but as anie other can be. And albeit it dooth please almightie God to continue me still in this mind, to liue out of the state of marriage: it is not to be feared, but he will so worke in my hart, and in your wisdoms, that as good prouision may be made in conuenient time, wherby the realme shall not remaine destitute of an heire that may be a fit gouernor,* 3.6 and peraduenture more beneficiall to the realme than such ofspring as may come of me. For though I be neuer so carefull for your well dooings, and mind euer so to be: yet may mine issue grow out of kind and become vn∣gratious. And for me it shall be sufficient, that a marble stone declare that a quéene, hauing reigned such a time, liued and died a virgine. To make an end, I take your comming to me in good part, and giue vnto you eftsoons my hartie thanks, more yet for your zeale, good will, and good meaning, than for your message and petition.

Manie that for feare of persecution in quéene Maries daies were fled the realme,* 3.7 and liued in vo∣luntarie exile, now that all persecution ceased by the gratious clemencie of this noble princesse quéene Elisabeth, they returned with all conuenient spéed home into their natiue countrie, giuing to almigh∣tie God most humble thanks for that his mercifull deliuerance, in sending them a gouernor, that not onelie permitted libertie of conscience, but also was readie to aduance religion, and command frée exer∣cise of common praier, preaching, and administrati∣on of the sacraments, according to the right institu∣tion of the primitiue churches.* 3.8 Fridaie the seauen∣téenth of Februarie, one of maister Hunnings ser∣uants (that was also one of the takers of fresh fish for the prouision of the queenes house) was set on the pillorie in Cheapside in the fish market ouer against the kings head, hauing a bawdrike of smelts hang∣ing about his necke, with a paper on his forehead written: For buieng smelts for twelue pence the hundred, and selling them againe for ten pence the quarter. He stood so likewise on the eightéenth and the twentith daie of the same moneth, euerie one of those three daies from nine of the clocke till twelue. The last daie he should haue had one of his eares slit,

if by great sute made to the councell by the lord ma∣ior of London, he had not béene pardoned and relea∣sed out of prison. This penance was assigned to him by the quéenes owne appointment, when to hir grace his trespasse was reuealed. Whereby shée gaue a tast to the people of a zealous mind to haue iustice dulie ministred, and faults accordinglie punished, namelie of those which vnder pretense of hir graces authoritie should go about to wrong and oppresse hir louing subiects. [line 10]

This yéere in the Easter holidaies on the mon∣daie preached at the Spittle doctor Bill,* 3.9 on the tues∣daie doctor Cox, & on the wednesdaie doctor Horne: the first was hir maiesties chapleine, the other two had remained at Geneua, and in other places be∣yond the seas all queene Maries time. On low sundaie maister Samson made the rehearsall ser∣mon: but when the lord maior and aldermen came to their places in Paules churchyard, the pulpit doore was locked,* 3.10 & the keie could not be heard of. Wher∣vpon [line 20] the lord maior sent for a smith to open the locke, which was doone; and when the preacher should enter the place, it was found verie filthie and vn∣cleanlie. Moreouer, the verger that had the custodie of the keie, which opened the doore of the place where the prelats and other vse to stand at the sermon time, would not open the doore; but the gentlemen with a foorme brake it open▪ and so came in to heare the ser∣mon. This disorder chanced by reason that since Christmasse last past there was not a sermon prea∣ched [line 30] at Paules crosse, by meanes of an inhibition sent from the councell vnto the bishop of London, that he should admit no preacher, because of the con∣trouersie betwixt the bishops and other of the clergie that were now returned into the realme, from the parties of beyond the seas.

* 3.11The last of March the parlement yet continuing, was a conference begun at Westminster concern∣ing certeine articles of religion betwixt the bishops and other of the clergie on the one part, and certeine [line 40] learned preachers of whome some had beene in digni∣tie in the church of England before that time on the other part. The declaration of the procéeding wherin, and the cause of the breaking vp of the same confe∣rence by default and contempt of certeine bishops, parties of the said conference was published in a lit∣tle treatise, and imprinted by Richard Iug and Iohn Cawood, printers to the quéenes maiestie, as here followeth. The quéenes most excellent maiestie, hauing heard of diuersitie of opinions in certeine [line 50] matters of religion amongst sundrie of hir louing subiects, and being verie desirous to haue the same reduced to some godlie & christian concord, thought it best by the aduise of the lords, and other of hir pri∣uie councell, as well for the satisfaction of persons doubtfull, as also for the knowlege of the verie truth in certeine matter of difference, to haue a cōuenient chosen number of the best learned of either part,* 3.12 & to confer togither their opinions and reasons, and ther∣by to come to some good and charitable agreement. [line 60]

And herevpon by hir maiesties commandement certeine of hir priuie councell declared this purpose to the archbishop of Yorke (being also one of the same priuie councell) & required him that he would impart the same to some of the bishops, and to make choise of eight, nine, or ten of them: and that there should be the like number named of the other part: and further also declared to him (as then was suppo∣sed) what the matters should be. And as for the time, it was thought meet to be as soone as possible might be agreed vpon.* 3.13 And then after certeine daies past, it was signified by the said archbishop, that there was appointed by such of the bishops, to whome he had imparted this matter, eight persons, that is to saie, foure bishops, and foure doctors, who were content at the quéenes maiesties commandement to shew their opinions; and (as he termed it) render account of their faith in those matters which were mentioned, and that speciallie in writing, al∣though he said they thought the same so determined, as there was no cause to dispute vpon them.

It was herevpon fullie resolued by the quéenes maiestie, with the aduise aforesaid,* 3.14 that according to their desire, it should be in writing on both parts; for auoiding of much altercation in words; and that the said bishops should, bicause they were in authori∣tie and degree superiors, first declare their minds and opinions in the matter, with their reasons in wri∣ting: and the other number being also eight men of good degrée in schooles, and some hauing béene in dig∣nitie in the church of England, if they had anie thing to saie to the contrarie, should the same daie declare their opinions in like manner. And so ech of them should deliuer their writings to the other, to be con∣sidered what were to be improoued therein, and the same to declare againe in writing at some other conuenient daie, and the like order to be kept in all the rest of the matters. All this was fullie agreed vp∣on with the archbishop of Yorke, and also signified to both parties. And immediatlie herevpon, diuerse of the nobilitie and states of the realme, vnderstan∣ding that such a meeting and conference should be, and that in certeine matters, wherevpon (the court of parlement consequentlie following) some lawes might be grounded: they made earnest meanes to hir maiestie, that the parties of this conference might put and read their assertions in the English toong, and that in the presence of them of the nobili∣tie, and others of the parlement house, for the better satisfaction and inabling of their owne iudgements, to treat and conclude of such lawes as might depend herevpon.

This also being thought verie reasonable,* 3.15 was signified to both parties, and so fullie agréed vpon, and the daie appointed for the first méeting to be the fridaie in the forenoone, being the last of March at Westminster church, where both for good order, and for honour of the conference, by the quéenes maie∣sties commandement, the lords and others of the pri∣uie councell were present, and a great part of the no∣bilitie also. And notwithstanding the former order appointed, and consented vnto by both parts, yet the bishop of Winchester and his colleagues, alleging that they had mistaken that their assertions and rea∣sons should be written,* 3.16 and so onelie recited out of the booke, said their booke was not readie then writ∣ten: but they were prouided to argue and dispute, and therefore would for that time repeat in speech that which they had to saie vnto the first proposition. This variation from the order, and speciallie from that which themselues had by the said archbishop in writing before required, adding thereto the reason of the apostle, that to contend with words is profita∣ble to nothing▪ but to subuersion of the hearer, sée∣med vnto the quéenes maiesties councell somewhat strange: & yet was it permitted without anie great reprehension, bicause they excused themselues with mistaking the order, and agréed that they would not faile but put it in writing; and according to the for∣mer order, deliuer it to the other part. And so the said bishop of Winchester and his colleagues appoin∣ted doctor Cole deane of Paules, to be the vtter∣er of their minds, who partlie by spéech onelie, and partlie by reading of authorities written, and at cer∣teine times being informed of his colleagues what to sai••, made a declaration of their meanings,* 3.17 & their reasons to their first proposition. Which being ended, they were asked by the priuie councell, if anie of

them had anie more to be said: and they said; No. So as then the other part was licenced to shew their minds, which they did according to the first order, ex∣hibiting all that which they meant to be propounded in a booke written, which after a praier & inuocation made most humblie to almightie God, for the indu∣ing of them with his holie spirit, and a protestation also to stand to the doctrine of the catholike church, builded vpon the scriptures, and the doctrine of the prophets and the apostles, was distinctlie read by one [line 10] Robert Horne bachellor in diuinitie, late deane of Duresme.* 3.18

And the same being ended with some likelihood, as it séemed that the same was much allowable to the audience: certeine of the bishops began to saie con∣trarie to their former answer, that they had now much more to saie to this matter. Wherein although they might haue béene well reprehended for such ma∣ner of cauillation, yet for auoiding of any mistaking of orders in this colloquie or conference, and for that they should vtter all that which they had to saie: it [line 20] was both ordered,* 3.19 and thus openlie agreed vpon of both parts in the full audience, that vpon the mon∣daie following, the bishops should bring their minds and reasons in writing to the second assertion, and the last also if they could, and first read the same, and that doone, the other part should bring likewise theirs to the same. And being read, ech of them should deli∣uer to other the same writings. And in the meane time the bishops should put in writing, not onelie all [line 30] that which doctor Cole had that daie vttered: but all such other matters as they anie otherwise could thinke of for the same: and as soone as they might possiblie, to send the same booke touching that first as∣sertion to the other part, and they should receiue of them that writing which master Horne had there read that daie, and vpon mondaie it should be agreed what daie they should exhibit their answers tou∣ching the first proposition.

Thus both parts assented thereto, and the assem∣blie quietlie dismissed. And therefore vpon mondaie, [line 40] the like assemblie began againe at the place & houre appointed:* 3.20 and there (vpon what sinister or disordered meaning is not yet fullie knowne, though in some part it be vnderstanded) the bishop of Winchester and his colleagues, and especiallie Lincolne, refused to exhibit or read, according to the former notorious order on fridaie, that which they had prepared for the second assertion. And therevpon by the lord kéeper of the great seale, they being first gentlie and fauoura∣blie required to kéepe the order appointed; and that [line 50] taking no place, being secondlie as it behooued, pres∣sed with more earnest request: they neither regar∣ding the authoritie of that place, nor their owne re∣putation, nor the credit of the cause, vtterlie refused that to doo. And finallie being againe particularlie euerie of them apart, distinctlie by name, required to vnderstand their opinions therein: they all sauing one (which was the abbat of Westminster, hauing some more consideration of order and his dutie of o∣bedience than the other) vtterlie and plainelie denied [line 60] to haue their booke read, some of them more earnest∣lie than others, and some other more vndiscréetlie and vnreuerentlie than others.

* 3.21Wherevpon giuing such example of disorder, stub∣bornesse and selfewill, as hath not béene séene and suffered in such an honourable assemblie, being of the two estates of this realme, the nobilitie and the commons, besides the presence of the quéenes maie∣sties most honourable priuie councell, the same as∣semblie was dismissed, and the godlie and most chri∣stian purpose of the quéens maiestie made frustrate. And afterwards for the contempt so notoriouslie made, the bishops of Winchester and Lincolne, ha∣uing most obstinatelie both disobeied common au∣thoritie, and varied manifestlie from their owne or∣der, and speciallie Lincolne (who shewed more fol∣lie than the other) were condignelie committed to the tower of London, and the rest (sauing the abbat of Westminster) stood bound to make dailie their personall appéerance before the councell, and not to depart the citie of London and Westminster, vntill further order were taken with them for their disobe∣dience and contempt.

The three propositions wherevpon conference was determined to haue beene at Westminster.

• 1 IT is against the word of GOD, and the custome of the ancient church, to vse a toong vnknowne to the people, in common praier, and the administration of the sacraments.
• 2 Euerie church hath authoritie to ap∣point, take awaie, and change ceremonies and ecclesiasticall rites: so the same bee to edification.
• 3 It cannot be prooued by the word of God, that there is in the masse offered vp a sacrifice propitiatorie for the quicke and the dead.

The names of such as had conference in the propositions aforesaid.

• The B. of Winchester.
• The bishop of Lichfield.
• The bishop of Chester.
• The bishop of Caerleill.
• The bishop of Lincolne.
• Doctor Cole.
• Doctor Harpesfield.
• Doctor Langdall.
• Doctor Chedseie.
• D. Scorie B. of Chiche.
• Doctor Cox.
• Maister Whitehed.
• Maister Grindall.
• Maister Horne.
• Maister doctor Sands.
• Maister Gest.
• Maister Elmer.
• Maister Iewell.

The bishops and doctors sat on the one side of the quéere at a table for them prepared, & the other lear∣ned men sat at another table on the other side of the same queere. And at the vpper end thereof at an o∣ther table sat the quéenes maiesties councell, desi∣••ous to haue séene some good conclusion of the said conference, although (as ye may perceiue by that which is aboue recited) it came to small effect. In this meane time, a treatie of peace, which had béene in hand the last yeare, first at Lisle, and after at the ab∣beie of Cercampe, a thrée leagues from Dorlens,* 3.22 be∣twixt the two kings of Spaine and France, was now renewed againe, and the deputies were appoin∣ted to meet at Chasteau Cambresi, a six leagues distant from Cambraie. For the king of Spaine, the duke of Alua, the prince of Orange, the bishop of Arras, Rigomes de Silua earle of Mellito, monsieur Ui∣glius Zwichem, knight and president of the priuie councell in the low countries, who neuerthelesse came not, bicause he was letted by sicknesse. For the French king there came the cardinall of Loraine the conestable, the marshall of saint Andrew,* 3.23 the bi∣shop of Orleans, and Claude de Aubespine, the said kings secretarie. For the queene of England, the bi∣shop of Elie, the lord William Howard baron of Effingham lord chamberleine to the said quéene, doctor Nicholas Wootton deane of Canturburie and Yorke.

For the duke of Sauoie, there were the earle of Stropiana, & the president of Asti. And as a meane or mediatrix betwéene the parties, there was Chri∣stierna dutchesse of Loraine, with hir sonne the yong duke, which dutchesse, as well here as before at Cer∣campe,

trauelled most earnestlie to doo good betwixt the parties, and to bring them to a finall accord, whose endeuor therein was to the great good liking & con∣tentation of all the said parties. After that this trea∣tie had continued a long time, and now rest••d no∣thing to staie them frō concluding a generall peace, but onelie the article touching Calis, at length that matter was also accorded by a speciall treatie be∣twixt the quéenes maiestie of England,* 3.24 & the French king, Guido Caualcanti a gentleman of Florence [line 10] being the meane to bring the same to effect. The sub∣stance of which articles was, that Calis shuld rest in the Frenchmens hands, for the terme of eight yéeres, and at the end of that terme, they couenanted to ren∣der the same: or else for default, to forfeit vnto the quéenes highnesse the summe of fiue hundred thou∣sand crownes; and for suertie hereof, to deliuer foure hostages, such as hir maiestie should thinke suffici∣ent. And in case the towne were not deliuered at the end of the said eight yéeres, though the monie were [line 20] paid according to the couenants: yet notwithstan∣ding the right and title to the said towne and coun∣trie adioining, should alwaies remaine and be reser∣ued vnto the crowne and realme of England. It was further concluded also, that a peace should be firmed and had betwixt the realmes of England and Scotland, such fortresses to be rased as had been built and made by the Scots and French on the borders towards England, as Haimouth and others.

* 3.25Sir Iohn Mason knight, secretarie for the French [line 30] toong, was sent ouer in post with instructions vnto the English commissioners, after whose comming, within two or thrée daies,* 3.26 a generall peace was con∣cluded betwixt all the parties, the articles whereof not touching England, we haue of purpose omit∣ted. But now after the conclusion of this peace, the said sir Iohn Mason returned in post with the same: and so therevpon, the seuenth of Aprill, the said peace was proclamed;* 3.27 to wit, betwixt the quéenes maiestie on the one part, and the French king on the other, [line 40] their realmes, dominions, and subiects; and likewise betwixt hir said maiestie and the king Dolphin and quéene of Scots his wife, their realmes, dominions, and subiects. This proclamation was made by Gar∣ter Norreie king at armes, accompanied with thrée other heralds, & fiue trumpettors: the lord maior of London & the aldermen in their scarlet gowns being also present, & riding in companie of the said heralds.

* 3.28The same time also was another proclamation made vnder the quéenes hand in writing, inhibiting, [line 50] th••t from thensefoorth no plaies nor interludes should be exercised, till Alhallowes tide next insu∣ing.* 3.29 Upon saturdaie the two and twentith of Aprill, the lord Wentworth, late deputie of Calis, was a∣reigned at Westminster, vpon an indictment of treason found against him, in the late queene Maries daies, for the losse of Calis: but he was acquited by his péeres, the lord marquesse of Northampton sit∣ting that daie as cheefe steward of England, vnder the cloth of estate. The eight of Maie, the parlement [line 60] brake vp; in which parlement, beside other things be∣fore recited, concluded, and passed in the same; a sub∣sidie was granted to the quéenes highnesse,* 3.30 of two shillings eight pence the pound of mooueable goods, and foure shillings of lands, to be paid at two seue∣rall paiments, of euerie person spirituall and tem∣porall, towards the better furnishing of hir maiestie with monie, for the necessarie charges which she was presentlie occasioned to susteine, finding the treasure of the realme greatlie consumed, and the reuenues of the crowne sore diminished, and the same crowne much indebted, by taking vp of notable summes of monie by waie of loane vpon interest, as well in the daies of hir brother K. Edward, as hir sister quéene Marie. The foureteenth of Maie being Whitsundaie, the seruice in churches began according to the booke of cōmon praier, set foorth and established in this last parlement, correspondent to that which was vsed in the daies of hir brother king Edward.* 3.31 Upon sundaie the second of Iulie, the citizens of London set foorth a muster before the quéenes maiestie at Greenwich in the parke there, of the number of 1400 men, where∣of 800 were pikes, armed in fine corselets, foure hundred shot in shirts of male, with mor••ans, & two hundred halbarders armed in Almaine riuets: these were furnished foorth by the crafts and companies of the citie. To euerie hundred two wifflers were assig∣ned, richlie appointed and apparelled for the purpose. There were also twelue wardens of the best compa∣nies mounted on horssebacke in coats of blacke vel∣uet, to conduct them, with drums and fiffes, and six ensignes, all in ierkins of white sattin of Bridges, cut and lined with blacke sarsenet, and caps, hosen, and scarfs according. The sergeant Maiors, capteine Constable, and capteine Sanders, brought them in order before the queenes presence, placing them in battell arraie, euen as they should haue fought; so as the shew was verie faire, the emperours and the French kings ambassadors being present.

In this moneth also, the archbishop of Yorke, the bishops of Elie, London, and others, to the number of thirtéene or fouretéene, being called before the quéenes councell, and refusing to receiue the oth tou∣ching hir maiesties supremasie, and other articles, were depriued from their bishopricks: in whose roomes and places, first for cardinall Poole,* 3.32 succée∣ded doctor Matthew Parker, archbishop of Cantur∣burie. In the place of Heth, succeeded doctor Yoong. In steed of Boner, Edmund Grindall was bishop of London. For Hopton, Thurlbie, Tunstall, Pates, Christoferson, Peto, Coats, Morgan, Feasie, White, Oglethorpe, &c: were placed doctor Iohn Parkhurst in Norwich, D. Cox in Elie, Iewell in Salisburie, Pilkenton in Duresme, doctor Sands in Worce∣ster, master Downam in Westchester, Bentam in Couentrie and Lichfield, Dauid in S. Dauies, Allie in Excester, Horne in Winchester, Scorie in Here∣ford, Best in Carleill, Bullingham in Lincolne, Scamler in Peterburie, Bartlet in Bath, Gest in Rochester, Barlow in Chichester, &c. In like maner, were diuerse deans, archdeacons, parsons, & vicars, remooued from their benefices, and some of them committed to prison in the Tower, Fléet, Marshal∣sea, and Kings bench.

Moreouer,* 3.33 about the same time were commissio-appointed to visit in euerie diocesse within the relme, for the establishment of religion, according to the or∣der appointed by act and statute, passed and confir∣med in the last parlement. For London were appoin∣ted sir Richard Sackuill knight, Robert Horne doctor of diuinitie, doctor Huic a ciuilian, and mai∣ster Sauage; who calling before them diuerse per∣sons of euerie parish, sware them to inquire and make presentment accordinglie, vpon certeine in∣iunctions drawne and deuised, for the better accom∣plishment and execution of that which they had in charge. Furthermore, about the same time, by vertue of an act established in parlement, all such religious houses as were againe erected and set vp, were now suppressed, as the abbeies of Westminster, the hou∣ses of the nuns and brethren of the Sion and Shéene, the blacke friers of Gréenwich, &c. And on the twelfe of August being saturdaie,* 3.34 the high altar in Paules church, with the rood & the images of Marie and Iohn, standing in the rood loft, were taken downe, & the pre∣bendaries and petie canons commanded to weare no more their graie amises, but to vse onelie a sur∣plice in seruice time. This was doone by comman∣dement

of doctor Grindall, newlie elect bishop of London, doctor Maie, then also newlie elected deane of Paules, and other the commissioners then appoin∣ted.* 3.35 Also on the euen of saint Bartholomew, the day and morrow after, were burned in Paules church∣yard, Cheapeside, and diuerse other places of the ci∣tie of London, all the roods and other images of churches: and in some places, the coapes, vestments, and altar clothes, bookes, banners, sepulchers, and rood lofts, were likewise committed to the fier, and so [line 10] consumed to ashes.

¶ The fift of September about midnight, fell a great tempest at London,* 3.36 in the end wherof, a great lightning, with a terrible clap of thunder strake the spire (being stone) of the stéeple of Alhallowes church in Bredstréet, about a ten foot beneath the top, out of the which fell a stone that slue a dog, and ouerthrew a man plaieng with the same dog, and the spire of the stéeple was so perished, that not long after the same was taken downe with lesse charges to the parish, [line 20] than the reparing would haue cost. And at the same instant, by the same tempest, one of the southdores of S. Dionise church in Fenchurchstréet, with the dore of the reuestrie of the same church, were both striken through and broken.]

Upon Fridaie the eight of September, was kept in Paules church of London a solemne obsequie for Henrie,* 3.37 the second of that name, king of France, who departed this life, about the tenth of Iulie last past, of a wound receiued the 29 of Iune, in run∣ning [line 30] at tilt in a solemne iusts holden at Paris, in honor of the marriage celebrated betwixt his sister the ladie Margaret of France, and Philibert duke of Sauoie. He was striken on the viser with a lance, as he ran against the counte de Montgomerie: the spilts entring by the sight of his headpéece, & persing through his eie into his head, so perished his braine, that there was no meane to saue his life.

The obsequie for him was kept in verie solemne wise,* 3.38 with a rich hearse, made like an imperiall [line 40] crowne, susteined with great pillers, and couered with blacke veluet, with a valence stringed with gold and richlie hanged with scutchions, pennons, and banners of the French kings armes, without anie lights. And on the beere was laid a rich pall of cloth of gold, with a coat armor of the armes of France, and a crest, with an imperiall crowne standing vpon the béere: doctor Parker archbishop of Canturburie elect, doctor Barlow bishop of Chichester elect, and doctor Scorie bishop of Hereford elect, executing at [line 50] the dirge of this euening song in English, they sit∣ting in the bishop of Londons seat, in the vpper quéere, in surplices, with doctors hoods about their shoulders. The chéefe mourner was the marquesse of Winchester, lord treasuror, assisted with ten other lords mourners,* 3.39 with all the heralds in blacke, and their coat armours vppermost.

On the morrow being saturdaie, & ninth of Sep∣tember, a sermon was preached by doctor Scorie, in place of doctor Grindall bishop of London, who be∣ing [line 60] appointed to preach that sermon, was letted by sicknesse. After the sermon, six of the lords mour∣ners receiued the communion with the bishops,* 3.40 which bishops were in copes and surplices, onelie at the ministration of the said communion. Which be∣ing finished, there was a great dinner kept in the bi∣shop of Londons palace by Paules, where the mour∣ners apparelled them, and so ended the solemnitie of the said exequies. The bishops had blacke gownes giuen them, and eight blacke coats a peece for their seruants, at the quéenes charges.

¶About the last of September, Iohn duke of Fin∣land,* 3.41 second sonne to Gustabus king of Swethen, was sent by his father to treat a marriage for his el∣dest brother Ericus, with the quéenes maiestie of England: he arriued at Harwich in Essex, and was there honorablie receiued and interteined by the erle of Oxford, which said earle, and the lord Robert Dud∣leie, with a goodlie band of gentlemen and yeomen, conueied him to London, where he was receiued of diue••se knights and gentlemen of the court, on the fift of October, and was with his traine of about the number of fiftie persons well horssed, conueied to the bishop of Winchesters place in Southworke, where he was lodged during his abode here, and re∣moued from thence two daies before Easter home∣wards, and sped on his message as may appeare by that which followeth, taken out of Iohannes Lewenclaij comment. de bellis Moscorum.

Ericus king of Swethen, sonne of Gustabus late king of the said kingdome,* 3.42 hauing committed to prison his brother Iohn duke of Finland, whom a lit∣tle before he had imploied into England on an am∣bassage to the quéenes maiestie, whom he sued to for mariage, and had his sute reiected; againe the second time solicited hir maiestie in the same sute notwith∣standing, to his great dishonor, and (as it fell out) his iust disgrace. He attempted the same matter with the yoongest daughter of Philip Lantgraue Uanhessen, at whose hand (hauing the second time beene reiected of hir maiestie héere) the matter being knowne there, he also not onelie receiued a deniall, but the la∣die was by hir father bestowed vpon Adolfe duke Uan Holst, vncle of Frederike king of Denmarke, then enimie of the said Ericus. Thus farre Iohannes Lewenclaij.]* 3.43

¶Cuthbert Tunstall was translated from London to Durham,* 3.44 after the death of cardinall Wolseie, of whome (besides that which Holinshed in this booke reporteth) I will saie a little, he being so reuerend a prelat; as the managing of the princes affaires by him dooth well witnesse, and this present age can yet well remember. This man (being of a mild condi∣tion) was borne at Hachaford in Richmondshire, and (as Leland hath left in writing that he heard) the base sonne of one Tunstall an ancient gentleman: whose ancestors (as I haue read) came into England with the conquerour, attending on him as his bar∣bar, for which cause he beareth in his armes thrée combes as a note to posteritie of the originall of his gentrie.* 3.45 Which bishop although he is supposed to haue béene base borne (as manie noble capteins and other the valiant persons of the world haue béene, whereof six hundred examples as hath the prouerbe might be produced) yet was he not base in lerning, eloquence, grauitie, and honorable calling both in spirituall & temporall affaires: both in seruice of the prince and in charge of his church. For (besides manie other of∣fices that he exercised) he was maister of the rols: sundrie time ambassador to forreine princes, bishop of London, and from thence (by vertue of Clement the seuenth his bulles to K. Henrie the eight in the yeare 1530,* 3.46 the fiue & twentith of March) aduanced to the sée of Durham, and (by the kings letters) elec∣ted therevnto the yeare before said. In the which function he behaued himselfe, as the worthinesse of the estate required, and as the doctrine of the church in those daies would permit; of which I meane not to intreat, neither of his fall or rising: but will onlie meddle with méere temporall accidents, as one that hath not béene accustomed to die his pen in the bloud of mens consciences, nor in the opinions of religion.

Wherefore to omit all such things, I saie of this bishop, that he was a man singularlie learned (& as Caius tearmeth him Litera••issimus) in the Hebrue, Gréeke, and Latine toongs; and did not onelie erect sumptuous buildings for the mind and inward man (in furnishing when he was bishop of London a li∣brarie

in Cambridge, with manie notable both writ∣ten and printed bookes: compiling also manie other bookes, aswell of diuinitie as of other sciences, wher∣of at this daie his arithm••tike is of great estimati∣on through Europe) but did also for the flesh & out∣ward man build from the ground a most beautifull porch or gatehouse (with a chapell annexed therevn∣to) of faire stone in the castell of Durham,* 3.47 withall adding vnto the said castell certeine gates with iron bars and portcullices supported with strong walles [line 10] of stone on each part for the more strength against the enimie: not forgetting to make a water-con∣duit for the ease of washing (and to serue the other of∣fices in the house) on the left side of the entrance in∣to the said castell. To which these sumptuous déeds (for they are verie heroicall) may be added the gate∣house built at Alnewike, and the tolboth in the mar∣ket of Durham all of stone, with the rest of the hou∣ses of office next vnto the hinder part of the said tolboth, which afterward (with other great liberali∣ties) [line 20] he gaue to the citizens of Durham.

Lastlie (at his owne charge) he new repared with stoneworke the third part of Tinbridge, which his predecessour Thomas Langleie recouered against the manor of Newcastell: and which, others his pre∣decessors (as occasion was offered therefore) did from time to time most statelie repare. In the end about the latter reigne of Edward the sixt (being by Kinian or Ninian, Menuile or Menille, accu∣sed,* 3.48 for that he somewhat fauoured the Romane reli∣gion, [line 30] and was not so forward in furthering of the gospell as that time required) he was for that cause depriued from his bishoprike, from all other eccle∣siasticall gouernment, and committed to the tower: where he remained all the time of K. Edward. After∣ward (by the benefit of quéene Marie) in the first yeare of hir reigne, he was reinuested into his sée of Durham, which he possessed all the time of hir gouernement:* 3.49 during which he was not so seuere an executor of the Romane canons against the pro∣testants, [line 40] as the other bishops of England were.

But she not continuing long (such are the incon∣stancies of our estates & vncerteinties of our trou∣bles) he was againe (by the noble quéene Elisabeth) depriued of his bishoprike, after disputation and con∣ference had at Westminster: in which he defended the Roman religion, in the first yeare of the said E∣lisabeth, about the truth of Christs gospell: and was committed to Matthew Parker bishop of Cantur∣burie, who vsed him verie honourablie, both for the [line 50] grauitie, learning and age of the said Tunstall. But he not long remaining vnder the ward of the said bi∣shop, did shortlie after the eightéenth of Nouember in the yeare 1559 depart this life at Lambeth, where he first receiued his consecration,* 3.50 being a man of such age, as that he atteined to the number of foure∣score & fiue years when he died. He was buried in the queere of the church of Lambeth, whose funerall ser∣mon was doone by Alexander Nowell, then (& now in the yeare 1586) deane of Poules. Who taking this [line 60] theame to intreat vpon, Blessed are they which die in the Lord, did there deliuer such liberall & singular commendation of this man for his vertuous life, ler∣ning, grauitie, and good seruice doone to manie prin∣ces of England, that more could not be said of anie man, being spoken trulie. Such force hath vertue, that we ought to commend it euen in our enimies, ouer whose dead carcase in the said church of Lam∣beth is laid a faire marble,* 3.51 in which is ingrauen this epitaph of his, deuised by doctor Walter Haddon▪

Anglia Cutbertum Tunstallum ••••oesta requirit, Cuius summa domi laus erat ••t{que} foris: Rhetor, arithmeticus, iuris consultus & aequi, Legatús{que}, fuit, deni{que} praesul erat. Annorum satur, & magnorum plenus honorum, Vertitur in cineres aureus iste senex.

This man was (as it should appeare in stories) full of contumarie and selfe will, vntractable he was and of nature rebellious.* 3.52 For saith maister Fox in the reigne of king Edward, being cast into the tower for his disobedience, where he kept his Christmasse thrée yeares togither, more worthie of some other place without the tower, if it had pleased God other∣wise not to haue meant a further plague to this realme by that man. Howbeit he was indued with such excellencie of lerning, and that of sundrie sutes, that of the learned he is noted for a mirror of that age wherein he liued: and albeit a papist, yet not de∣priuable of the praise which it pleased God to prouide for him (being an enimie vnto the truth, perhaps through feare as manie more) by those rare and ma∣nifold good means wherewith he was adorned. Inso∣much that Leland, a man of a cleare iudgement and great insight to discerne betwéene substantiallie and superficiallie learned, comparing this bishop Tunstall with profound Budeus, saith as foloweth:

Qua te nostra canet Tunstalle Britannia laude?* 3.53 An qua Budaeum Gallia docta suum? Candidus ille studet Graecam celebrare Mineruam, Graecorum celebras tu monumenta patrum. Ille colit veteres intento pectore leges, Sunt studij leges cura diserta tui. Ille rudes assis docuit cognoscere partes, Tu numeros primus verba Latina loqui. Gallia causidicum tecum dignare Britannum Conferri, niueis dignus vtér{que} notis.]

In this meane time,* 3.54 through controuersie raised betwixt the Scotish nobilitie, and the queene Dowa∣ger of Scotland, which chanced especiallie about matters of religion, certeine of the lords there min∣ding a reformation therein; and the quéene resisting them to hir power, in purpose to mainteine the old popish religion, which some name catholike; diuerse companies of souldiers and men of war were sent out of France into Scotland to aid the said quéene,* 3.55 where they were placed in diuerse townes and forts, to the high displeasure of the more part of the Sco∣tish nobilitie: who lothing to be oppressed with stran∣gers in that sort,* 3.56 were forced to sue vnto the quéene of England for aid to expell the French, who sought to subuert the ancient state of that realme, and to an∣nex the same vnto the crowne of France.

Their sute was the better liked of, for that it was doubted, least the Frenchmen (vnder pretense of bringing an armie into Scotland to appease the Scots) might attempt some inuasion here in Eng∣land, considering that by procurement (as was thought) of the duke of Guise, vncle to the quéene of France and Scotland, a title should seeme to be pre∣tended by his néece, the foresaid quéene, as might be gathered by manifest coniectures of the vsurping of armes, and so foorth. The names of the lords of Scot∣land that made sute for aid against the Frenchmen at this season, were these:* 3.57 the duke of Chateau le reault, the earle of Arraine his sonne, the lord Iames prior of saint Andrews, the earle of Argile, the earle of Glencarne, the earle of Rothouse, the earle of Southerland, the earle of Mounteith, the earle of Huntleie, the earle of Cathnes, the earle of Erroll, the earle Marshall, the earle of Morton, the earle of Cassils, the earle of Eglenton, the earle of Montros, the lord Ruithuen, the lord Boid, the lord Ogletrée, the lord Erskin, the lord Dromond, the lord Hume, the lord Roose, the lord Chreighton, the lord Leuingston, the lord Somerwell, the maister of Lindseie, the maister of Maxwell.

The quéenes maiestie, with aduise of hir graces councell, considering of this weightie businesse, and

withall foreseeing the malicious purpose of hir ad∣uersaries, and how the queene of Scots was in France married and gouerned, so as she was not a∣ble to vse the libertie of hir crowne, did thinke it best to preuent such mischiefs as might insue, if timelie remedie were not vsed, to displace such dangerous neighbours the Frenchmen, that began to nestle themselues thus stronglie so néere at hand for no good purpose,* 3.58 as easilie might be ghessed. Herevpon was a power raised and sent foorth both by sea & land, [line 10] the duke of Norffolke being appointed generall, and sent into the north, for the direction thereof. And first maister William Winter,* 3.59 appointed viceadmerall of the quéens nauie northwards, made saile toward Scotland, and wasting alongst the coast in Ianua∣rie, [year 1560] came into the Forth, & so to the road of Leith, and there cast anchor, as well to impeach the landing of such Frenchmen, as might happilie be sent foorth of France, to the aid of the French there, against the Scotish lords, named of the congregation; as also to [line 20] keepe them that laie in Insketh from vittels: and likewise to sée that none of the Frenchmen by water should passe to or from Leith: but to watch them so, as they shuld not inioy any commoditie that might come to either place by the same water.

Moreouer, after that the armie by land was come togither into the north parts, and had soiourned at Berwike and thereabouts,* 3.60 the lord Greie of Wilton being appointed generall of the said armie, departed with the same out of the bounds of Berwike, and marched to Coldingham, where they incamped that [line 30] night.* 3.61 Saturdaie the thirteenth of March, sir Iames Croft, and sir George Howard departed Berwike to the armie, with all the lances and light horssemen, conteining the number of twelue hundred and fiftie horsses.* 3.62 The number of the footmen amounted to a∣boue six thousand in all. The chiefe gouernours of which armie were th••se: the lord Greie of Wilton lieutenant generall, sir Iames Croft assistant with him in that charge, the lord Scroope lord marshall, sir [line 40] George Howard generall of the men at armes and demilances, maister Barnabie Fitz Patrike his lieutenant, sir Henrie Persie generall of the light horssemen, Thomas Hugghens esquier prouost mar∣shall, Thomas Gower master of the ordinance, ma∣ster William Pelham capteine of the pioners, Ed∣ward Randoll esquier, sergeant Maior, mas••er Tho∣mas Burrough, master Cutbert Uaughan, master Williams, and master Cornewall corporals.

This saturdaie at night the armie incamping at [line 50] Dunglas,* 3.63 the horssemen lodged in sundrie villages néere about. Sir Iames Croft laie that night at Co∣berspeth, in the lard of Whitlaies house. Sundaie the last of March, the armie remooued from Dunglas, and marching by Dunbar,* 3.64 there issued out of the towne certeine horssemen and footmen, offering a skirmish: towards whome certeine of the English lances and pistoliers, with certeine harquebutters, made forwards: but they kept themselues within their strength. Yet some of the English horssemen [line 60] approched them so néere,* 3.65 that in skirmish two of the enimies horssemen, and one footman were slaine. The Englishmen receiued little damage, sauing that Peter Mince, one of their horsmen was hurt there. This doone, the armie marched on to Linton brigs, where the footmen incamped that night.* 3.66 The horsse∣men laie at Hadington, and in diuerse other small townes: and sir Iames Croft laie at Clarking∣ton, west of Hadington, at the lard of Cockburns house.

Mondaie the first of Aprill, the campe remooued from Linton brigs vnto salt Preston, and there in∣camped.* 3.67 This euening sir Iames Croft, with diuers of the capteins in his companie, m••t with the earle of Arraine, the lord Iames prior of saint Andrews,* 3.68 the master of Maxwell, sir William Kirkaudie lard of Grange, and diuerse other of the Scotish nobilitie with thrée hundred horsse in their traine. After they were met and had saluted each other, they rode alto∣gither vnto salt Preston, where at the end of the towne, my lord Greie lord lieutenant met them, and imbraced them, & so they lighted from their horsses, and entered into communication for the space of an houre, and after tooke leaue each of other, and so de∣parted for that night.

Tuesdaie the second of Aprill, my lord Greie, sir Iames Croft, my lord Scroope, sir George Ho∣ward, with diuerse of the capteins,* 3.69 rode to Muskle∣bourgh church, and there taried the comming of the duke of Chateau le rault, for the space of full two houres: at length he came accompanied with his sonne, the earle of Arraine, the earles of Argile, Glencarne, Southerland, Menteith, and Rothus, the lord Iames prior of saint Andrews, the lord Ru••th∣uen aliàs Riuen, the lord Ogletrée, the lord Boid, the master of Maxwell, the lard of Ormeston, the master of Lindseie, the bishop of Gallowaie, the abbat of saint Colmes inch, the abbat of Culros, the lard of Pettirrow, the lard of Cunningham head, the lard of Grange, and diuerse others. They were two hun∣dred horsse in traine.

Upon the dukes approch, they all lighted on foot,* 3.70 as well on the one part as the other: and after cour∣teous embracings, and gentle salutations, they en∣tred into the house of one William Atkinson, néere to Undreske church, and sat there in councell the space of two houres, & then departed for that night. The armie laie still in campe at salt Preston, from mondaie, till saturdaie, Palmesundaie euen. On wednesdaie, the third of Aprill, my lord Greie, sir Iames Croft, and my lord Scroope, sir George Howard, sir Henrie Persie, and diuerse other cap∣teins and gentlemen, rode vnto Pinkeie, a house of the abbat of Dunferns, distant a mile and a halfe from the campe, where the earle of Arraine, and the lord Iames Steward, with diuerse other noble men of Scotland méeting them, did conduct them into the said house, where they had long conference togi∣ther, which ended, they went to dinner, and after din∣ner, they returned with my lord lieutenant to salt Preston, and viewed the English campe. Thurs∣daie the fourth of Aprill, fiue yoong gentlemen,* 3.71 ap∣pointed to passe into England for pledges, & bound thither by sea, through contrarie winds were forced to come on land at salt Pannes. Their names were as follow.

The lord Claud Hamilton fourth sonne vnto the duke of Chateau le rault, Robert Douglas halfe brother to the lord Iames Steward, Archebald Campbell lord of Loughennell, George Gream second sonne to the earle of Monteith. Iames Co∣ningham sonne to the earle of Glencarne: they were brought vp to salt Preston, and remained there that night. Saturdaie the sixt of Aprill, being Palmesundaie euen, the campe raised from salt Preston, and marched forwards.* 3.72 Halfe a mile from Lesterike, beneath a crag, called Arthurs seat, the duke of Chateau le rault, the earle of Arraine, the earle of Argile, the lord Iames prior of saint An∣drews, and the rest of the noble men of Scotland, accompanied with two hundred horssemen, or there∣abouts, and fiue hundred footmen, staied for the com∣ming of the English armie. Wherevpon the lord Greie, sir Iames Croft, the lord Scroope, sir George Howard, and sir Henrie Persie, repaired to them,* 3.73 and had conference there with the duke, and other of the Scotish lords that were in his companie. In the meane while the armie staied: but yet at length, the

horssemen, the vantgard and battell, were com∣manded to march foorth, who accordinglie passing forward alongst by the place where the duke & Sco∣tish lords stood, held vpon their waie, till they ap∣proched néere to Lesterike.

At their comming thither, Trombull, the queene regents trumpet, came to my lord lieutenant, and brought with him a safe conduct, giuen vnder hir hand & seale, for the safe repaire of sir Iames Croft, sir George Howard▪ and six others to accompanie [line 10] them. Wherevpon they preparing themselues to go to hir (after they had talked with my lord lieute∣nant,* 3.74 and the duke Chateau le reault) they departed towards Edenburgh, where the said queene as then laie within the castell. There went with them mai∣ster Summerset, maister Pelham, and foure other gentlemen. Whilest they were in conference with the quéene, although an abstinence of all hostilitie by appointment taken betwixt my lord Greie and the said quéene ought to haue ceassed, the French∣men [line 20] to the number of nine hundred, or a thousand shot, backed with fiue hundred corselets and pikes, & about fiftie horssemen, were come foorth of Leith, vnder the conduction of monsieur Doisell, and the counte Martigues, coronell of the French footmen. My lord Greie vnderstanding thereof, came vp to the hill, appointed an officer at armes called Rouge Crosse,* 3.75 to go vnto them; with commandement from him, that they should retire their forces forth of the field into the towne of Leith: for if it were not for [line 30] the promise which he had made to the quéene Dowa∣ger, he would cause them to depart, not much to their ease.

The herald dooing his message, receiued answer, that they were vpon their maister and mistresse ground, and therefore meant not to remooue from it. Rouge Crosse returning with this answer, was sent againe from my lord lieutenant, to command them eftsoons to go their way backe to Leith: for if they did not, he would suerlie send them awaie with [line 40] a mischiefe. But scarse had the herald doone this se∣cond message, when the Frenchmen stepping foorth, discharged a whole volee of their shot into the field against my lord Greie and his companie. Here∣vpon, the Englishmen and they fell in skirmish, which continued for the space of foure houres and more,* 3.76 so hot & earnestlie mainteined on both parts, that the like had not lightlie beene séene manie a day before. Yet at length, the Englishmen droue the French footmen ouer the hill, wan the crag from [line 50] them, and put them from a chappell, where they had stood a great while, vsing it for a couert and safegard for them against the Englishmens shot.

Then the enimies that were in Leith shot off di∣uerse péeces of their great artillerie out of the towne against the Englishmen, who on the other part brought foorth two field péeces, and couered them with a troope of horssemen; and hauing planted them to some aduantage, discharged the same among the enimies: who perceiuing that, gaue place, & sudden∣lie [line 60] the English demilances gaue a charge, brake in amongst them, and slue diuerse. To conclude, they were put from their ground, and forced to retire backe into Leith, being followed welnéere to the verie gates of that towne.* 3.77 There were slaine in this skirmish of the French, about a seuen score, and amongst them twelue men of name, beside some of them that remained prisoners. Of the English∣men, there were also diuerse slaine, and manie hurt. But if the ground had bin knowen to the English∣men, and what aduantage was offered to them by that presumptuous comming of the enimies so far from their hold, it was thought their whole power might easilie haue béene cut off, and vtterlie distres∣sed. After that this skirmish was ended,* 3.78 and the Frenchmen driuen into Leith, the armie incam∣ped at Lesterike. The same daie the Scotish hosta∣ges were imbarked to passe into England. To∣wards euening; sir Iames Croft, and sir George Howard, returned from the quéene regent, after they had spent a long time in talke with hir.

On sundaie the seuenth of Aprill, a new trench was cast beside the crag, and thereon two péeces of ordinance planted. The same daie, sir Iames Croft, sir George Howard, and sir Henrie Persie, went againe vpon assurance, to talke with the queene Dowager▪ Mondaie the eight of Aprill, the French∣men shot at the English campe verie sore out of S. Nicholas steeple,* 3.79 where there were two great pée∣ces placed for to annoie them, although they did no great hurt. But the same night, the Englishmen cast a trench beyond the crag, and placed in the same trench certeine small peeces of artillerie, which went off the next daie against the enimies: and they likewise shot off againe at the Englishmen; and so likewise on wednesdaie the tenth of Aprill, on which daie, a great part of the carriages for the great ordi∣nance, and diuerse bullets for the same, were landed, and much thereof remoued, and brought to the inner∣most trench. Thursdaie the eleuenth of Aprill, the great ordinance was landed,* 3.80 and two péeces thereof mounted into their carriages.

The twelfe of Aprill being good fridaie,* 3.81 a bullet of a great péece of ordinance, being shot out of Leith earlie in the morning, did light in the campe, and slue thrée men. The same night, they were answe∣red againe with foure or fiue canons, and demica∣nons. Saturdaie was spent in warding the tren∣ches, and mounting the great artillerie.* 3.82 Sundaie the fourtéenth of Aprill, being Easter daie, the Eng∣lishmen shot off in the morning all their great ordi∣nance, and the Frenchmen answered them againe, and so they continued most part of that day, in shoo∣ting one at another. The footmen also skirmished so, that diuerse were hurt on both parts.* 3.83 The same day, the pile of Blacknesse was surrendred to mai∣ster Winter, vpon sight of the canon. There were within it eightéene Frenchmen, who were brought awaie prisoners, and the house deliuered to maister Iames Hamilton. The same daie, nine French∣men apparelled like women, came foorth of Leith,* 3.84 and counterfeiting some like demeanor to the appa∣rell wherein they were disguised, trained one of the English skouts within their danger, whome they tooke, and chopped off his head, which they set vpon the top of one of their church stéeples.

Mondaie the fifteenth of Aprill about noone,* 3.85 there issued out of Leith a fiftie horssemen, and about fiue hundred harquebusiers: who making to the new trenches,* 3.86 were vpon the Englishmen that warded in such wise vppon the sudden, before they could be brought into anie order; that so entring the trenches, they slue and wounded no small number: and pos∣sessing the trenches a while, stopped and cloied the touch holes of three peeces of the artillerie, tooke mai∣ster Maurice Barkeleie prisoner, and his ensigne.* 3.87 Brian Fitz Williams was sore wounded, and a foule fright there was. The alarum being brought to the campe, sir Iames Croft and other repaired to∣ward the trench with all expedition, and perceiuing the Frenchmen to be maisters of one of the tren∣ches, he called to capteine Uaughan, commanding him with his band to enter the trench, and to relieue those that were hardlie beeset of the Frenchmen.

This was doone with great manhood shewed by the said Uaughan and others, who entring the trench,* 3.88 repelled the enimies, and slue sixteene of them that were in the trench. Capteine Summerset and cap∣teine

Read with their bands followed them also, as they retired, and maister Arthur Greie, with certeine of his demilances, of whome he had the conduction, suddenlie came vpon them, and charging them with great courage, draue them into the towne, and made no small slaughter of them.* 3.89 In which charge master Arthur Greie was shot through the shoulder. The great artillerie in Leith was not idle, during this skirmish, discharging to the number of an hundred shot, greatlie to the annoiance of the English, and hinderance of the seruice, which else might by them [line 10] haue beene atchiued. This night the Englishmen drew backe their ordinance, which the Frenchmen had cloied with nailes and wiers in the touch-holes, but the same were planted againe before daie. More∣ouer, our pioners cast a new trench along by the old chappell.

* 3.90Tuesdaie the sixtéenth of Aprill, a supplie of two thousand & two hundred footmen came to the campe, ouer whome were capteins, sir Andrew Corbet, sir Rowland Stanleie, sir Thomas Hesketh, sir Arthur [line 20] Manwering, sir Laurence Smith, master Francis Tunstall, maister Edward Littleton, capteine Caruell, Philip Sturleie, and Dauid Morris. They were garded with fiue hundred horssemen: sir Rafe Sadler, sir Francis Leake, sir Iohn Forster, and sir Nicholas Strange hauing charge to sée them safelie conducted: who after they had brought them past all danger of enimies, left them in safetie by the waie, & were come a daie or two before them to the campe. Wednesdaie the seuentéenth of Aprill,* 3.91 it rained sore [line 30] the more part of the daie; but yet the same night ma∣ster Winter caused diuerse of the shipbotes, being verie well manned, to giue a great alarum at the side of the towne towards the water, discharging manie basses and harquebusiers of Croke into the towne: the alarum was verie hot for the space of an houre. During this businesse there was a right pi∣tifull crie made by the women and children within the towne.* 3.92 The pioners being applied in worke to make trenches, on fridaie all daie at night they pla∣ced [line 40] certeine péeces of the ordinance in the trenches beside the chappell.

Saturdaie the twentith of Aprill, manie péeces were shot off out of the trenches into the towne. There issued notwithstanding out at the gates an hundred shot, which placed themselues in the holes of the bankes, to hailse such of the Englishmen as came foorth to offer the skirmish. All this daie also the pioners, both Scots and English were occupied in making of a new trench néere to the towne. Sir [line 50] Geruis Clifton & capteine Read with their bands garded them, and two hundred lances. The same daie the residue of the great ordinance with armour was brought on land. Sundaie the one and twentith of Aprill,* 3.93 the bishop of Ualence named Monluc, ac∣companied with sir Henrie Persie, and thrée hundred light horssemen came to Lesterike: the lord lieute∣nant, sir Iames Croft, the lord Scroope, and sir Rafe Sadler met him at the further end of the ward that [line 60] was set of purpose for his entring into the campe. After they had receiued him with salutations accor∣ding vnto the manner, he was conducted by Rouge Crosse the officer of armes from the campe into E∣denburgh, and so went vp to the castell to conferre with the quéene Dowager.* 3.94 He was no sooner entred into the castell, but that there issued ••oorth of Leith the number of two hundred Frenchmen about twelue of the clocke, and began a hot skirmish, which conti∣nued two houres, at the which diuerse were slaine on both parts.

The same night the lord lieutenant caused nine peeces of the great ordinance to be planted in the new trench:* 3.95 so that the next daie being mondaie, the same péeces were shot off verie earlie, directlie towards the stéeple of saint Anthonies church. And although those peeces laie a quarter of a mile off, the peeces of ordinance that laie in the same st••eple were dismounted by them, and likewise those that laie in the stéeple of saint Nicholas church,* 3.96 at the which diuerse peeces were leuied, and within six or se∣uen tire the péeces that laie in that stéeple were also displaced, and a gunner slaine that stood at one of them, the péece and the gunner comming tumbling downe both togither. In this church (as was repor∣ted) their store of vittels and munition was laid, so that batterie was made against the same all that daie, and a great peece of the church wall beaten downe, and the stéeple defaced. The bishop of Ua∣lence, after he had talked with the quéene Dowager, returned to commune with the lords of the congre∣gation.

Tuesdaie the thrée and twentith of Aprill,* 3.97 being saint Georges daie, the pioners Scotish and Eng∣lish were busilie applied in worke, about the casting of trenches to make a fort; and still the artillerie went off against the towne.* 3.98 Wednesdaie the foure and twentith of Aprill about three of the clocke in the after noone, there issued out of Leith seauentéene horssemen, who offered the skirmish: and vnder the place called little London, where they were busie in fortifieng all that daie, thrée or foure hundred of their shot were placed readie to breake out, if occasion ser∣ued. At length certeine of the English lances gaue a charge vpon their horssemen, who therewith reti∣ring, drew the Englishmen within danger of their shot. But although the Frenchmen that daie shewed themselues verie valiant in skirmishing euen in the face of the English artillerie: yet being now egerlie pursued by those lances,* 3.99 they were forced to retire without anie great hurt doone to the Englishmen, although the skirmish continued néere hand two houres. In this last charge yoong maister Browne was hurt.

Thursdaie the fiue and twentith of Aprill,* 3.100 the pio∣ners laboured sore for the most part of the daie in fi∣nishing the new fort named Montpelham: to the gard whereof capteine Uaughan was appointed go∣uernor, with twelue hundred soldiors. This fort was raised on the south side of the towne, the plot whereof was cast square, with foure bulworks at euerie cor∣ner, and tw••••••e battering peeces planted in places conuenient within the same. This thursdaie also,* 3.101 a∣bout fiue of the clocke in the after noone, there issued out of Leith on the east side seauentie or eightie horssemen, and two hundred harquebusiers, offering the skirmish, towards whome certeine of the Eng∣lish light horssemen roundlie made, and charging them, droue them backe to their footmen, who with their shot receiued the light horssemen so sharplie, that they were forced to retire. In which retire Iames Hamilton a Scotishman was taken priso∣ner,* 3.102 for the rescue of whome the horssemen made for∣ward againe: but the enimies shot was so hot, that they were not able to recouer him; but yet they slue two of the French horssemen in sight.

During the time of this skirmish, there was great shooting off with the great ordinance on both sides, & much hurt doone as well to the English as French. This daie capteine Perith, and capteine Haies, ha∣uing charge of a troope of light horssemen vnder sir Henrie Persie,* 3.103 and the lord of Grange were taken prisoners before Dunbar; and to the number of twentie or thirtie others were likewise taken or slaine the same time. The same night also, two thousand footmen with the pioners were sent to the other side of the towne, beyond the canon milles, where the pioners cast a trench for the safe lodging of

the armie, which remooued the next day being fridaie, and the six and twentith of Aprill from Lesterike downe into the vallie by the said canon milles cal∣led the red Braies,* 3.104 néere to the riuer side on the south part of the towne of Leith. As the armie was thus remoouing from Lesterike towards the said place called the red Braies, the Frenchmen within Leith shot off manie of their great péeces of artillerie, but without dooing anie great hurt. As the armie was incamping,* 3.105 certeine of the enimies horssemen and [line 10] footmen skirmished with the English lances and light horssemen a long time; there were two French∣men slaine and their horsses also. In the time of this skirmish two canons were conueied and planted in the new trench, which discharged diuerse shots at the enimies.

Saturdaie the seauen and twentith of Aprill, the great artillerie was planted aloft on the hill aboue the campe,* 3.106 within lesse than a curriers shot of the towne walles, and the pioners were set a worke to [line 20] cast new trenches from the place where the same or∣dinance was lodged vnto Montpelham, drawing so néere vnto Leith, as the harquebus might reach them that watched and warded within the gréene bul∣worke. There issued out of Leith vnder the west bul∣worke certeine of the Frenchmen, the which were chased into the towne by the lard of Grange and o∣thers.* 3.107 The French kept the same daie a trench which they had made without the towne, continuallie shoo∣ting at the Englishmen in the campe: but the same night the Englishmen wan that trench from them, [line 30] slue diuerse of them therein, togither with their scout. And this doone, they gaue a great alarum to the towne both by land and water, the shipbotes shooting off against the towne verie hotlie, and they within the towne likewise at the Englishmen. The same night was the great ordinance planted,* 3.108 and maister Markham hurt. On sundaie the eight and twentith of Aprill the said great ordinance went off, and shot continuallie the more part of that daie. The [line 40] bishop of Ualence departed the same daie towards Berwike: and this night sir George Howard that had béene sent backe to Berwike, to signifie to the duke of Norffolke the state of the siege, returned with sir Richard Lee, being conducted with fiue hun∣dred horssemen.

Mondaie the nine and twentith of Aprill, the pée∣ces of the great artillerie were occupied in shooting off verie hotlie,* 3.109 and the French likewise shot off theirs, and comming foorth of the towne skirmished [line 50] with the Englishmen. This night the pioners made new trenches toward the south bulworke. Tuesdaie the last of Aprill was spent in shooting off the great artillerie into the towne.* 3.110 About fiue of the clocke in the after noone, a sudden fire was raised within the towne, which hugelie increased and continued the most part of that night. At the beginning when it first appeered, the English ordinance was shot off to the place where the fire was, which shot togither with helpe of the wind, and being verie great at that pre∣sent, [line 60] did maruellouslie augment the same fire: yet neuerthelesse the French at that present time offered a skirmish, and continued the same néere hand for the space of two houres, manned their walles, and made the best prouision they might for doubt of some assault. It was indéed appointed, that certeine bands should make an alarum to the towne:* 3.111 in so much that capteine Uaughan with diuerse of the sol∣diors of Montpelham entred the ditch, and approch∣ing the walles, discouered the height of them. And notwithstanding that the French did what they could to annoie them in the diches with currier shot, yet did capteine Uaughan staie in the ditch a pretie while, and retired with his men without receiuing anie great hurt.

Wednesdaie the first of Maie,* 3.112 the Frenchmen set vp verie earlie in the morning their Maie poles in certeine bulworks, and fouretéene ensignes: the which being discouered of them in the campe, they sa∣luted them with a peale of great ordinance, and like∣wise the Frenchmen answered them againe, and so continued the most part of that daie.* 3.113 The same daie Iohn Brian lieutenant to capteine Capell, wan a trench frō the French at the west side of the towne, and in despite of them kept it all that daie with the losse onelie of one man. Thursdaie the second of Maie, the pioners made the trenches for the artille∣rie to be planted in batterie. The night following they remooued and placed the same artillerie in the new trench: and the next morning being fridaie and the third of Maie, about foure of the clocke, the same batterie went off, and continued all that daie. In the after noone of the same daie certeine Frenchmen is∣sued out of the west bulworke, and skirmishing with the Englishmen on that side the water, returned without anie great hurt.

The night insuing the pioners made a new trench by the citadell wherein they might lodge some shot, and capteine Uaughan with diuerse of the bands in Montpelham gaue two false assaults to the towne, entred the ditches, and viewed the flankers: where∣vpon the French shot off the same flankers,* 3.114 and manning their walles, shot off two or thrée volees of their small artillerie, slaieng and hurting to the num∣ber of twentie of the Englishmen. Among other, little Norton lost his life that night, and so at length the residue returned. Saturdaie the fourth of Maie, there were thrée ensigns appointed to gard the new trenches, and towards night, when the ward should be reléeued, and the watch set, the Frenchmen that were in the trench vnder the citadell, made a sallie vpon the sudden. Wherevpon the Englishmen that garded the said trench were constreined to abandon a great part thereof for a time:* 3.115 but yet the English∣men eftsoons taking courage, laid to them afresh, repelled them againe, & draue them backe into their owne trenches, slue foure of them in sight, and hurt manie others. This was the lot of warre▪ to be o∣uerthrowne by force of the enimie, as the poet saith:

Qui Martem experti, per vim subiguntur ab hoste.

Whilest this was in dooing, the French had stuf∣fed their bulworks and rampiers with curriers and harquebusiers of Croke, as thicke as was possible, which went off without ceassing at the Englishmen, for the space of an houre and more. The English ar∣tillerie planted in the trenches did answer them a∣gaine continuallie, and the great péeces did much hurt among them, in sight of them that watched in the same trenches. The same night the Englishmen conueied two culuerings ouer the water to scowre the mils: and before the breake of the daie they had burnt one of the same mils. Sundaie the fift of Maie earlie in the morning at the reléeuing of the watch,* 3.116 and entring of the ward, foure souldiors that belon∣ged to the great ordinance issued out, and set fier on the other mill, which burnt verie outragiouslie with∣out ceassing, for the space of an houre or more. The French began to assemble towards the mill, in hope to haue quenched the fire, but they were deceiued: for suddenlie the Englishmen cut two holes through their trenches, & placing in the same the two dem••∣culuerings, shot them off at the Frenchmen, so that they were driuen to forsake the mill, and in their re∣tire some of them were slaine.

This daie also, as foure French gentlemen came foorth to discouer the English trenches, capteine Read commanded one of his souldiors to shoot at them, but through mishap his péece burst, and a shiuer

thereof flue out,* 3.117 and brake the arme of his said cap∣teine. Mondaie the sixt of Maie, the armie lieng qui∣et all the morning, in the afternoone the English or∣dinance on the further side the water began to shoot off against the enimies verie hotlie, so continuing till night. This daie the earle of Argile, and diuerse other noble men of Scotland,* 3.118 came to Edenburgh with two thousand horssemen and footmen, who shew∣ed themselues in order of a muster, on the hill vnder∣neth the castell. Which being perceiued of the French [line 10] within Leith, they shot off thrée great péeces of artil∣lerie at them, but (as God would haue it) without hurt, for two of the bullets lighted short, and the third did fall in a garden within the towne of Eden∣burgh. The night insuing, the great ordinance in the Englishmens trenches and bulworks continu∣ed shooting on euerie side. And héerewith commande∣ment was giuen by the lord lieutenant, and the coun∣cell, that the whole armie should be readie armed with their weapon and furniture according by mid∣night. [line 20]

* 3.119In the morning by two of the clocke the seuenth of Maie being tuesdaie, diuerse bands passed foorth towards the towne, and entring the ditches offered the scale: other capteins with their men approched the bulworks, and other there were appointed to en∣ter beside the mils. Beside the English bands com∣manded thus to giue the assault, there were a thou∣sand Scots ioined with them, whereof fiue hundred with capteine Uaughan, and such other capteins as [line 30] were commanded to attempt the bulworke next to Montpelham, and other fiue hundred went with such of the English capteins as were commanded to as∣sault the breach beyond the water. Moreouer, as well the lances as light horssemen were assigned to gard the fields;* 3.120 sir George Howard with the lances kée∣ping betwixt the fort of Montpelham and the sea westward, and sir Henrie Per••ie with the light horssemen betwixt the campe and the sea eastward. The rest of the footmen that went not to the assault, [line 40] were also appointed to gard the trenches and field, in such wise as was thought expedient. So that perfect direction was giuen in euerie behalfe by the lord lieutenant, and other of the councell. And vpon war∣ning giuen by capteine Randall sergeant maior, such as had béene commanded to giue the assault in their seuerall appointed places, preased forward with cou∣rage inough, and boldlie aduentured to clime the wals, & enter at the breaches, but yet their attempt wanted the wished successe: for what through the [line 50] Frenchmens policie in stopping the currant of the riuer that night,* 3.121 and other deuises for their owne safegard, and the annoiance of the assailants: and what by reason of the vnfitnesse of the ladders, being too short by two yards and more, the assailants were repelled. For during the whole time of the assault, which continued for the space of an houre and a halfe, the French shot off their flankers, and mainteined their shot from the wals so thicke, that it seemed a verie hell for the time. [line 60]

They also hurled downe ouer the wals vpon the assailants heads, great plentie of stones, logs, and mightie péeces of timber, which did much hurt to the Englishmen and Scots, that forced themselues to clime vp. But yet neuerthelesse, manie there were that entred the towne in sundrie places, of the which some came backe againe, although others were bea∣ten downe and slaine. To conclude, at length all that escaped with life, were forced to retire with the losse of seauen or eight score Englishmen,* 3.122 some haue said two hundred, which were slaine outright, beside those that were wounded, being in number at the least two or three hundred: and amongst other, there were diuer se capteins and gentlemen that were hurt, as sir Thomas Hesketh, master Sutton, master New∣port, master Conweie, capteine Wood, Thomas Fitton, with others. Upon the repulse thus giuen to our men by the French, they aduanced and set vp fouretéene ensignes presentlie about the towne, and continued otherwise quiet all that daie. Wednesdaie the eight of Maie in the afternoone,* 3.123 sir George Ho∣ward, and sir Richard Lée departed towards Bar∣wike with certeine companies of horsmen for their safe conduction. Thursdaie the ninth of Maie, the Frenchmen wrought verie earnestlie within the towne, to fortifie the necessarie places, and repare the breaches, euen in the face of the English ordi∣nance, which went off diuerse times, and did them much hurt.

The same daie also the French had manned to the sea wards a bote fraught with fiftie harquebusiers, meaning to conueie them ouer to Insketh: but the English ships discouering them, prepared certeine botes to encounter them, whereof they being aware, returned. Fridaie the tenth of Maie, master Ingle∣bie, capteine Pickman, and capteine Browne,* 3.124 came to the campe from Barwike, with a supplie of foure hundred and fiftie souldiors. The same daie about ten of the clocke at night, there chanced a brall to fall out among the Scots that watched in the tren∣ches néerest vnto the towne of Leith on the west side, insomuch that one of them fell to and killed an other: which disorder being perceiued of the French within Leith, they issued out, and meant to haue vsed the vantage: but the Englishmen that wat∣ched néere vnto the Scots staied the fraie, and did not onelie bring them to quiet, but also put the Frenchmen to flight. On sundaie the twelfe of Maie, about midnight the Frenchmen, to the num∣ber of two hundred, sallied foorth of the towne, mind∣ing to giue a camisado to the Englishmen, who kept watch that night in the trenches at the westside of Montpelham; but they were descried, and certeine of them killed, and so had the repulse.* 3.125 Wednesdaie the fiftéenth of Maie, sir Francis Leake came to the campe with a supplie of fiue hundred men from Bar∣wike.

Thursdaie the sixteenth of Maie towards night, the Frenchmen to the number of one hundred foot∣men, and thirtie horssemen, came abroad and shew∣ed themselues verie braue, skirmishing with the Englishmen at the west end of their towne. Tues∣daie the one and twentith of Maie, about seauen of the clocke at night, there issued foorth of Leith six horssemen, and one hundred footmen harquebusiers, marching toward Montpelham to offer skirmish. Wherevpon capteine Uaughan went foorth to them verie orderlie,* 3.126 and skirmished with them a prettie while: and in the meane time, off went the great ordi∣nance on both sides. In the end the Frenchmen were driuen to retire into the towne, for the Eng∣lishmen shewed themselues verie egre, and valiant∣lie charged their enimies, put them to retire, and cha∣sed them in at their gates,* 3.127 to the which they followed them right hardilie.

The same night, maister Francis Summerset and other capteins were appointed to kéepe a ••ort built aboue the campe; and now finished, tooke name of him being capteine thereof, and was after called Summersets mount. The same daie a souldiour of capteine Druries band was hanged for going to Edenburgh, contrarie to a proclamation,* 3.128 inhibi∣ting anie soldiour so to doo without speciall licence. Wednesdaie the two and twentith of Maie, sir Pe∣ter Carew came to the campe,* 3.129 being sent from the court. Thursdaie the foure and twentith of Maie at seuen of the clocke at night, the French sallied foorth to the number of two hundred footmen, and twentie

horssemen, at the reléefe of the warders when the watch should be set, meaning (as it appeared) to haue woone the trenches from the Englishmen. Wherevp∣on a sore skirmish followed,* 3.130 diuerse slaine, and manie hurt on both parties: yet in the end the Frenchmen were driuen home by plaine force. This was at the west side of the towne, where they had fortified to∣wards the sea.

The same daie the Frenchmen of Dunbar tooke an English hoie laden with double béere,* 3.131 béefe, oxen, [line 10] and s••itches of bacon. Saturdaie the eight of Iune, sir Iohn Neuill with three hundred men, capteine Bridges, and capteine Drurie, with other thrée hun∣dred, set from Barwike towards the campe, where they arriued on mondaie the tenth of Iune,* 3.132 on which daie the queene Dowager departed this life. The thirtéenth of Iune, sir William Cicill, principall secretarie to the queenes maiestie, and doctor Wot∣ton deane of Canturburie and Yorke came to Bar∣wike, appointed commissioners on hir said maiesties [line 20] behalfe, to treat of an accord with the conte de Ran∣don, and the bishop of Ualence, commissioners sent for that purpose from the French king, and his wife Marie queene of Scotland.* 3.133 The fouretéenth of Iune being fridaie, a certeine number of Frenchmen came foorth of Leith to gather cockles on the sands towards Montpelham: which the Englishmen perceiuing, set vpon them, slue thréescore and ten, and tooke sixtéene of them prisoners.

On sundaie the sixtéenth of Iune, the fore remem∣bred [line 30] commissioners came to Edenburgh:* 3.134 and as master secretarie and doctor Wotton passed the English forts and campe, they were saluted with a gallant peale of the harquebusiers that shot off their harquebusies verie liuelie. Mondaie the seuentéenth of Iune about eight of the clocke, an abstinence of warre was concluded, warning being giuen by the discharging of two péeces of the great artillerie out of the castell; and then the Frenchmen shewed and aduanced themselues vpon their rampiers. Satur∣daie the two and twentith of Iune, the abstinence [line 40] was broken off, which till then had beene trulie kept and obserued. Thursdaie the fourth of Iulie, about thrée of the clocke in the after noone, the French came out of Leith, according to their accustomed maner to gather cockles. Whervpon the lord lieutenant be∣ing at that present in Montpelham,* 3.135 sent a drum vn∣to monsieur Doisell to signifie to him that his soldi∣ours had gone further without their bounds than they might doo by the order taken by the commissio∣ners [line 50] of both parts. Doisell answered, that they were no souldiours, but poore people which went to gather cockles for their releefe and sustenance. The drum said, that if they kept not themselues within their ap∣pointed limits, my lord lieutenant meant to send them backe not greatlie to their ease: wherevnto Doisell replied, that if he so did, he would doo the best he could to aid them. Herevpon the English horsse∣men and footmen out of Montpelham gaue a charge vpon them, and slue of them to the number of fiftie, and tooke certeine of the residue prisoners. Fridaie [line 60] the sixt of Iune, about six of the clocke in the after∣noone, issued out of Leith fouretéene horssemen, and an hundred footmen, which offered the skirmish: but vpon the shooting off the great artillerie from Montpelham, they retired home againe into the towne.

The night following about twelue a clocke, one Scattergood an Englishman that was a gunner,* 3.136 & had feined himselfe to flée from the English campe for manslaughter into Leith, and was receiued of the Frenchmen, beléeuing that he had meant no de∣ceit, came out of the towne, after he had remained there about seauen daies: in which meane while he had vnderstood fullie the state of the towne, and now vpon his returne made relation therof as he knew. On saturdaie the sixt of Iune,* 3.137 the lord Greie lord lieutenant, master secretarie Cicill, and sir Rafe Sadler, betwixt three and foure of the clocke in the afternoone, gaue order that there should no peece be shot, nor shew of hostilitie made till seauen of the clocke the same night: and herewith sent sir Ger∣ueis Clifton vnto all the souldiors that warded in the trenches and bulworks on the west side of Leith, to command them to obserue the like order. And sir Iohn Neuill was sent with like commandement vnto the souldiors that laie in Summersets mount. The peace now in the meane time being concluded,* 3.138 on the morrow being sundaie, and seauenth of Iune, sir Francis Leake, and sir Gerueis Clifton, accom∣panied with two French gentlemen, were sent to the towne of Leith, to signifie vnto monsieur Doi∣sell, the bishop of Amiens, la Brosse, Martigues, and other the French lords and capteins, that they were come thither by commandement from the commissi∣oners, to cause the peace alreadie concluded to be proclamed: which accordinglie was doone in maner as followeth.

The forme of proclaming the foresaid peace betweene the parties at hostilitie.

THe most mightie princesse, Eliza∣beth by the grace of God, queene of England, France, & Ireland, defender of the faith, &c: and the most christian king, Francis and Marie, by the same grace of God king and queene of France and Scotland: haue accorded vpon a reconciliation of a peace and ami∣tie to be inuiolablie kept, betwixt them, their subiects, kingdomes and countries. And therfore in their names it is strictlie commanded to all maner of persons borne vnder their obeisances, or being in their seruice, to forbeare all hostilitie either by sea or land, & to keepe good peace each with other from this time forwards, as they will answer therevnto at their vttermost perils.

Immediatlie after this proclamation was ended, sir Francis Leake and sir Gerueis Clifton were brought to monsieur Doisels lodging,* 4.1 where was prepared for them a great banket of thirtie or fortie dishes: and yet not one either of flesh or fish, sauing one of the flesh of a powdred horsse, as a certeine per∣son hath written that tasted thereof, as he himselfe auoucheth. ¶ Héere then we sée the course of war, the end whereof of necessitie must be peace. For when both parts are either wearied, weakened, slaughte∣red, or so discomfited, as that they be constreined to surceasse, least they be slaine euerie mothers sonne: then peace is sought, and hard conditions receiued rather than it shall be refused. O that it were Gods will (saith Schardus writing of the accidents happe∣ning in the yeare 1570,* 4.2 which all men counted a for∣tunate and blessed yeare, albeit famine, the Turkish warre, the pestilence, and most cruell ouerflowings of waters did then outragiouslie take on: bicause thrée verie gréeuous warres, namelie the first of the Polanders against the Muscouits, the second of France within it selfe by ciuill dissention, & the third betwéene the Sweueners and the Danes, were then finished) O that it were Gods will (saith he) that

kings and princes would be admonished by exam∣ples in due time to consult of peace, and to make much thereof, rather than after manie calamities susteined and taken, to thinke how beneficiall and pretious it is. Then should they without séeking or sweating inioy those things which to obteine they vndertake great voiages, and yet nothing neere their purpose without much bloudshed, slaughter, and wastfulnesse; as sometime verie wiselie said Cyneas to Pyrrhus, disuading him from the Italish warre: [line 10] and as one both learnedlie and fitlie writeth, saieng:

Hic est perpetuus saeclorum lusus & vsus, Ludendi vt faciat consumpta pecunia finem: Sic vbi vastatae gentes lachrymantur & vrbes, Aurea tum demum feruntur foedera pacis. Heu quanto satius foret haec praeuertere damna! Atque animos hominum saluis coalescere rebus!]

Thus haue I béene more large in this matter concerning the siege of Leith,* 4.3 than may be thought peraduenture necessarie, sith the thing is yet fresh in [line 20] memorie: but bicause there came to my hands cer∣teine notes of one or two persons that were there present, and for helpe of their owne memories wrote the same, I haue thought it not impertinent to insert the effect of them, that the same may serue to further those that hereafter shall write the historie of this time more at large, sith my purpose is not to conti∣nue the same otherwise than I find things noted in the abridgements of Iohn Stow and Richard Graf∣ton: except in some recitall of expeditions and iour∣nies [line 30] made, as this, and other into Scotland, and that same of the right honourable the earle of Warwike into Normandie, which I haue thought good to in∣large, according to such notes as haue come to my hand, beseeching the readers to accept the same in good part: and if anie thing be omitted, either in this place or anie other, that were as necessarie to be spo∣ken of, as those points which I haue touched, or after∣wards may touch, to impute the fault to the want of good instructions, and not to anie negligence or lacke [line 40] of good will in me to aduance euerie mans worthie dooings according to his merits.

But now concerning the articles of the peace, being about thirtéene in all,* 4.4 the chéefest may séeme to rest héerein, that the French souldiours and men of warre should depart out of the realme of Scot∣land within a short time limited of twentie daies, as Ludouico Guiciardini hath noted; six score of them onlie excepted, as thrée score to abide in Insketh, and thrée score in the castell of Dunbar, they to be answered [line 50] their wages at the hands of the estates of Scotland, and to be subiect vnto the lawes and ordinances of that realme. That the fortifications about Leith should be razed and demolished: and likewise the fort which had béene built and raised before the castell of Dunbar by the French, for a strength thereto. That the Frenchmen should not conueie into Scot∣land anie men of warre, or munitions without con∣sent of the parlement assembled of thrée estates of that realme. That the king and quéene of France & Scotland should not frō thensefoorth beare the arms [line 60] of England, sith the same apperteined onelie to the queens maiestie of England and to no other person.

These and other articles were comprised and esta∣blished in the conclusion of this peace,* 4.5 as well to the honour and suertie of the quéenes maiestie of Eng∣land, hir realmes, dominions, and subiects, as also for the wealth and preseruation of the realme of Scot∣land,* 4.6 the nobles and other subiects of that realme. After that this peace then was fullie established, a∣gréed, and concluded, the Frenchmen were imbar∣ked at Leith in English vessels; those onelie excep∣ted that were appointed to remaine as pledges with the Englishmen till the ships came backe againe, and a few other that were permitted to passe through England into their countrie.* 4.7 Thus were the French forces remooued out of Scotland, a matter so much importing to the confirmation of peace betwixt vs and that realme, and also to the auoiding of further perils, that this iournie ended with so honorable and profitable a peace, concluded by the high industrie and prudent policie of our quéenes maiesties com∣missioners afore mentioned, may be accompted one of the most necessarie expeditions, and most benefi∣ciall seruices that had béene made and put in practise in manie yeares before.* 4.8 For the quéenes maiestie (as some haue trulie written) had not onlie hir chiefe desire, by remoouing of the French hir dangerous neighbors,* 4.9 that were about to nestle themselues so neare hir elbow: but also a perfect peace with the Scots was therby procured, like to continue manie yeares (if the said Scots shall not seeke their owne wo) being full vnable to aduantage themselues by warres against vs, as to the wiser and best sort of them I trust is not vnknowne.

But to leaue the further consideration of the be∣nefit that may grow herof to this realme, vnto their iudgements that haue riper heads to vnderstand the same: I will procéed, and herewith make an end of this matter, concerning the siege of Leith. After that the Frenchmen were departed, and the forts a∣bout Leith and Dunbar razed and demolished, accor∣ding to the couenants of peace,* 4.10 the quéenes maiestie called backe hir armie without reteining anie péece within Scotland to hir owne vse. In which honora∣ble and vpright dealing, she wan more fame and esti∣mation, than if she had seized and kept in hir possessi∣on halfe the realme of Scotland: speciallie regar∣ding the perplexed state of the people by war, which she redressed by the establishment of peace, a thing which she alwaies loued, as the contrarie she mor∣tallie hated: as one hath noted of hir grace, saieng:

Virgo pacis amans, quae stat contraria bellis.

The quéenes maiestie by the aduise of hir most ho∣norable councell, meaning to abolish all corrupt, base, and copper monies then currant in this realme of England, coined in the times and reignes of king Henrie the eight, and king Edward the sixt, to the great hinderance and decaie of the commonwealth of this realme, and therewith to restore vnto all hir subiects fine and pure sterling monies, both of gold and siluer, to the great honor and benefit of the whole realme:* 4.11 published a proclamation on Michaelmasse euen before noone, that the teston coined for twelue pence, and in the reigne of king Edward embased by proclamation to six pence, should now foorthwith (that of the best sort marked with the port••uleis) be currant for foure pence halfepenie: the second mar∣ked with the greihound for two pence farthing: the third and worst sort not marked as afore, not to be currant at all, nor receiued for anie value. The grote to be currant for two pence, the former péece of two pence for a penie, &c.

It was not long after this,* 4.12 but that hir grace re∣storing to hir subiects fine sterling monie, called all the said base and corrupt coines into hir maiesties mint, allowing to them therefore after the rate be∣fore mentioned, so much of the said fine monies as they brought in of the said base monies. [year 1560] About the same time,* 4.13 hir grace also finding this realme great∣lie vnfurnished of armour, munitions, and powder, for the defense thereof in time of necessitie, did so largelie and plentifullie prepare and cause to be brought into the same, such sufficient furniture of armour and weapons, as England hath iust cause to praise and giue thanks to God and hir maiestie; for that it is certeine, that the realme was neuer so amplie stored nor prouided of all maner of kinds of

conuenient armor and weapons, as it is at this pre∣sent. The one and twentith of March a notable Grammar schoole was founded by the maister,* 4.14 war∣dens, and assistants of the right worshipfull compa∣nie of the merchant tailors of London, in the parish of S. Laurence Pontneie in the same citie, the right worshipfull Emanuell Lucar, Robert Rose, Willi∣am Merike, Iohn Sparke, & Robert Duckington then maister and wardens of that companie.

The tenth of Aprill was one William Geffreie [line 10] whipped, from the Marshalsea in Southworke, to Bedlem without Bishops gate of London, [year 1561] for that he professed one Iohn Moore to be Christ our sauior:* 4.15 on his head was set a paper, wherein was written as followeth: William Geffreie a most blasphemous heretike, denieng Christ our sauiour in heauen. The said Geffreie being staied at Bedlem gate, Iohn Moore was brought foorth,* 4.16 before whome William Geffreie was whipped, till he confessed Christ to be in heauen. Then the said Iohn Moore being exami∣ned, [line 20] and answering ouerthwartlie, was comman∣ded to put off his cote, doublet, and shirt; which he sée∣med to doo verie willinglie, and after being tied to the cart, was whipped an arrowes shot from Bed∣lem, where at the last he also confessed Christ to be in heauen, and himselfe to be a sinfull man. Then was Iohn Moore sent againe into Bedlem, and Gef∣freie to the Marshalsea, where they had laine priso∣ners nigh a yéere and a halfe, the one for professing himselfe to be Christ, the other a disciple of the same [line 30] Christ. On wednesdaie the 4 of Iune, betwéene foure & fiue of the clocke in the afternoone, the stéeple of Paules in London being fired by lightning,* 4.17 brast forth (as it séemed to the beholders) two or three yards beneath the foot of the crosse, and from thence burnt downe the spire to the stoneworke and bels, so ter∣riblie, that within the space of foure houres the same stéeple with the roofes of the church, so much as was timber or otherwise combustible, were consumed, which was a lamentable sight and pitifull remem∣brance [line 40] to the beholders therof. After this mischance, the queens maiestie being much gréeued for the losse of so beautifull a monument,* 4.18 directed hir highnesse letters to the maior of the citie of London, willing him to assemble the citizens to take some order for speciall aid and helpe for the reparing againe of the said monument. And she of hir most gratious dispo∣sition, to giue a comfort to others for the furtherance thereof, did presentlie giue and deliuer in gold one thousand markes,* 4.19 and a warrant for a thousand lode [line 50] of timber, to be taken out of hir maiesties woods or elsewhere: and the citizens of London granted one beneuolence, and three fiftéens to be foorthwith paied. The clergie vnder the prouince of Canturburie granted the fortith part of the value of their benefi∣ces charged with first fruits, & not charged with first fruits the thirtith part. The clergie of the diocesse of London granted the thirtith part of their benefi∣ces in first fruits, and the twentith part out of first fruits. Now immediatlie by commandement of the [line 60] quéenes highnesse,* 4.20 hir priuie councell tooke order that six citizens of London, and two of the cleargie of the church of Paules, had charge and commandement to ouersée and set forward this worke, who made such expedition, that within one moneth next following the burning thereof, the whole church, that is to saie, all the foure great roofes of the same were couered with boords and lead, after the maner of a false roofe. And the greatnesse of the worke dispatched in so short time could scarselie be credited of anie, but of such as saw and knew the same. And the cause of this great hast was for feare of raine, which might haue perished the vawtes, to the destruction of the whole church, & the people that were therein. And be∣fore the said yéere was fullie ended, all the said iles of the said church were made & framed of new & maine timber, & couered with lead, & fullie finished.* 4.21 And the same yeare also, the great roofe of the west end was framed, and made of new & great timber in Yorke∣shire, & brought to London by sea, and set vp & coue∣red with lead, and fullie finished. And in like maner within the said yeare, the whole roofe and frame of the east end of the said church was made in Yorkeshire, & brought by sea to London, and there laid readie to be raised when the season of the yeare serued. This one thing resteth to be told,* 4.22 that by estimation of wise men, 10000 pounds more than is yet granted vnto it, will not perfect & finish the church and stéeple in such sort as it was before the burning thereof.

In this meane time also, by reason of the quéenes maiesties letters directed to the maior and his bre∣thren of the citie of London about the burning of Paules, there were certeine aldermen and commo∣ners of the said citie named and called togither by the authoritie of the maior, to deuise some good order and spéedie remedie for the reliefe and comfort of the said citie, whensoeuer anie chance of fire hereafter should happen (as God forbid) within the said citie or liberties thereof. And the persons so called after sun∣drie méetings, and with good aduisement and delibe∣ration, agréed and penned a certeine order for the spéedie remedie thereof, as well for the readie know∣ledge of the place, wheresoeuer the same fire should happen, and for the sudden extinguishment & suppres∣sing of the same, as also for the safe kéeping of the goods of such persons in whose house anie fire should chance. Which orders and rules vndoubtedlie would be to the great comfort & safetie of the citie and citi∣zens of the same, if they were published and made knowen in time, and executed accordinglie. But what should I saie? I can but lament,* 4.23 not onelie for this, but also for manie such painefull and profitable labors, which for good gouernement of this citie had béene taken. For as soone as the talking thereof is doone, and the bookes framed and deliuered, so soone is it put in obliuion, and nothing at all thought vpon, vntill an houre after the mischiefe be past.

This yeare was chosen lord maior of London a worthie citizen named William Harper,* 4.24 one of the companie of the merchant tailors. This man wish∣ing in his life time to benefit his countrie, founded a free schoole in the towne of Bedford where he was borne, and now lieth buried, prouiding a competent stipend and liuing for a scholemaister, there to traine vp and instruct children in vertue and learning for∣euer. The fiftéenth of Nouember, the quéenes ma∣iestie published a proclamation, wherein she restored to the realme diuerse small péeces of siluer monie,* 4.25 as the peece of six pence, foure pence, thrée pence, two pence, and a penie, three halfe pence, and thrée far∣things. She also forbad all forren coines to be cur∣rant within the same realme, as well gold as siluer, calling them to hir maiesties mints, except two sorts of crownes of gold, the one the French crowne, the other the Flemmish crowne. ¶Thus did hir maiestie in all hir actions directed to common vtilitie shoot at a certeine perfection, purenesse, and soundnesse, as here in hir new stamps and coines of all sorts; so also in Gods religion, setting the materiall churches of hir dominions frée from all popish trash: which one hath aptlie noted by waie of comparison, saieng:

Eiectis paleis purgatur vt area multo Vsque laborantis serui sudore, reuulsis Vt nitet ampla domus, quas struxit aranea telis▪ Sic priùs idolis confractis, templa fricantur Cuncta scopis, quicquid fuit, abradentibus vncis Dentibus obscoenum, spurcum, verbóue repugnans Sacro, relligióque erectis cultior ibat

Iam pedibus, Christúsque Dei cognoscitur agnus, Offensas delens mundi, peccatáque tollen•• Vaenalis populo non indulgentia papae.]

* 4.26This yeare in England were manie monstruous births. In March a mare brought foorth a foale with one bodie and two heads,* 4.27 and as it were a long taile growing out betweene the two heads. Also a sow fa∣rowed a pig with foure legs like to the armes of a manchild with armes and fingers, &c. In Aprill a sow farrowed a pig with two bodies, [year 1562] eight féet, and but one head: manie calues and lambs were monstru∣ous, [line 10] some with collars of skin growing about their necks, like to the double ruffes of shirts and necker∣chers then vsed. The foure and twentith of Maie, a manchild was borne at Chichester in Sussex, the head armes, & legs whereof were like to an anatomie, the breast and bellie monstruous big, from the nauill as it were a long string hanging: about the necke a great collar of flesh and skin growing like the ruffe of a shirt or neckercher, comming vp aboue the eares pleited and folded, &c. [line 20]

* 4.28The realme of France being in great trouble a∣bout this season, by the means of ciuill dissention and warres that rose betwixt the house of Guise and o∣ther of that faction vpon the one side, and the prince of Conde and other that tooke part with him on the contrarie side: the quéenes maiestie informed how that the duke of Guise and his partakers hauing got into their possession the person of the yoong king, vn∣der pretext of his authoritie, sought the subuersion of manie noble men and good subiects of the crowne of [line 30] France,* 4.29 namelie such as were knowne or suspected to be zealous for a reformation to be had in matters of religion: hir maiestie thervpon considering, that if their purpose might be brought to effect, it was to be doubted that they would not so rest, but séeke to set things in broile also within this hir realme of England, and other countries néere to them adioi∣ning: first as one that had euer wished quietnesse, rather than the troubles of warre,* 4.30 sent ouer sir Hen∣rie Sidneie at that present lord president of Wales [line 40] (a man of such estimation as his word ought to haue deserued credit) to trie if he might doo anie good to bring the parties to some attonement. But such wil∣full headinesse séemed to rest in some that were chiefe of the one faction, that their desire seemed altogither bent to enter into wars. Hir maiestie yet hoping the best,* 4.31 appointed to send another honourable ambas∣sage, which by their wisedoms and good aduise might persuade the parties vnto concord, whereby all due [line 50] authoritie, honor, & dignitie might be restored to the king, and euerie other degree keepe their roomes and places as to them apperteined, but all in vaine. For this motion of a pacification to be had could take no place, neither might the will of the yoong king, or of his timorous mother, as it then seemed, be regarded, otherwise than as stood with the pleasure & appoint∣ment of those that were knowne to be the chiefe au∣thors and furtherers of all those troubles.

Whilest the quéenes maiestie therefore did thus [line 60] trauell in respect of the suertie which hir grace bare to hir welbeloued brother the said king, and to the commoditie and quietnesse of both the factions, an open iniurie was offered to hir maiestie: so as it might appeare what minds they bare towards hir, that had thus excluded and refused all offers & means to grow to some good and indifferent conclusion of peace.* 4.32 For whereas manie merchants, as well of London as of Excester, and other the west parts of hir realme, were soiourning for cause of traffike, in diuerse ports and hauens of Britaine; and hauing dispatched their businesse, and got their lading aboord, their ships were readie to hoise vp sailes, and to re∣turne each one towards the place from whence hée came, they were suddenlie arested, their goods seized vpon, and they themselues cast in prison: and some that in reuenge of such offered iniurie attempted to make resistance, were cruellie slaine, their ships con∣ueied awaie, their goods confiscat, without other pre∣tense, but onelie that it was said to them that they were Huguenots. Neither was this doone by priuat persons, but by open violence of the gouernors & ma∣gistrats of those places where the same disorder was executed: so that it appeared from whence they had their commission to vse such wrongfull dealing, and how farre the same would extend, if they might once haue time and occasion to accomplish their purposed intentions.

Moreouer, when complaint of such iniuries was made vnto the lawfull magistrats there, they found no redres at all. For what might the poore merchants profit by their plaints, when the packets of the am∣bassadors leters, directed to hir maiestie,* 4.33 were taken from the bearer, & no punishment had against those that committed so vnciuill an outrage? A thing that offended hir maiestie so much more, for that as she tooke the matter, there wanted no good will, either in the king, or his mother, or in the king of Nauarre, the kings generall lieutenant, to sée such a presump∣tuous and vnrulie part punished of their people: but rather that there lacked in them authoritie to haue it redressed. Furthermore, it greatlie gréeued hir, that the yong French king, hir déere brother was brought to such a streict, that he was nether able to defend the libertie of his people, nor the authoritie of his lawes, nor to deale vprightlie with other princes and poten∣tats accordinglie, as by the bonds of leagues and of couenanted aliances had bene requisite. Neither did such disorder in gouernement of the kingdome of France touch anie so much and particularlie,* 4.34 as the queens maiestie of England.

She therefore lamenting that the king and quéene mother should be thus in the hands of them that pro∣cured all these troubles, and led vp and downe at their pleasures, and driuen to behold the spoile and sacking of diuerse his cities, and miserable slaughter of his subiects: and againe hir grace thinking it ex∣pedient to preuent that such as were knowne to beare no good will, either to hir or hir realme,* 4.35 should not get into their possessions such townes and ha∣uens as laie against the sea coasts of hir said realme, whereby they stuffing the same with garrisons and numbers of men of warre, might easilie vpon occa∣sions seeke to make inuasions into this hir said realme, to the great annoiance of hir and hir louing subiects: at the request of the French themselues, thought it expedient to put in armor a certeine num∣ber of hir subiects, to passe ouer into Normandie, vnto such hauens as néere approched vnto this hir realme of England, as well for the safegard of the same, as also for the reliefe and preseruation of the inhabitants there: and other that professed the gos∣pell, liuing in continuall danger to be murthered and oppressed, and therefore crauing hir aid to saue and deliuer them out of the bloudie hands of their cruell aduersaries, that sought their hastie destruction.

For the conduction therefore of such forces as she meant to send ouer at that present, she ordeined the lord Ambrose Dudleie earle of Warwike to be hir principall lieutenant, capteine generall, chiefe lea∣der and gouernor of hir said subiects, that should in such wise passe ouer into Normandie. Herevpon,* 4.36 the said erle the seuenteenth of October, in this fourth yeare of hir maiesties reigne, tooke shipping at Por∣tesmouth in the hauen there, at one a clocke in the after noone, being aboord himselfe in the quéens ship, called the New barke, and setting forward, sailed all that after noone, and the night following, directlie to∣wards

Newhauen, but in the morning about eight a clocke, when his lordship was within twentie miles of the town of Newhauen, the wind suddenlie chan∣ged cleane contrarie to his course: so that being dri∣uen to returne about the next midnight, he arriued in the downes, and there remained at anchor, till a∣bout eight of the clocke in the next morning being mondaie, and then was set on land by bote at San∣don castell besides Deale, and the same daie at night came to Douer, & there laie till fridaie at thrée of the [line 10] clocke at after noone; and then taking ship againe, sailed foorth: but finding the wind nothing prospe∣rous for his course, after he had lien all that night & the daie following, tossing & tumbling on the seas, he was constreined to come backe againe, and arriued in the hauen of Douer, about ten of the clocke on sa∣turdaie at night, and so remained there till tuesdaie next insuing at thrée of the clocke in the after noone, and then went to shipboord againe in the said ship cal∣led the New barke: and directing his course for∣wards,* 4.37 [line 20] on thursdaie morning about eight of the clocke, his lordship landed at Newhauen, where he was most ioyfullie receiued with a great peale of artillerie.

* 4.38The next daie, being fridaie, & the thirtith of Octo∣ber, there came to Newhauen from Diepe, fiftie light horssemen Scots, brought by one of maister Killigrues seruants. On saturdaie the last of Oc∣tober, the earle of Warwiks commission was pro∣clamed in Latine, English, and French, by Blew∣mantell,* 4.39 [line 30] purseuant at armes: which being ended, his lordship went into the church, and there sir Adri∣an Poinings knight marshall gaue him his oth, and then my lord gaue the said sir Adrian his oth. And af∣ter him were sworne Cutbert Uaughan controllor, Iohn Fisher knight porter, William Bromfield maister of the ordinance, William Robinson wa∣ter bailife, and capteine Thomas Wood clearke of the councell. On mondaie the second of Nouem∣ber, the earle of Warwike, with the knight mar∣shall, [line 40] and the controllor, rode out of Newhauen to Hauteuille, and so towards Mondeuille, accom∣panied with all the horssemen English and Scotish, and a thousand footmen.* 4.40 The Scotishmen & Mont∣gomeries band passed foorth, and skirmished with them of Mondeuille, and the Scots brought awaie with them a bootie of thrée hundred shéepe: but in the morning, they were returned backe againe by com∣mandement of the earle of Warwike.

Maister controllors souldiors went as far as [line 50] Harflue, and there skirmished with them of that garrison, but without anie hurt to either part. My lord lieutenant riding all about the hils, viewed the countrie,* 4.41 and at night returned. On wednesdaie the fourth of Nouember, a barke of Newhauen, belonging to Francis Clearke, brought into the hauen of the same towne, foure Britons laden with wines, to the quantitie of two hundred tuns of good Gascoigne wines, which they ment to haue brought to the enimies: but being thus taken as a [line 60] good prise, it was discharged in Newhauen, and stood the Englishmen and others of that towne in good stead.* 4.42 On fridaie the sixt of Nouember, about nine of the clocke in the morning, a great alarum rose in the said towne of Newhauen: for vpon the hils on the north side of the towne, the Reingraue, and the sonne of the viceadmerall of France, shewed them∣selues, accompanied with two thousand footmen, and fiue hundred horssemen. And herewith, the Rein∣graue sent a trumpettor to the towne, to aduertise the lord lieutenant, that he was on the hils there at hand; and that vnderstanding his lordship was come into the countrie, and entred into Newhauen, if it would please him to promise vpon his honor, and by the faith of a gentleman, that he might come, and re∣turne in safetie, he would be glad to come & sée him. Wherevpon the lord lieutenant, taking with him certeine capteins and gentlemen, rode foorth of the towne, and sent before him sir Adrian Poinings the marshall,* 4.43 with Stephan Medcalfe hir maiesties trumpettor vnto the Reingraue, who talking with him, returned, and met with the lord lieutenant: who therewith passed forward, and méeting with the Reingraue, they imbraced each other, and conferred togither as they had occasion. And the Reingraue told the lord lieutenant (among other talke) that he was come to be his neighbor, and so with such merie speech they communed togither: and after taking their leaue either of other, they returned vnto their homes.

The counte Montgomerie and monsieur Beau∣uois had some talke also with the Reingraue, casting out bitter and sharpe words in reproofe of the duke of Guise, and others that were of his faction. The Reingraue comming backe to his armie the same afternoone, forraied all the countrie, and droue awaie the most part of all the cattell that they might meet with: and comming to the church of Hauteuille, where an hundred and fiftie of Montgo∣meries band laie, they skirmished with them, and in the end Montgomeries souldiors were forced to re∣tire, and abandon the place, leauing it to the eni∣mies; and comming awaie, withdrew the same night into Newhauen. The Almans the same euening, diuiding their armie into two parts, the one halfe of them went and lodged at Mondeuille, and the other halfe at Harflue. The morrow after, the Frenchmen that had abandoned the church of Hauteuille the night before, went thither againe,* 4.44 tooke and kept it against the enimies, in like man∣ner as they held it before.

The eleuenth of Nouember,* 4.45 a proclamation was made in the name of the lord lieutenant, by the of∣ficer at armes Blewmantell, as well for good orders to be kept by the souldiors against the French inha∣bitants of the towne, & reforming of certeine grée∣uances, whereof the French had made complaint: as also for their comming to church to heare com∣mon praier and preaching at due times, for the auoi∣ding of vnlawfull games, whordome, wicked othes, and other blasphemies; and likewise concerning di∣uerse other good orders to be obserued, and disorders to be eschewed, as was thought necessarie to giue warning of, with condigne paines appointed for pu∣nishment of such as should transgresse in the same.

On thursdaie the twelfe of Nouember, there went out of the towne of Newhauen towards Har∣flue, thrée bands of Frenchmen, conteining about six hundred footmen; and suddenlie they were béeset by the Almans and Frenchmen of the garrison of Harflue: so that the French protestants were dri∣uen to take a village called Grauille, where they mainteined the skirmish for the space of two houres, till the lord lieutenant,* 4.46 hearing of the perill in which they stood, sent foorth with the controllor the num∣ber of a thousand footmen, and all the English and Scotish horssemen, and monsieur Beauuois with diuerse French horssemen: who comming before Harflue, fell in skirmish with the enimies, to whose succor there issued foorth of Harflue a great number of the Almans, both horssemen and footmen. But the Englishmen behaued themselues so valiantlie, that they beat them out of the field, and droue them in the end to the verie gates of their towne, with such lionlike courage, as was woonderfull: choosing rather to die in battell (if hap had so cut their cards) in an honest cause, than in their sicke beds: as mo∣ued by the poets reason not amisse for a souldior to

remember and resolutelie to rest vpon, to wit:

Absumpti longis animam cruciatibus edunt Languentes morbis: in bello pulchra paratur Mors, homo momento pugnans extinguitur horae, Euolat in tenues laetus citò spiritus auras.

This skirmish was stoutlie mainteined and conti∣nued for the space of thrée long houres. Their great artillerie was shot off freshlie from the wals and bulworks.* 4.47 At length, when the night drew on, the retire was sounded, and the Englishmen came their [line 10] waie backe to Newhauen with honor, hauing lost not past eight of their souldiors, that were slaine and six other hurt: whereas there was one of the eni∣mies capteins slain in sight, with twentie souldiors, and another of their capteins, with diuerse others of their numbers gréeuouslie wounded.* 4.48 Monsieur Beauuois shewed himselfe that daie verie forward and valiant, & so likewise did the Scotishmen. The thirteenth of Nouember, a pinnesse of the French∣men that belonged to Newhauen, being gone foorth [line 20] the night before, brought into the hauen a ship laden with Rochell wines, fiue and twentie tuns, that was bound to passe vp to the enimies, and so esteemed a good prise.* 4.49 On the fourtéenth of Nouember, ano∣ther ship fraught with twentie tuns of Gascoigne wines was brought in as a prise, likewise taken by a barke of Newhauen, that belonged to a French∣man, called Iehan de Bois, an earnest aduersarie to the papists.

The seuenth of Nouember, a proclamation was [line 30] made by Blewmantell, concerning orders taken and passed by the lord lieutenant,* 4.50 that no English∣man nor Frenchman should shoot off anie harque∣buse within the towne; nor that anie Frenchman, except monsieur Beauuois, or monsieur Bricque∣mault, or their companies, should be out of their lodgings after nine of the clocke at night till the next morning on paine of death: except in cases of ala∣rums.* 4.51 The twelfe of Nouember, about six of the clocke at night, one of the mils without the gate [line 40] was set on fire by some of the papists (as was thought) whereof rose a great alarum. The thir∣téenth of Nouember, the Reingraue was seene on the north hils of the towne, with foure score horsse∣men: wherevpon the Scotish horssemen, and thrée bands of footmen issued out, marching vp towards the same hils, in hope to méet with their enimies, but they were retired towards Mondeuille, and so nothing was doone. It was reported for a certeine truth, that the duke Daumale was there at that pre∣sent [line 50] with the Reingraue.

On wednesdaie, the fiue and twentith of Nouem∣ber,* 4.52 one of capteine Cocksons souldiors was han∣ged in the market place: and an other that was brought thither likewise to be executed had his par∣don, at the sute of certeine French gentlemen. And herewith was proclamation made, that where it had béene proclamed afore,* 4.53 that none should take anie thing forceablie from the French on paine of death, for breach whereof, such execution was presentlie [line 60] doone: the lord lieutenant did by this proclamation eftsoons charge and command, that none vpon like paine should breake or spoile anie house or ship: or take anie timber, wood, or anie other thing from the French, without their good will, consent, and agree∣ment.* 4.54 The same afternoone came into the hauen hoies and botes laden with wine, cider, perrie, wheate, béefe, bisquet, meale, and other prouision of vittels. Two French shallops of Newhauen had taken them besides Hunflue, and beaten backe a shallop of the enimies, slaieng ten or twelue French∣men that came foorth of Hunflue to haue succored the hoies.* 4.55 The fiue and twentith of Nouember, there landed at Newhauen six hundred souldiors Essex∣men, vnder the leading of Auerie Darsie, Reginald Higate, and William Twedie, each of them ha∣uing his appointed number of two hundred to his ensigne.

Moreouer, where as well diuerse prentises, as other Englishmen were come ouer, since the pla∣cing of the garrison in that towne of Newhauen, not offering their seruice anie waie, other than by stragling abroad to séeke pillage, whereby they fell oftentimes into the hands of the enimies, both to the dishonor of their countrie, & losse of their owne liues. For reformation hereof proclamation was made the last of Nouember,* 4.56 that all Englishmen within the said towne, aboue the age of sixteene yeares, and vnder thrée score, being not reteined in the queens maiesties paie, should at one of the clocke that pre∣sent daie repaire to the bulworke called the bul∣worke of saint Addresses, there to present his name & person to the ••omptrollor, that order might be taken how to emploie them in some certeintie of seruice, vpon paine to euerie one failing hereof to suffer ten daies imprisonment, & also to be banished the towne.

The same daie the quéenes ship called the Hare,* 4.57 comming from Portsmouth, arriued at Newha∣uen; and in hir came sir Iohn Portinarie, whose ripe skill, déepe iudgement, and great experience in mat∣ters of fortification had bred in him such knowledge, as he may worthilie be called a maister in that sci∣ence. They were by the waie assailed by a French ship of foure score and ten tuns and better: but they that were aboord in the Hare, so manfullie acquited themselues, that they vanquished the enimies, tooke the same ship, & brought hir with them being laden with wines, which they meant to haue conueied to the aduersaries in some garrison.* 4.58 The same daie sir Iohn More landed at Newhauen, bringing ouer with him fiue hundred soldiors out of Denshire, for a supplie of the garrison there. He himselfe returned backe into England, but the soldiors were appoin∣ted to the leading of other capteins: so that Francis Summerset, brother to the earle of Worcester had three hundred of them; Oliuer Manners an hun∣dred, and Edward Ormsbie the other hundred. On tuesdaie the eight of December monsieur de Beau∣uois, capteine Francis Summerset, and capteine Edward Horseie, with diuerse other capteins, offi∣cers and gentlemen, rode to the Reingraue, lieng at a faire house not farre from Mondeuille, where they dined with him, had great and hartie chéere, and after returned againe to Newhauen.* 4.59 The same daie the Reingraue sent for a present vnto my lord of Warwike, a great horse, verie faire, with saddle and bridle; estéemed to be well worth an hundred pounds.

Moreouer, the same daie at night, the Double Rose with certeine other botes and French shallops, passed foorth of the hauen: Edward Dudleie,* 4.60 and capteine Iohn Ward being aboord in the said Dou∣ble Rose, with diuerse other Englishmen & French∣men, to the number of a hundred good soldiors, who sailing downe the riuer landed beside Tankeruille, and laie close all that night in the wood. And in the morning about nine of the clocke monsieur Bimar, ensignebearer to the counte Montgomerie, with six or seauen Frenchmen vnarmed went to the castell gate, and there fell in talke with monsieur Dimenée, who was capteine of that fortresse, hauing with him about ten soldiors that were appointed to remaine with him vpon the gard of the same castell. Whilest they were thus in talke, the Englishmen and other Frenchmen comming foorth of the wood that was there at hand, reared vp their ladders,* 4.61 which they had brought with them for that purpose, at the breach which was made the summer before by the duke

Daumale; and entring by the same, came downe into the base court. Which thing when the French soldiors that kept talke with them within at the ca∣stell gate perceiued, they began to laugh. The cap∣teine of the castell therwith turning his face, & behol∣ding as good as thrée score armed men within the cas∣tell at his backe, he suddenlie said: Ha, ie suis vostre, I am yours sirs, and so yéelded with his ten soldiors. And in this sort was the castell taken, & the capteine brought prisoner to Newhauen. [line 10]

On the twelfe of December, at ten of the clocke in the morning, the earle of Warwike, monsieur de Beauuois, and monsieur de Bricquemault, with all their horssemen & thrée thousand footmen, passed foorth of Newhauen vnto Harflue,* 4.62 out of which towne there issued seauen hundred Reisters of the retinue of the counte Reingraue, and thrée hundred footmen, who fell in skirmish with the French and Englishmen verie hotlie: but at length the Eng∣lishmen draue them to the verie gates of Harflue, [line 20] and slue them euen at the same gates, and vpon the walles of the towne; insomuch that they were con∣streined to shut their gates, and off went the ordi∣nance from the gates and bulworks, discharging bullets amongst the English soldiors freelie. But yet there were not slaine past seuen of the English part, albeit diuerse were hurt and wounded, & amongst o∣ther was monsieur de Beauuois shot into the side of the necke through his gorget;* 4.63 and capteine Antwi∣sell through the arme. Moreouer, whereas they car∣ried foorth with them foure barrels of gunpowder to [line 30] mainteine the skirmish, through negligence by set∣ting fire in the same, there were to the number of twentie gréeuouslie burned. Of the enimies were slaine that daie aboue thirtie, and hurt aboue fiftie, Manie of their horsses were also slaine in this skir∣mish, which continued aboue thrée houres. As the Englishmen were returning backe, the Reingraue with two hundred horsses, and a certeine number of footmen, was laid fast by in an ambush, thinking to haue cut off part of their men: but he failed of his [line 40] purpose. For the lord lieutenant marching with his men in battell araie, brought them home in safetie, without other impeachment. The seauentéenth of December, the counte Montgomerie, and sir Hugh Paulet arriued at Newhauen in one of the queenes ships called the Aid.

* 4.64The ninetéenth of December a proclamation was made for orders to be obserued, concerning the imbarking of such soldiors as were licenced to de∣part by passeport or otherwise: and likewise prohibi∣ting [line 50] the taking into anie vessell anie drie fish, wine, sugar, or anie houshold stuffe without speciall licence of the lord lieutenant. Whilest things passed thus in Normandie at Newhauen & thereabouts,* 4.65 where the earle of Warwike & other valiant capteines were readie to make proofe of their high prowesse in time & place as occasion might serue, there ended his life at home that honorable baron, and right famous cap∣teine in his daies William lord Greie of Wilton, [line 60] knight of the most noble order of the garter, and at that present gouernor of Berwike, and warden of the east marches against Scotland. He deceased the fiue and twentith of December, in the yéere 1562, at Cheshnut in Hertfordshire, then the house of Henrie Denie esquier that had married mistresse Honor Greie, the said lord Greies onelie daughter. ¶The six and twentith of December the counte de Montgo∣merie tooke shipping at Newhauen rode, accompa∣nied with foure hundred harquebutters Frenchmen, and sailed to Déepe, there to be gouernor of that towne. He went in an English barke belonging to Nicholas Malbie secretarie to the earle of War∣wike lord lieutenant.

The third of Ianuarie a shallop that was sent the same morning from Newhauen, [year 1563] laden with béere and other vittels to passe vnto Tankeruille, was assailed about Harflue, by a shallop of Hun∣flue, which droue the hoie to the shore: so as the Eng∣lishmen forsooke their hoie, and came running to Newhauen, to declare what had happened.* 4.66 Here∣vpon the lord lieutenant sent foorth foure French shallops by water, and the horssemen with six hun∣dred footmen passed foorth by land, and vsed such dili∣gence, that they came euen as the Frenchmen were haling vp the hoie towards Harflue: and skirmish∣ing with the Frenchmen (being foure score good har∣quebutters) for the space of a long houre, at length recouered the hoie, and tooke thrée of their shallops with their ordinance, which they brought to New∣hauen, with the losse of one onelie man, an harque∣butter of capteine Zouches band. The fourth of Ianuarie in the morning, the English scout, being thirtie good harquebutters, were set vpon by the eni∣mies that droue them vnto the verie gates. They shot also with their harquebusses into the towne, and ouer the mount roiall among the English soldiors. They hurt at that present thrée of the scouts; but when they perceiued the Englishmen were in a rea∣dinesse to approch them, they departed, being in num∣ber thrée hundred horssemen and a thousand footmen, soldiors of Mondeuille and Harflue.* 4.67 The fift of Ia∣nuarie were apprehended capteine Blondell, cap∣teine Moucombell, monsieur Dimenee, and Uitan∣na with others, for some conspiracie or traitorous practise which they went about, and had maliciouslie contriued. The same daie capteine Edward Hor∣seie with his two hundred soldiors, & capteine Fran∣cis Blunt with his hundred tooke shipping at New∣hauen rode, and sailed to Déepe, there to remaine with the counte Montgomerie, whose wife the coun∣tesse Montgomerie went also with them to hir hus∣band the same time.

On the saturdaie following,* 4.68 the twelfe daie after Christmasse, being the ninth of Ianuarie, a great tempest of wind and thunder happened in the towne of Leicester, which vncouered two and fortie baies of houses, and ouerthrew manie, renting and tearing them in péeces, in a strange and maruellous maner. The people that were assembled that daie in the mar∣ket place to buie and sell their vsuall chafer, wares, and commodities, were sore amazed and astonied with the hidiousnesse of that most outragious & vio∣lent tempest. On thursdaie the 14 of Ianuarie at one of the clocke in the morning, there issued forth of Newhauen thréescore horssemen, and a thousand foot∣men, all English; & comming to Mondeuille, where the Reingraue laie, gaue to them within an alarum,* 4.69 but neither the Reisters, nor the Almane footmen, nor French that were within that towne would come foorth: and therefore after the Englishmen had tarri∣ed there the space of foure houres, they returned backe againe to Newhauen.

The fifteenth of Ianuarie, at one of the clocke in the afternoone, there issued foorth of Newhauen three∣score horssemen, and fiftéene hundred footmen, which comming to Harflue, gaue a like alarum to that towne;* 4.70 but none of the garrison there would come foorth: wherevpon the Englishmen returned home againe to Newhauen. The sixteenth of Ianuarie, the castell of Tankeruille was surrendred to the Reingraue, after he had laine about it eight daies,* 4.71 with two thousand horssemen and footmen. It was now yéelded by composition (after it had béene kept by the space of thirtie eight daies) that those within should depart with bag and baggage, the gallie be∣ing sent from Newhauen to fetch them awaie. There were no more within it at that time when it

was thus deliuered: but capteine Iohn Ward, cap∣teine Edward Dudleie, and capteine Saule, his lieutenant Rileie, with seuentie English souldiers, & thirtie French.* 4.72 The 19 of Ianuarie, there landed at Newhauen capteine Tremaine, with 50 horssemen verie well appointed to serue the quéenes maiestie there.* 4.73 The foure and twentith of Ianuarie, Francis Clerke Frenchman arriued at Newhauen, with two tall ships of his owne, right well appointed for the wars, bringing with him thrée rich prises, valued at about fiftie thousand crownes,* 4.74 one of them was a [line 10] mightie great hulke, laden with wood & allume. The 26 of Ianuarie, capteine Tremaine with all his horssemen, & capteine Clerke with his Scotish hors∣men, and 600 footmen, went foorth of Newhauen to∣wards Mondeuille, & by the waie in a little village, there was a French capteine came foorth of Monde∣uille, named monsieur Emerie, hauing with him thirtie souldiers, where falling in hand to spoile the same village, the pezzants about gathered them∣selues [line 20] togither, and set vpon him and his souldiers. Now whilest they were thus in fight, the Scotish horssemen came suddenlie vpon them,* 4.75 tooke the said capteine sore wounded, slue twelue of his soldiers, & tooke foureteene other of them prisoners, whome with their capteine wounded (as he was) they brought home the same night vnto Newhauen.

* 4.76The three and twentith of Ianuarie, a proclama∣tion was made for orders to be obserued by the soul∣diers, and other resiants within the towne of New∣hauen, [line 30] concerning politike gouernement thereof, as well for the better defense against the enimies without, as the quiet demeanor of the men of warre and inhabitants within. The fift of Februarie, two ships of Britons laden with Gascoigne wines,* 4.77 but∣ter, bakon, lard, salt, and other vittels, were brought into Newhauen by a shallop of Killebeuf, that was resiant with other Frenchmen in Newhauen, ser∣uing against the papists, and had taken those two vessels, as they were going to vittell the enimies. [line 40]

The sixt of Februarie thrée faire mightie ships of warre, belonging to Francis Clerke, brought into Newhauen thrée rich prises,* 4.78 laden with sackes, ba∣stards, sugar, orenges, graines, and other merchan∣dizes. This Clerke had not béene foorth past six weeks at this time, and yet he had got aboue eightéene pri∣ses, well worth by iust valuation the summe of fiftie thousand pounds. On saturdaie the sixt of Februa∣rie,* 4.79 a souldier of capteine Appleyards band was exe∣cuted in the market place; for that contrarie to order [line 50] taken and published afore that time by proclamati∣on, he had not onelie drawen his weapon against another souldier, but also maimed him, and plaied o∣ther lewd parts in contempt of the lord lieutenants commandements. There was another also condem∣ned to die,* 4.80 and two others adiudged to lose their hands: but the lord lieutenant of his mercifull cle∣mencie granted to those thrée his pardon, for their passed offenses. On sundaie the seuenth of Fe∣bruarie, was Hunflue summoned by an herald, [line 60] sent from the French admerall, monsieur de Chatil∣lon.* 4.81 On mondaie the eight of that moneth, the said admerall came before Hunflue, with six thousand horssemen Reisters, and other of his owne retinues, beside footmen, and a thousand horssmen of the coun∣tries thereabout. And about six of the clocke at night there was a great peale of ordinance shot off at Newhauen for a welcome to the said admerall.

The twelfe of Februarie, the French gallies of Newhauen passing foorth, and wasting about Hun∣flue to séeke aduentures, in hope of suertie, by rea∣son the lord admerall of France laie therby at Tou∣que, rode at an anchor: whilest some of them that were aboord in hir went on land, to gaine somwhat of the enimies. But they within Hunflue perceiuing this, made out their great gallies, with fiftie good mariners and souldiers, who comming vpon the gal∣lies of Newhauen lieng at anchor, put hir in great danger of taking. For there were but fifteene men left aboord in hir at that present, wherof thrée of them were Englishmen, who perceiuing in what danger they stood, waied anchor with all spéed, and drew to∣wards the shore, to take in the rest of their compa∣nie; and getting them aboord vnto them, they manful∣lie stood to their defense, being in all but foure and twentie men. Neuerthelesse, they so behaued them∣selues, that continuing in fight aboue a long houre,* 4.82 at length they ouercame their enimies, slue seuen of them outright, wounded seuen and thirtie, tooke their gallie and brought hir to Newhauen, with thir∣téene bels, diuerse copes, and church ornaments, shéepe, and other spoiles, which they had got abroad in the countrie, togither with thrée and fortie good priso∣ners, and the artillerie which was found aboord in the foresaid great gallie, wherewith she was verie well appointed and furnished.

Of the French protestants there were but thrée slaine and six hurt, and one of the thrée Englishmen was also hurt. As it hath béene crediblie reported,* 4.83 the French protestants might thanke those thrée Englishmen that were with them in their gallies for that their good hap: for if they had not manfullie stood to it at the first, and bestowed such artillerie as they had aboord with them freshlie against the eni∣mies, the French had yeelded. But by Gods good helpe, and their worthie courage, the victorie remai∣ned on their side. The fouretéenth of Februarie there came from the lord admerall of France,* 4.84 lieng then at Touque, monsieur de Rohen, and monsieur de Grandemont, a knight of the order, monsieur Te∣legnie the admerals sonne in law, and diuerse other French gentlemen, to confer with the lord lieute∣nant, who receiued them right gladlie, and made them great cheere. They remained in Newhauen till the eightéenth of Februarie, and then departed and went to Caen, whither the said lord admerall was remooued, & had entred the towne, & laie within it, preparing with all spéed to besiege the castell.

The same daie that the French lords departed from Newhauen towards Caen,* 4.85 monsieur Brique∣mault, and sir Nicholas Throckmorton knight arri∣ued at Newhauen in one of the quéenes ships called the Aid. The admerall Chatillon being got into the towne of Caen, kept the castell besieged,* 4.86 within the which was inclosed the marquesse Dalbeuf. There were sent to him from Newhauen the fiue & twen∣tith of Februarie, seuen canons, two demie culue∣rings, & one minion. On the morrow following be∣ing fridaie, and six and twentith of Februarie, sir Nicholas Throckmorton knight, monsieur Bri∣quemault, and monsieur Beauuois, with a thousand souldiers French, and as manie English, to wit,* 4.87 cap∣teine Zouch, capteine Twedie, capteine Higate, ech of them with two hundred: capteine Iohn Ward, capteine Parkinson, capteine Saule, master Whée∣ler, and capteine Fisher with his band, each of them with his hundred, and capteine Pelham with the la∣bourers were imbarked in the rode at Newhauen, and sailed foorth towards Caen, to come to the siege which the admerall of France had laid to the castell there.

The same daie as the counte Montgomerie had imbarked at the hauen of Diepe in an English ves∣sell, and was comming towards Newhauen, there came out from Festampe thrée shallops, by the ap∣pointment of the Reingraue (as was said) which made towards Montgomerie, whose meaning when he perceiued, he set vpon the strongest of the same

shallops,* 4.88 so that there followed a sharpe conflict be∣twixt them, but in the end the victorie fell to Mont∣gomerie, the shallop being taken, the capteine and maister slaine, and three English vittellers rescued, which the said shallops had taken. Montgomerie herewith arriuing at Newhauen, and bringing his prise with him was ioifullie receiued, and after he had talked a while with the lord lieutenant and the councell,* 4.89 he went aboord againe and sailed to Caen, there to confer with the admerall. [line 10]

The first of March in the morning they began to batter the castell of Caen, in such wise that about foure of the clocke in the afternoone, they within be∣gan to parlée, but it tooke none effect: and then went off the artillerie againe till night,* 4.90 and in the morning the batterie eftsoones began. And before that two tires of the said artillerie had gone off, they within offered to parlee againe, and finallie agréed by com∣position to yéeld; and so on that tuesdaie by ten of the clocke, the castell was surrendred into the hands of [line 20] the French admerall,* 4.91 and the marquesse Dalbeuf, and other that had the place in keeping, departed in safetie. On wednesdaie the third of March, the towne of Baieulx was also yeelded vnto the lord admerall of France,* 4.92 and on the morrow following Faleise, and afterwards S. Lo, with diuerse other townes and castels, yeelded likewise vnto him. The tenth of March the great gallie and the foists were sent a∣waie from Newhauen, with a canon and shot and powder vnto Hunflue, where they met with mon∣sieur [line 30] de Mouie, that came thither with a faire com∣panie of horssemen and diuerse footmen French, and of Englishmen, capteine Tuttie with his two hun∣dred, and capteine Fisher with his hundred.

* 4.93The canon which came from Newhauen was immediatlie planted, and about ten of the clocke in the forenoone it was shot off, and after it had beene six times discharged, they within began to parlée, and in the end they agréed to yéeld vp the castell vnto monsieur de Mouie,* 4.94 with condition, that their soul∣diers [line 40] and men of warre might depart onelie with their rapiers and daggers, leauing all the residue of their mooueables behind them. And according to this capitulation, capteine Lion with his hundred souldiers, and capteine Nicholas with his hundred, and fiftie other souldiers which were within depar∣ted, and left the castell vnto monsieur de Mouie, whereby his souldiers, as well English as others, gained greatlie by the spoile.

* 4.95The twelfe of March proclamation was made in name of the lord lieutenant, that no souldier should [line 50] draw weapon to doo hurt therewith vnto anie of the French within the towne of Newhauen, or limits of the same, nor to molest them, nor to spoile nor take anie thing violentlie awaie from anie of them, nor to breake downe their houses, nor to carrie awaie their timber on paine of death.* 4.96 There was also a proclamation made in the name of the king & adme∣rall, that no capteine, burgesse, souldier, mariner, or other of the French nation within the towne or without, should draw anie weapon, nor picke anie [line 60] quarrell, nor vse anie iniurious words against anie man to mooue them to wrath, speciallie against the Englishmen on paine of death: nor that anie bur∣gesse or inhabitant, of what qualitie or condition so∣euer, except capteins, gentlemen, and souldiers, re∣ceiuing paie, should beare anie weapon on the like paine.

* 4.97The fiue and twentith of March, sir Adrian Poi∣nings knight, marshall of Newhauen departed from thence, and returning into England, remained there still. Whereas monsieur de Beauuois had by the admerall Chatillions commandement, charged by publike proclamation,* 4.98 all strangers, forreners, and French souldiers to depart the towne, by the 23 of March last past, and that all other hauing their wiues and families should depart with them, within foure daies after the same proclamation, to giue aid for the conseruation and keeping of the townes of Hunflue, Caen, Baieulx, Faleise, S. Lo, and other places, latelie brought into the obedience of the king, vnder the authoritie of the prince of Conde, vnder paine for making default, to be taken as good prisoners of warre to those that should appre∣hend them.* 4.99 Proclamation was also therevpon made in the lord lieutenants name, the six and twentith of March, being fridaie, that it should be lawfull to the quéenes maiesties subiects and fréends, to apprehend and take as their good and lawfull prisoners, all such as contrarie to the former proclamation, should re∣maine in the towne of Newhauen, after fiue of the clocke after noone of the daie then next following being saturdaie; those persons onelie excepted, whose names had beene presented and inrolled in bils re∣maining with the lord lieutenants secretarie.

Prouided, that no person seizing vpon the bodie of anie such offendor, should by vertue or colour ther∣of spoile anie of their houses, meddle with their goods or mooueables, without order and meane of iu∣stice vpon paine of death. On the sundaie yet being the eight and twentith of March,* 4.100 another proclama∣tion was made, to giue respit to the said strangers, forreners, and French souldiers, vntill foure of the clocke in the afternoone of the same daie. And fur∣ther there was another proclamation published this sundaie, that none should seize vpon anie of those strangers, forreners, or French souldiers, by colour of the two former proclamations, vntill the lord lieutenants pleasure should more fullie be knowen therein.

The thirtith of March being tuesdaie,* 4.101 proclamati∣on was eftsoones made, that whereas all forreners, being not anie of the burgesses, or proper inhabi∣tants of the said towne of Newhauen, nor of the garrison or armie of the Englishmen in the same towne, had béene warned by seuerall proclamati∣ons to depart the towne; and yet the same proclama∣tions notwithstanding, a great number made their abode still in the towne, in contempt of those pro∣clamations: the lord lieutenant by this proclamati∣on gaue full power and authoritie to the said prouost marshall of the garrison of the Englishmen in that towne, to apprehend and take as good and lawfull pri∣soners, all such forreners, as well souldiers, and ma∣riners, as other without exception, which should be found in the towne at anie time after fiue of the clocke in the afternoone on saturdaie then next com∣ming: monsieur Beauuois and his familie,* 4.102 and all ministers then being within the towne, being ne∣uerthelesse cléerelie excepted; and diuerse prouisions also included in this selfesame proclamation, for the mitigating of extremities, by wrong interpreting thereof, in behalfe of them that were to depart, as also that the gaine that should come by euerie parti∣cular prisoner so arrested by the prouost marshall, should returne to anie of the quéenes maiesties sub∣iects, by whose meane and procurement the same pri∣soner was detected, and caused to be apprehended.

On mondaie the fift of Aprill, the Reingraue with foure hundred horssemen,* 4.103 and about fiue hun∣dred footmen, came downe the hill, betwixt saint Ad∣dresses & Englefield, where sir Hugh Paulet knight met with him, by appointment of the lord lieutenant accompanied with fortie horssemen, and a thousand English footmen: and after they had talked togither by the space of an houre, they departed the one from the other; maister Paulet returning to Newhauen, and the Reingraue to Mondeuille, the place where

he vsuallie remained. On Easter euen, two souldi∣ers that had serued vnder capteine Parkinson were hanged in the market place of Newhauen,* 4.104 for run∣ning awaie to the Reingraue and vnto Diepe. An∣other also that serued vnder capteine Turner was condemned for the like offense, but pardoned throgh the great clemencie of the lord lieutenant.

* 4.105The eight and twentith of Aprill, proclamation was made, that all the papists, and the wiues and children of all them that were departed foorth of Newhauen, and made their abode at that present in [line 10] Monstreuilliers, Harflue, or elsewhere abroad in the countrie, and likewise all other, whome the last pro∣clamation for their auoiding out of the towne in a∣nie wise touched, should depart on saturdaie then next insuing, on paine to haue their bodies arrested as prisoners, and their goods to be confiscate. Other articles were conteined in the same proclamation, as well for the forreners that should come foorth of the countrie to the market, as for the behauiour and demeanor of the French inhabitants of the towne, [line 20] with promise of reward to such as should discouer and apprehend anie espiall, either dwelling in the towne, or comming and going to or from it. The first of Maie, Garter principall king of armes ar∣riued at Newhauen,* 4.106 bringing with him the garter to the lord lieutenant, chosen on S. Georges daie last past to be one of the confréers of that most honora∣ble order. The fourth of Maie proclamation was made, that all the French burgesses & others should bring and deliuer all their armour and weapon into [line 30] the towne hall of Newhauen, which commandement was incontinentlie obeied and accomplished.

The seauenth of Maie, proclamation was made for the auoiding of all such,* 4.107 whome the former pro∣clamations had in anie wise touched, for their depar∣ture foorth of the towne, that they should depart by tuesdaie next (the ministers of the church excepted) and that none should enter into the towne,* 4.108 of what condition or estate soeuer he should be, without li∣cence [line 40] of the lord lieutenant, except he were a bur∣gesse of the towne, and of the number of those that had their names inrolled, as by the rols lastlie made it might appeare, on paine to be apprehended as good and lawfull prisoners.* 4.109 The twelfe of Maie it was prohibited by proclamation to all burgesses, inhabi∣tants, and others, not to go vnto Harflue, or Mon∣treuilliers, or elsewhere out of sight of the towne of Newhauen, on paine to be taken as lawfull priso∣ners. The fifteenth of Maie, a marriner of the great [line 50] gallie suffered in the market place of Newhauen, for robbing and pilfering of ships there in the hauen, and thrée other that were condemned for the like of∣fense had their pardons.* 4.110

The sixtenth of Maie was proclamation made, that all Frenchmen,* 4.111 being within the towne of Newha∣uen, otherwise called Haure de Grace, as well men, women, as children, should depart the towne, be∣twixt that present time and six of the clocke at night on the next daie being mondaie, except surgians, [line 60] apothecaries, bakers, butchers, smiths, masons, lock∣smiths, carpenters, and other such artificers, vpon paine to be attached as good and lawfull prisoners, and their goods to be confiscat. By the tenor of these seuerall proclamations it maie appeare,* 4.112 that the lord lieutenant procéeded nothing rigorouslie against the French, in remoouing them foorth of the towne; al∣though it maie be, that some which had to deale there∣in, dealt hardlie inough with them. But in such cases there must of necessitie be some diligent héedfulnesse vsed, for otherwise in such packing away, some might peraduenture carie with them too much, & others too litle. But howsoeuer this mater was handled, true it is, that it was thought expedient to auoid the French out of the towne. For after the duke of Guise was slaine before Orleance, and that the parties were a∣gréed, as by edict of the pacification published in March last past it maie appeare, the whole deuises as well of them of the one religion as the other tended to this end,* 4.113 how to recouer the towne of Newha∣uen out of the Englishmens hands, either by prac∣tise or open force. And such intelligence was vsed be∣twixt the French within that towne, and the eni∣mies without to bring this to passe, that the Eng∣lish could assure themselues no more of the one than of the other, and so were driuen for their owne safe∣ties, to rid the towne of so doubtfull partakers.

The seuen and twentith of Maie, proclamation was made, that all maner of furniture and apparell, apperteining to ships within the garrison, hauen, or rode of the towne of Newhauen, should be brought in: or a note to be giuen therof in writing to the lord lieutenant and councell there, before twelue of the clocke the next day.* 4.114 Saturdaie the two and twentith of Maie, about one of the clocke in the morning, the Reingraue with fiue hundred horsmen, and twen∣tie two ensignes of footmen, came downe to the vil∣lage called Lheure, neere vnto the new fort, which by order of the lord lieutenant was latelie before be∣gun to be built, sir Iohn Portinarie being chiefe deuiser of the fortifications about the same. The eni∣mies meaning was, to haue taken the same fort by a sudden assault: but the English scouts looking well to their charge, gaue intelligence to the lord lieute∣nant thereof, who incontinentlie going to the bul∣worke roiall, set out by the posterne capteine Iohn Ward with his hundred souldiers, and capteine Parkinson with his hundred, to passe to the fort, there to be an aid and defense to them that laie in the same.

About thrée of the clocke in the morning, the Reingraue suddenlie with his bands of horssemen and footmen gaue them in the fort an hot alarum;* 4.115 and immediatlie the earle of Warwike gaue in charge to these capteins, Read, Appleyard, Tuttie, Zouch, Antwisell, Ward, Morton, and Parkinson, hauing with them a thousand footmen, and twentie horsmen, to set vpon the enimies in the village of Lheure, néere adioining to the said new fort, where the vali∣ant English souldiers shewed well the woonted va∣lure of their woorthie ancestors,* 4.116 giuing such an har∣die onset vpon their aduersaries, that greater man∣hood had not lightlie appeared in any incounter, than was vsed by those martiall capteins, and their war∣like bands at that present, to the high honor of their countrie: insomuch that they beat backe their eni∣mies, slue and tooke of them to the number of foure hundred, beside thirtie faire horsses, and an ensigne, which one Eastwike lieutenant to capteine Antwi∣sell got.

Amongst the numbers of them that were slaine, there were found aboue thirtie handsome gentle∣men and verie well appointed. To conclude, the Englishmen behaued themselues so manfullie on each side,* 4.117 that by plaine force of armes they droue the enimies quite out of the village, & after set it on fire, bicause the enimies should not come to incampe therein, as their purpose was to haue doone at that present. The six and twentith of Maie, the French∣men in number about thrée thousand horssemen and footmen came downe towards the windmils, neere to the bulworke called saint Addresses, against whom the English horsemen and footmen issued foorth of the towne, giuing them a right hot skirmish,* 4.118 which con∣tinued for the space of two houres, insomuch that there were slaine of the French to the number of 200; beside an hundred and aboue that were hurt. On the English side that daie were lost about a doz∣zen

or thirtéene persons, and amongst others, was capteine Tremaine slaine, and manie hurt. To con∣clude, the Englishmen like hardie and worthie soul∣diers wan and kept the field,* 4.119 so as the Frenchmen in the end were driuen to retire, and besides other losses which they receiued, they had aboue fiftie of their horsses killed and hurt.

In this skirmish, being one of the notablest that had béene lightlie séene manie a daie before, capteine Horseie shewed woorthie proofe of his most valiant [line 10] courage,* 4.120 winning to himselfe such commemdation, as the same will not be forgotten, whilest anie shall remaine aliue that beheld his manfull dealings: be∣ing such at that present, as deserue to be registred in the booke of fame, & to continue with posteritie for e∣uer. On saturdaie the fift of Iune at seuen of the clocke at night, the Reinsgraue hauing laid in the village of Lheure an ambush of six hundred horsse∣men, and fiftéene hundred footmen, there came downe also betwéene the abbeie and the village called En∣glefield [line 20] towards the towne,* 4.121 the number of a thou∣sand footmen, which began a verie hot skirmish, first at the new fort, comming euen hard to the ditches, where the Englishmen manfullie incountered them. Herewith also the Reinsgraue appointed other to come downe, and approch the bulworks of saint Ad∣dresses, saint Francis, & saint Michaell, and to (con∣clude) round about the towne: so that there were of them to the number of six thousand that were im∣ploied in this skirmish, which was mainteined right fercelie for the space of two hours, with verie sharpe [line 30] and cruell fight: in the end the enimies were forced to giue place,* 4.122 with the losse of fiue hundred of their men, Almans, Frenchmen, Gascoignes, and Spa∣niards.

The Englishmen verelie in this seruice shewed, that they were nothing degenerat from the ancient race of their noble progenitors. Besides those that were slaine on the French part▪ amongst whom was one of their capteins of good account amongst them, they tooke also Bassompeere an Almane, coronell [line 40] ouer ten ensignes of footmen.* 4.123 The presence of the lord lieutenant was not wanting that daie, both to incourage his worthie souldiers, and also to sée them applied with weapon ••nd munition, so as they should not be vnprouided of anie thing that was néedfull for seruice. Of Englishmen there was hurt capteine Gilbert, and capteine Pelham, and about fiftéene o∣ther hurt and slaine.* 4.124 The seuenth of Iune capteine Edward Dudleie arriued at Newhauen, with an [line 50] hundred souldiers. The morrow after, the first canon shot light within the towne of Newhauen, néere to the bulworke of saint Addresses, striking into the house where capteine Whéeler was lodged, which shot being brought to my lord of Warwike by Blew∣mantell purseuant at armes, his honor beholding it, reioised thereat, and said, by Gods grace he would answer them againe.

The ninth of Iune arriued at Newhauen three capteins with their bands,* 4.125 of an hundred a péece, [line 60] being of the garrison of Berwike: to wit, capteine Tremaine, capteine Cornewall, & capteine Carew. Edward Randoll also landed there the same daie, appointed to be knight marshall.* 4.126 For ye must vnder∣stand, that sir Adrian Poinings, being knight mar∣shall vpon his returne into England, was otherwise emploid, and went not backe againe: and then was sir Thomas Finch of Kent appointed to go ouer to supplie the roome of knight marshall:* 4.127 who making his prouision readie, sent ouer his brother Erasmus Finch to haue charge of his band; and his kinsman Thomas Finch to be his prouost marshall, whilest staieng till he had euerie thing in a readinesse to passe ouer himselfe. At last, he imbarked in one of the quéenes maiesties ships called the Greiehound, ha∣uing there aboord with him, beside thréescore and six of his owne retinue, fourtéene other gentlemen, two of them being brethren to the lord Wentwoorth, Iames Wentwoorth, and Iohn Wentwoorth, with diuerse o∣thers, who in the whole (accounting the mariners) a∣mounted vnto the number of 200 persons and vp∣ward. And as they were on the furthest coast toward Newhauen, they were by contrarie wind and foule weather driuen backe toward the coast of England; and plieng towards Rie, they forced the capteine of the ship, a verie cunning seaman named William Maline, and also the maister and mariners,* 4.128 to thrust into the hauen before the tide, and so they all perished, seuen of the meaner sort onlie excepted, where of three died shortlie after they came to land.

The dead bodie of sir Thomas Finch amongst o∣thers was cast on shore, & being knowne, was con∣ueied home to his house, and there buried in his pa∣rish church. After this mischance, and losse of that woorthie gentleman,* 4.129 the said Edward Randoll was appointed knight marshall, who ordeined a right suffi∣cient personage, capteine Iohn Shute, to be his pro∣uost marshall. The fifteenth of Iune, capteine Ri∣chard Sanders, and capteine William Saule,* 4.130 with their bands of an hundred souldiers a péece, and cap∣teine Drurie, with two hundred, arriued at New∣hauen: and the morrow after arriued capteine Ro∣berts with another hundred of souldiers. And on the seuenteenth of Iune, being thursdaie,* 4.131 sir Fran∣cis Knolles, vicechamberleine of the quéenes maie∣sties house landed there, béeing sent ouer by hir ma∣iestie and hir councell, to view the state of the towne.

On fridaie the eightéenth of Iune, a sergeant of capteine Blunts band,* 4.132 and a souldior of capteine Darcies band, were executed in the market place of Newhauen, for drawing their weapons against their capteins, and forsaking their appointed places of warding, and such other lewd parts which they had committed. The fiue and twentith of Iune, procla∣mation was made,* 4.133 that no souldior of the new fort should resort to the towne of Newhauen, without licence of his capteine, or some of his principall of∣ficers, on paine of death: or that anie man should presume to passe the limits of the said new fort, ex∣cept vpon occasion of seruice, in companie of his capteine or lieutenant, on like paine. And this order was taken, because diuerse stragling abroad, had béene taken prisoners, and slaine by the enimies, to their owne reproch, & hind••rance of the princes ser∣uice. The eight and twentith of Iune, the French∣men came downe to the village of Lheure, & there verie néere to the fort began to skirmish with the Englishmen. There were of them ten ensignes of footmen, and two hundred horssemen. This skirmish lasted thrée houres,* 4.134 and yet there were not past foure slaine. The night following, they placed fiue ca∣nons betwixt the towne and the brickehils, and like∣wise they placed other péeces of their artillerie at the foresaid village of Lheure, so that they shot both into the towne and fort.

The first of Iulie about midnight, they issued foorth of their trenches, and skirmished with the English scouts, droue them vnder the bulworke of saint Addresses, and there perceiuing that the English∣men had a priuie sallie out, after a long skirmish they retired. They had meant to haue set the mils belonging to the towne on fire: but they had such plaie made them, that about thrée of the clocke in the morning, they became to be quiet, and left the Eng∣lishmen in rest, hauing doone to them little or no hurt at all. The great ordinance on both sides was not idle, whilest this skirmish was in hand. The se∣cond

and third of Iulie,* 4.135 there landed nine hundred souldiors that came foorth of Northfolke and Suf∣folke, yellow clokes and blew clokes verie well ap∣pointed, hauing to their capteins Ferdinando Lig∣gens, Philip Sturleie, Iohn Highfield, and Edward Driuer. Also there came the same time fiftie carpen∣ters, sixtéene sawyers, and eight smiths in hir works. Moreouer, on the third daie of Iulie, about ten of the clocke at night, the French gaue a great alarum to the towne, beat in the scouts: but incon∣tinentlie issued foorth fiue hundred souldiors out at [line 10] the sallieng place, vnder the gréene bulworke, and beat the Frenchmen backe into their trenches, and kept them waking all that night.

* 4.136The same time, capteine Sanders was hurt with a shot in the leg, whereof he shortlie after died: other losse at that time the Englishmen receiued not. The fift of Iulie, a proclamation was made for souldiors to resort in time of alarums, vnto that part & quar∣ter, which was assigned to their capteins, and not to absent themselues from their ensignes, whether it [line 20] were at alarums, watch, ward, or other seruice. The sixt of Iulie,* 4.137 about thrée of the clocke in the mor∣ning, the enimies planted thrée canons, and thrée culuerings, discharging that morning to the num∣ber of foure score and ten shots: but perceiuing they did little hurt, they staied their shooting, sauing that now and then they shot into the bulworke, and ouer it into the towne: they also leuelled a péece, and shot it off towards the new gallie, slue therein two men, and hurt thrée or foure other. The same daie, a canon [line 30] and a culuering were sent foorth of the towne to the new fort. The twelfe of Iulie, about foure of the clocke in the morning, the French laid batterie to the bulworke of saint Addresses, continuing the same all that daie.* 4.138 They also dismounted the same daie the ordinance in the stéeple of Newhauen, and beat downe the great bell, cleane defacing the stéeple. They discharged that daie against the towne (as was gathered by due estimation) to the number of twelue hundred canon shot. [line 40]

* 4.139The same euening was William Robinson esqui∣er, waterbailife of the towne of Newhauen slaine with a shot; and also William Bromfield maister of the ordinance hurt with the same, and being con∣ueied ouer into England, he shortlie after died of that hurt. The fourtéenth of Iulie, sir Hugh Pau∣let knight landed at Newhauen, bringing with him eight hundred souldiors out of Wiltshire and Glo∣cestershire.* 4.140 The same daie came the Frenchmen downe to the number of three thousand, euen hard to [line 50] the gates of the towne, beating the Englishmen out of their trenches: but yet in the end, they were forced to retire, and of Englishmen there were not past twentie slaine, and about an hundred hurt. But the Frenchmen (as was estéemed) lost aboue foure hundred horssemen and footemen, albeit they tooke from the Englishmen at that present a culuering, which was set foorth to annoie them. But their force at that time was such, as they preuailed, & so retired [line 60] with that peece, though they well paied for it. The same daie also in the after noone, the little galeasse called the Fox, went out of the hauen, fraught with fiftie men, to flanke alongst the shore, and to beate the Frenchmen with hir shot; but as she was shoo∣ting off at them, a linnen stocke fell into a barrell of powder and set it on fire togither with the vessell,* 4.141 so that she suddenlie sanke, and all that were aboord in hir were lost, sauing fiftéene that saued themselues by swimming.

The one and twentith of Iulie, the conestable of France,* 4.142 accompanied with the marshals Montmo∣rancie and Burdillon, and manie other lords and knights of the order, came to the abbeie of Grauil∣le, where the marshall Brissacke was lodged, who had the generall charge in the armie, before the com∣ming of the said conestable. They dined togither there in the said Brissacks lodging, and after din∣ner they sat in councell togither how to procéed in the siege. Fridaie the three and twentith of Iulie, the conestable came into the trench that was cast ouer against the bulworke of saint Addresse,* 4.143 alongst by the sea side, and sent his trumpet to summon the towne. The lord lieutenant appointed sir Hugh Paulet to go foorth, & make the answer in his name:* 4.144 which was in effect, that ••he quéens maiestie of Eng∣land had appointed him and others to kéepe that towne; and therefore they meant not to deliuer it to anie other person, without hir graces especiall com∣mandement. In the meane time, there were diuerse of the English capteins and gentlemen, which ac∣companied the said sir Hugh, offered the wine which they had brought out of the towne with them in fla∣gons of siluer and guilt, vnto such capteins and gentlemen as accompanied the trumpet by com∣mandement of the conestable, to surueie the state of the trenches, and Palisad, as the French writers themselues confesse. Amongst others,* 4.145 there was capteine Monines the lieutenant of one of the en∣signes coronels of monsieur Dandelot, with whom capteine Leighton, being of acquaintance, had some talke.

The Englishmen and Frenchmen were no sooner departed, they to their trenches, and the English∣men into the towne, but that the enimies hauing planted that morning eight canons in batterie a∣gainst the castell, and the bulworke of the hauen, caused the same to be shot off,* 4.146 continuing the same till wednesdaie at noone, being the eight and twen∣tith of Iulie. There were six other canons also plan∣ted by them in the meane space, which likewise made batterie to the castell, and to the townegate. In this meane time also, Cutbert Uaughan comptrollor,* 4.147 departed out of this life, a skilfull man of warre, and no lesse circumspect than hardie, both to preserue those which he had vnder his conduction, and to in∣courage them to doo manfullie, when time thereto serued. Saturdaie, the foure & twentith of Iulie, the batterie still continuing as before, certeine peeces were bent also to beat and trauerse the hauen. The Englishmen therefore setting fire on two wind∣mils that stood there,* 4.148 abandoned a trench which they kept: and the Palisad, capteine Poiet, lieutenant of an other of the ensignes coronels of the French footmen vnder monsieur Dandelot, entred with his band, and tooke possession of a tower that stood at the end of the said Palisad. The French yet had hot a∣biding there, notwithstanding all the diligence and policie which they could vse to lodge there in safetie. Among others,* 4.149 capteine Richlieu maister of the campe, was hurt in the shoulder with an harquebuse shot.

The marshall Montmorancie caused a platforme to be raised, ioining to the Palisad, where about eue∣ning the same daie he planted foure péeces of artil∣lerie. On sundaie the fiue and twentith of Iulie, monsieur de Estrée, great maister of the artillerie, accompanied with the seneshall of Agenois,* 4.150 vsed all diligence that might be to place the artillerie for batterie: wherevnto also,* 4.151 monsieur de Caillac ap∣plied himselfe by the conestables commandement, who had compounded a matter in variance betwixt him and monsieur de Estrée. This sundaie and mondaie following, they were verie busie to bring their purpose in that behalfe to passe, & likewise to aduance their trench vnto the side of the breach. The marshall de Burdelon abode in the trench there all sundaie, and lost two of his gentlemen. The mar∣shall

Montmorencie,* 4.152 accompanied with diuerse lords & knights of the order, remained all mondaie in the trenches, to prepare things readie for the bat∣terie, not without some danger of his person. For the stones that were beaten with the bullets comming out of the towne flew verie fast about his eares, of the which there was one that lent him a blow on the shoulder, an other of them philipped him on the fin∣gers, and lighting also in other parts of his bodie, if his armor had not defended him the better, he had not escaped without further harme. The same daie, [line 10] the prince of Conde and the duke of Montpensier came to the campe,* 4.153 and alighting at the conestables lodging, went from thence' to the trenches, to re∣lieue the marshall Montmorencie, and to supplie his roome, whilest he might in the meane time go to sup with his father, and so take his rest. Monsieur De∣strée, and the other that had charge about the plan∣ting and ordering of the artillerie, vsed such dilgence, and were so earnestlie called vpon and incouraged by the prince of Conde, continuallie remaining in [line 20] the trenches,* 4.154 that on tuesdaie in the morning, the artillerie began to batter the bulworke of saint Ad∣dresses, and other places.

This was doone not without great danger of the pioners and men of war that garded them, for as the French desperatlie made their approch, so they were made by English gunners to tast the bitter fruit that the canon & culuerings yéelded. But such was the multitude of the Frenchmen that were now as∣sembled [line 30] togither, in hope to recouer that towne, which being possessed by the English, cut off all traf∣fike from Rouen and Paris, and so consequentlie from the chéefe parts of the whole realme of France, that with their generall aid,* 4.155 and drawing the water downe to the sea, the marishes were made passable and firme ground, which to men of great experience was thought a thing vnpossible. The castell, the walles, and other defenses of the towne were bat∣tered, breaches made, and the trench which before the [line 40] comming of the conestable, was but brought to the point ouer against the bulworke of saint Addresses, was now within foure daies aduanced néere hand the space of two miles, vpon the causeie or breach which was all of stone, without anie earth to couer them: so that they were driuen to make the best shift they could with woolsacks, sandbags, baskets and fagots. Yet all this had neuer come to passe, nor could haue beene wrought without infinit slaughter, and far more losse of French bloud, that necessarilie [line 50] should haue béene spilt, if the great mortalitie of pes∣tilence which entred the towne about the beginning of the summer,* 4.156 throgh a malicious infection, had not so greatlie increased, that it ••••ue & tooke awaie dailie great numbers of men, beside those that being sicke thereof, escaped with life▪ but were yet so feeble and weake, that they were notable to helpe themselues, nor to doo anie seruice auailable at all.

There died so manie dailie through the vehemen∣cie of the infection,* 4.157 that the stréets laie euen full of [line 60] dead corpses, not able to be remooued or buried, by reason of the multitude that perished. Herewith they were gréeuo••slie annoied for want of fresh vittels; but chéeflie of fresh waters, which the enimie by long siege had cut off. And now the shot of the canon, li∣eng within six and twentie pa••es of the towne, was so terrible, as the like had not lightlie beene heard of: and sundrie breaches therewith were alreadie made; namelie two verie great and easie for the eni∣mies to enter. All these dangers and miseries not∣withstanding,* 4.158 the worthie earle of Warwike with his capteins and soldiors in couragious order stood at those seuerall breaches, readie to defend the same, if the enimies had presumed to haue giuen the assault, nothing afraid of death nor bloudie wounds; before which he preferred the seruice of his prince. And al∣beit the aduenture was great, yet by his owne ex∣ample he incoraged other to cast awaie all dread of danger, and to shew themselues bold, which to a sol∣dior in battell is a whetstone to set him on edge. And surelie in this point he was warriorlike minded, if a man may allow the poets words in the like sense:

Res magnae non absque graui discrimine fiunt, In dubijs prodest generosa audacia rebus.

Which when the conestable perceiued, he caused a trumpet to sound the blast of imparleacute;e, that talke might be had for the concluding of a composition be∣twixt both the parties. This offer, considering that sore contagious mortalitie wherwith the towne was most greeuouslie infected, hauing so greatlie inféeb∣led the English forces within the same, was thought not vnméet to be receiued. Herevpon, after a sallie made by the Englishmen, and a faire skirmish be∣twixt them and the Frenchmen that laie afore the fort de Lheure,* 4.159 on the tuesdaie the seauen and twen∣tith of Iulie maister William Pelham capteine of the fort, with another gentleman and a trumpetter, went foorth by appointment, and was receiued first by monsieur de Losses, who brought him to the mar∣shall Montmorencie, and after by his appointment went with him by the Reingraues campe to the co∣nestable: and till his returne a truce was accorded on that side of the fort. After that maister Pelham had talked a space with the conestable, the matter was put ouer till the next daie, and so he returned.

The morrow after being wednesdaie,* 4.160 and the eight and twentith of Iulie, the conestable about sea∣uen of the clocke came to the end of the trenches next to the towne, where sir Maurice Denis treasu∣ror of the towne, sir Hugh Paulet, capteine Hor∣seie, capteine Pelham, capteine Iohn Shute prouost marshall, and Nicholas Malbie secretarie to my lord lieutenant came foorth, and passed ouer the hauen to commune with him. And during the parlee betwixt them, a truce was accorded and assented to by both parts: the which neuerthelesse was broken two seue∣rall times through the vnrulie insolencie of certeine harquebutters. And though by the good diligence of the capteins they were incontinentlie quieted and staied: yet the valiant earle of Warwike,* 4.161 standing at a breach in his hose and dublet in sight of his eni∣mies, was by a lewd soldior of the French (contra∣rie to the law of armes) shot through the thigh with an harquebuse. The conestable and the English commissioners appointed, had long conference togi∣ther; and before they concluded, the marshals Mont∣morencie and Burdellion (and at length the marshall Brissac also) came to the place where they were thus in parlee:* 4.162 but the conestable tooke vpon him to haue onelie authoritie to accept or refuse such conditions as should be offered, or agreed vnto by the English commissioners in this treatie. And so at length they passed certeine articles in forme as followeth.

The articles of agreement touching the surrender of Newhauen.

FIrst, that the earle of Warwike should render againe the towne of Newhauen into the hands of the said conestable of France, with all the artillerie and mu∣nitions of war then being in that towne, and belong∣ing to the French king and his subiects.

2 Item, that he should leaue the ships that were in the said towne at that present, belonging either to the king or his subiects, with all their furniture: and generallie, all such merchandize and other things, be∣ing likewise at that present within that towne, as

either belonged to the king or his subiects.

3 Item, for the more suertie of the premisses, the said earle should presentlie deliuer into the hands of the said conestable, the great tower of the said ha∣uen, so that the soldiors which were placed therin en∣ter not into the towne: and that the said earle of Warwike should cause the gates there towards the towne to be warded, till it were in the possession of the said conestable, without planting anie ensigns on the said tower, according to the said agréement; [line 10] and also that the said earle should deliuer foure such hostages as the said conestable should name.

4 Item, that the next daie, by eight of the clocke in the morning, the said earle should withdraw his soldiors which are in the fort, to deliuer it immediat∣lie into the hands of the said conestable, or such as should be by him appointed to receiue the same at the said houre.

5 Item, that all prisoners which haue béene taken before the said hauen, should be deliuered on either side, without paieng anie ransome. [line 20]

6 Item, that the conestable should for his part suf∣fer the said earle of Warwike, and all those that are in garrison in the said Newhauen to depart with all things whatsoeuer that belonged to the quéene of England and hir subiects.

7 Item, that for the departure as well of the said earle, as the remoouing of his soldiors, and other things before rehearsed, the said conestable agréed to giue them six whole daies, beginning the morrow then next following; to wit, the nine and twentith of [line 30] Iulie: during which six daies, they might frankelie and fréelie take and carrie awaie all the said things. And if wind or foule weather shuld hinder, that their passage could not be made within the said terme, in this case the said conestable should grant them such further time of delaie, as might be thought reaso∣nable.

8 Item, the said conestable did likewise permit, that all the ships and English vessels, and all other that should be appointed for the portage and conueieng a∣waie [line 40] of the said things should safelie and fréelie passe into and fro the said hauen, without anie staie or im∣peachment, either by the French armie or anie other. The said foure hostages were appointed to be mai∣ster Oliuer Maners, brother to the earle of Rutland, capteine Pelham, capteine Horseie, and capteine Leighton. In witnesse wherof, the said lords, the co∣nestable of France, & the earle of Warwike signed these articles the eight and twentith of Iulie, 1563.

[line 50]

Thus the earle of Warwike, as he had (during the whole time of his abode there in that towne of Newhauen) shewed himsefe a right hardie & valiant capteine;* 5.1 so now in the end he prooued himselfe to be both prudent and politike. For by accepting of these honorable conditions to go with all armor, muniti∣on, ships, goods, bag and baggage, in anie wise apper∣teining or belonging either to the quéenes maiestie, or to anie of hir graces subiects, he saued the liues of [line 60] a great number, which otherwise scaping the scourge of the infectiue plague, must néeds haue fallen vnder the edge of the sword. The conestable, during the time of the parlée, sent his yoongest sonne monsieur de Thorree to the king and queene mother, to aduer∣tise them of the treatie of this peace. And after it was once concluded and signed by the erle of War∣wike, he sent his eldest sonne the marshall Montmo∣rencie, to present the same vnto them at Crique∣tot,* 5.2 halfe waie betwéene Newhauen and Fescampe, who were right ioifull of the news: and the next daie they came to the campe, shewing great signes of their conceiued gladnesse, for the recouering of that towne thus out of the Englishmens hands.

On saturdaie the most part of the Englishmen tooke ship and departed homewards: for glad might he thinke himselfe that could get soonest out of that vnwholsome and most vnsauorie aire. Manie sicke persons yet were left behind, impotent and not able to helpe themselues. The miserie whereof Edward Randoll esquire high marshall of the towne (who was appointed to tarrie and sée the vttermost of the composition accomplished) perceiuing, mooued with naturall pitie of his countrimen relinquished with∣out comfort,* 5.3 caused the said sicke persons to be caried aboord, not sparing his owne shoulders, at that time féeble and full of the plague, himselfe and his men still bearing & helping the poore creatures on shipboord. A rare fact worthie reward, and no doubt in remem∣brance with God, the true recorder of mercifull de∣serts. Thus was the towne of Newhauen reduced againe into the hands of the French, more vndoub∣tedlie through the extreme mortalitie that so outra∣giouslie afflicted the soldiors and men of warre with∣in the same, than by the enimies inforcements, al∣though the same was great, and aduanced to the vt∣termost of the aduersaries power.

Besides the meaner sort of those that died of the pestilence during the siege,* 5.4 these I doo find noted as chiefe: Cutbert Uaughan comptrollor of the towne, Francis Summerset coosine to the earle of Worce∣ster, Auerie Darcie brother to the lord Darcie, Iohn Zouch brother to the lord Zouch, Edward Ormes∣bie, Thomas Drurie aliàs Po••gnard, Richard Cro∣ker, Iohn Cockson, Thomas Kemish, Iohn Proud, William Saule, Wilfreid Antwisell. Besides these being capteins in chiefe dieng there in that towne, or else sickening there and dieng vpon their returne into England, there were diuerse other gentlemen, and such as had charge, which likewise ended their liues by force of that cruell and most gréeuous pesti∣lent infection.* 5.5 There were diuerse also that were slaine, as well by canon shot, as otherwise in the field in skirmish, as both the Tremains brethren of one birth, Nicholas and Andrew, capteine Richard Sanders, with master Robinson, and master Brom∣field, of which two before ye haue heard: also one Leighton a gentleman, & diuerse mo whose names I know not, worthie neuerthelesse to be remembred & placed in ranke with such worthie men, as in their countries cause haue lost their liues, and are there∣fore by writers registred to liue by fame for euer.

But now to passe to other matters at home. As ye haue heard,* 5.6 the plague of pestilence being in the towne of Newhauen, thorough the number of soul∣diors that returned into England the infection ther∣of spread into diuerse parts of this realme: but espe∣ciallie the citie of London was so infected, that in the same whole yeare, that is to saie, from the first of Ianuarie 1562, vntill the last of December, in 1563, there died in the citie and liberties thereof (conteining one hundred & eight parishes) of all dis∣eases twentie thousand, three hundred,* 5.7 thrée score and twelue: and of the plague being part of the number aforesaid, seuentéene thousand, foure hundred, and foure persons. And in the outparishes adioining to the same citie, being eleuen parishes, died of all dis∣eases in the whole yeare, thrée thousand, two hundred, foure score and eight persons: and of them, of the plague two thousand, seuen hundred, thirtie and two. So that the whole number of all that died of all dis∣eases, as well within the citie and liberties, as in the outparishes, was twentie thrée thousand six hundred and thréescore: and of them there died of the plague, twentie thousand one hundred thirtie and six.

The eight of Iulie in the morning,* 5.8 happned a great tempest of lightning and thunder, where tho∣rough a woman and thrée kine were slaine, in the

Couent garden néere to Chaxingcrosse. At the same time in Essex a man was torne all to péeces as he was carieng haie, his barne was borne downe, and his haie burned: both stones and trées were rent in manie places.* 5.9 The councell of king Philip at Bruxels commanded proclamation to be made in Antwerpe and other places, that no English ship with anie cloths, should come into anie places of the low countries: their colour was (as they said) the danger of the plague, which was at that time in London, & other places of England. Neuerthelesse [line 10] they would gladlie haue gotten our woolles, but the quéenes maiestie thorough sute of our merchant ad∣uenturers caused the wooll fleet to be discharged, and our cloth fléet was sent to Emden in east Friseland, about Easter next following, in the yeare of our Lord 1564. Forsomuch as the plague of pestilence was so hot in the citie of London,* 5.10 there was no tearme kept at Michaelmasse. To be short, the poore citizens of London were this yeare plagued with a thréefold plague, pestilence, scarsitie of monie, and [line 20] dearth of vittels, the miserie whereof were too long here to write: no doubt the poore remember it, the rich by flight into the countries made shift for them∣selues, &c.

An earthquake was in the moneth of September in diuerse places of this realme,* 5.11 speciallie in Lin∣colne & Northamptonshires. After the election of the maior of London by the councels letters, the quéens maiesties pleasure was signified vnto sir Thomas Lodge then maior, that forsomuch as the plague [line 30] was so great in the citie, the new maior elected shuld kéepe no feast at the Guildhall,* 5.12 for doubt that tho∣rough bringing togither such a multitude, the infec∣tion might increase. For that wéeke there died with∣in the citie and out parishes, more than two thou∣sand: wherefore sir Iohn Whight, the new maior, tooke his oth at the vttermost gate of the tower of London.* 5.13 From the first daie of December, till the twelfe, was such continuall lightning and thunder, especiallie the same twelfe daie at night,* 5.14 that the [line 40] like had not béene séene nor heard by anie man then liuing.

* 5.15In the moneth of December was driuen on the shore at Grimsbie in Lincolnshire a monstruous fish, in length ninetéene yards, his taile fiftéene foot broad, and six yards betwéene his eies, twelue men stood vpright in his mouth to get the oile. For that the plague was not fullie ceassed in London, Hila∣rie tearme was kept at Hertford castell beside [line 50] Ware. [year 1564] * 5.16 This yeare the thirtéenth of Aprill, an hono∣rable and ioifull peace was concluded, betwixt the quéenes maiestie and the French king; their realmes dominions and subiects: and the same peace was proclamed with sound of trumpet, before hir maie∣stie in hir castell of Windsor, then being present the French ambassadors. And shortlie after, the quéenes grace sent the right honourable sir Henrie Careie lord of Hunnesdon,* 5.17 now lord chamberleine (of whose honourable and noble descent it is thus written [line 60]

—cuius fuerat matertera pulchra Reginae genitrix Henrici nobilis vxor)

accompanied with the lord Strange, beside diuerse knights and gentlemen, vnto the French king, with the noble order of the garter, who finding him at the citie of Lions, being in those parties in progresse, he there presented vnto him the said noble order: and Garter king at armes inuested him therewith, ob∣seruing the ceremonies in that behalfe due and re∣quisit. The plague (thanks be to God) being cleane ceassed in London, both Easter and Midsummer tearmes were kept at Westminster. ¶And here by the waie to note the infection of this plague to haue béene dispersed into other countries besides Eng∣land, it is read in Schardius In epitome rerum gestarum sub Ferdinando primo imperatore,* 5.18 that the pestilence did so rage in Germanie, and poisoned such peopled pla∣ces, namelie Norimberge, Francford, Magdburge, Danske, Hamburgh, and their borders, that by esti∣mation (saith he) there died of that contagion to the number of thrée hundred thousand. A grieuous scourge of God (saith mine author) howbeit verie few thereby so terrified, that they reformed their wicked liues. Which plague in Germanie I there∣fore doo here repeat, bicause by all likelihoods it is to be gathered, that as it raged in the same yeare both there and here; so the cause maie be all one that bred so venemous an effect.]

There was on the vigill of S. Peter a watch in the citie of London,* 5.19 which did onelie stand in the highest stréets of Cheape, Cornehill, and so foorth to Algate: which watch was to the commons of the same ci∣tie as chargeable, as when in times past it had béene commendablie doone.* 5.20 The fift of August, the quéenes maiestie in hir progresse came to the vniuersitie of Cambridge, and was of all the students (being inue∣sted according to their degrées taken in the schooles) honourablie and ioifullie receiued in the Kings col∣lege, where she did lie during hir continuance in Cambridge. The daies of hir abode were passed in scholasticall exercises of philosophie, physicke, and di∣uinitie: the nights in comedies, and tragedies, set foorth partlie by the whole vniuersitie, and partlie by the students of the Kings college, to recreat and de∣light hir maiestie, who both heard them attentiuelie, and beheld them chéerefullie.

At the breaking vp of the diuinitie act, being on wednesdaie the ninth of August (on the which daie she rode thorough the towne, and viewed the colle∣ges, those goodlie and ancient monuments of kings of England hir noble predecessors) she made within saint Maries church a notable oration in Latine, in the presence of the whole learned vniuersitie, to the students great comfort.* 5.21 ¶A copie whereof I haue set downe, as I receiued it in writing at the hands of one that then was present, and noted the same as hir maiestie vttered it. Whose words vnto me in a letter, wherewith the same oration was sent, I doo here set downe Bona fide.* 5.22 This hir maiesties extem∣porall oration (saith he) lieng among my papers these twentie yeares and more, I thought good now to send to you, that if anie occasion be fitlie offered in the discourse of hir highnesse reigne, you maie (if you please) insert it. In truth, I my selfe neuer else∣where read it, which hath made me euen religiouslie to preserue it. Master Abraham Hartwell in his Re∣gina literata, dwelling vpon this onelie argument of hir comming and dooings at Cambridge, glanceth in a dis••ich or twaine at the effect hereof. But this is the thing it selfe, as I my selfe (as most vnworthie) being both an eare and also an eie witnesse, can te∣stifie.

Serenissimae reginae Elisabethae oratio, publicè Cantabrigiae habita, coram vniuerso academiae coetu, anno 1564: & regni sui sexto.

ETsi foeminilis iste meus pudor (sub∣diti fidelissimi & academia charissi∣ma) in tanta doctorum turba illabora∣tum hunc sermonem et orationem me narrare apud vos impediat: tamen no∣bilium meorū intercessus & erga academiam bene∣uolētia me aliquid proferre inuitat. Duobus ad hanc rem stimulis moueor.* 6.1 Primus est, bonarum litera∣rum propagatio: alter est, vestra omnium expecta∣tio.

Quod ad propagationem spectat,* 6.2 vnum illud apud Demosthenem memini: Superiorum verba apud inferiores librorum locum habent, & princi∣pum dicta legum authoritatem apud subditos reti∣nent. Hoc igitur vos omnes in memoria tenere ve∣lim: quòd semit a nulla praestantior est, siue ad bona fortunae acquirenda, siue ad principum gratiam conciliandam, quàm vt gnauiter (vt coepistis) studijs vestris exhibeatis operam: quod vt facia∣tis, vos omnes oro obsecróque. De secundo stimulo, [line 10] vestra nimirùm expectatione, hoc vnum dico, me nihil lubenter praetermissuram esse, quod vestrae de me animae beneuolae concipiunt cogitationes.

Iam ad academiam venio. Tempore antemeri∣diano vidi ego aedificia vestra sumptuosa, à meis maioribus,* 6.3 clarissimis principibus literarum causa extructa. Et inter videndum, dolor artus meos occupauit, atque ea mentis suspiria, quae Alexan∣drum quondam tenuisse feruntur. Qui cum legis∣set [line 20] multa à principibus posita monumenta, conuer∣sus ad familiarem seu potiùs ad consiliarium, mul∣tùm doluit se nìhil tale fecisse. Haec tamen vulgaris sententia me aliquantùm recreauit, quae etsi non auferre, tamen minuere potest dolorem. Quae qui∣dem sententia haec est: Romam non vno aedifica∣tam fuisse die: tamen non est ita senilis mea aetas, nec tam diu fuit, ex quo regnare coepi, quin ante redditionem debiti naturae (si non nimis citò A∣tropos [line 30] lineam vitae meae amputauerit) aliquod opus faciam: & quandiu vita hos regit artus, nunquam à proposito deflectam.

Et si contingat (quàm citò futurum sit, nescio) me mori oportere, priusquam hoc ipsum quod pol∣liceor complere possim:* 6.4 aliquod tamen egregium opus post mortem relinquam, quo & memoria mea in posterum celebris fiat, & alios excitem exemplo meo, & vos omnes alacriores faciam ad studia ve∣stra. Sed iam videtis quantum intersit inter do∣ctrinam [line 40] lectam, & disciplinam animo non reten∣tam. Quorum alterius sunt complures satis suffici∣entes testes: alterius autem vos omnes nimis qui∣dem inconsyderatè testes hoc tempore effeci, quae meo barbaro orationis genere tam diu doctas ve∣stras aures detinuerim. Dixi.

The next daie, she went forward on hir progresse to Finchinbrooke by Huntington.* 6.5 The thirtith daie [line 50] of August was enacted by a common councell of the citie of London, that all such citizens as from thence foorth should be constreined to sell their houshold stuffe, leases of houses, or such like, should first cause the same to be cried through the citie by a man wi••h a bell, and then to be sold by the common outcrier appointed for that purpose, and he to reteine one far∣thing vpon the shilling for his paines. The twentith of September arose great flouds in the riuer of Thames,* 6.6 where through the marshes néere adioining [line 60] were ouerflowed, and manie cattell drowned.

* 6.7¶The creation of sir Robert Sutton aliàs Dud∣leie knight of the garter, and master of the horsse, to the queenes maiestie, who was created baron of Denbigh, and after earle of Leicester on Michael∣masse daie at saint Iames, with the gift of the ma∣nour of Killingworth, and other things there to him and his heires, to the yéerlie value of foure and twen∣tie pounds & better. First, the said lord attended on the queenes highnesse, to the chappell, and from the chappell to seruice, and when he was returned to the chamber of presence, the said lord with other depar∣ted to the lord chamberleins chamber, and shifted them: the said lord Robert in his surcot with the hood, his mantle borne before him by the lord Huns••on, and led by the lord Clinton lord admerall by the right hand, and the lord Strange on the left hand,* 6.8 in their parlement robes, Garter bearing the patent, & before him the officers of armes, and so procéeded in∣to the chamber of presence, where the quéenes high∣nesse sat vnder the cloth of estate with the noblemen on ech side of hir, the ambassador of France was also present with another stranger an Italian.

And when the said lord with the other came in the quéenes sight, they made their obeisance three times, the said lord knéeled downe:* 6.9 after the which Garter prese••••ed the letters patents to the lord chamber∣leine, and he presented the same to the quéenes high∣nesse, who gaue it to sir William Cecill secretarie, who read the same with a lowd voice, & at the words of Creauimus, the lord of Hunsdon presented the man∣tle to the quéens maiestie, who put on the same, wher∣by he was created baron of Denbigh for him and his heires. Then the patent was read out to the end, after the which he deliuered it to the quéene againe, and hir highnesse gaue it to the said lord, who gaue hir maiestie most humble thanks, and he rose vp and departed to the chamber they came from, the trum∣pets sounding before him.

Then he shifted him of those robes,* 6.10 and put on the robes of estate of an earle, and being led by the earle of Sussex on the right hand, and the erle of Hunting∣ton on his left hand, the earle of Warwike bearing his sword the pomell vpward, and the girdle about the same, all in their robes of estate, the lord Clinton lord admerall in his parlement robes, bearing his cap with the coronall, Garter before him bearing his patent, and the other officers of armes before him, they proceeded as afore into the chamber of presence, where, after they had made their obeisance, the said earle knéeled downe, and Garter deliuered his pa∣tent to the lord chamberleine, who gaue the same to the quéenes maiestie, & hir highnesse gaue the same to sir William Cecill secretarie to read, who read the same. And at the words Cincturam gladij, the earle of Warwike presented the sword to the quéenes highnesse,* 6.11 who girt the same about the necke of the said new earle, putting the point vnder his left arme, and after hir maiestie put on his cap with the coro∣nall. Then his patent was read out to the end, and then the said secretarie deliuered it againe to the quéene, and hir highnesse gaue it to the said new erle of Leicester, who gaue hir humble thanks for it.

And then he arose and went into the councell chamber to dinner, the trumpets sounding before, and at dinner he sat in his kirtle, and there accompa∣nied him the foresaid ambassador of France, and the said Italian, with diuerse other erles and lords. And after the second course, Garter with the other offi∣cers of armes, proclamed the quéenes maiesties stile, and after, the stile of the said earle,* 6.12 for the which they had fiftéene pounds, to wit, for his baronie fiue pounds, & for his earledome ten pounds, and Garter had his gowne of blacke veluet garded with thrée gards of the same, laid on with lace, lined through with blacke taffata, and garded on the inner side with the same, and on the sléeues eight and thirtie paire of aglets of gold. The earles stile was as fol∣loweth: Du tresnoble & puissant seigneur Robert conte de Leicestre, baron de Denbigh, cheualier du tresnoble ordre de la iarretièrre, & grand esquier de la royne nostre souuereigne. On whole scutchion, conteining sundrie cotes, inui∣roned with the cognisances of both orders, as well S. Michaels as S. Georges, with other ornaments, were made these verses, now common to be read:

Quot clypeos atauûm clypeo coniungis in vno,* 6.13 Tot tibi virtutes atauûm sunt pectore iunctae:

Somerij pietas, vis imperterrita Greij, Intemerata fides Hastingi, nobile pectus Ferrarij, Quinci probitas, bonitásque Boghani, Martia Talbotti virtus, fidissima dextra Beauchampi, Herculei mens inconcussa Guidonis, Barklaei vigor, & generosa modestia Lisli.]

The second of October in the afternoone, and on the morrow in the sorenoone, was a solemne obse∣quie at Paules church in London, for Ferdinando late emperor departed. ¶Of this emperor it is said, [line 10] that lieng sicke,* 6.14 and so sicke that Zichard a precher of his court then present could not hold him vp: how∣beit comming at last to himselfe and somewhat in recouerie,* 6.15 he said to the standers by; You thought that I would neuer come againe, naie mine houre is not so soone: I doo certeinlie know that I shall not die before Whitsuntide. Now when he had liued till that daie, and eight daies after, as hauing the verie time of his departure told him by secret reuelation, (and satisfied at full touching the request that Dauid [line 20] made to God about the length of his life, saieng:

* 6.16Da mihi nosse meae quae sint stata tempora vitae, Et quando vltima sint fata futura mihi)

he said to them that were about him: It is the holie ghosts pleasure that I should not die before saint Iames tide, that as he was a pilgrime among vs, so I with him should passe my pilgrimage out of this my natiue countrie. After which words spoken, his disease grew to greater force and sharpnesse, inso∣much that at last, euen at the verie time prefixed, namelie S. Iames daie, he departed this life, after [line 30] he had liued sixtie yeares, nine moneths, and od daies. He gouerned the empire aboue the space of seauen yeares,* 6.17 & had to wife Anne queene of Hun∣garie and Boheme, by whom he had fiftéene children, some male; namelie, Maximilian, Ferdinand, Iohn and Charles: also eleuen females; to wit, Elisabeth married to Sigismund king of Poland, Anne, Ma∣rie, Mawdline, Catharine, Elenor, Margarite, Bar∣bare, Ursule, Helen, and Ione. He is commended [line 40] for his carefulnesse, his watchfulnesse, his bountiful∣nesse, his gentlenesse, his vprightnesse, his discréet∣nesse, his peaceablenesse, and other qualities, wherin he had a kind of singularitie. And thus much of him by waie of praise, as I found it readie to my hand.]

The seauenth of October at night, from eight a clocke till after nine of the clocke,* 6.18 all the north parts of the element séemed to be couered with flames of fire, procéeding from the northeast and northwest, to∣ward the middest of the firmament, where after it [line 50] had staied nigh one houre, it descended west: and all the same night (being the next after the change of the moone) seemed nigh as light as it had béene faire daie.* 6.19 The twentith of Nouember in the morning, through negligence of a maiden with a candell, the snuffe falling in an hundred pounds weight of gun∣powder, thrée houses in Bucklersburie were sore shaken, and the maid died two daies after. The one and twentith of December began a frost,* 6.20 which con∣tinued so extremlie, that on Newyeares euen, peo∣ple went ouer and alongst the Thames on the ise [line 60] from London bridge to Westminster. Some plaied at the football as boldlie there, as if it had béene on the drie land: diuerse of the court being then at Westminster, shot dailie at pricks set vpon the Thames: and the people both men and women went on the Thames in greater numbers, than in anie strèet of the citie of London. On the third daie of Ianuarie at night it began to thaw, and on the fift daie was no ise to be seene betwéene London bridge and Lambeth, which sudden thaw caused great floods and high waters, that bare downe bridges and hou∣ses, and drowned manie people in England: especi∣allie in Yorkshire,* 6.21 Owes bridge was borne awaie with others.

The third daie of Februarie,* 6.22 Henrie Stuart lord Darleie, about the age of ninetéene yeares, eldest sonne to Matthew earle of Lineux (who went into Scotland at Whitsuntide before) hauing obteined licence of the quéenes maiestie, tooke his iourneie to∣wards Scotland, accompanied with fiue of his fa∣thers men, where when he came, he was honorablie receiued, & lodged in the kings lodgings, and in the summer following, he maried Marie quéen of Scot∣land. About this time, for the quéenes maiestie were chosen and sent commissioners to Bruges,* 6.23 the lord Montacute knight of the honourable order of the garter, doctor Wotton one of hir maiesties honou∣rable councell, doctor Haddon one of the masters of requests to hir highnesse, with others: master doctor Aubreie was for the merchant aduenturers of Eng∣land: they came to Bruges in Lent, Anno 1565, and continued there till Michaelmasse following, and then was the diet prolonged till March in the yeare 1566, and the commissioners returned into Eng∣land.

The two and twentith of Aprill, [year 1565] the ladie Marga∣rite countesse of Lineux,* 6.24 was commanded to kéepe hir chamber at the Whitehall, where she remained till the two and twentith of Iune, and then conueied by sir Francis Knolles and the gard to the tower of London by water. On s. Peters euen at night, was the like standing watch in London,* 6.25 as had béene on the same night twelue moneths past. The sixtéenth of Iulie, about nine of the clocke at night began a tem∣pest of lightning and thunder, with showers of haile, which continued till three of the clocke in the next morning, so terriblie,* 6.26 that at Chelmesford in Essex 500 acres of corne was destroied, the glasse win∣dowes on the east side of the towne, and of the west and south sides of the church were beaten downe, with the tiles of their houses also, besides diuerse barnes, chimneis, and the battlements of the church, which was ouerthrowne. The like harme was doone in manie other places, as at Leeds, Cranebroke, Douer, &c.

Christopher prince and margraue of Baden,* 6.27 with Cicilie his wife sister to the king of Swethland, af∣ter a long and dangerous iournie, wherein they had trauelled almost eleuen months sailing from Stock∣holme, crossing the seas ouer into Lifeland, from whence by land they came about by Poland, Prussie, Pomerland, Meckelburgh, Friseland, and so to Ant∣werpe in Brabant, then to Calis, at the last in Sep∣tember landed at Douer, and the eleuenth daie of the same they came to London, and were lodged at the earle of Bedfords place neere to Iuie bridge, where within foure daies after, that is to saie, the fiftéenth of September she trauelled in childbed,* 6.28 and was de∣liuered of a man child: which child the last of Sep∣tember was christened in the quéenes maiesties chappell of White hall at Westminster, the quéenes maiestie in hir owne person being godmother, the archbishop of Canturburie, and the duke of Norf∣folke godfathers. At the christening the quéene gaue the child to name Edwardus Fortunatus: for that God had so gratiouslie assisted his mother,* 6.29 in so long and dangerous a iournie, and brought hir safe to land in that place, which she most desired, and that in so short time before hir deliuerance.

The eleuenth of Nouember, the right honorable Ambrose earle of Warwike maried Anne eldest daughter to the earle of Bedford.* 6.30 For the honor and celebration of which noble mariage, a goodlie cha∣lenge was made and obserued at Westminster at the tilt, each one six courses: at the tournie twelue strokes with the sword, thrée pushes with the punchi∣on staffe: and twelue blowes with the sword at bar∣riers,

or twentie if anie were so disposed. At ten of the clocke at night the same daie a valiant seruice∣able man called Robert Thomas,* 6.31 maister gunner of England, desirous also to honour the feast and ma∣riage daie (in consideration the said earle of War∣wike was generall of the ordinance within hir ma∣iesties realmes and dominions) made thrée great traines of chambers, which terriblie yéelded foorth the nature of their voice, to the great astonishment of diuerse, who at the firing of the second was vnhappi∣lie [line 10] slaine by a péece of one of the chambers, to the great sorow and lamentation of manie.

* 6.32The foure and twentith of December in the mor∣ning, there rose a great storme and tempest of wind, by whose rage the Thames and seas ouerwhelmed manie persons, and the great gates at the west end of S. Paules church in London (betwéene the which standeth the brasen piller) were through the force of the wind,* 6.33 then in the westerne part of the world, blowne open. In Ianuarie monsieur Rambulet a [line 20] knight of the order in France was sent ouer into England,* 6.34 [year 1566] by the French king Charles the ninth of that name, with the order: who at Windsore was stalled in the behalfe of the said French king, with the knighthood of the most honorable order of the garter. And the foure and twentith of Ianuarie, in the chappell of hir maiesties palace of Whitehall, the said monsieur Rambulet inuested Thomas duke of Norffolke, and Robert earle of Leicester, with the said order of S. Michaell. [line 30]

* 6.35The marquesse of Baden and the ladie Cicilie his wife, sister to the king of Swethen, who came into this land in the moneth of September last past (as before is declared) being then by the quéenes especi∣all appointment at their arriuall honorablie recei∣ued by the lord Cobham, an honorable baron of this realme, and the ladie his wife one of the quéenes ma∣iesties priuie chamber, now in the moneth of Aprill 1566 departed the realme againe, the marquesse a few daies before his wife, being both conducted by [line 40] a like personage the lord of Aburgauennie to Do∣uer.* 6.36 Certeine houses in Cornehill, being first pur∣chased by the citizens of London, were in the mo∣neth of Februarie cried by a belman, and afterward sold to such persons as should take them downe, and carie them from thence: which was so doone in the moneths of Aprill and Maie next following. And then the ground being made plaine at the charges also of the citie, possession thereof was by certeine aldermen in the name of the whole citizens, giuen to [line 50] the right worshipfull sir Thomas Gresham knight, agent to the queenes highnesse, there to build a place for merchants to assemble in, at his owne proper charges: who on the seuenth daie of Iune laid the first stone of the foundation (being bricke) and foorth∣with the workemen followed vpon the same with such diligence,* 6.37 that by the moneth of Nouember, in An. 1567. the same was couered with slate. The com∣missioners before named, appointed for the matters of Flanders, kéeping their diet at Bruges, agreed to refer the whole matter to the princes on both sides: [line 60] and if they could not agrée, then the merchants to haue fortie daies to repare home with their mer∣chandize, and in the meane time all things to stand as they were then. Our commissioners departed from Bruges about the six and twentith of Iune.

The one and thirtith of August, the quéenes maie∣stie in hir progresse came to the vniuersitie of Ox∣ford,* 6.38 and was of all the students, which had looked for hir comming thither two yeares, so honorablie and ioifullie receiued, as either their loialnesse towards the quéenes maiestie, or the expectation of their fréends did require. Concerning orders in disputa∣tions and other academicall exercises, they agréed much with those which the vniuersitie of Cambridge had vsed two yeares before. Comedies also and tra∣gedies were plaied in Christs church, where the queenes highnesse lodged. Among the which the co∣medie intituled Palemon and Arcit, made by mai∣ster Edwards of the quéenes chappell, had such tragi∣call successe, as was lamentable.* 6.39 For at that time by the fall of a wall and a paire of staires, and great presse of the multitude thrée men were slaine.

The fift of September after disputations, the quéene at the humble sute of certeine hir nobilitie, and the K. of Spaines ambassador, made a bréefe o∣ration in Latine to the vniuersitie;* 6.40 but so wise and pithie as England may reioise that it hath so lear∣ned a prince, and the vniuersitie may triumph that they haue so noble a patronesse. The sixt of Septem∣ber after dinner, hir grace comming from Christs church ouer Carfox, and so to S. Maries, the scholers standing in order according to their degrees euen to the east gate, certeine doctors of the vniuersitie did ride before in their scarlet gownes and hoods, & mai∣sters of art in blacke gownes and hoods. The maior also with certeine of his brethren did ride before hir in scarlet to the end of Magdalen bridge, where their liberties ended: but the doctors and maisters went forward still to Shootouer, a mile and more out of Oxford, bicause their liberties extended so far: and there after orations made, hir highnes with thanks to the whole vniuersitie bad them farewell, and rode to Ricote.

The valiant capteine Edward Randoll esquier,* 6.41 lieutenant of the ordinance, and coronell of a thou∣sand footmen, in September last past was with his band imbarked at Bristow, and within few daies after landed at Knockfergus in the north parts of Ireland; and from thence by water to a place called Derrie, by which passeth the riuer Longfoile. There the said coronell in short space fortified, to the great annoiance of Shane Oneil, and by great foresight and experience garded himselfe and his charge, till the said Oneil (to hinder and disturbe his aboad there) the twelfe of Nouember arriued with a great armie of Kerne Galowglasses and horssemen, with whome the said capteine Randoll incountered, and him there so discomfited, as after that conflict he durst neuer approch the quéenes power. And to his perpetuall fame, the said capteine by reason of his bold and hardie onset, that daie lost his life.* 6.42 Charles Iames the sixt of that name, son to Henrie Stuart lord of Darnleie and Marie king & queene of Scots was borne in Edenburgh castell, the ninetéenth of Iune last past:* 6.43 and the eighteenth of December this yeare solemnlie christened at Sterling, whose godfa∣thers at the christening were Charles K. of France, and Philibert duke of Sauoie, and the quéenes ma∣iestie of England was the godmother, who gaue a font of gold curiouslie wrought and inameled, wai∣eng three hundred & thrée and thirtie ounces, amoun∣ting in value to the summe of 1043 pounds, nine∣téene shillings.

The tenth of Februarie in the morning,* 6.44 Henrie Stuart lord of Darnleie before named K. of Scots, by Scots in Scotland was shamefullie murthered, [year 1567] the reuenge whereof remaineth in the mightie hand of God. The two and twentith of Februarie, the la∣die Margaret Dowglas countesse of Lineux,* 6.45 mo∣ther to the said king of Scots, was discharged out of the tower of London. Within the space of ten mo∣neths last past died seuen aldermen of London,* 6.46 the first Edward Bankes deceassed the ninth of Iulie, An. 1566: Richard Chamberleine late shiriffe, sir Martin Bowes, sir Richard Mallorie, sir William Hewet, and sir Thomas White late maiors, then Ri∣chard Lambert one of the shiriffes for that yeare, the

fourth of Aprill 1567. The like mortalitie to haue happened among them about a ten or eleuen yeares before,* 6.47 you shall read in the historie of queene Marie, in the fourth yeare of hir reigne.

The two and twentith of Aprill by great misfor∣tune of fire in the towne of Ossestrie in Wales,* 6.48 twelue miles from Shrewsburie, to the number of two hundred houses, to wit, seuen score within the wals, and three score without in the suburbs, besides cloth, corne, cattell, &c: were consumed, which fire be∣gan [line 10] at two of the clocke in the after noone, and ended at foure, to the great maruell of manie, that so great a spoile in so short a time should happen. Two long stréets with great riches in that towne was burnt in the yeare 1542: and likewise or worse in the yeare 1564. The foure and twentith of Aprill the sergeants feast was kept at Greis inne néere vnto Holborne,* 6.49 and there were at that time made se∣uen new sergeants of the law. The seuenteenth of Maie in the towne of Milnall in Suffolke eight [line 20] miles from Newmarket,* 6.50 thirtie seuen houses be∣sides barnes, stables, and such like were consumed with fire in the space of two houres.

Shane Oneil, who had most traitorouslie rebelled against the quéenes maiestie in Ireland, and had doone manie great outrages in the parts of Ulster, was this yeare with his great losse manfullie repel∣led from the siege of Dundalke by the garrison ther∣of: and afterward through the great valiancie and foresight of sir Henrie Sidneie knight of the order,* 6.51 [line 30] and lord deputie of Ireland, he was so discomfited in sundrie conflicts, with the losse of thrée thousand fiue hundred of his men, that now foreséeing his declina∣tion to be imminent, he determined to put a collar a∣bout his necke, and disguising himselfe, to repaire to the lord deputie, and penitentlie to require his par∣don to haue his life. But Neil Mackeuer his secre∣tarie, who had incited him to this rebellion, persua∣ded him first to trie & treat the freendship of certeine wild Scots, that then laie incamped in Clan Iboie, [line 40] vnder the conducting of Alexander Oge, and Mac Gilliam Buske, whose father and vncle Shane O∣neil had latelie killed in an ouerthrow giuen to the Scots. Neuerthelesse he well liking this persuasion, went to the said campe the second of Iune, where af∣ter a dissembled interteinement, & quaffing of wine, Gilliam Buske burning with desire of reuenge for his fathers and vncles death, and ministring quar∣relling talke, issued out of the tent, and made a fraie vpon Oneils men, and then gathering togither his [line 50] Scots in a throng,* 6.52 suddenlie entred the tent againe, who there with their slaughter swords hewed in pée∣ces Shane Oneil, his secretarie, and all his compa∣nie, except a verie few which escaped by flight.

* 6.53On saint Iohns euen at night was the like stan∣ding watch in London, as had beene on saint Pe∣ters euen in the yeare last before mentioned. This yeare the emperour Maximilian the second of that name, being elected into the most honourable order of the garter, the right honourable Thomas earle [line 60] of Sussex, &c: knight of the same most noble order, was appointed by the quéenes maiestie to go vnto the said emperour, with the said order of the garter, according to his said election. Who being honorablie accompanied with the lord North, sir Thomas Mildmaie knight, Henrie Cobham esquier, one of the pensioners, and others, departed from London the fiue and twentith of Iune 1567, vnto Douer, and there imbarked, landed at Calis, and his traine at Dunkirke, and so passed through the low countries to Antwerpe in Brabant, where he was honoura∣blie receiued by the English merchants and others,* 6.54 and being there went to visit madame de Parma, regent of the said countries, then resident within the same towne.

From thence he passed vnto Colen, where as his lordship and traine mounted the riuer of Rhene, & by sundrie continuall daies iourneies passed by the ci∣tie of Ments or Magunce, vnto Oppenham, & there taking his waie by land, passed through the countrie by the cities of Wormes and Spires till he came to Ulmes, standing on the riuer of Danow, where hée arriued the one and twentith of Iulie: and the thrée and twentith his lordship rode in post to Auspurge, called in Latine Augusta Vindelicorum, nine Dutch miles from Ulmes.* 6.55 From thence he departed the fiue and twentith of Iulie, and met with his traine at Donwert, being come thither vpon flotes downe by the said riuer of Danow. From thence he kept vpon his iourneie by Ingolstat, Reinspurge, in La∣tine Ratisbona, by Passaw and other townes, till hée came to Linz, where his lordship staied the first, se∣cond and third of August, by reason of the high wa∣ters.

And departing from thence on the fourth of Au∣gust, he passed by Stoan & Cremz, by the said riuer of Danow, and so arriued at the citie of Uienna the fift of August in this foresaid yeare 1567, where hée was receiued of the lord Smeckouites, hauing twelue horsses readie with their footclothes for his lordship, and the most respected of his traine, and so brought him to the presence of the emperour,* 6.56 at that present within his castell there in that citie, by whom he was right honourablie receiued, and afterwards conducted to his assigned lodging, where as all pro∣uision was prepared and made at the emperours charges. Here his lordship continued till the foure∣téenth of Ianuarie. In which meane time the empe∣rour verie often (as time serued) had the said earle foorth with him, vnto such pastimes of hunting the hart, boare, and such like, as the plentifulnesse of that countrie yéeldeth. Moreouer, during the time of his lordships abode there at Uienna,* 6.57 Charles archduke of Austria and Carinth arriued in that citie, whom my lord went to salute.

After this, vpon the quéenes maiesties letters brought out of England by maister Henrie Brooke, aliàs Cobham, one of hir gentlemen pensioners, the said earle of Sussex vpon sundaie the fourth of Ia∣nuarie in the after noone, [year 1568] presented and deliuered vnto the emperours maiestie in his chamber of pre∣sence, the habiliments and ornaments of the most noble order of the garter, sir Gilbert Dethike knight aliàs Garter, principall king of arms, and officer for the said order, and William Dethike then Rouge∣crosse, also officer of armes, giuing their attendance in their cotes of armes. And the emperour at his in∣uesture of the said habiliments, gaue vnto the said Garter his short gowne and vnder garment, furred throughout with luzerns, and then proceeded thence into a great chamber, adorned in forme of a chappell, where as all the other ceremonies belonging vnto the said noble order were obserued and accompli∣shed. And the same night the said earle supped with the emperours maiestie, both being in their robes of the said order.

Now shortlie after,* 6.58 his lordship with certeine of his companie taking leaue of the emperour, depar∣ted from Uienna the fourtéenth of Ianuarie afore∣said vnto Newstat, and so through the countrie of Stire vnto Gra••z the chiefe citie of Carinth, where he tooke also leaue of the said archduke Charles: and from thence returning, passed those parts of the Alpes vnto Saltzburgh, where he met with the other part of his traine, and so by continuing iourneies came againe into England to the queenes maiestie towards the latter end of March.* 6.59 After a drie sum∣mer folowed an extreme sharpe winter, namelie the

latter part therof, with such great scarsitie of fodder and haie, that in diuerse places the same was sold by weight, as in Yorkeshire, and in the Peake of Dar∣bishire, where a stone of haie was sold for fiue pence. There followed also a great death of cattell, namelie of horsse and sheepe.

This yeare in the moneth of Ianuarie, the queens maiestie sent into the narrow seas thrée of hir ships,* 6.60 and one barke named the Anthelop, the Swallow, the Aid, and the Phenix, the which were manned with [line 10] fiue hundred men. And hir highnesse appointed the charge of the said ships and men to hir trustie ser∣uant William Holstocke of London esquier, comp∣trollor of hir highnesse ships, who had commande∣ment to staie the subiects of king Philip. And accor∣ding to his dutie he vsed such diligence, as one ha∣uing care vnto his charge, in garding as well the French as the English coasts, did the eleuenth daie of March next following méet with eleuen saile of Flemmish hoies open vpon Bullongne, which came [line 20] from Rone,* 6.61 and had in them foure hundred and od tuns of Gascoigne and French wines, which they intended to haue caried into Flanders: but the said Holstocke staid all the said eleuen hoies, and sent them to London, where they made their discharge, and the Flemmings disappointed of those wines.

Moreouer the eight and twentith daie of the fore∣said moneth of March, the said William Holstocke seruing in the Anthelop (at that present admerall) and in his companie being William Winter the [line 30] yonger (at that time his viceadmerall) seruing in the Aid, and Iohn Basing capteine of the Swallow, and Thomas Gouarlie capteine of the Phenix met in the narrow seas with fouretéene saile of great hulkes, which were come out of Portugall, and bound to Flanders: their chiefe lading being Portugall salt▪ and yet had good store of Spanish roials of plate, and also of good spices. The which fourteene hulkes did mainteine their fight for the space of two houres. And after that they did perceiue that they could not [line 40] preuaile,* 6.62 hauing tasted of the ordinance of the queens ships to their great hurt, as well in slaughter of their men, as also in spoile of their ships, the said Holstock and his companie tooke eight of the said hulks, wher∣of six were sent into the riuer of Thames. And the admerall and viceadmerall in the said hulks being two great ships (which the said Holstocke himselfe did take) were caried vnto Harwich, and there dis∣charged.

The eightéenth of March, through vehement rage [line 50] and tempest of winds, manie vessels on the Thames with two tiltbotes before Grauesend,* 6.63 were sunke and drowned. The six and twentith of Iune, deceased Thomas Yoong archbishop of Yorke,* 6.64 at the manour of Sheffield, and was honourablie buried at Yorke. The eleuenth of October were taken in Suffolke at Downam bridge,* 6.65 neere vnto Ipswich seuentéene monstrous fishes, some of them conteining seuen and twentie foot in length, the other foure and twen∣tie, or one and twentie foot at the least. At the costs [line 60] and charges of the citizens of London, a new con∣duit was built at Walbrooke corner neere to Dow∣gate,* 6.66 which was finished in the moneth of October, the water whereof is conueied out of the Thames.

The seuen and twentith of Ianuarie, Philip Me∣strell a Frenchman,* 6.67 and two Englishmen were drawne from Newgate to Tiburne, and there han∣ged,* 6.68 the Frenchman quartered, who had coined gold counterfeit; the Englishmen the one had clipped sil∣uer, the other cast testons of tin. The eight and twen∣tith of March, the pensioners well appointed in ar∣mor on horsbacke, mustered before the queenes ma∣iestie in Hide parke beside Westminster. A great lotterie being holden at London in Poules church yard at the west doore,* 6.69 was begun to be drawne the eleuenth of Ianuarie, and continued daie and night till the sixt of Maie, wherein the said drawing was fullie ended.* 6.70 Sir Thomas Ro lord maior of Lon∣don, caused to be inclosed with a wall of bricke nigh one acre of ground, néere vnto Bedlem without Bishops gate, to be a place of buriall for the dead of such parishes in London as lacked conuenient ground within their said parishes.

¶ On the southside whereof,* 6.71 ouer a folding gate this inscription is grauen in stone in great letters: Thomas Ro miles, cùm praetor esset Londinensis,* 6.72 hunc locum Reipublicae, in vsum publicae sepulturae communem, suo sump∣tu dedicauit: Anno Domini 1569. Which writing I haue here recorded, for that in viewing the same, I saw some of the letters defaced and vtterlie made awaie: which in time might likewise befall to the re∣sidue, and so the memorie of the gentleman there fixed to so good an end vanish and die. He also of a godlie motion builded a conuenient roome in Pauls churchyard, on the southside of the crosse, to receiue a certeine number of hearers at the sermon time: as may appeare by some remembrances of his name there fixed. Howbeit,* 6.73 this gentleman thus well disposed, and like inough to haue procéeded in more such godlie actions, was called out of this life the next yeare immediatlie following, forgoing all the pompe of this life, with no lesse good will, than he was forward by death to passe to eternall rest. His bodie was buried in Hacknie church, in the southside of the chancell, where (besides a monu∣ment of himselfe and his wife) this epitaph remai∣neth to be read in faire great letters, as followeth:

An. 1570. Septemb. 2. Sir Thomas Ro lieth buried heare,* 6.74 Of London knight and alderman, Who late was maior and rule did beare, To right the cause of euerie man: A merchant venturer was he, Of merchant tailors companie: A citizen by birth also, And eke his wife dame Marie Ro. In wedlocke one and thirtie yeare, They did continue man and wife, Eleuen children she did beare, But fiue of them haue left this life: And six aliue doo yet remaine, Foure of them sons and daughters twaine; His soule with God we hope is blest, And dooth remaine in Abrams brest.]

A standing watch on S. Iohns euen at Midsum∣mer, and sir Iohn White alderman rode the circuit, as the lord maior should haue doone. The seuen and twentith of August, Andrew Gregorenich Sauin,* 6.75 ambassador from Muscouie, landed at the tower wharfe, and was there receiued by the lord maior of London, the aldermen and shiriffes in scarlet, with the merchants aduenturers in cotes of blacke vel∣uet, all on horssebacke, who conueied him riding through the citie to the Muscouie house in Seding lane, there to be lodged.* 6.76 The plague of pestilence somewhat raging in the citie of London, Michael∣mas terme was first adiourned vnto the third of Nouember, and after to Hilarie terme next follow∣ing. The eleuenth of October,* 6.77 Thomas Howard duke of Norffolke was brought from Burnam be∣side Windsore by land to Westminster, and from thence by water to the tower of London prisoner, sir Henrie Neuill being his kéeper.* 6.78 This yeare the lord maior of London went by water to Westmin∣ster, and there tooke his oth, as hath béene accusto∣med, but kept no feast at the Guildhall, least through comming togither of so great a multitude, infection of the pestilence might haue increased. That wéeke

from the one and twentith vnto the eight and twen∣tith of October, there died in the citie and out pari∣shes of all diseases one hundred fiftie and two, of the which, one and fiftie were accounted to die of the plague.

On thursdaie the ninth of Nouember, Thomas Persie erle of Northumberland receiued the queens maiesties letters to repaire to the court.* 6.79 And the same night, other conspirators perceiuing him to be wauering and vnconstant of promise made to [line 10] them, caused a seruant of his, called Beckwith (af∣ter he was laid in his bed) to bustle in, and to knocke at his chamber doore, willing him in hast to arise, and shift for himselfe, for that his enimies (whome he termed to be sir Oswold Ulstrop, and maister Uaughan) were about the parke, and had béeset him with great numbers of men. Wherevpon he arose, & conueied himselfe awaie to his kéepers house. In the same instant they caused the bels of the towne to be roong backeward, and so raised as manie as they [line 20] could to their purpose. The next night the earle de∣parted thense to Branspith, where he met with Charls earle of Westmerland, and the other confe∣derats. Then by sundrie proclamations, they abu∣sing manie of the queens subiects, commanded them in hir highnesse name,* 6.80 to repaire to them in war∣like maner, for the defense and suertie of hir maie∣sties person; sometimes affirming their dooings to be with the aduise and consent of the nobilitie of this realme, who in deed were wholie bent (as manifest∣lie [line 30] appeared) to spend their liues in dutifull obedi∣ence, against them and all other traitors, sometimes pretending for conscience sake to séeke to reforme religion: sometimes declaring that they were dri∣uen to take this matter in hand, least otherwise for∣ren princes might take it vpon them, to the great perill of this realme.

Upon mondaie the thirteenth of Nouember, they went to Durham with their banners displaied. And to get the more credit among the fauorers of the old [line 40] Romish religion, they had a crosse with a banner of the fiue wounds borne before them, sometime by old Norton, sometime by others. As soone as they entred Durham,* 6.81 they went to the minster, where they tare the bible, communion bookes, & other such as were there. The same night they went againe to Branspith. The fourteenth daie of the same moneth, they went to Darington, and there had masse, which the earles and the rest heard with such lewd deuotion as they had. Then they sent their horssemen, to ga∣ther togither such numbers of men as they could▪ [line 50] The fifteenth daie the earles parted; he of Northum∣beland to Richmond, then to Northallerton, & so to Borowbridge; & he of Westmerland to Ripon, & af∣ter to Borowbridge, where they both met againe. On the eighteenth daie they went to Wetherbie,* 6.82 and there taried three or foure daies, and vpon Clifford moore,* 6.83 nigh vnto Bramham moore, they mistrusted themselues, at which time they were about two thousand horssemen, and fiue thousand footmen, which was the greatest number that euer they were. [line 60] From which they intended to haue marched toward Yorke, but their minds being suddenlie altered, they returned.

* 6.84The thrée and twentith of Nouember, they besie∣ged Bernards castell, which castell was valiantlie defended by sir George Bowes, and Robert Bowes his brother, the space of eleuen daies, and then deli∣uered with composition to depart with armor, mu∣nition, bag and baggage. In which time the quéens maiestie caused the said earles of Northumberland & Westmerland to be proclamed traitors,* 6.85 with all their adherents and fauourers, the foure and twen∣tith of Nouember. The lord Scroope warden of the west marches, calling vnto him the earle of Cumberland and other gentlemen of the countrie, kept the citie of Carleill. The earle of Sussex the quéens lieutenant generall in the north,* 6.86 published there the like proclamations (in effect) as had beene published by hir maiestie against the said rebels, and also sent out to all such gentlemen as he knew to be hir maiestes louing subiects vnder his rule, who came vnto him with such numbers of their friends, as he was able in fiue daies to make aboue fiue thousand horssemen and footmen. And so being ac∣companied with the erle of Rutland his lieutenant, the lord Hunsdon generall of the horssemen, sir Rafe Sadler treasuror, the lord William Euers,* 6.87 that was after appointed to lead the reareward, and diuerse other, that with their tenants and seruants were come to him, remaining as then within the ci∣tie of Yorke: he set forward from thense the fift of December being sundaie, and marched with his power which he had thus got togither towards the enimies.

Sir George Bowes hauing surrendred Bernards castell (as before ye haue heard) met the earle of Sussex thus marching forward with his armie at Sisaie, from whence they kept forward to Northal∣lerton: and resting two nights there, they marched on to Croftbridge, then to Akle, and so to Durham, and after to Newcastell. And the twentith of De∣cember they came to Heram, from whence the re∣bels were gone the night before to Naworth, where they counselled with Edward Dacres concerning their owne weakenesse,* 6.88 & also how they were not on∣lie pursued by the earle of Sussex & others with him, hauing a power with them of seuen thousand men, being almost at their héeles; but also by the earle of Warwike, and the lord Clinton, high admerall of England with a far greater armie of twelue thou∣sand men, raised by the queens maiesties commissi∣oners out of the south and middle parts of the relme. In which armie beside the earle of Warwike,* 6.89 & the lord admerall, chéefe gouernors in the same, there was also Walter Deuereux vicount Hereford high marshall of the field, with the lord Willoughbie of Perham, maister Charles Howard, now lord Ho∣ward of Effingham, generall of the horssemen vn∣der the earle of Warwike, yoong Henrie Knols el∣dest sonne to sir Francis Knols, his lieutenant, Edward Horseie capteine of the ile of Wight, with fiue hundred harquebusiers out of the same Ile, and capteine Leighton with other fiue hundred harque∣busiers Londoners, and manie other worthie gen∣tlemen and valiant capteins.

The comming forward of these forces caused the rebels so much to quaile in courage, that they durst not abide to trie the matter with dint of sword.* 6.90 For whereas the earle of Warwike, and the lord adme∣rall, being aduanced forward to Darington, ment the next daie to haue sent Robert Glouer then Port∣culeis, and now Summerset herald (who in his iour∣neie attended on the lord admerall, as Norreie king of armes did vpon the earle of Warwike) vnto the rebels, vpon such message as for the time and state of things was thought conuenient: the same night aduertisements came from the earle of Sussex vnto the earle of Warwike, and to the lord admerall, that the two earles of Northumberland and Westmer∣land were fled, as the truth was they were indéed, first from Durham, whither the said Glouer should haue béene sent vnto them:* 6.91 and now vpon the earle of Sussex his comming vnto Exham, they shranke quite awaie, and fled into Scotland, without bidding their companie farewell. The earle of Warwike and his power marched on to Durham. But the earle of Sussex pursuing those other rebels that had

not meane to flée out of the realme, apprehended no small number of them at his pleasure, without find∣ing anie resistance among them at all.

The fourth and fift of Ianuarie did suffer at Durham to the number of thrée score and six, [year 1570] cone∣stables and others,* 6.92 amongst whome the alderman of the towne and a priest called parson Plomtrée were the most notable. Then sir george Bowes being made marshall, finding manie to be fautors in the foresaid rebellion, did sée them executed in diuerse [line 10] places of the countrie.* 6.93 The one and twentith of Ia∣nuarie a prentise of London was hanged on a gibet at the north end of Finch lane in London (to the ex∣ample of others) for that he the thirteenth of Decem∣ber had striken his maister with a knife whereof he died.

* 6.94About the later end of Ianuarie, Leonard Da∣cres of Harleseie began to rebell, and procured the people of the north parts to assist him: so that he rai∣sed to the number of thrée thousand men. Of whose [line 20] attempts when the lord Hunsdon lord warden of the east marches, and gouernor of Berwike heard, he prepared to go against him: and hauing with him sir Iohn Forster lord warden of the middle marches, they set forward towards the place where they thought they should find him. They had with them 300 chosen soldiors of the garrison of Berwike, and twelue hundred borderers, and other of the garrisons there about the borders: so that they were in all fif∣téene hundred footmen and horssemen. They mar∣ching [line 30] therewith foorth approched néere to a towne and castell called Naworth,* 6.95 which was in the kéeping of the said Leonard Dacres. And vpon a moore, through the middle whereof a litle riuer called Chelt hath his course, the said Leonard Dacres the two and twen∣tith of Februarie was readie with his power in or∣der of battell, ranged & set in arraie after the forme of a triangle, compassed and inuironed about with horssemen. And now vpon the lord Hunsdons ap∣proch, the said Dacres with great and stout courage [line 40] gaue an hardie onset vpon the said lord Hunsdon and his companie, neere vnto the foresaid riuer.

The fight was sharpe and cruell, and the euent verie doubtfull for a while: the rebels were so stiffelie bent to doo their vttermost indeuor in defense of their wicked quarrell. There were amongst them manie desperat women that gaue the aduenture of their liues,* 6.96 and fought right stoutlie. Manie therfore were slaine on both sides, to the number at the least of three hundred persons. But such was the forward valian∣cie [line 50] of the lord Hunsdon, that his people incoraged by his example (whome they might see so noblie acquit himselfe, in aduenturing so farre as anie other of the whole troope) behaued themselues in such manfull wise, that the victorie in the end fell to him and his companie: and the said Leonard Dacres was forced to flée from his séelie slaine and miserable people,* 6.97 ta∣king his waie into Scotland, so fast as his horsse might beare him. Capteine Reade and the other capteins and soldiors of Berwike bare themselues right valiantlie, and shewed proofe of their skill and [line 60] hardie manhood in this skirmish. After the which these holds and castels were taken and deliuered vn∣to the said lord Hunsdon: Naworth which was com∣mitted vnto the kéeping of maister Scroope, Kest∣wood, Greistocke and Rockleie, which were deliuered to the kéeping of diuerse of the duke of Norffolks officers.

On good fridaie the seauen and twentith of March Simon Digbie of Askue,* 6.98 Iohn Fulthorpe of Isil∣becke in the countie of Yorke esquiers, Robert Pe∣neman of Stokesleie, Thomas Bishop the yoonger of Poklinton in the same countie of Yorke, gentle∣men, were drawne from the castell of Yorke to the place of execution called Knaues mire,* 6.99 halfe a mile without the citie of Yorke, and there hanged, headed, and quartered; their foure heads were set on foure principall gates of the citie, with foure of their quar∣ters; the other in diuerse places of the countrie. Os∣clope Clesbe was with them drawne to the gallows, and returned againe to the castell. William earle of Penbroke baron of Cardiffe,* 6.100 knight of the gar∣ter, one of the priuie councell, and lord steward of the quéenes maiesties houshold, deceased the eightéenth of Aprill, and was buried in saint Paules church at London.* 6.101 ¶This noble man liued in great credit and estimation with king Henrie the eight, king Ed∣ward the sixt, quéene Marie, and quéene Elisabeth, and was by euerie of the said princes imploied in matters of great importance: and for his good and faithfull seruice greatlie honored, as appéereth in an epitaph fixed vpon his toome in the cathedrall church of saint Paule in London, which I thought good here to laie downe.

Perpetuae pietati sacrum.

GVlielmo Herberto Penbrochiae comiti, equiti au∣rato praenobilis ordinis Anglici: Hen. viij. R. A cubiculis: Edoard. vi. R. equitum magistro: Walliae praesidi. Tumultu occidentali cum Rus∣sello & Grato baronibus paribus auspicijs summae rerum prae∣posito: Mariae R. contra perduelles, ac expeditione ad Au∣gustam Veromanduorum bis, totius exercitus duci: bis sum∣mo in agro Caletum, limitum praefecto: Elisab. R. officiorum seu Magno Regiae magistro. Pariter & Dominae Annae ex vetusta Parrorum gente oriunda, Sorori Catharinae R. Henr. viij. R. vi. matrimonio coniunctae, ac Marchionis Northamp∣tonij: Prudentiss. foeminae, pietatis, religionis, probitatis om∣nísque auitae virtutis retinentiss. fidiss. Comitis coniugi: Henr. F. ac comes, Pp. chariss. sibi ac suis moerens. P.

• Olijt aetatis Ann. 63. Secunda coniuge su∣perstite, Georgio Salo∣piae comite genita, insi∣gni praeter antiquum probitatis decus, vir∣tute foemina.]
• Olijt salutis Ann. 1569. Secunda coniuge su∣perstite, Georgio Salo∣piae comite genita, insi∣gni praeter antiquum probitatis decus, vir∣tute foemina.]

Liberis relictis ex prima.

• Henrico Pemb. Comite. Secunda coniuge su∣perstite, Georgio Salo∣piae comite genita, insi∣gni praeter antiquum probitatis decus, vir∣tute foemina.]
• Edoardo equite Aurato. Secunda coniuge su∣perstite, Georgio Salo∣piae comite genita, insi∣gni praeter antiquum probitatis decus, vir∣tute foemina.]
• Domina Anna Baroni Talbot nu∣pta. Secunda coniuge su∣perstite, Georgio Salo∣piae comite genita, insi∣gni praeter antiquum probitatis decus, vir∣tute foemina.]

The earle of Sussex, in reuenge of the euill de∣meanor of the Scots inhabiting néere to the Eng∣lish marches, as well in receiuing and succouring diuerse of the English rebels, as other naughtie prac∣tises, assembled such forces as he thought expedient in the night that followed the seauen and twentith of A∣prill, and hauing with him the lord Hunnesdon go∣uernour of Berwike and lord warden of the east marches, sir William Drurie marshall of the said armie and towne of Berwike, came to Warke, be∣ing twelue miles distant from the said towne of Berwike: & then the next daie being the eightéenth of the same moneth,* 7.1 they entered into Tiuidall in Scotland, where marching in warlike order, they burned, ouerthrew, wasted and spoiled all the castels, townes and villages, as they passed, till they came to a tower called the Mosse tower, standing in a ma∣rish, and belonging to the lard of Buclewgh,* 7.2 which likewise was rased, ouerthrowne and burned: and so marching forward, wasted the whole countrie be∣fore them, vntill they came to a great towne called Crauling.

The same daie sir Iohn Forster warden of the middle marches,* 7.3 with all the garrisons and forces of the same, entered likewise into Tiuidall at Espes∣gate, distant sixteene miles from Warke, where in like order they burned and spoiled the countrie be∣fore them, till they came to a castell in the possession

of the lard of Ferniherst, being parcell of hir sons lands, which likewise was ouerthrowne, rased, and burned, with all other castels, piles, townes, and vil∣lages, all alongst the said countrie, till they came to Crauling, ioining there with the lord lieutenants power. This towne was likewise burned and spoiled. Thus they passed the riuer of Tiuet, rasing, burning and spoiling the castels, piles, stone houses, townes, and villages alongst that riuer, vntill they came to Iedworth,* 7.4 where they lodged for that night, and were of the magistrats of that towne courteouslie recei∣ued, [line 10] who had made indifferent good prouision for the armie, both of vittels for men, and of haie and pro∣uender for horsses. Wherevpon proclamation was publikelie made in the name of the lord lieutenant, that no Englishman (vpon paine of death) should disturbe or wrongfullie take awaie anie thing from anie of the inhabitants of the same towne, without disbursing readie monie therefore. Which thing did so much content the Scots, that the next daie the lard [line 20] of Sesford,* 7.5 warden of the middle marches of Scot∣land, with all the principals of his alies and kinred, came in to the lord lieutenant, submitting themsel∣ues to him, and were receiued into assurance: for that neither he nor anie of them had at anie time re∣ceiued the English rebels, neither aided nor assisted them, neither yet made anie inuasion into England. And whereas some of their men, and tenants, with∣out their knowledge had trespassed in such behalfe, they were contented to abide and stand vnto the erle of Sussex his order, for their said men and tenants. [line 30] And herevpon neither they nor anie of theirs recei∣ued anie hurt: but by his lordships commandement were preserued from susteining anie damage either in bodie or goods: so glad he was of their submission, and no lesse glad to giue them occasion to be carefull in performance of obedience. Unto which compassi∣on God (no doubt) had inclined the noble mans hart, according to the poet words in this sense verie true:

—mollia pectora reddit [line 40] Ad pietatis opus, flammis vt cera liquescens In varias formas fictoris ducitur arte.

The nineteenth daie, the armie was diuided into two seuerall parts, whereof one passing ouer the ri∣uer of Tiuet,* 7.6 burned the castell of Ferniherst, vtter∣lie spoiling the same, and all other castels & townes that belonged to the lards of Ferniherst, Hunthill, and Bedroll,* 7.7 and so passed to Minto, where both the armies méeting, ioined togither againe, being not past a foure miles from Howike, whither they mar∣ched [line 50] directlie, intending to lodge there that night, bi∣cause the bailiffes of the towne had offered to re∣ceiue the whole armie, and to make prouision for the soldiours of all things necessarie, they paieng readie monie for the same, and the inhabitants to be assu∣red not to be hurt in bodie or goods, as was promi∣sed. But the Scots breaking the couenant before the comming thither of the armie,* 7.8 had vncouered their houses, carried the thatch into the streets, and there set it on fire: and this doone they fled their waies with [line 60] most part of their goods. So that when the armie ap∣proched, there was such a thicke smoke, that no man might scarselie enter the towne: and so for that night the soldiours suffered great lacke of vittels, lodging, and prouision, as well for themselues as their horsses. But the fire which the Scots had of a malicious pur∣pose and subtiltie thus begun, was by the diligent industrie of the Englishmen so increased: that both the thatch and timber of the whole towne was consu∣med to ashes,* 7.9 a stone house perteining to the lard of Drumlanerike onlie excepted, wherein the lord lieu∣tenant laie that night. And bicause the said Drum∣lanerike was a friend assured, the said house was spared, with all the goods and corne therein, whereof there was great plentie.

The twentith of Aprill,* 7.10 the armie marched toward a faire proper house, belonging to the lard of Bu∣clewgh, which was blowne vp with powder and vt∣terlie ruinated. Here the armie was againe diuided as before by the said lord lieutenant his appoint∣ment, and marching by north the riuer of Tiuet to∣wards England, they burnt and spoiled all such ca∣stels, piles, townes and villages, as were belonging to the said lards of Ferniherst and Buclewgh their kinsmen, alies, and adherents, & came that night a∣gaine to Iedworth, and there lodged. The one and twentith of Aprill, the armie diuiding it selfe againe,* 7.11 the one part vnder the leading of the marshall sir William Drurie, passed to the riuer of Bowbent, and there Tiuidale and Riddesdale men meeting him, all on both sides that riuer was burnt and spoi∣led. The other part of the armie marching by the ri∣uer of Caile, wasted and burnt in like maner there all that was found on both sides that riuer, belong∣ing wholie to the lard of Buclewgh, his kinsmen, alies and adherents.

This doone, they returned againe néere to Kelseie,* 7.12 where the lord lieutenant lodged for that night, mea∣ning to haue besieged Hume castell. For the accom∣plishment whereof, the same night the lord of Hun∣nesdon and his companie went to Warke, to bring from thence the daie next following the great artil∣lerie. But bicause the cariage horsses were returned to Barwike, this could not be brought to passe, & so the lord lieutenant with the whole armie returning into England the two & twentith of Aprill, came that night to Barwike.* 7.13 In this iourneie there were ra∣sed, ouerthrowne and spoiled, aboue fiftie castels and piles, and more than three hundred townes and villa∣ges: so that there were verie few in Tiuidale and those parties there abouts, which had either receiued the English rebels, or by inuasion indamaged the English borders, and good subiects inhabiting vpon the same, that had left to them either castell, pile or house, for themselues, their freends, or tenants, beside the great losse of goods which were wasted, taken a∣waie or consumed by this armie vnder the lord lieu∣tenant.

Now in the meane while that he with his power thus afflicted the aduersaries on that side,* 7.14 the lord Scroope warden of the west marches the eightéenth of Aprill entered Scotland on that side, with such forces as he had assembled. And the first night they incamped at Eglesham, and in the morning at the dislodging of the campe, that towne was burnt; and passing forward through the countrie, they burnt and spoiled diuerse other townes, almost till they came to Dunfrise, and had diuerse conflicts with the enimies, gaue them sundrie ouerthrowes, tooke ma∣nie of them prisoners. And hauing accomplished his purpose, to his high praise and commendation, his lordship returned in safetie with his people into England; hauing burnt in that iourneie these pla∣ces following: Hoddon, Trailebrow, old Cockpoole, Sherington, Blackeshaw, Banke end, Rowell, Logher wood, Bride kirke, and others. During these inuasions thus made into Scotland in that season,* 7.15 the marches of England were so stronglie garded in all places by the lord Euers, sir George Bowes, and others; that the Scots durst not so much as once of∣fer to make anie inuasion: so that in absence of the armies, there was not so much as an house burnt, or a cow driuen out of the English borders.

The six and twentith of Aprill, the earle of Sussex lord lieutenant, accompanied with the foresaid lord of Hunnesdon, master Drurie, and diuers other cap∣teins and souldiours, to the number of thrée thousand or thereabouts, set from Barwike about fiue of the

clocke in the afternoone towards Warke, where they arriued about nine of the clocke in the night: and continuing there till the next morning, in the meane time he put things in order necessarie for the assieg∣ging of Hume castell, the winning whereof his lord∣ship seemed to haue vowed.* 7.16 About the breake of the daie he sent foorth master Drurie, with certeine hors∣men and shot before, to inuiron that castell, and to choose there such a plot of ground, where he might in∣campe best in safetie frō the shot of the same. Which [line 10] the said master Drurie accordinglie performed, and there remained till the comming of the said lord lieutenant with the armie; who setting forward the footbands, cariage, and ordinance, made hast to fol∣low. But yet yer he could passe the riuer of Twéed, and set ouer all the men, ordinance and carriage, it was almost ten of the clocke. Héere at this riuer, the lord lieutenant caused all the horssemen to staie and to take ouer the footmen.

* 7.17This doone, with good circumspection he appointed [line 20] the demilances and other horssemen to remaine be∣hind in the rereward, and put the footmen in the bat∣tell, for the more safegard of themselues, the ordi∣nance and cariages. Then his lordship himselfe with his owne standard, and the lord of Hunnesdons gui∣don, marched forward towards Hume castell, com∣manding the rest of the armie with the ordinance to follow after, and so about one of the clocke in the af∣ternoone, he came before the castell: out of the which the enimies shot at his standard verie hotlie; but [line 30] (God be praised) without dooing hurt either to man or horsse, and incamped vnder a rocke or crag (which the marshall had possessed) with his band of horsse∣men and certeine footmen, as in a place most apt from danger of shot out of the castell. Héerewith a companie of curriours and caliuers were put for∣ward,* 7.18 and appointed to take an other rocke néerer to the castell, which shot at them in the said castell; and the defendants within it answered them againe ve∣rie roundlie, although without anie great hurt on [line 40] either part.

In the meane time the lord lieutenant himselfe, accompanied onelie with the marshall master Dru∣rie,* 7.19 rode sundrie times round about the castell to view and surueie the same: at whome they within shot verie sore, both with their great artillerie and small shot; yet missing them, as God would, though verie narrowlie. About six of the clocke in the eue∣ning came the whole battell, ordinance and cariages, with ensignes spread, shewing themselues verie [line 50] brauelie; at whome also the castell shot lustilie: but as God would haue it, without hurting either man or boie. They lodged vnder another rocke neere adioin∣ing vnto the lord lieutenant vpon the west side, where there were appointed more small shot to go to the trench, which shadowed themselues vnder the old wals of the houses, which the Scots had burnt before the comming of the Englishmen, and occupied them so within the said castell, that one of them could not so soone looke out at a loope, but three or foure were [line 60] readie to salute him: and kéeping them in such sort, that they durst not well shew their heads; the cap∣teine of the pioners the same night by commande∣ment of the lord lieutenant,* 7.20 raised a mount vpon the northeast side of the castell, wherevpon the péeces of artillerie might be planted in batterie.

This worke was so well applied, and with so great diligence aduanced,* 7.21 that by fiue of the clocke in the next morning it was finished. The eight and twen∣tith of Aprill, the marshall maister Drurie verie earlie rode about the castell, to surueie and view eue∣rie thing: which doone, the great ordinance was brought to the appointed place, and bent against the castell, to wit, thrée canons, and two falcons. Héere∣with also the lord lieutenant caused summons to be giuen vnto them within to yéeld. And about sea∣uen of the clocke the same morning, the whole tire began to go off, and a great showt was made by the armie, to the great terrour of the defendants, and of all the countrie neere adioining. The foresaid péeces continued shooting till two of the clocke in the after∣noone, discharging within that space a thrée score shots. During the time of this batterie, there was no great store of shot discharged by the great peeces within the castell, bicause their master gunner with∣in, after he had first shot off a péece, and doone no hurt therewith, as he was about to shoot againe, the ma∣ster gunner of the two English falcons hauing espied him, tooke his leuell so right, that discharging therewith one of the falcons,* 7.22 he displaced the eni∣mies péece, and stroke the gunners leg off, whereby their great ordinance within ceassed, which was an happie turne for the Englishmen.

About two of the clocke they within sent foorth a trumpet vnto the lord lieutenant,* 7.23 requiring a respit that they might talke with the marshall master Dru∣rie, and to send a messenger to the lord Hume their master, to know his further pleasure: for that being put in trust by him with the kéeping of that fortresse, they could not giue it vp without his consent. And then vpon the returne of the messenger, they trusted to giue his lordship contented answer. The marshall master Drurie talked with them twise, and the lord lieutenant was contented to grant vnto William Trotter,* 7.24 and Gilbert Greie the lord Humes wiues brother (being principall capteins appointed to the kéeping of the said castell) three houres respit: with condition, that they should not vse therein anie sub∣tiltie, or for the delaieng of time: swearing by his honour, that if they so did,* 7.25 he would not depart the field till he had woone it by force: and further, that there should not one of them escape with life.

They being brought in doubt of their owne safe∣ties hereby, sent one in post togither with a seruant of master Druries the marshall, to the lord Hume. And presentlie heerevpon they shewed themselues vpon the walles and rampires of the said castell: but immediatlie the lord lieutenant sent to them a com∣mandement, strictlie inhibiting them, that not one of them should once on paine of death looke ouer the wals or rampires,* 7.26 to the end to view the breach of the batterie, forsomuch as in the time of parlée it was against the law of armes so to doo. But now the messenger that was thus sent to the lord Hume, com∣ming to him, declared i•• what case his house and people stood, who being (as was supposed) not so farre off, but that he might heare how lustilie the Eng∣lish canons did canuasse and batter his Humish ca∣stell walles, did now agrée to méet the marshall ma∣ster Drurie two miles distant from the said ca∣stell, and there to commune further with him in that matter.

Upon the comming backe of the messenger with this answer, the lord lieutenant thought good to send the said master Drurie vnto the place appoin∣ted: who comming thither met with the said lord Hume. And after they had debated the matter togi∣ther, at length the lord Hume was contented that the castell should be surrendered into the hands of the lord lieutenant; with condition, that his people therein might depart with life: which the lord lieute∣nant was contented to grant, so that there we•••• n•• English men among them.* 7.27 Héerevpon about eight of the clocke in the euening, the gates were ope∣ned, and the keies deliuered to the marshall, who presented them to the lord lieutenant: and then the lord Hunnesdon, the said marshall, and diuerse other gentlemen entered into the castell, and by & by tooke

possession thereof in the quéene of Englands name, pulled downe their banner of defiance, and in place thereof set vp the English banners, against all those in Scotland that would saie the contrarie.

The Scots that were within it, being in number an hundred thrée score and eight persons, were put out in their common wearing apparell, without armour, weapon, or anie baggage. They comming to the lord lieutenant that was then at the place of the batterie on horssebacke, presented themselues to [line 10] him: who according to his word and promise of ho∣nour, caused them to be safelie conducted through the watch and scouts, to such place as they requi∣red.* 7.28 Amongst them there were two Englishmen, the one of them named Hilliard, the earle of Nor∣thumberlands man, the other was a vagarant per∣son, or a roge (as we may call him) named Wil∣liam God saue hir aliàs Lions, which both were caried to Barwike, & there executed the thirtéenth of Maie next insuing. In all this siege there were but foure [line 20] persons slaine on both parts, two Scots, & two Eng∣lishmen: but there were manie hurt as well on the one part as the other. The castell of Hume being thus woone, the lord lieutenant the morow after placed therein to kéepe the house to the quéenes maiesties vse,* 7.29 capteine Wood, and capteine Pikman, with two hundred souldiours. This doone, his lordship returned towards England and came to Barwike. During this siege there were diuerse townes and villages, situate within thrée or foure miles of the campe, set [line 30] on fire by the Englishmen, and vtterlie spoiled. The lord lieutenant vpon his returne to Barwike,* 7.30 staied there for a time verie euill at ease, hauing in trauell about the siege taken such cold, as therewith he was brought into an extreame ague.

The fourth of Maie, his lordship sent maister William Drurie the marshall of Barwike, accom∣panied with diuerse gentlemen and capteins, ha∣uing with them about two thousand souldiours, to take Fast castell: the which vpon the first sum∣mons [line 40] was deliuered into his hands, who receiuing the keies being presented to him, entered the hold, and tooke possession thereof, in the queenes ma∣iesties name: and expelling the Scots, being about the number of halfe a score (who according to coue∣nant were suffered to depart with their liues saued) he put ten,* 7.31 or (as some haue) fouretéene Englishmen into that castell, which were thought able and num∣ber sufficient enough to kéepe it against all the pow∣er of Scotland, the situation thereof is so strong.

In this meane time the troubles increasing a∣mong [line 50] the Scots, by reason of the murther commit∣ted in the person of the earle of Murreie the late go∣uernour, the duke of Chatellerault, and other his partakers gathered a power of thrée thousand men, and comming to Lithquo, midwaie betwixt Ster∣ling and Edenburgh, remained there for a time, and afterwards came to Edenburgh, in purpose to make warre against the lords of the kings part,* 7.32 who hauing sent to the earle of Lennox, then remain∣ing in England, earnestlie requested him to repaire [line 60] into Scotland. Wherevpon he by the queenes ma∣iesties licence, tooke his iourneie thitherwards, and came to Barwike, where he was also visited with sickenesse, and so remained certeine daies in that towne. And vnderstanding that the said duke of Chatelleraults power was such, that the lords of the kings side were not able to come togither, nor he to go to them without the quéene of Englands aid, he humblie sued vnto hir maiestie by letters to haue some power by hir appointment to conduct him into Scotland, and there to aid him and the other lords of that side against their aduersaries the duke and his complices. Héerevpon by hir maiesties com∣mandement, the earle of Sussex, as yet not fullie re∣couered of his sicknesse,* 7.33 ordeined master William Drurie the marshall of Barwike, with such forces as were thought conuenient to go with the said earle of Lennox, for the execution of such exploits in ser∣uice as séemed most expedient. And about the same time, to wit the sixt of Maie, the lord Scroope lord warden of the west marches, made a rode into Scotland, incamping the first night on the hither side of the water of Annan, and the next daie marched towards the water of Milke, burning and spoiling all on that side of Annandale, namelie the lard Iohnsons lands, finding small resistance, sa∣uing that the forreie was a little troubled with a fortie or fiftie Scots horssemen, and so hauing doone his pleasure, he quietlie returned, without recei∣uing other impeachment: notwithstanding the lord Herries was in Dunsrise, hauing gathered a great power in purpose to hinder his enterprise.

But now to returne to the earle of Sussex, who hauing instituted sir William Drurie generall of those bands that should passe with the earle of Lennox into Scotland: bicause each gentleman,* 7.34 souldior, and seuerall bands should dutifullie obeie the said sir William their new ordeined generall in all points of warlike order, the said earle made an oration in such pithie forme and manner, as through∣lie expressed the whole substance of the seruice, the vnsuertie of the season, the strange and malicious dealing of diuerse aduersaries: which points he so cunninglie handled, as the excellencie of a perfect orator appeared fullie in his speach. At whose elo∣quence the herers rather séemed astonied than vnsa∣tisfied in anie point or parcell of those matters: for he opened the verie bowels of rebellion, the practises of enimies, and suborning of traitors: and therefore persuaded euerie honest mind to haue a dutifull con∣sideration of his prince and countrie, in the defense and libertie whereof, both life, lands, and goods, are al∣waies to be offered.

After which oration in respect of further aduance∣ment as the custome is (for seruice past,* 7.35 and incou∣ragement to procéed in the like worthie dooings) he made these knights: Sir William Drurie, sir Tho∣mas Manners, sir George Careie, and sir Robert Constable, and placing the said sir William Dru∣rie the appointed generall in full authoritie, he com∣mitted them to God, and the good conduct of their chéefeteine. Now hauing heard the lord lieutenant thus speake, and séeing the means that he vsed to in∣courage them against the enimie; how could they one with another but vow in mind, euen with the hazzard of their hearts, to performe to their power no lesse than he in speech implied? How could they (I saie) but venture life and lim, hauing so often séene the perillous enterprises which he himselfe vnder∣tooke against forren hostilitie, as to his owne danger so to the high praise of his heroicall prowesse: and not without desert, as one verie well noteth, saieng:

—satrapas praeclarus, fortis & audax, Elisabetha tui speciosi corporis acer* 7.36 Et fidus custos, discrimen adire paratus Quodlibet, inuicto Mauortis pectore campo.]

The same daie being the eleuenth of Maie, diuerse foot bands with shot and armed pikes were set for∣ward into Scotland, with certeine péeces of artille∣rie, powder, and munition in good quantitie. First capteine Brickwell with his ensignes departed the towne, and then the companies of capteine Read, capteine Caruell, capteine Game, capteine Lam∣berd, and capteine Erington. These old bands of Barwike conteined fiue hundred souldiours.

After them followed the companie of sir Robert Constable, their sergeant maior of thrée hundred

shot, and the companie of sir Thomas Maners of two hundred shot. Lastlie marched foorth capteine Iohn Constable, and capteine Barwike with two hundred armed men. These twelue hundred footmen with fiue ensignes marched that night to Colding∣ham. Also for the better assurance of couenants and promises made on the behalfe of such lords of Scotland,* 7.37 as had made sute for this aid to be sent in∣to their countrie for their assistance against them of the contrarie faction, there were certeine ho∣stages sent into England by the same lords as [line 10] it was thought expedient, for doubt of double dea∣ling. The twelfe of Maie, they marched forward, and the same daie sir William Drurie, the earle of Lennox, and the other new made knights, with the horssemen, departed from Barwike, and at the Péece néere to Dunglas they ouertooke the footmen, and the same night all the horssemen and footmen came and incamped togither at Dunbar,* 7.38 being in all not past sixtéene hundred men. They had [line 20] foure field peeces with them, & good store of powder. The next day being the thirtéenth of Maie, and Whit∣sun euen, they made such spéed in their march, that they came vnto Edenburgh, where they found the earles of Morton,* 7.39 Mar, Glencarne, the lords Rith∣wen, Lindseie, Simple, Glames, Methuen, Ogil∣tre, and Catcart, with diuerse other gentlemen.

Héere also they vnderstood that the duke of Cha∣tellerault and his partakers were departed from Lithquo, whither they were retired backe againe [line 30] from Edenburgh, on knowledge had that the Eng∣lishmen were comming forwards towards them. The fouretéenth and fiftéenth day they laie still in E∣denburgh, and the morrow after being the sixtéenth of that moneth, they marched forwards to Lithquo, and lodged in that towne that night, where they re∣ceiued aduertisements that the said duke of Chatel∣lerault had broken vp his campe,* 7.40 after he had vpon his departure from the said towne of Lithquo at∣tempted the winning of the castell of Glasco, & mis∣sing his purpose there, was driuen to retire with dis∣honour. [line 40] The next morning being wednesdaie, the armie marched forwards, and the footmen laie that night at a place called Faukirke, a six miles from Lithquo: but the generall with the horssemen rode six miles further vnto Sterling, where they saw the yoong king.* 7.41 The next daie being the eightéenth of Maie, sir Robert Constable, Sargent Maior, with the rest of the capteins of the twelue hundred Eng∣lish footmen, & two hundred Scots footmen, the which were most part shot, marched a long iourneie, and [line 50] came to lodge that night at Glasco, and the generall sir William Drurie came to them with the horsse∣men, and the most part of the noble men of Scotland that were on the kings side, which entred the towne and lodged in the same, with manie horssemen and footmen.

The duke of Chatellerault (as ye haue heard) had beene there, and besieged the castell that belonged to the king, but hearing of the Englishmens comming [line 60] two daies before their approching thither, he raised his siege, and departed thence, with the losse of nine and twentie of his men. The nineteenth of Maie, sir William Drurie generall of the English power, being determined aforehand on a iourneie towards Dunbreton, sent foorth that morning before certeine vantcurrours on horssebacke, to staie all such as they found vpon the waie. This doone, he tooke with him certeine gentlemen,* 7.42 and some shot, and rode foorth to∣wards Dunbreton, to view the straits and situation of that castell, within the which were at that present the lord Fleming, that tooke vpon him as capteine thereof, the archbishop of saint Andrewes, and other their adherents, fréends to the duke of Chatellerault, and enimies to the lords that were about the king.

After sir William Drurie had viewed the castell,* 7.43 and taken the plot of the situation thereof, he sent his trumpettor to know who were within it, and to whose vse they kept it. They within the castell requi∣red to know what he was that sent to know the same. It was answered that it was the quéene of Englands generall of hir forces there in Scotland that made the demand. Wherevnto answer was re∣turned, that they knew well he was not so ignorant as he séemed (as in deed he was not) but that he did well know that this castell was, and of long time had béene kept by the lord Fleming: and that accor∣dinglie by him, his fréends and seruants it was now mainteined. Which answer being reported to the ge∣nerall, he sent againe his trumpettor, to know if the lord Fleming would come foorth and parlée vpon assurance of honour to returne safelie.* 7.44 Wherevnto the lord Fleming consented, although not mea∣ning so to doo: but by a subtill practise (as was thought) intended to wind him within danger. For there were some harquebusiers secretlie couched in couert, within whose reach when the generall was come himselfe alone on horssebacke, most dishonest∣lie (his trumpettor not yet being returned) they shot at him with great despite, meaning to haue killed him, without anie regard to the law of armes, or feare of God.* 7.45 But through the goodnes of the Lord almightie, that wicked practise missed the pretensed effect: for that worthie English knight receiued no bodilie hurt, but perceiuing their dealings, with a bold courage he bestowed his pistols as fréelie at them as they did their harquebuse shot at him, and so returned to his companie backe againe in safetie, yéelding to God due honour and thanks for his mer∣cifull deliuerance from such a murtherous practise of his deadlie foes.

Upon a new occasion to vnderstand the certein∣tie of that, whereof he had some inkling,* 7.46 the one and twentith of Maie, sir William Drurie accompani∣ed with the said gentlemen and horssemen, went a∣gaine towards Dunbreton, to parlee with the lord Fleming vpon his further promise, that he would méet him three miles from the said castell. Whervpon the said sir William Drurie sent an Englishman and a Scotishman to view the ground,* 7.47 which should be appointed foorth for their méeting, which they found to be so néere to the castell, as was subiect to all their shot both great and small, and cleane contrarie to the promise: and so they declared to the capteine named Iohn Fleming, that was sent foorth of the castell to appoint the same, how it was neither indifferent nor méet for such a purpose. The capteine answered, that his maister was a man of honour, and stood vp∣on the same, and therefore would not hazard himselfe among horssemen wholie without the danger of the péece. Whereto the messengers replied, that the lord Fleming for his late euill dealing, was not to be credited in this case; neither comparable to the gene∣rall of the English armie, for he was there for the queene of England. And further they said,* 7.48 that for so∣much as they had of late dealt so vniustlie contrarie to promise and the law of armes, and therby so great∣lie cracked their credits, stained their honesties and honour: they could not but wish that their generall should be well aduised, yer he did hazard himselfe a∣nie more within their danger vpon their slipperie promises, except they would appoint some other place of parlée, as might be thought indifferent, according to their former offers, which would not be granted, and so they departed. Immediatlie wherevpon, to shew some péece of their double dealings,* 7.49 and vn∣faithfull practises towards the Englishmen: the Scots within the castell presentlie sent after the mes∣sengers

a culuering shot for a farewell. Thus did they by practise iustifie the opinion that strangers to them haue long conceiued of their dealing: and which he saw full well (perhaps also prooued in some part) that said of the Scotish nations vntrustinesse, &c:

—graue pectus abundat Fraudibus ingenitis & non eget arte magistra.

Sir William Drurie then perceiuing that the meaning of the lord Fleming was not to deale simplie in this matter,* 7.50 touching a conference to be [line 10] had betwixt them, returned to Glasco, where sir George Careie being maruellouslie inflamed with that vnhonest dealing of the lord Fleming, made earnest sute to the generall that he might send to him and offer him the combat in triall of this quarrell,* 7.51 sith it was more requisit that a gentleman souldier should stand in those questions than a generall,* 7.52 con∣sidering his calling and office. The generall than∣ked sir George verie courteouslie, but yet said,

that it stood him vpon to search out these matters to the vt∣termost (as he would haue doone in déed) were not [line 20] his commission and charge (as was well knowne) to be otherwise imploied: Yet (quoth he) sith your sute is so reasonable (and the whole companie and lawes of armes alloweth of it) I grant your request, and therein doo as best shall séeme to your birth and esti∣mation.

Herevpon sir George Careie streight∣waies deuised a letter of challenge,* 7.53 and deliuered it to an herald to beare from him vnto the said lord Fleming, the tenour whereof here insueth. [line 30]

A copie of sir George Careis foresaid letter to the lord Fleming.

LOrd Fleming, if either your birth or bringing vp had wrought in you a noble mind, or estimation of credit, hardlie would you haue so much forgotten and stained your honour, as in a parlée of late with our generall you did.* 8.1 At whom vilelie and vnhonorablie [line 40] shooting, you falsed that assurance of warre which souldiers submit themselues vnto: and trained him to your treason vnder trust, a thing heretofore not accustomed, nor presentlie to be allowed of. He assu∣redlie pretending your owne and your freends good, commoditie to your countrie, and quietnesse to the state, twise abased and submitted himselfe, comming to confer with you thereof: but your pride ioined with a harmefull meaning,* 8.2 to those that you professe best vnto, and selfe wilfull vaineglorie, without cause [line 50] why, refused that which reason and honour comman∣ded you to haue doone. Therfore, bicause his calling is presentlie with his charge better than yours, and mine not inferior; I summon you reasonablie to ex∣cuse that fault supposed to be yours, or else to main∣teine that traitorous act with your person against mine in fight, when, where, or how you dare. Other∣wise I will baffull your good name, sound with the trumpet your dishonour, and paint your picture with the heels vpward, and beare it in despite of your selfe. In the meane time I attend your answer. From [line 60] Glasco, the 22 of Maie 1570.

Subscribed George Careie.

The copie of the lord Fle∣mings answer.

GEorge Careie, I haue receiued your brainelesse letter, making mention of my false and treasonable dealing against your generall, in shooting vnder trust, so vilelie against my honour and truth, traitorouslie trained him vnder my trust: which is altogither false and vntrue.* 9.1 And howbeit your generall came by the house of Dunglas by my appointment, which I suffered, and I appointed one place of mée∣ting, six men of either partie which he refused, and he departed, and certeine of his companie came brag∣ging vp the riuers side towards the house, viewing the same and the ground thereabouts, shooting your harquebusses against the same: I could doo no lesse but present you with such as I had. Whereas you write of your generals calling to be presentlie bet∣ter than mine, and yours not inferiour; when your generall challengeth me therof, I shall giue answer. And as for you, I will not be inferiour to a better than you, or anie souldier vnder your generals charge. Whereas you summon me (as you call it) rea∣sonablie to excuse that falt supposed to be mine owne,* 9.2 or else to mainteine that traitorous act with my per∣son against yours: you shall wit, I haue gentlemen of honour, seruant souldiers to me, as ye are to your generall, which may be your fellowes, shall defend the same against you and your false and vntrue in∣uented writing: and were not the charge I present, or how soone I can be relieued of the same, I should lowlie my person to méet you six English miles, or anie other person. Howbeit ye be but one souldier, assure your selfe from this daie foorth, I will not re∣ceiue no such inuented message, for I haue little to doo with Englishmen, ye may raile vpon my hono∣rable name as ye please. You shall haue as hono∣rable gentlemen as your selfe against you fighting. Take this for answer.

Iohn lord Fleming.

The replie of sir George Careie vpon the lord Flemings answer.

LOrd Fleming, often the Flemings after noone answer smelleth more of wine than wit. But as to that common crime, the custome of their countrie yeeldeth them part of pardon; so your common acquaintance with the same condition, knowne to be verie great, shall to me somewhat excuse your witlesse writing, wherein first you disalow my right recitall of your traitorous dealing, by tearming it false and vntrue. For answer, know this, the truth my pen hath writ∣ten, by the witnesse of a number;* 10.1 and my hand I vow shall mainteine the same before the world at all times. But you in denieng it, haue both falslie and vniustlie lied in your throte, and dare neither defend nor disproue that in deeds, which in words you haue doone. Whereas you write, that our generall passed Dunglas, by your appointment which you suffered, therein you doo manifestlie saie vnhonorablie and vntrulie; for that you had no knowledge of our first comming, but saluted vs with your shot: and we likewise skirmished with your men euen at their owne strength, vntill we viewed the ground about at out pleasure. And touching the appointment of six of either part, easilie that maie be knowne to be a plaine lie: séeing we had neither parlée nor confe∣rence with you before, to appoint place or méeting. But whereas you saie,* 10.2 you could doo no lesse but present vs with such as you had, therein you confesse and acknowledge the dishonour and treason that I charged you withall, taking vpon your selfe that fault, which I supposed to haue bin of your seruants, for our generall retired his companie farre from him. And his trumpet being with you, approched him∣selfe alone to haue parled, when vnder trust you dis∣charged two harquebusses against him: an act rather séemelie for a cowardlie traitor, than one that profes∣seth to be a souldier.

Finallie, whereas you let me wit, that you haue gentlemen of honour, seruant souldiers vnto you, that maie be my fellowes, which should defend the

chalenge that toucheth so néere your selfe, as with honor you should not haue refused it. First I thinke scorne to be anie waies inferior to you, though but a souldier, too honourable a name for you, being bet∣ter in birth, and vnsteined with reproch as you haue béene. Secondlie, I haue more, and as good gentle∣men vnder my conduct,* 10.3 as your selfe haue vnder your charge, which shall answer as many as you can bring, if with number ye meane to combat, and will put them to that which you dare not doo your selfe. [line 10] But assure you, my quarell shall remaine euerla∣sting, except the proofe of your owne person against mine maie end it: and when you shall dare come out of your crowes nest, I will be readie to ride an hundred Scotish miles,* 10.4 to méet with you in anie in∣different place. And vntill that time, I shall account you deuoid of honestie & honor, vnworthie to march vpon ground, or keepe companie with men. From Hamilton, the 29 of Maie 1570.

Subscribed George Careie. [line 20]

Though manie waies were sought by message and otherwise, to mooue the lord Fleming to defend with battell the fault and follie committed: yet it would not be; for he shifted off the matter, so as it well appered, it was but lost labor further to attempt him therein.* 10.5 The two and twentith of Maie, the earle of Lennox, accompanied with the earle of Glen∣carne, the lord Simple, and other his friends, feoda∣ries & alies, mustered on the moore before the towne [line 30] of Glasco the number of foure thousand horssemen and footmen, that were there assembled to serue him, in presence of sir William Drurie, and other of the English capteins. The thrée and twentith of Maie, sir William Drurie,* 10.6 the earle of Lennox, and other the Scotish lords, and the whole armie marched to∣wards the castell of Hamilton, and sending a trum∣pettor, and one with him to parlée with the capteine named Andrew Hamilton, he agreed to come foorth, and one other with him, to talke with sir William [line 40] Drurie, and one other gentleman, such as he should thinke good to bring with him to a place somewhat distant, as well from the castell as the campe.

Herevpon sir William Drurie with his sword and target, and sir George Careie with a case of pi∣stols went foorth to the appointed place, whither the capteine of the castell also with an halbert, and one other with him, hauing likewise a case of pistols, came according to appointment.* 10.7 But after they had talked togither, and that the capteine would not in a∣nie [line 50] wise consent to deliuer vp the castell, he with his associat returned to their hold againe, & the English generall, with sir George Careie, came backe to the campe, and therevpon the English ordinance was presentlie placed about the castell,* 10.8 and shot verie sore all that night: but did no great hurt, by reason they were but field péeces, and not fit for batterie. They in the castell likewise shot verie sore at the English∣men, but did no great harme, sauing that there were thrée of the footmen hurt. In the palace which was a [line 60] pretie house the duchesse of Chatellerault was at that time resident,* 10.9 to whom sir William Drurie did re∣paire, offering hir all the courtesie he might, with all that to hir apperteined, willing hir not to feare anie thing: and for hir more assurance, he committed hir to the charge of sir Thomas Maners.

The foure and twentith of Maie, the generall gaue summons vnto the castell. And bicause they within stoode stiffelie in deniall to make surrender thereof vnto him, he was driuen to send to Striueling for some great peeces of ordinance méet to make bat∣terie.* 10.10 In the meane time, the earles of Lennox and Morton with the horssemen,* 10.11 and some shot, marched into the countrie to a verie faire house of the abbat of Kilwinnings neere adioining,* 10.12 whose name was Gawen Hamilton, which house they burnt and vtter∣lie defaced, spoiling it, and rasing it downe to the earth. They burnt and spoiled also seuentéene houses more belonging to men of that surname, situate néere thereabouts, wherof one belonged vnto a lard that had married with the sister of Iames Hamil∣ton of Bodweie haugh, which slue the regent. There were also burnt seuen other faire houses belonging to others that were not of that surname: but yet were of their friends and alies. Moreouer, there were diuerse other of their kinred and alies that came in with humble submission, and assured themselues, firmelie promising from thensefoorth their obedience to the king.

The fiue and twentith of Maie sir William Dru∣rie the generall retired his people vpon a policie from the castell, and left it without either watch or ward for that night. The next daie he sent sir George Careie to the castell with a trumpettor,* 10.13 to know if they within would deliuer it vp, before the great or∣dinance should come, which the capteine vtterlie re∣fused to doo. Wherevpon the small shot clapt sudden∣lie round about the house, and kept them within occu∣pied, till that a whole culuering & a demie culuering came to them from Sterling, the which with foure of the English small field péeces were in the night following planted against the castell,* 10.14 and being shot off, a bullet of one of the great péeces passed through the walles into the castell.

The seuen and twentith of Maie about foure of the clocke in the morning,* 10.15 the generall sent a trum∣pettor to giue summons againe to the castell: vn∣to whome the capteine answered, that he cared not for them, & so bad them doo their woorst, for he would not yéeld the place to them at anie hand. Wherevpon immediatlie the whole tire began to plaie in such sort, that within foure volées both sides of the house were battered through: at the sight whereof the cap∣teine was so dismaied, that foorthwith he cried for parlée, and so the shot was staied.* 10.16 Now vpon humble sute the capteine was admitted to speake with the generall, and so comming to talke with him, at length he agreed to yeeld: wherevpon, the prouost marshall was sent into the castell to take possession thereof. The generall permitted them verie courte∣ouslie to depart with their furniture, and other such stuffe as they could carie with them. There came out of the house nine and thirtie persons one and other, foure and thirtie men, thrée boies, and two women, and therewith was the castell blowne vp and rased, and the armie laie that night in the towne, and in places about it.

The next daie, being the eight and twentith of Maie they departed from thence: the earles of Len∣nox, Mar, and Glencarne, with other of the nobilitie of Scotland of the kings part taking their leaues, with their companie returned to Glasco: and sir George Careie with the horssemen came that night to Lithquo, where also the rest of the English forces met. A castell called Combernawd belonging to the lord Fleming was yéelded to the generals hands, who vpon bond of assurance that the house should re∣maine at the deuotion of the queene of England, was contented to spare it from fire and spoile. But this was not the first nor last courtesie which the ge∣nerall shewed in this iournie, vnto such as in anie respect were thought worthie of his fauour. Amongst other the ladie of Lidington being great with child,* 10.17 mistrusting hir selfe (or hir husbands double dealing towards our countrie) in great feare began to flie. But sir William Drurie hearing thereof, sent hir word he came not to make warres with women, but rather to shew pitie to the weake and comfort∣lesse,

and therevpon she staied, and had no further harme.

The nine and twentith of Maie, when the armie should dislodge from Lithquo, the generall called for the prouost of the towne, and commanded him to prepare with all expedition, to receiue a iust punish∣ment and correction thorough the whole towne for treason, and vnpardonable offenses committed: and declaring that the inhabitants thereof had succou∣red and supported traitors to the realme of England,* 10.18 [line 10] and likewise to their owne king, contrarie to the leagues and quietnesse of both the realmes of Eng∣land and Scotland, for which cause he was fullie resol∣ued to ouerthrow that town & receptacle of traitors. If therefore there were anie women in childbed or impotent people within that towne, he gaue war∣ning thus aforehand to conueie them out of it: and herewith also commanding each capteine & souldier vnder his charge, to sée due execution of that which he purposed in this behalfe to haue doone, he willed [line 20] the prouost to appoint a place conuenient, into the which the goods of the towne might be brought,* 10.19 to the end that the same should neither bee spoiled by the English souldiers, neither yet consumed through ve∣hemencie of fire, but to be preserued all wholie to the Scotishmens vse. Further, he granted, that euerie noble mans lodging and capiteins house should bée saued from fire.

But now the time being come for this determi∣ned execution, the earle of Morton, that still accom∣panied [line 30] the English generall, offered himselfe as an intercessor to intreat and sue for a pardon,* 10.20 bringing afore the generall a multitude of wailing people, whose mournfull and most pitious cries were lamen∣table and verie importunat. The generall hearing their requests, made answer, that for manie causes the towne ought to be destroied, considering how diuerse enimies (whose insolent practises were not to be suffered) had alwaies there a common resort to conferre of their wicked deuises: and further (quoth [line 40] he) the courtesie that is shewed to such places of re∣paire, hath imboldened the rest of Scotland to vse o∣pen violence and secret villanies, to the preiudice of Gods glorie, hinderance of the weale publike, and breach of good lawes and policies: and therefore it was fit and most méet for a warning to thousands in that case of extremitie, to rase out such monuments of mischiefe. But at length, notwithstanding these heauie words vttered by sir William Drurie, the people of all sorts so preassed about him, & made such [line 50] pitifull cries and sorowfull noise, with children suc∣king of their mothers breasts, that he taking ruth of their miserable estates, at this their lamentable sute, and speciallie at the great instance of the earle of Morton, who came bareheaded to speake for them, the generall was contented to saue the towne and people therein:* 10.21 taking good band and assurance of the prouost and chiefest of the towne, that they should follow the campe, and at all times appeare when they were called for at Berwike, and there to submit [line 60] themselues, their towne and goods, to the clemen∣cie of the quéens highnesse; and to such order as the earle of Sussex hir maiesties generall lieutenant should by consent thinke necessarie:* 10.22 to which band & conditions they of Lithquo agréed. And for that their regent was slaine, & none since instituted to whome they had giuen faith of allegiance; they confessed, that none might command them anie waie without licence of him, to whome they had made this band, sith to him both their promise and obligation was passed. And in this sort they continued bound to him for their good behauiors.

* 10.23The duke of Chatelleraults palace in Lithquo was yet burnt and rased, and marching to another house belonging to the said duke, called Kenile, distant from Lithquo about a mile or more, they likewise burned the same. Thus hauing doone their pleasures at Lithquo, and in the countrie about that towne, they marched from thense to a proper house and ca∣stell, belonging to the lord Seton, called Neitherie, which the enimies had fortified.* 10.24 But yet when the la∣die of that house came to the generall,* 10.25 and made humble petition on hir knées for his fauor, offering to him the keies of that place in most humble wise; she found such courtes••e at his hands, that with con∣dition that she & a baron with hir should enter bands for assurance, that the castell should euer afterwards remaine at the quéene of Englands pleasure, he tooke hir the keies againe, leauing hir in possession of hir house and goods, without dooing hir anie fur∣ther displeasure.

This night the armie came to Edenburgh,* 10.26 where certeine of the companie that made hast to get thi∣ther somewhat before the rest, receiued some discour∣tesie: for they were spoiled in the streets of their fur∣niture, & such other things as they had about them. But when the generall with the rest of the armie was come néere to the towne, and had knowledge of such foule disorder, he thought not good to enter the towne, without standing so sure on his gard, that he should not néed to doubt any double dealing, or cr••••∣ked measure. Which sure handling of the matter did not onelie shew the deuiser thereof to haue good con∣duct and experience:* 10.27 but in verie déed auoided no small inconuenience and mischiefe, that by the eni∣mies was finelie contriued (through a fraie to be made in the suburbs) so that a great slaughter had burst out suddenlie, and no small bloudshed follow∣ed, if God and good guiding of the people had not staied and turned awaie that imminent danger. To be short,* 10.28 the generall sent sir Thomas Maners with two bands of souldiors, vnder one ensigne, to seize vpon the gates at their first arriuall, and so the pre∣tensed conspiracie was happilie preuented; for the re∣sidue of the power was no sooner entred the towne, but that kéeping themselues in order to cléere the streets, and to command the inhabitants the better, they spent that night standing on their gard, as the case required. When the morning was come, sir William Drurie smelling out the couert practise, and naughtie meaning of some, demanded iustice and strict punishment of such offenses and things as he would truelie laie to the charges of some in that towne: and told them flatlie, if remedie were not the sooner prouided, and satisfaction made for the follies and outrage committed, he would be quick∣lie reuenged, to the displeasure and shame of all the contriuers of that same mad and mischéefous pre∣sumption.

Herevpon,* 10.29 not onelie such things as had bin ta∣ken from those few souldiors, which first entred the towne ouer night, were not onelie restored: but di∣uerse malefactors were also deliuered to the gene∣rall, to be executed and ordered by his discretion; who séeing their submission, mercifullie & franklie sent them awaie vnto their capteins: & so these broiles were pacified and things set in quiet. After they had rested in Edenburgh a two daies, the first of Iune they dislodged. The generall comming to Seton the chiefe castell & house of the lord Seton,* 10.30 the ladie was readie there also to present him the keies, with like humble submission as before: and therevpon re∣ceiued the like fauor for this house, as was shewed to hir for the other. That night they lodged at Ha∣dington.* 10.31 It was determined that the pile of Ander∣wike should haue beene ouerthrowne: but vpon sute and bands taken of diuerse gentlemen, the place was spared, and the offendors receiued to mercie.

And so the next daie, the generall with the horssemen came through to Berwike, a iournie of two and thir∣tie long miles.

The footbands lodged the same night at Colding∣ham with sir Robert Conestable, who the next daie the third of Iune came with them vnto Berwike. And so ended this iournie, to the great commenda∣tion of the generall and capteins:* 10.32 and consequent∣lie to all the gentlemen and souldiors that had béene foorth in the same, as well for the good successe which [line 10] it pleased God the author of all good and prosperous euents to grant to them, as also for their dutifull o∣bedience to all warlike discipline, their painfull tra∣uels susteined, their manlie forwardnesse and skil∣full practise in martiall polices still shewed, as occa∣sion of seruice was anie where offered. But now to returne to the dooings at home.* 10.33 Whilest this iour∣nie was made (as ye haue heard) into Scotland, the fiue & twentith of Maie in the morning was found hanging on the bishop of Londons palace gate in Pauls churchyard, a bull which latelie had béene sent [line 20] from Rome, conteining diuerse horrible treasons against the quéens maiestie: for the which one Iohn Felton was shortlie after apprehended, and com∣mitted to the tower of London.* 10.34 ¶And because the said bull may appeare and shew it selfe in nature and kind, it is behoofull here to interlace some rorings of the same, as I haue gathered them out of one that I am sure had a conscience to tell the truth: which I therefore am the willinger to insert, that the world may iudge the heinousnesse of Feltons fact, in fix∣ing [line 30] so pestilent a libell vpon a prelats gate in a place of common concourse, and against the quéens ex∣cellent maiestie.

a 11.1 Sententia declaratoria contra Elisa∣beth, &c.

PIus b 11.2 episcopus seruus seruorū Dei, &c. c 11.3 Missae sacrificiū, preces, ieiunia, ciborum delectum, coeli∣batum illa (regina Elisabetha) aboleuit. d 11.4 Eadē [line 40] occupato regno supremi ecclesiae capitis locum in omni Anglia, eiúsque praecipuā authoritatem at{que} iurisdicti∣onem monstrosè sibi vsurpans, regnum ipsum rursum in mise∣rum exitium reuocauit. e 11.5 Regium conciliūex. Anglica nobi∣litate conflatum diremit. f 11.6 Hominibus obscuris compleuit. g 11.7 Ho∣minibus haereticis compleuit. h 11.8 Ad quam velut ad asylum omnium infestissimi perfugium inuenerunt, &c. i 11.9 Declara∣mus praedictā Elisabetham, eí{que} adhaerentes in praedictis, ana∣thematis sententiā incurrisse. k 11.10 Quinetiā ipsam praetenso regni [line 50] praedicti iure, necnon omni & quocunque dominio, dignitate, priuilegióque priuatam. l 11.11 Praecipimus & interdicimus vni∣uersis & singulis proceribus, subditis, & populis, & alijs prae∣dictis, ne illi eiúsue monitis, mandatis & legibus audeant o∣bedire: qui secus egerint, eos simili anathematis sententia in∣nodamus. m 11.12 Omnes qui illi quomodocunque iurauerunt, à iuramento huiusmodi ac omni prorsus dominij fidelitatis & obsequij debito perpetuò absolutos declaramus, &c.

a 12.1A sentence denounced against [line 60] Elisabeth, &c.

PIus b 12.2 bishop, seruant of Gods seruants, &c. c 12.3 Shée (quéene Elisabeth) hath cleane put awaie the sacrifice of the masse, prai∣ers, fastings, choise or difference of meats & single life. d 12.4 Shee inuaded the kingdome, & by vsurping monstrouslie the place of the supreme head of the church in all England, and the cheefe au∣thoritie & iurisdiction of the same, hath againe broght the said realme into miserable destruction. e 12.5 Shee hath remooued the noble men of England from the kings councell. f 12.6 She hath made hir councell of poore, darke, beggerlie fellows, and hath placed them ouer the people. g 12.7 These councellors are not onlie poore & beggerlie, but also heretikes. h 12.8 Unto hir all such as are the woorst of the people resort, and are by hir re∣ceiued into safe protection, &c. i 12.9 We make it kno∣wen, that Elisabeth aforesaid, & as manie as stand on hir side in the matters abouenamed, haue run in∣to the danger of our cursse. k 12.10 We make it also kno∣wen, that we haue depriued hir from that right shée pretended to haue in the kingdome aforesaid▪ and also from all and euerie hir authoritie, dignitie, and priuilege. l 12.11 We charge and forbid all and euerie the nobles, and subiects, and people, and others aforesaid, that they be not so hardie as to obeie hir or hir will, or commandements, or laws, vpon paine of the like accursse vpon them. m 12.12 We pronounce that all who∣soeuer by anie occasion haue taken their oth vnto hir, are for euer discharged of such their oth, and also from all fealtie and seruice, which was due to hir by reason of hir gouernment, &c.

Héere hath euerie true subiect to sée whether Fel∣ton was not a fréend to Pius Quintus, in so easilie being induced and drawne to prefer his procéedings against the lords annointed; for whose sake if he had had a thousand liues, true loialtie would haue inuited him to the losse of them all, if occasion had so requi∣red; considering that hir maiestie hath alwaies de∣serued well of hir people, for whome she euer had a tender care,* 12.13 as one reporteth that saith he heard with his owne ears hir maiestie commending hir subiects to the carefull and wise gouernment of hir councell and iudges, when shée spake thus vnto them. Haue care ouer my people. You haue my place. Doo you that which I ought to doo. They are my people. Eue∣rie man oppresseth them, and spoileth them without mercie. They cannot reuenge their quarell, nor help themselues. See vnto them, see vnto them,* 12.14 for they are my charge. I charge you euen as God hath char∣ged me. I care not for my selfe, my life is not deare to me, my care is for my people. I praie God who∣soeuer succéed me be as carefull as I am. They which might know what cares I beare, would not thinke I tooke anie great ioie in wearing the crowne.

Could a mother speake more tenderlie for hir in∣fant, than this good quéene speaketh for hir people? And shall the people be so vngratious to a prince so gratious, as to attempt anie thing that should dis∣content hir highnesse? A mercifull hart shée hath al∣waies had, before shee atteined the crowne, a merci∣full hart shée hath now possessing the scepter: manie times remitting and pardoning offenses intended and practised against hir owne person: which C. O. noteth in his Eirenarchia siue Elisabetha, speaking of hir maiestie in this point verie trulie & vncontrollablie:

Nobilis & praestans est ignoscentia virtus, Haec quanquam potis est, si vult,* 12.15 excelsior & vis Mentis inest, iram strictis compescit habenis. Delictis mulctam grauibus quandóque remittens. Hoc priuata priùs nondum diademate sumpto Fecerat, hoc facit & princeps diademate sumpto.]

The seauen and twentith of Male, Thomas Nor∣ton and Christopher Norton of Yorkshire,* 12.16 being both condemned of high treason for the late rebellion in the north, were drawen from the tower of London to Tiborne, and there hanged, headed, and quartered. In this yeare also conspired certeine gentlemen with other in the countie of Norffolke,* 12.17 whose purpose was on Midsummer daie at Harlestone faire, with sound of trumpet and drum to haue rais••d a num∣ber, and then to proclame their diuelish pretense a∣gainst strangers and others. This matter was vtte∣red by Thomas Ket one of the conspiracie vnto Iohn Kenseie, who foorthwith sent the same Ket with a conestable to the next iustice, before whome and o∣ther

iustices he opened the whole matter. Wherevp∣on maister Drue Drurie immediatlie apprehen∣ded Iohn Throckmorton, and after him manie gen∣tlemen of the citie of Norwich, and the countie of Norffolke, who were all committed to prison, and at the next sessions of goale deliuerie at the castell of Norwich, the seauentéenth of Iulie before sir Robert Catlin knight lord chéefe iustice, Gilbert Gerard the quéenes attornie generall, and other iustices, ten of them were indicted of high treason, and some others [line 10] of contempt. Diuerse of them were condemned, and had iudgement the one and twentith of August: and afterward thrée of them were hanged, bowelled, and quartered, which were Iohn Throckmorton of Nor∣wich gentleman, who stood mute at his arreignment, but at the gallows confessed himselfe to be the chéefe conspirator, and that none had deserued to die but he, for that he had procured them. With him was execu∣ted Thomas Brooke of Rolsbie gentleman on the thirtith of August; and George Dedman of Cringle∣ford [line 20] gentleman was likewise executed the second of September.

The fourth of August, the duke of Norffolke was remooued from the tower of London to the Charter∣house néere vnto Smithfield.* 12.18 The same daie was ar∣reigned at the Guildhall of London, Iohn Felton, for hanging the foresaid bull of pope Pius Quintus on the gate of the bishop of Londons palace: and also two yoong men for coining & clipping of coine, who all were found guiltie of high treason, and had [line 30] iudgement to be drawne, hanged, & quartered. The eight of August Iohn Felton was drawen from Newgate into Paules churchyard,* 12.19 and there han∣ged on a gallows new set vp that morning before the bishops palace gate; and being cut downe aliue, he was bowelled and quartered. After this, the same morning the shiriffes returned to Newgate, and so to Tiborne with two yoong men, which were there executed for coining and clipping, as is aforesaid.

* 12.20The two and twentith of August the earle of Sus∣sex, [line 40] lord lieutenant generall for the queenes maiestie in the north, and the lord Scroope warden of the west marches, with diuerse others, marched from Carleill with the quéens armie and force of the north as well of horssemen as footmen into Scotland, pas∣sing ouer the riuers of Eske, Leuine & Sarke, which riuer of Sarke parteth England and Scotland, and so to Dornocke wood belonging to Edward Urone, the lord of Bonshow, and then to Annan a strong house of the lord Harris, which they rased and ouer∣threw [line 50] with others thereabouts: from thense to Hod∣ham, which they burnt and blew vp: from thense to Kennell, a towne belonging to the lord Cowhill, which they burnt: from thense to Donfrise, which they sacked and spoiled of such paltrie as the fugitiues had left,* 12.21 and also rased and ouerthrew a sumptuous house belonging to the quéene of Scots, in the kéeping of the lord Harris. Then passing the riuer of Longher, they burnt and spoiled Cowhilles, and Powtracke, and returned to Donfrise, and so to the towne of Bankend, which they burnt, with another house per∣teining [line 60] to william Maxwell of the Iles, and so to the castell of Carlauarocke standing in a marish, iust to an arme of the sea, which parteth Annerdale and Gal∣lowaie; which castell they blew vp, and returned homeward, transporting their ordinance ouer quick∣sands and bogs, where neuer the like was doone be∣fore, and so came to Dornocke wood.

* 12.22The eight of August they marched towards Car∣leill, where (by the waie) they burnt and ouerthrew two houses, the one being Arthur Greams aliàs Car∣leill, the other rich George, two notable théeues. The same daie at night after the lord lieutenants com∣ming to Carleill he made knights, sir Edward Ha∣stings, sir Francis Russell, sir Ualentine Browne, sir William Hilton, sir Robert Stapleton, sir Hen∣rie Curwen, sir Simon Musgraue.* 12.23 This yéere the fift of October chanced a terrible tempest of wind and raine both by sea and land, by meanes whereof manie ships perished, & much hurt was doone in di∣uerse parts of the realme, as by a little pamphlet set foorth therof by Thomas Knell minister appéereth,* 12.24 the effect whereof insueth. About midnight the water o∣uerflowed so much, that men were faine to forsake their beds, & one woman drowned, where also were lost a great number of sheepe, oxen, kine, horsse, and other cattell. Among other there, one maister Cart∣wright gentleman, hauing his house inclosed round about, the water came in so much, that a cart being laden with thornes did swim about the ground. Hée lost by the same floud, sheepe, and other cattell, to the value of an hundred pounds. The same gentleman had a close gate by the high waies side,* 12.25 where the water ran ouer so extremelie, that at the fall thereof it made such an hole, that it was fortie foot déepe: so that no man could passe that waie without great danger. To the filling vp of the said hole or pit, was cast in by the men of the said towne fiue and twen∣tie lodes of faggots, & twentie lodes of horsse doong, which said faggots and horsse doong filled not the hole. Also one maister Lée at the friers in Bedford, ha∣uing a faire yard, wherein was great store of elme∣trees, whereof thréescore were blowen downe, with the roots pulled cleane out of the ground. Also he had a close of conies that were cleane destroied.

The sea brake in betwixt Wisbich and Walsoc∣ken, and at the crosse keies drowning Tilneie,* 12.26 and old Lin, saint Marie Teding, saint Marie Tid, saint Iohns Wauple, Walton & Walsocken, Emneie, Iarmans, and Stow bridge, all being the space of ten miles. At the crosse keies the goodman of the inne had built an house with a strong foundation ioi∣ning vnto an other house being old and not so strong, wherein were certeine ghests. And when the water came in so violentlie, the goodman of the house being in the stronger house, called the men out of the old house, and they would haue gone downe the stairs, but the water was so high that they could not come downe, wherefore they went backe againe, and brake an hole into the other house, where they went tho∣rough, and the last man was no sooner in, but the old house fell downe. The walles of the houses were broken downe, and the horsses that were tied at the manger (which was made fast in the ground) did swim in the water, when the stable was cleane car∣ried awaie, vntill the waters were asswaged, and were saued aliue, and the people were constreined to get vp to the highest parts of the house, and so to be carried awaie in botes.

At Yarmouth a great part of the bridge was car∣ried awaie.* 12.27 The house vpon the hauen called the ha∣uen house, wherein was one Nicholas Iossellin the hauen man & his son, with all their tooles, were cari∣ed into the marishes six miles from the hauen, where it stood vpright, and where they abode long without meat or drinke. Also at Iermans Bridgestréet was verie much hurt doone by the extreame floods that were there. Also one Thomas Smith of Yarmouth lost a ship, with seauen men and a boie in it. Also at Newarke by Yarmouth were lost twelue saile. Also a great hulke, laden with oile and pitch, was lost at Worreie sand, and about twentie men lost therein, and thirtie saued by the hulke bote.* 12.28 These townes and villages were ouerflowne, that is to saie, Wis∣bich, Gutborne, Parson Droue, and Hobshouse. This Hobshouse being an almes house (and the wa∣ter breaking downe the wals of it) the wind blew the cloths off from the bed of a poore man & his wife:

who being cold, awaked, and suddenlie stept out of his bed to reach vp his cloths, and slipt vp to the bel∣lie in water, and then he thinking himselfe to be in danger (as he was in déed) and knowing the best waie to escape the danger of the water, he tooke his wife on his necke, and carried hir awaie, and so were both saued.

At the same time in Wisbich was a garden, a ten∣nise plaie, & a bowling allie walled about with bricke (which was worth twentie pounds by yeare to the [line 10] owner) was quite destroied by the water.* 12.29 Mumbie chappell, the whole towne was lost, except thrée hou∣ses. A ship was driuen vpon an house, the sailers thinking they had béene vpon a rocke, committed themselues to God: and thrée of the marriners lept out of the ship, and chanced to take hold on the house top, and so saued themselues: and the wife of the same lieng in childbed, by climing vp into the top of the house, was also saued by the marriners, hir hus∣band and child being both drowned. Likewise, the [line 20] church was wholie ouerthrowne except the stéeple. Betwéene Boston and Newcastell were threescore sea vessels,* 12.30 as small ships, craires, and such like, lost vpon the coasts of Boston, Humerston, Marsh chap∣pell, Tetnie, Stepneie, Nercots, Kelbie, & Grims∣bie, where no ship can come in without a pilot, which were all lost, with goods, corne, & cattell, with all the salt cotes, where the chiefe and finest salt was made, were vtterlie destroied, to the vtter vndooing of manie a man, and great lamentation both of old and [line 30] yoong.

Wentford bridge, being verie strong, of eight ar∣ches in length, had three of the arches broken, and cleane carried awaie. Master Smith at the swan there had his house (being thrée stories high) ouer∣flowed vnto the third storie, and the wals of the sta∣ble were broken downe, and the horsses tied to the manger were all drowned. Manie men had great losse, as well of sheepe, kine, oxen, great mares, colts of the breed of the great horsses,* 12.31 and other cat∣tell [line 40] innumerable, of which the names manie of them shall here follow. Master Pelham lost eleuen hun∣dred shéepe at Mumbie chappell. In Summercote were lost fiue hundred sheepe, that were of the inha∣bitants there. Also betwéene Humerston & Grims∣bie were lost eleuen hundred shéepe of one master Spensers, whose sheepheard about middaie, com∣ming to his wife, asked his dinner: and she being more bold than manerlie, said, he should haue none of hir. Then he chanced to looke toward the marishes [line 50] where the sheepe were, and saw the water breake in so fiercelie, that the shéepe would be lost, if they were not brought from thense, said, that he was not a good shéepheard that would not venture his life for his shéepe,* 12.32 & so went streight to driue them from thense, but he & his shéepe were both drowned, and after the water being gone, he was found dead, standing vp∣right in a ditch.

Master Thimblebie lost two hundred and twentie sheepe, master Dimocke lost foure hundred sheepe, [line 60] & master Marsh fiue hundred, master Madison lost a ship, master William Askugh of Kelseie, sir Hugh Askugh, master Merin, master Fitz Williams of Maplthorpe, lost by estimation twentie thousand cat∣tell, one and other. Boorne was ouerflowne vnto the midwaie of the height of the church. Steeping was wholie carried awaie, where was a waine lode of willow tops, the bodie of the waine with the wil∣lowes carried one waie, and the axiltrée and whéeles an other waie. In the towne of saint Edes, the wa∣ter flowed into the towne in such abundance,* 12.33 that it ran thorough the towne and church, being in the middest therof, hauing about the churchyard a bricke wall of two yards high, was so ouerflowne, that botes were rowed ouer it, without touching of the same. Also a little from Huntington, were three men riding vpon the causeie, being then ouerflowne (the water on the causeie being not deepe) and thinking no danger therein, chanced to come into a place where the water had galled awaie the earth, and the grauell, were carried awaie with the water: and wil∣lowes growing on both sides the waie, two of them caught hold on the willowes, and left their horsses, and saued themselues: and the third chanced to catch a verie little twig of willow betwéene his fingers, hauing verie little hold, and forsaking his horsse, which was carried a great waie from him, had much paine to kéepe his hold on the twig,* 12.34 and hold his head aboue the water, and his horsse returning with force against the streame, came againe vnto him, and vn∣der him: by which meanes he set his feet vpon him, and gat better hold of the willow, and so saued him selfe, and the horsse was immediatlie carried awaie, that he neuer saw him after.

Also Holland, Leuerington, Newton chappell in the sea, long Stutton & Holbich were ouerflowne. And in this countrie also was great losse of cattell. In the low parts in Mooreland,* 12.35 in a little towne cal∣led Cliffield, there was a man, his wife, and a suck∣ing child in hir armes ouerwhelmed and slaine by the violence of the waters, and of the boisterous winds. The water called Auen, that passeth by the towne called Stratford vpon Auen, did run with such vio∣lence, that méeting with the water called the Se∣uerne, droue it backe ten miles against the course, ouerflowing much ground, and drowning much cat∣tell. In Newport panell were two houses ouer∣throwne,* 12.36 and in one of them an old man and an old woman were ouerwhelmed and slaine. And in the same towne, on the backe side of the Saracens head, the water sprang out of the hard grauellie ground, and flowed so fast, that certeine merchants (sitting there at dinner) were faine to rise and depart from thense to saue themselues. Sir Henrie Leie knight (dwelling at Quarrington) lost by the flouds the number of three thousand shéepe, besides horsses and other cattell, a great number.

In the Wish at Rie (a place so called) the water came in so suddenlie,* 12.37 and flowed so high about mid∣night, that it was eight or nine foot high in mens houses: insomuch that if one William White had not called them vp, some of them had like to haue béene drowned. And the same William White ha∣uing a bote, fetcht a great companie of them out of their windowes, and carried them to drie land as fast as he could fetch them, which were in great dan∣ger and feare, and glad to escape with their liues. Moreouer, the water came in so vehementlie there, that it brake into the marishes, and made such waie, that where of late yeares, and now before this great floud came, a cockebote could not passe in at a low water, now a fisherman drawing six foot water and more maie come in at a low water, and at a full sea the greatest ship that the quéenes maiestie hath may come in, and haue good harborough there.* 12.38 The conti∣nuance of the same will not onelie be profitable to the most part of the inhabitants there, but also com∣modious vnto all the queenes subiects trauelling by sea.

And whereas one of the owners of a great part of the same marishes had certeine poles set vp there in (and being verie meet and in conuenient place of the same marish) for the drieng of their fishing nets, and receiued monie yeerelie of those that dried their nets there sufficientlie inough: yet he caused his seruant to pull vp the poles, and laie them in an house stan∣ding in the same marish: and also commanded his seruant to giue them warning; that they should no

more hang their nets there, except they would come and compound with him for it. And the same night (by Gods prouidence) it came so to passe, that accor∣ding to his saieng (though contrarie to his good will and mind) they are not like to hang their nets there anie more, bicause of the depth of the water is so great, and like to continue. In hope of continuance of the same new opened hauen,* 12.39 certeine men of the same towne haue begun to build faire barks to tra∣uell the seas, the which in continuance of time will be a great furtherance to the maintenance of the [line 10] quéenes nauie. At the blacke shore end, before the said floud, no bote could passe further than the shore end; and now a bote that draweth six foot water maie come in at a low water. Without the barre, the wa∣ter is deeper than it was by two foot and more in the chanell.

At Prum hill marish, foure miles from Rie, the water came in so outragiouslie,* 12.40 that it brake downe the marish wals, one master Burie being owner thereof, who lost by the same a thousand one hundred [line 20] threescore and two of his shéepe, and it is thought that the marish is neuer like to be gotten againe. Also at Erith breach, a mariner riding by the marishes, sée∣ing two maidens in the marishes, and perceiuing the waters breaking in so fast, that the maides were not like to escape, rode vnto them, and one of them gat vp behind him, & the other tooke hold on the horsse taile, and by that means were both saued from drow∣ning. In the same marish were drowned a great number of sheepe. Also there in a marish land that [line 30] was sowne, were two boies kéeping crowes in the after noone, & séeing the water breaking in so vehe∣mentlie, gat them into a cart that was not farre from them, where they were faine to tarrie vntill the next tide, which came in so boisterouslie, that it had like to haue ouerthrowne both the cart & boies. And the one of them being more stronger than the other, kept the other in his armes,* 12.41 where he with cold, wet, and feare, died: so that he was faine to let him fall from him into the water, when he perceiued that he [line 40] was past recouerie. A little from that place were al∣so drowned a thousand shéepe, and also manie other cattell.

* 12.42From a town•• called Rainam, vnto the towne named Mauldon, all alongst by the water side were the marishes all ouerflowen, wherein were a great number of cattell drowned.* 12.43 In Claie were two ships laden with Danske ware which came to shore, with no man in them, nor anie man could tell of whence they were. In Claie the dwellers there lost a [line 50] verie great parcell of salt and herrings barrelled, being housed in an house walled with bricke thrée foot thicke, and yet the wall was broken downe. Also, there was lost much saffron ground, with manie o∣ther things mo, to the great hinderance of manie a man. Also, in Walder••wicke, Dunwich, and Bla••∣brooke, was great losse of boord, planke, timber, and salt. A great part of the bridge by Magdalene col∣lege was borne cleane awaie, and manie trées were [line 60] turned vp by the root.

The thrée and twentith of Ianuarie, the quéenes maiestie,* 12.44 accompanied with hir nobilitie, came from hir house at the Stran••,* 12.45 called Summerset place, and entered the citie of London by Temple bar▪ Fléetstreet, Cheape, and so by the north side of the Bursse, to sir Thomas Greshams in Bishops gate stréet, where she dined. After dinner, hir grace retur∣ning through Cornehill, entred the Bursse on the southside, and after hir highnesse had viewed euerie part thereof aboue ground, especiallie the Pawne, which was richlie furnished with all sorts of the ••••∣nest wares in the citie▪* 12.46 she caused the same Bursse by an herald and a trumpet, to be proclamed the Roi∣all exchange, so to be called from thensefoorth, and not otherwise.

The seuenteenth of Februarie at a place called Kinnaston,* 12.47 néere Marlech hill in the countie of He∣reford, was séene the ground to open, and certeine rockes with a péece of ground remooued, and went forward the space of foure daies, making at the first a terrible noise as it went on the earth. It remooued it selfe betwéene six of the clocke in the euening, & se∣uen the next morrow fortie pases, carrieng great trees and shéepecotes, some sheepecotes with three∣score sheepe in them, some trées fell into the chinkes, other that grew on the same ground, grow now as firmelie on a hill; and some that stood east, stand west; and those that stood west, stand east. The depth of the hole where it first brake out is thirtie foot, the breadth of the breach is eight score yards, and in length aboue twentie score yards. It ouerthrew Kinnaston cha∣pell. Also two high waies be remooued nigh one hun∣dred yards, with the trées of the hedgerowes. The ground in all is six and twentie acres: and where til∣lage ground was, there is pasture left in place; and where was pasture, there is tillage ground gone vp∣on it. The ground as it remooued draue the earth be∣fore it, & at the lower part ouerwhelmed the ground, so that it is growen to a great hill of twelue fadams high. It remooued from saturdaie till mondaie at night following, and so staied.

Moreouer this yeare about Candelmas,* 12.48 sir Tho∣mas Sackuille, baron of Buckhurst was sent in ambassage from the quéenes maiestie to Charles the ninth French king, as well to congratulate for his marriage with the daughter of the emperour Maxi∣milian, as for other weightie affaires. And as his ambassage was great, so was his charge no lesse in furnishing himselfe and traine accordinglie, being both in number and furniture such in euerie point, as did apperteine; and his receiuing and interteine∣ment in France by the king and others was agrée∣able thereto, for he was receiued vpon the coast by the gouernours of the fortified townes right hono∣rablie by order from the king. Among other the ba∣ron of Bournoisell was one, who being verie well mounted and appointed,* 12.49 left not his lordship before he came to the court, and from thense accompanied him backe vntill his imbarkement homewards.

In the maine countries he was accompanied with the gouernours and nobles of the places about. And in the good townes where he passed, he was pre∣sented by the chiefe magistrates, wherein their good wils were to be thankefullie accepted, though his lordships rewards far ouervalued their presents. At his approch néere to Paris he was incountred on the waie for courtesie sake, by two marquesses of Trans and Saluces; this being of the house of Sa∣uoie, and the other of the worthie familie of Fo••x. These wanted not such as accompanied them, and the same euen of the best sort. At the lord ambassa∣dors first audience,* 12.50 which was at the castell of Ma∣drill, otherwise called Bullogne néere Paris (where the king then laie) the quéenes Almane coches verie brauelie furnished were sent to Paris for him, in one of the which his lordship with the marquesse of Trans rode towards the court, verie narrowlie es∣caping from a shrewd turne and great mischance, by reason the same co••h was ouerthrowen by the Dutch wagoners their negligence, who in a brauerie gallopping the field made an ouer short 〈◊〉〈◊〉, where∣with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was sore bru••ed.

The lord ambassador at his arriuall at the place was right honorablie receiued, he was banketted by diuerse, and that verie sumptuouslie:* 12.51 which by him was not left vnrequ••ted to the vttermost, and rather with the better. For his liberalitie vnto the French

was verie large, but his reward at the kings hands was onelie a chaine waieng a thousand French crownes. At that present there was a great dearth & scarsitie of vittels in France. The riuer of Saine that runneth through Paris was not passable with vessels,* 12.52 by reason of the great frosts: and thereby not onelie all kind of vittels, but also haie and wood hard to come by, and not to be had but at excessiue prices, the countrie thereabouts hauing before béene sore harried and spoiled by the ciuill tumults. By reason [line 10] whereof, not onlie the lord of Buckhurst for the space he remained there, but also sir Henrie Norrice (now lord Norrice) and maister▪ Francis Walsingham hir maiesties ambassadors, ligiers successiuelie, were driuen to an increase in expenses, paieng for e∣uerie thing they bought an higher price than ordina∣rilie had béene accustomed.

* 12.53After that the lord Buckhurst had béene feasted and banketted by the king, and other of the French nobilitie, and had accomplished the points of his am∣bassage, [line 20] he tooke leaue of the king, & departed home∣wards, arriuing here in England a little before Ea∣ster. The second of Aprill a parlement began at Westminster, [year 1571] wherein was granted to the quéenes maiestie (toward hir great charges,* 12.54 in repressing the late rebellion in the north, and pursuing the said re∣bels and their fautors, which were fled into Scot∣land) by the cleargie a subsidie of six shillings in the pound;* 12.55 and by the temporaltie two fiftéens, with a subsidie of two shillings and eight pence in the [line 30] pound. The first, the second, and third of Maie was holden at Westminster before the quéenes maie∣stie a solemne iust at the tilt,* 12.56 tourneie and barriers. The chalengers were Edward earle of Oxford, Charles Howard, sir Henrie Lée, and Christopher Hatton esquier, who all did verie valiantlie; but the chiefe honour was giuen to the earle of Oxford. The first of Iune, Iohn Storie a doctor of the canon law, who before had beene condemned of high treason,* 12.57 was drawen from the tower of London to Tiborne, [line 40] and there hanged, bowelled, and quartered, his head was set on London bridge, and his quarters on the gates of the citie. Of this monster disguised in the likenesse of a man, it is verie materiall to record what maister Fox hath noted in his historie.

* 12.58¶This doctor Storie (saith he) being an Englishman by birth, and from his infancie not onelie nuzled in papistrie, but also euen as it were by nature earnest∣lie affected to the same, & growing somewhat to riper yeares, in the daies of quéene Marie became a most [line 50] bloudie tyrant, and cruell persecutor of Christ in his members, as all the stories of martyrs almost doo declare.* 12.59 Thus he raging all the reigne of the fore∣said quéene Marie; against the infallible truth of Christs gospell, and the true professors thereof, neuer ceased till he had consumed to ash•••• two or thrée hundred blessed martyrs, who willinglie gaue their liues for the testimonie of his truth. And thinking their punishment in fire not cruell inough,* 12.60 he went 〈…〉〈…〉 [line 60] * 12.61

* 12.62〈…〉〈…〉 raging against Gods saints with fire and sword. In∣somuch as he growing to be familiar and right deere to duke Dalua in Antwerpe, receiued a speciall com∣mission from him to search all the ships for goods forfeited, and for English bookes and such like.* 12.63 And in this fauour and authoritie he continued there for a space, by the which meanes he did much hurt, and brought manie a good man and woman to trouble, and extreme perill of life through his bloudthirstie crueltie. But at the last the Lord (when the measure of his iniquitie was full) procéeded in iudgement a∣gainst him, and cut him off from the face of the earth, according to the praiers of manie a good man, which came to passe in order as followeth.

It being certeinlie knowne (for the brute thereof was gone foorth into all lands) that he not onelie in∣tended the subuersion and ouerthrow of his natiue countrie of England by bringing in forren hostili∣tie,* 12.64 if by anie means he might compasse it; but also ••ailie and hourelie murthered Gods people: there was this platforme laid (by Gods prouidence no doubt) that one maister Parker a merchant should saile vnto Antwerpe,* 12.65 and by some means to conueie Storie into England. This Parker arriuing at Antwerpe, suborned certeine to repaire to doctor Storie, and to signifie vnto him, that there was an English ship come s••aught with merchandize; and that if he would make search thereof himselfe, hée should find store of English bookes, and other things for his purpose. Storie hearing ••his and suspecting nothing, made hast towards the ship, thinking to make the same his preie; and comming aboord sear∣ched for English hereticall books (as he called them) & going downe vnder the hatches,* 12.66 bicause he would be sure to haue their bloud if he could, they clapped downe the hatches, hoised vp their sailes, hauing (as God would) a good gale, and sailed awaie into Eng∣land, where they arriuing presented this bloudie butcher and traitorous rebell Storie, to the no little reioising of manie an English heart.

He being now committed to prison, continued there a good space•• during all which time, he was la∣boured and solicited dailie by wise and learned fa∣thers, to recant his diuelish & erronious opinions, to confirme himselfe to the truth, and to acknowledge the quéenes maiesties supremasie. All which he vt∣terlie denied to the death, saieng that he was sworne subiect to the king of Spaine, and was no subiect to the quéene of England, nor shée his souereigne queene.* 12.67 And therefore (as he well deserued) he was condemned (as a traitor to God, the quéenes maie∣stie, and the realme) to be drawne, hanged, and quar∣tered▪ which was performed accordinglie, he being laid vpon an hurdle, and drawne from the tower a∣long the streets to Tiburne, where he being hanged till he was halfe dead, was cut downe and stripped. And (which is not to be forgot) when the executioner had cut off his priuie members▪ he rushing vp vpon a sudden gaue him a blow vpon the eare, to the great woonder of all that stood by. And thus ended this blou∣die Nemrod his wretched life, whose iudgement I leaue to the Lord.

The eighteenth of Iune in Trinitie terme,* 12.68 there was a combat appointed to haue beene fought for a certeine manour & demaine lands belonging there∣vnto, in the Ile of Hartie, adioining to the Ile of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Kent. Simon L••w & Iohn Kim••were plaintifs, and had brought a writ of right against Thomas Para••••re, who offered to defend his right by battell. Whervpon the plaintifs aforsaid accepted to answer his challenge, offering likewise to defend their right to the same manour and lands, and to proue by battell, that Paramore had no right no•• good title to haue the same manour and lands. Here∣vpon

the said Thomas Paramore brought before the iudges of the common plees at Westminster,* 12.69 one George Thorne, a big, broad, strong set fellow; & the plaintifs Henrie Nailer, maister of defense, and seruant to the right honourable the earle of Leice∣ster, a proper slender man, & not so tall as the other. Thorne cast downe a gantlet, which Nailer tooke vp, vpon the sundaie before the battell should be tried. On the next morow, the matter was staied, & the par∣ties agréed, that Paramore being in possession shuld [line 10] haue the land, & was bound in fiue hundred pounds to consider the plaintifs, as vpon hearing the mat∣ter the iudges should award. The quéenes maiestie abhorring bloudshed, & (as the poet verie well saith)

* 12.70(Tristia sanguinei deuitans praelia campi)

was the taker vp of the matter, in this wise. It was thought good, that for Paramores assurance, the or∣der should be kept touching the combat, and that the plaintifs Low and Kime should make default of ap∣pearance; but that yet such as were suerties for Nai∣ler [line 20] their champions appearance, should bring him in; and likewise those that were suerties for Thorne, should bring in the ••ame Thorne in discharge of their band: and that the court should sit in Tuthill fields, where was prepared one plot of ground, of one and twentie yards square, double railed for the com∣bat. Without the west square a stage being set vp for the iudges, representing the court of the common plées.

All the compasse without the lists was set with [line 30] scaffolds one aboue another,* 12.71 for people to stand and behold. There were behind the square where the iud∣ges sat, two tents, the one for Nailer, the other for Thorne. Thorne was there in the morning timelie, Nailer about seauen of the clocke came thorough London, apparelled in a dublet, and gallie gascoine bréeches all of crimsin sattin, cut and rased, a hat of blacke veluet, with a red feather and band, before him drums and fifes plaieng. The gantlet cast downe by George Thorne was borne before the said Nailer [line 40] vpon a swords point, and his baston (a staffe of an ell long made taper wise tipt with horne) with his shield of hard leather was borne after him, by As∣kam a yeoman of the queenes gard. He came into the palace at Westminster, and staieng not long be∣fore the hall doore, came backe into the Kings stréet, and so along thorough the Sanctuarie and Tuthill street into the field, where he staied till past nine of the clocke, and then sir Ierome Bowes brought him to his tent: Thorne being in the tent with sir Hen∣rie [line 50] Cheinie long before.

About ten of the clocke, the court of common plées remooued, & came to the place prepared. When the lord chiefe iustice,* 12.72 with two other his associats were set, then Low was called solemnlie to come in, or else to lose his writ of right. Then after a certeine time, the suerties of Henrie Nailer were called to bring in the said Nailer, champion for Simon Low. And shortlie therevpon, sir Ierome Bowes, leading Nailer by the hand, entred with him the lists, brin∣ging him downe that square by which he entred, be∣ing [line 60] on the left hand of the iudges, and so about till he came to the next square, iust against the iudges, and there making courtesie, first with one leg and then with the other, passed foorth till he came to the middle of the place, and then made the like obeisance, and so passing till they came to the barre, there he made the like courtesie, and his shield was held vp aloft ouer his head. Nailer put off his netherstocks, and so barefoot and barelegged,* 12.73 saue his silke scauilones to the ankles, and his dublet sleeues tied vp aboue the el∣bow, and bareheaded, came in, as is aforesaid. Then were the suerties of George Thorne called to bring in the same Thorne: and immediatlie sir Henrie Cheineie entering at the vpper end on the right hand of the iudges, vsed the like order in comming about by his side, as Nailer had before on that other side: and so comming to the barre with like obeisance, held vp his shield. Proclamation was made that none should touch the barres, nor presume to come within the same, except such as were appointed.

After all this solemne order was finished,* 12.74 the lord chiefe iustice rehearsing the maner of bringing the writ of right by Simon Low, of the answer made therevnto by Paramore, of the procéeding therein, and how Paramore had challenged to defend his right to the land by battell, by his champion Tho∣mas Thorne, and of the accepting the triall that was by Low with his champion Henrie Nailer: & then for default of appearance in Low, he adiudged the land to Paramore, & dismissed the champion, acqui∣ting the suerties of their bands. He also willed Hen∣rie Nailer to render againe to George Thorne his gantlet. Whereto the said Nailer answered, that his lordship might command him anie thing, but wil∣linglie he wold not render the said gantlet to Thorne except he could win it. And further he challenged the said Thorne to play with him halfe a score blowes,* 12.75 to shew some pastime to the lord chiefe iustice, & to the o∣ther there assembled. But Thorne answered, that he came to fight, & would not plaie. Then the lord chiefe iustice commending Nailer for his valiant courage, cōmanded them both quietlie to depart the field, &c.

On the sixtéenth of Iulie, Rebecca Chamber, late wife to Thomas Chamber of Heriettesham,* 12.76 was found culpable of poisoning the said Thomas Cham∣ber hir husband, at the assises holden at Maidstone in the countie of Kent. For the which fact she (hauing well deserued) was there burnt on the next morrow. The seuenth of September, the duke of Norffolke was remooued from the Charterhouse,* 12.77 to the tower of London prisoner. The two and twentith of Sep∣tember deceassed Iohn Iewell bishop of Salisbu∣rie, in his life a most eloquent and diligent preacher, but a far more painefull and studious writer, as his workes remaining doo beare witnesse, wherby his fame shall neuer die. The ninth of Nouember, a sermon was preached in Paules church at London,* 12.78 by maister William Foulks of Cambridge, to giue thanks to almightie God for the victorie, which of his mercifull clemencie it had pleased him to grant to the christians in the Leuant seas, against the com∣mon enimies of our faith, the Turks, the seuenth of October last past. His theame was taken out of the sixtéenth psalme of Dauids psalter, the fourth verse.

There were present at this sermon, the lord maior of London sir William Allen, with the aldermen and craftsmen in their liueries.* 12.79 And in the euening there were bonefiers made through the citie, with banketting and great reioising, as good cause there was, for a victorie of so great importance vnto the whole state of the christian common-wealth. In the which were taken one hundred and thirtie vessels,* 12.80 that is, one hundred and seuentéene gallies, and thir∣téene galleots, beside other vessels that were bou∣ged, abandoned, and let go at large abroad in the seas, as gallies, foists, and galleots, to the number of fourescore, or thereabouts. And of their chiefe∣teins slaine in that bloudie battell, these we find by name as principall:* 12.81 Halie Bassa high admerall of the whole nauie, Amar Beie capteine of the Ianis∣saries, Assan Beie the sonne of Barbarossa, with his sonne Mehemet Beie gouernor of Mitellene, Gider Beie gouernour of Chio, Capsan Beie go∣uernour of the Rhodes, Peruis Aga gouernour of Affrica otherwise Mahomeda, Mustafa Scelu∣bie high treasuror, Affis Clueaga capteine of Gal∣lipolie, Tramontana chiefe maister of the Tur∣kish

emperours owne gallie, Caracoza, and also ma∣nie others, whose names were too long to rehearse: but the whole number that were slaine of the Turks could not be perfectlie knowne, by reason that ma∣nie were drowned in the sea, which came not to sight.

* 12.82Some yet affirme, that there were slaine of them in all, to the number of one and twentie thousand, although other speake but of fifteene thousand. But Contareno writeth, that there were slaine and ta∣ken 29990. Of which number he reckoneth 3846 to [line 10] haue remained prisoners, and among them were these persons of name, Mahemet Beie, Sainus Beie,* 12.83 and Sirocho Beie. There escaped yet from this discomfiture, Partau, generall of all the men of warre and souldiors by land,* 12.84 Ochialie, Murate Raie with his sonne, and Hali Genouese, and with them about fortie gallies, foists, and fregats. More∣ouer, there were found in the Turkish gallies that came into the hands of the christians,* 12.85 one hundred and sixteene double canons, two hundred sixtie and [line 20] fiue demie canons, and sixtéene other great peeces of brasse. For it is to be remembred, that not one∣lie the Turkish gallies, but also the christians were throughlie armed, furnished, and appointed with men, munition, and ordinance in euerie behalfe.

In Halie Bassa his gallie there were aboord three hundred harquebusiers Ianissaries, and an hun∣dred archers. In the gallie of Don Giouan de Au∣stria chiefe admerall of the christians, were foure hundred harquebusiers Spaniards, of the fierse of [line 30] Sardigna, beside a great number of lords and gen∣tlemen, and also beside the rowers: and in euerie o∣ther gallie were 200 fighting men at the least, beside the rowers, & in some 300, & othersome 400 according to the mould of the vessels.* 12.86 The number of the christian gallies and galliots, were in all two hundred and two, besides six great galleasses. The Turks had their gallies, galliots, and foists, to the number of two hundred and fiftie, as appeareth by the account afore made, of those that were taken, [line 40] abandoned, and escaped. There were deliuered and set at libertie,* 12.87 about twelue thousand, some say four∣teene thousand christian captiues, whome the Turks kept for slaues, and had them chained there aboord with them in their gallies. But this victorie was not got without great losse of the christians, for be∣side Augustine Barbarigo, the principall prouedi∣tore of the Uenetians, there died seuentéene other gentlemen of Uenice, being men of good estimati∣on, Iohn Cardone, & Barnardine Cardone Spa∣niards, [line 50] Uirginio and Horatio Ursini Romans, Troilo, Sabello, Marco Molino, besides diuerse other nobles and gentlemen of name, as well Ita∣lians, as Spaniards, and Almans.

* 12.88In all, there died of the christians to the number of seauen thousand six hundred fiftie and six, beside those that were hurt, being in like number to them that were slaine, among whom was don Iohn de Au∣stria, generall of all the christian armie there, Seba∣stian Ueniero the Uenetians generall, & the counte de Santa Fiore with diuerse others. Moreouer, [line 60] there were christian gallies bouged, thrée of the Ue∣netians, one of the popes, one belonging to the duke of Sauoie,* 12.89 and another to the knights of Malta. There was one also taken & led awaie by Ochialie, and his companie.* 12.90 Such was the successe of this bat∣tell, which continued for the space of six houres, in the end whereof the victorie remaining with the christi∣ans, caused no small reioising through all parties of christendome. For if this victorie had béene followed, with his gratious helpe and assistance that was the giuer thereof, the proud and loftie horne of the Is∣maelite had béene so brused, as peraduenture his courage would haue quailed to put foorth the same so spéedilie as he did. But such is the malice of the time, that the christians haue more pleasure to draw their weapons one against another,* 12.91 than against that common enimie of vs all, who regardeth neither pro∣testant nor catholike (they may be sure) those of the Gréekish church nor others, as if the mercifull proui∣dence of the Lord of hosts doo not in time disappoint his proceedings, it will be too soone perceiued, though happilie too late to stop the breach, when the floud hath got head, and once woone passage through the banke.

It were therfore to be wished of all those that ten∣der the suertie of the christian commonwealth, that princes would permit their subiects to liue in libertie of conscience, concerning matters of faith: and that subiects againe would be readie in dutifull wise,* 12.92 to obeie their princes in matters of ciuill gouernment, so that compounding their controuersies among themselues, with tollerable conditions, they might emploie their forces against the common enimie, to the benefit of the whole christian world, which (the more is the pitie) they haue so long exercised one a∣gainst another, to each others destruction. And as for matters in variance about religion, rather to decide the same with the word, than with the sword, an in∣strument full vnfit for that purpose, and not lightlie vsed nor allowed of by the ancient fathers in time of the primitiue church. But fith this is rather to be wished than hoped for by anie apparant likelihood, considering the strange contrarietie of humors now reigning among men in sundrie parts of christen∣dome, let vs leaue the successe of our wish to the ple∣sure of God, the author of all good haps, who ruleth the harts of princes (as the poet saith verie trulie

—& eius In manibus sunt regum animi; quotún{que} volunta•• Fert sua, vertit eos)

and frameth the peoples minds as séemeth best to his diuine prouidence. And withall, let vs also hum∣blie offer to him our praiers, instantlie beseeching him to spare vs in mercie, and not to reward vs af∣ter our iniquities: but rather by his onmipotent power to turne from vs the violence of our enimies, in abridging their forces, as it may séeme good to his mercifull fauour and great clemencie.

The thirtith of December Reinold Greie was by the quéenes maiestie restored earle of Kent.* 12.93 ¶ The thirtéenth of Ianuarie deceassed sir William Peter knight,* 12.94 who for his iudgement and pregnant wit had béene secretarie and of the priuie councell to foure kings and quéenes of this realme, and seauen times ambassador abroad in forren lands: he augmented Exceter college in Oxford with lands, to the value of an hundred pounds by yeare: and also builded ten almes houses in the parish of Ingerstone for twen∣tie poore people, ten within the house, and ten without the house, hauing euerie one two pence the daie, a winter gowne, and two load of wood, and among them féeding for six kine winter and summer, and a chapleine to saie them seruice dailie.]

The sixteenth of Ianuarie the lord Thomas Ho∣ward duke of Norffolke was arreigned at West∣minster hall, before George lord Talbot,* 12.95 * 12.96 earle of Shrewesburie, high steward of England for that daie, and there by his péeres found giltie of high trea∣son, and had iudgement accordinglie. The eleuenth of Februarie Kenelme Barneie, and Edmund Ma∣ther were drawen from the tower of London,* 12.97 and Henrie Rolfe from the Marshalsea in Southworke, all thrée to Tiburne and there hanged, bowelled, and quartered for treason; Barneie and Mather for con∣spiracie, and Rolfe for counterfeiting of the quéens maiesties hand.

¶ The queenes maiestie hearing crediblie by re∣port,* 12.98 that certeine lewd persons, vnder pretense of

executing commissions for inquiries to be made for lands concealed,* 12.99 contrarie to hir maiesties mea∣ning, chalenging lands, stocks of monie, plate, &c: let∣ting not also to make pretense to the bels, led, and o∣ther such things belonging vnto parish churches or chappels. Hir maiestie meaning spéedilie to with∣stand such manner of vnlawfull practises, comman∣ded, that all commissions then extant and not deter∣mined, for inquisition of anie manner of conceale∣ments, should be by Supersedias, out of hir excheker re∣uoked. [line 10]

And also appointed speedie remedie to be had against such extorcioners, as more at large appeareth by proclamation, concluding thus. Finallie, hir ma∣iestie would hir iustices of assise to haue some speci∣all care, not onelie to the premisses, but also to the re∣forming of certeine couetous & iniurious attempts, of diuerse that of late time by other colour than for hir maiesties vse, had taken awaie the led of chur∣ches and chappels; yea and bels also out of steeples, and other common goods belonging to parishes: an [line 20] example not to be suffered vnpunished, nor vnrefor∣med. And so hir maiestie eftsoones chargeth hir iu∣stices of hir assise to prouide seuere remedie, both for punishment and reformation thereof. Dated at Westminster the thirtéenth daie of Februarie, the fourtéenth yeare of hir reigne.]

* 12.100The tenth of March deceased sir William Pau∣let knight, lord saint Iohn, earle of Wilshire, mar∣quesse of Winchester, knight of the honorable order of the garter, one of the quéenes maiesties priuie councell, and lord high treasuror of England, at his [line 30] manor of Basing. This worthie man was borne in the yeare of our Lord 1483, the first yeare of king Richard the third, and liued about the age of foure score and seauen yeares, in six kings and quéenes daies.* 12.101 He serued fiue kings and quéenes, Henrie the seauenth, Henrie the eight, Edward the sixt, queene Marie, and quéene Elisabeth. All these he serued faithfullie, and of them was greatlie fauou∣red. Himselfe did sée the children of his childrens children, growing to the number of one hundred and [line 40] thrée. A rare blessing giuen by God to men of his calling.

On the fiue and twentith and six and twentith of March, by the commandement of the quéenes ma∣iestie hir councell, the citizens of London assem∣bling at their seuerall halles; the maisters collected and chose out the most likelie and actiue persons of e∣uerie their companies,* 12.102 to the number of thrée thou∣sand, whome they appointed to be pikemen and shot. [line 50] The pikemen were foorthwith armed in faire corslets and other furniture according thervnto; the gunners had euerie of them his caliuer with the furniture, and murrians on their heads. To these were appoin∣ted diuerse valiant capteins, who to traine them vp in warlike feats,* 12.103 mustered them thrise euerie wéeke, sometimes in the artillerie yard, teaching the gun∣ners to handle their peeces, sometimes at the Miles end, & in saint Georges field, teaching them to skir∣mish. In the which skirmish on the Miles end the [line 60] tenth of Aprill, one of the gunners of the goldsmiths companie was shot in the side with a peece of a scou∣ring sticke left in one of the caliuers, wherof he died, and was buried the twelfe of Aprill in Pauls church∣yard; all the gunners marching from the Miles end in battell raie, shot off their caliuers at his graue.

* 12.104On Maie daie they mustered at Gréenwich be∣fore the quéenes maiestie, where they shewed manie warlike feats, but were much hindered by the wea∣ther, which was all daie showring, they returned that present night to London, and were discharged the next morrow.* 12.105 The fourth of Maie Walter De∣uexeur, lord Ferrers of Chartleie, and vicount of Hereford was created earle of Essex: and Edward Fines lord Clinton and Saie high admerall of En∣gland was created earle of Lincolne. The eight of Maie the parlement began at Westminster, and that same daie in the parlement by the quéenes ma∣iesties writs, sir Henrie Compton knight,* 12.106 lord of Compton in the Hole, sir Henrie Cheinie knight lord of Todington, sir William Paulet knight of Basing, & sir Henrie Norris knight lord of Ricot, were called barons into the higher house. In this parlement,* 12.107 for so much as the whole realme of Eng∣land was excéedinglie pestered with roges, vaga∣bunds, and sturdie beggers, by meanes whereof dai∣lie happened diuerse horrible murthers, thefts, and o∣ther great outrages: it was enacted, that all persons aboue the age of fouretéene yéeres, being taken beg∣ging, vagarant, & wandering disorderlie, should be apprehended, whipped, and burned through the gristle of the right eare, with a hot iron of one inch com∣passe for the first time so taken.

The foure & twentith of Maie,* 12.108 Martine Bullocke was hanged on a gibet by the well with two buckets in Bishops gate stréet of London, for robbing, and most shamefullie murthering of a merchant named Arthur Hall, in the parsonage of S. Martine by the said well. This Martine had procured the said Ar∣thur Hall to come to the said parsonage, to buie of him certeine plate. But after the said Arthur had well viewed the same, he said; This is none of your plate, it hath doctor Gardeners marke,* 12.109 and I know it to be his: That is true said Martine Bullocke, but he hath appointed me to sell it, &c. After this talke, whilest the said Arthur was weieng the plate, the same Martine fetcht out of the kitchin a thicke wash∣ing beetle,* 12.110 and comming behind him stroke the said Arthur on the head, that he felled him with the first stroke; and then strake him againe, and after tooke the said Arthurs dagger, and sticked him, and with his knife cut his throte: and after would haue trus∣sed him in a Danske chest, but the same was too short. Whervpon he tumbled him downe a paire of staires, and after thinking to haue buried him in the cellar, his legs being broken with the first fall,* 12.111 and stiffe, he could not draw him downe the cellar stairs being winding. Wherfore he cut off his legs with an hatchet, and in the end trussed him with straw in a drie vat: and saieng it was his apparell and bookes, caused the same to be carried to the water side, and so shipped to Rie. But as God would haue it, there was suspicion gathered against the murtherer,* 12.112 wher∣by he was examined before alderman Branch then one of the shiriffes of London; but so small likelihood appéered that he should be guiltie, that there was an honest man dwelling in saint Laurence Pontneis named Robert Gée a clothworker, who supposing the offendor to be cléere in the matter, vndertooke for his foorth comming. Wherevpon Bullocke being suf∣fered to go at libertie, slipt awaie, first to West∣minster; and there taking bote, passed vp the riuer:* 12.113 and comming on land beyond Kingston, passed foorth till he came to Okingham, in the forrest of Wind∣sore, an eight miles beyond the towne of Windsore: and from thense (what mooued him, I leaue to the se∣cret iudgement of God) he came backe againe vn∣to London, lodging at the red lion in Holborne.

In the meane time the foresaid Gée, vpon know∣ledge had that Bullocke was withdrawen out of the waie, was not onelie had in some suspicion, but also committed toward: albeit so as he had libertie to take order to send abrode such as should make sute after Bullocke. And amongst other that went foorth, one of his seruants was sent to Rie, whither the drie vat was conueied: and comming thither, the same drie vat was opened, wherein the mangled corps of Hall was found: whereby the truth of the matter

came to light,* 12.114 and by the good prouidence of God, the reuealer of such euill facts, Bullocke was at the ve∣rie same time discouered at the place in Holborne a∣fore mentioned, and there apprehended, did receiue (as ye haue heard) due punishment for his heinous and most wicked offense.

* 12.115The six and twentith of Maie, the right honorable earle of Lincolne, departed from London towards France ambassador, being accompanied with the lord Dacres, the lord Rich, the lord Talbot, the lord Sands, and the lord Clinton, sir Arthur Chamber∣nowne, [line 10] sir Ierome Bowes, and sir Edward Ha∣stings knights, with diuerse other gentlemen, who taking ship at Douer, cut ouer to Bullongne, where they were verie honorablie receiued, and conueied by iournies to Paris, where they were lodged in a house of the kings named le chasteau de Louure, be∣ing attended vpon of the kings officers. Fiue daies after they went to the king at a house called Madrill,* 12.116 where the king with his two brethren, the admerall, & the most part of the nobles of France met them a [line 20] distance from the place, & brought them to the house: where they dined, and abode till sundaie following, from whence the king and his nobles with the nobles of England came to Paris. The king, his two bre∣thren, & our ambassador riding in one coch togither, and the nobles of England and France being so pla∣ced also in coches, came to the said castell of Louure, and there dined. After dinner the king, our ambas∣sador, with the nobilitie of both realmes, went to a church named saint Germane, where the French [line 30] king, his brethren, and nobilitie heard euensong. The noblemen of England withdrawing them into a chappell till euensong was doone, were then fetched thense by the nobles of France to the king and his brethren that awaited their comming, where was confirmed the league which had béene concluded at Blois the ninteenth of Aprill,* 12.117 deputies being there for the French partie, Francis Montmorencie, Rei∣nold Birago, Sebastian de Laubespine, and Paule de Foix: and for the queene of England, sir Tho∣mas [line 40] Smith, and maister Walsingham ambassa∣dors.

This being doone, they departed without the wals of Paris, to a garden of pleasure, where they supped. After supper, the king departed to his place of Ma∣drill, and the nobles of England vnto the castell of Louure. On mondaie, the admerall feasted the no∣bles of England: vpon tuesdaie, the duke of Aniou the kings brother, and on wednesdaie the duke of A∣lanson [line 50] his yoonger brother, and so passed in feasting and banketting, with rich gifts on both parts. On fridaie,* 12.118 the nobles of England tooke leaue of the king, and on sundaie came to saint Denis, and after to Bullongne, where they tooke ship, and returned into England the fourth of Iulie. The second of Iune in the morning, betwéene the houres of seuen and eight, Thomas Howard duke of Norffolke, was beheaded on a scaffold newlie set vp on tower hill. ¶ This execution in a short time was spred a∣broad, [line 60] for fame, which (as the poet saith in few words

— volat leuibus sublata per aethera pennis)

had sounded the same farre and néere: insomuch that in tract of time, as men had leasure to laie their col∣lections togither, among other things this is recor∣ded: euen of strangers. For the execution of an ho∣norable personage must néeds be so much the more notorious, as his misdéed is dishonorable. Touching the duke therefore this I find in Schardius (howsoe∣uer he came to the knowledge thereof) a moderne historien,* 12.119 and doctor of the lawes in Basill. The duke of Norffolke, who (as we haue said) was condemned for treason the sixteenth daie of Ianuarie, was brought out of the tower of London, to a plaine hard by, which they call the hill;* 12.120 in the middest whereof a scaffold had béene builded manie yeares ago seruing for execution: which being old was both rotten and ruinous. For queene Elisabeth hauing with mercie gouerned hir commonwealth, there was no punish∣ment inflicted there vpon anie for the space of four∣téene yeares. Wherefore a new scaffold must needs be made. Which when the duke at seuen of the clocke in the morning had mounted, hauing on a silken doublet, & a long gowne of like fine stuffe, all blacke,* 12.121 earnestlie he beheld the people round about with his cap on his head. Now when he had stood still a prettie while, and cast his eies vpon the scaffold, he asked whereabouts he might best stand to speake vnto the people? For the scaffold was foure square, and the people came flocking from all places. Now when he was directed to the east side thereof, and the people had muttered and whispered diuerslie among them∣selues, master Alexander Nowell deane of Paules besought them that were present to be silent and still.* 12.122 Then began the duke to speake to the people as fol∣loweth.

The duke of Norffolkes vvords vtte∣red on the scaffold at tower hill when he should be executed

IT is no rare thing (good people) to sée a man come hither to die, albeit since this quéens most blessed reigne I be the first, I praie God I be the last. The people said Amen. It is a hard matter for a man of my calling to vse long spéech in such an audience, either for that audacitie serues me not, or for that comming to such an end as I doo, the feare of death troubleth me: and therfore I beseech you all heartilie to beare with me, I will not be long, I will make a short spéech and di∣uide my talke into three parts. And first concerning my offense towards my prince,* 13.1 wherein some thing I haue to confesse against my selfe, and in some thing to cléere my selfe. I come not to complaine a∣gainst my peeres, I doo acquit them, I haue deser∣ued to die, it is not vnknowne. I haue dealt with the quéene of Scots in verie great and high matters, without making my prince priuie therevnto, other∣wise than I ought to haue doone.

There is one thing, which greatlie grudgeth my conscience, that is: when I was first deliuered out of this place, I made a submission, & promised the Q. neuer to deale further in that matter;* 13.2 and yet con∣trarie to my promise I meant & did otherwise, I am sorie for it. It was reported I made a vow and tooke a solemne oth, and receiued the communion vpon it, that is not true: the other was too much. It was re∣ported also I went about to destroie the citie of Lon∣don: I take God to my witnesse I neuer meant to hurt this citie. I haue dealt with suspected persons, and such as haue shewed themselues enimies to the state; especiallie one I will name, to wit one Radul∣pho, whome I neuer talked withall but once,* 13.3 and then I liked not his dealing, he shewed me two letters which he said came from the pope.

Then said one of the shiriffes of London, Good my lord be short: he said, I will be short, I haue not much to saie, good gentlemen beare witnesse, I come not to cléere my selfe. I saw two letters, the one inciphe∣red and the other disciphered. I was charged to con∣feder with the rebels, I take God to witnesse I did neuer. The secondarie interrupted him and said, I praie you my lord go not about to cléere your selfe, you haue béene tried as honourablie, as anie noble man hath euer béene in this land: I praie you make short, for the houre is past, it is vpon the perill of their liues (meaning the shiriffes) they can not suffer you.

Oh I praie you giue me leaue a little, I doo confesse my fault.* 13.4 This is my confession, I doo confesse it, notwithstanding my religion. It hath been reported I haue béene a papist, a confederer with papists, a friend to them and a mainteiner of them and of their religion: I take God to witnesse I am none, nor e∣uer was a papist since I knew what religion ment. I haue had friends, yea familiar friends, yea perad∣uenture seruants that haue béene papists, with whom I haue borne: but I take God to witnesse I am [line 10] none, I vtterlie defie the pope and his religion, and I hope to be saued onlie by my faith in Iesus Christ: and I vtterlie abhorre all mans traditions, And if at anie time I did giue countenance to anie papist, whereby anie goodman or the church was offended, I aske them mercie: there is no man that allow∣eth better of this religion than I doo.* 13.5 Then he was desired againe to be short. Now touching the good∣nesse of the queenes maiestie, I am much bound to hir grace. I doo thanke hir humblie for that she hath [line 20] forgiuen all my offenses, and hath prolonged my life so long. You sée how good she hath béen to me, I haue béene looked for here long before this time, God send hir long ouer you to reigne, she hath promised me to be gratious to my poore orphan children. God grant my death maie end all troubles.* 13.6 And if anie of you haue anie one faction, or two, or thrée, or mo, let him giue ouer & forsake it. Manie wish and desire diuerse things: but they know not what they wish. They seeke their owne destruction. If euerie man should [line 30] haue his wish, God knoweth how manie would re∣pent whatsoeuer they are.

The quéene hath promised in my death to forgiue all, and I praie God that she maie liue manie yeeres. I remember well the words of that good father and holie martyr Latimer.* 13.7 He told the people, that for their wickednesse God would take awaie his bles∣sing from them. I praie God the contrarie, that your good life maie be such, that God maie turne awaie those plagues that he hath thretned. He spake it in an [line 40] honorable place, in the pulpit, before king Edward: yet let not this place discredit my words. I praie God preserue the quéens maiestie, and that she maie liue and reigne ouer you manie yeares: euen to the worlds end, which I beléeue that some one aliue shall sée. Then he knéeled downe and praied, and master Nowell knéeled downe by him and wept, with ma∣nie others.* 13.8 His praier was vnto God for the conti∣nuance of the truth of his gospell; he praied also in∣stantlie for the quéenes most prosperous reigne, and [line 50] knéeling vpon his knees he said two psalms, to wit Miserere and Domine ne in furore, and in the first psalme he praied to build the wals of Ierusalem, according to the psalme. Master Nowell said, That is meant of Christs church. I know that well (said he) I meane not the church of Rome, I abhorre it, but the church of England and of all the world wheresoeuer it be.

I haue forgotten one thing, I thanke thée God that hast put me in mind of it.* 13.9 I forgiue all the world and I aske all the world forgiuenesse: and I protest [line 60] before God, if I knew anie particular man I had offended, I would namelie aske him forgiuenesse. Then he read the other psalme, wherein adulterie is mentioned, and when he came to that point, he said: I would I were as cleare in euerie thing as in that,* 13.10 sauing for thought, and that is as euill. Then he said a collect, and in the end he said, In manus tuas Domine, &c▪ in Latine and English. And then he desired the people to praie for him while he liued, for (quoth he) I looke not to haue anie excuse after my death. Then he imbrased sir Henrie Leie, and after a few secret words betweene them, Master Nowell stood vp and said to the people, He dooth desire you all with one voice to saie Lord haue mercie vpon him, and after to saie no more words, nor to make anie shout or shritching for troubling of him in his last visitation. Then the duke knéeled downe, and master Nowell bowed himselfe towards him with manie imbra∣sings, and tooke there leaue each of other. Then the ex∣ecutioner desired him knéeling to forgiue him: and he tooke him by the hand and forgaue him, and then requested sight of the axe; Master Nowell said,* 13.11 The sight will trouble you. He answered; No, let me see it: but he shewed it not, & then he laied his necke vp∣on the blocke. Then the executioner said; My lord your head lieth not well. I will make it lie well, saith he, & therewith lifting vp his bodie he laid his necke euen vpon the blocke, which doone it was cut cleane off at one stroke. This was the end of the duke of Northfolke, a man whose life God had limited, as also the estate wherein he sometimes flourished: both which (as all things else) in a short time vanished. Let all degrées therefore learne, both by precept and example to know God principallie, secondlie their souereigne Gods annointed, and finallie themselues to be subiects: forgetting their owne honour, which puffeth men vp manie times with the wind of vain∣glorie, euen to their owne ouerthrow, whilest they become insolent, and dreame that the transitorie ad∣uancements of this world will make them princes, princes péeres; naie (O monstrous madnesse) gods, whereas all things are mutable and momentanie, and the higher that a man dooth clime, the greater is his fall; as verie aptlie saith the poet in these words:

Hoc fragili varijs voluuntur casibus orbe Omnia, celsa ruit turris grauiore ruina.

The discourse and catalog of all the dukes of England by creation or descent since the time of the conquest.

TWo sentences, the one an Italian pro∣uerbe,* 14.1 the other an old English byword haue mooued me to make this collection (at the request of an other) of all the dukes of England. First the Italian said that France cannot abide anie treasurors, England anie dukes, nor Scotland anie kings, the truth wher∣of need no confirming examples to be set downe, sith (as saith the philosopher) things subiect to the sense néed no further proofe. Secondlie the English saieng hath been, that a Nag of fiue shillings shall beare all the dukes of England & Scotland, being spoken in no sense of disgrace to that honorable title: but one∣lie to shew that the time should come, wherein there should be no dukes in England or Scotland. How true the same is in England, and likelie againe to be in Scotland (being once before verified in that realme, for about fiue years past, there was no duke there also when the duke of Lineux was banished) e∣uerie man dooth well perceiue. For the death of this Thomas duke of Northfolke, being the last of that honour hath iustified the same in England. And the turmoils in Scotland may perhaps shortlie verifie the same in that countrie, in which there were neuer so few dukes, as that they cannot make the first and smallest number: for being but one in that countrie, and he verie yoong (which is the duke of Lineux) if he should miscarie, the same would againe also be as true there as it is now héere. For which cause to per∣petuat the memories of such antiquities and titles of honor, as age hath consumed with the persons which inioied such prehemences in England, I will from the first creation of anie duke since the con∣quest recite the creation, descent, and succession of all the dukes of England, shewing first the time of the creation of such dukes, & secondlie the descent of all such dukes as are lineallie issued out of that crea∣tion,

which follow as they came in one line.

* 14.2Edward (the eldest sonne of king Edward the third) being surnamed the blacke prince, was made duke of Cornewall the eleauenth of Edward the third, in the yeare of our redemption 1337, when he was yet but yoong. This yoong prince was the first duke in England since the conquest, and Cornewall was by that creation the first place that was erected to a dukedome. Which duke, being the flower of chi∣ualrie in his time, died about the fiftith yéere of king [line 10] Edward the third; in the yeare of Christ 1376, and was buried at Canturburie.

* 14.3Henrie Plantagenet aliàs Tort Colle (bicause his head leaned somewhat to one shoulder like the great Macedone king Alexander, whose valure in feats of armes this Henrie did also imitate) being sonne to Henrie of Monmouth earle of Lancaster, was in like sort earle of Lancaster by descent. After which he was created earle of Darbie, as some saie in the eleauenth yeare of Edward the third, being [line 20] the yeare of our Lord 1337, other saie in the foure∣téenth yeare of Edward the third, in the yeare of our saluation 1340. He was created duke of Lancaster as some haue in the six & twentith yeare of Edward the third, as other haue the seauen & twentith, and as the third sort haue the eight & twentith yeare of Ed∣ward the third. He was lord steward of England, & lieutenant of Guines. This man was wise, glorious in fortune, and full of honor in feates of armes, whi∣lest he was yoong: he died the fiue and thirtith yeare [line 30] of Edward the third, in the yeare of Christ 1361, be∣ing one of the first knights which were made at the first institution of the honorable order of the garter, and the second duke that was made in England. He had issue two daughters & heires, Mawd maried to William duke of Bauare, earle of Henalt, Zeland & Holand, which after became mad; & Blanch maried to Iohn of Gant, fourth sonne to Edward the third.

Iohn Plantagenet, surnamed of Gant in Flan∣ders,* 14.4 where he was borne, the fourth sonne to king [line 40] Edward the third, was first by his father in the fiue and thirtith yeare of Edward the third, in the yeare of Christ 1361, made duke of Lancaster, so that he was duke of Lancaster, earle of Lincolne, Salisbu∣rie, Darbie and Leicester, king of Castile & Lirne, and steward of England. He married thrée wiues, the first was Blanch the daughter and heire of Hen∣rie duke of Lancaster, earle of Leicester, Lincolne, Sarisburie & Darbie, in whose right he obteined all those titles of honor, whome he maried in the thirtith [line 50] thrée yeare of Edward the third, in the yeare of our Lord 1359, and by hir had issue Henrie Plantage∣net duke of Hereford: Philip married in the tenth yeare of Richard the second (in the yeare of Christ 1386, as some saie; or rather 1385, as others haue) to the king of Portingale: and Elisabeth married to Iohn Holland erle of Huntington. His second wife was Constance eldest daughter to Peter king of Castile, whom he maried in the six & fortith yeare of Edward the third, being in the yeare of Christ 1372, [line 60] by whome he had issue Margaret maried to the king of Castile, which Constance died in the yere of Christ 1394, as saith Ypodigma. His third wife was Ka∣tharine the widow of Otho Swinford, and daughter to sir Paien Ruet aliàs Guien king at armes, whom he maried in the nintéenth yeare of king Richard the second, being the yere of Christ 1395, or as some saie 1396, by this woman he had before mariage Thomas Beaufort, Iohn Beaufort, Henrie Beaufort cardi∣nall of Winchester, & Iane maried to Rafe Neuill earle of Westmerland, all which children were in the twentith of Richard the second, being in the yeare 1396, legitimated by parlement: at which time the said Iohn of Gant gaue them the surname of Beau∣fort. This Iohn of Gant was also earle of Richmond and constable of France in the time of Richard the second, who made him also duke of Aquitaine in the fourtéenth yeare of his reigne, being the yeare 1390▪ This Iohn of Gant died in the two & twentith yeare of Richard the second▪ in the yeare 1398, or as saith Ypodigma 1399, & was buried in the qu••ere of saint Paules church of London, on the north side▪

Henrie Plantagenet aliàs Henrie of Bollinbroke so surnamed of the place of his birth,* 14.5 the eldest son of the said Iohn▪ was by inheritance duke of Lan∣caster, earle of Leicester, Salisburie▪ Darbie, and Lincolne▪ he was created duke of Hereford by Ri∣chard the second, who made him earle of Darbie, in the ninth yeare of his reigne, in the yeare of Christ 1386, and after made him duke of Hereford in the 21 yeare of his reigne, being the yeare of Christ 1397. Which Henrie of Bollinbroke maried in the 9▪ yéere of the reigne of Richard the second, in the yeare of Christ 1386▪ Marie the second daughter, & one of the heires of Humphrie Bohune earle of Hereford & Es∣sex, and conestable of England, which woman died in the yéere of Christ 1394, about the eighteenth yéere of Richard the second. This Henrie was after king of England by the name of Henrie the fourth.

Lionell Plantagenet surnamed Lionell of Ant∣werpe in Brabant, because he was there borne,* 14.6 be∣ing the third son of king Edward the third, was erle of Ulster in Ireland by his wife, and created duke of Clarence in the 36 yéere of Edward the third, in the yéere of Christ 1462: but other saie he was made duke in the 33 yeer of Edward the third. He had two wiues, the first Elisabeth, some saie Eleanor (but rightlie as I doo suppose) the daughter of William Burgh earle of Ulster, by whom he had issue Philip maried to Edmund earle of March: the second wife was Ielant or Uielant daughter to Galeas duke of Millane, to whom he was maried, as saith the Eng∣lish chronicle, in the two and fortith yéere of Edward the third▪ in the yéere of Christ 1368: which yéere the Italians count 1367, by whom he had no issue. This Lionell was somtime regent of France, & died 1368.

Edmund of Langleie,* 14.7 fift son to Edward the third made earle of Cambridge about the six and thirtith yéere of Edward the third, being the yeere of Christ 1361, was made duke of Yorke in the eight, or (as some haue) the ninth yéere of the said king Richard the second. He in the six and fortith yéere of king Ed∣ward the third, in the yéere that the word became flesh 1372, married Isabell one of the daughters of Peter king of Castile, and sister by the mother to Constance second wife to Iohn of Gant duke of Lancaster, brother to this Edmund, who was about the twentith yéere of Richard the second protector of England, while the king was in Ireland, which Isa∣bell died in the yeere of Christ 1394, being about the eightéenth yéere of Richard the second, & by the kings commandement was buried in the friers of Lang∣leie. This Edmund had issue by his wife Isabell Edward earle of Rutland, and duke Albermerle, Ri∣chard earle of Cambridge, and one daughter called Constance married to Thomas lord Spenser: he died the second (as some haue) or rather the third (as others haue) of Henrie the 4, in the yéere of Christ, as hath Ypodigma 1402, and was buried at Langleie.

Edward Plantagenet son and heire of Edmund of Langleie duke of Yorke,* 14.8 was in the fouretéenth of Richard the second created erle of Rutland in his fathers life, in the yéere of Christ 1390, and in the twentith yeare of Richard the second, or rather the 21 of the same king, being the yeare of Christ 1397, he was made duke of Albermerle or Aumerle, and after his fathers death he was duke of Yorke: he was slaine at the battell of Agincourt, in the third

yeare of Henrie the fift, being the yeare of Christ 1415, he married Margaret, or rather more trulie Philip the ladie Fitzwater, and widow to sir Iohn Gollafer knight, bastard sonne to sir Iohn Gollafer of Cercedone or Saresdone knight in Oxfordshire. And here because I haue mentioned the name of Gollafer, although it be digressing from my first purposes, onelie to treat of the dukes of England, I thinke it not amisse to saie somewhat of these two knights, of the Gollafers, sir Iohn the father, and sir Iohn the sonne. This sir Iohn Gollafer the fa∣ther [line 10] being the sonne of Iohn Gollafer esquier (whose ancestors as farre as I can learne had their first ori∣ginall from Roger Gollafer of Cercedone in the time of king Iohn, and was buried in Domo capitula∣ri de Bruera in com. oxon.) married Anne the daughter and heire of sir Thomas Langleie lord of Langleie in Oxfordshire (now at this daie in the yeare 1585, by grant of quéene Elisabeth, in the possession of Ro∣bert Sutton or Dudleie earle of Leicester) which Anne died shortlie after without anie issue by him. [line 20] After whose death this sir Iohn Gollafer married Isabell the ladie of Missenden (dwelling at Missen∣den) and of Queintone in Buckinghamshire, she being daughter to sir Barnard Brocas. But this sir Iohn Gollafer hauing no issue by the said Elisabeth, and desirous by some meanes or other to continue his name (which yet he could not make perpetuall nor of anie long continuance) made choise in the life of his wife Isabell of another woman, whome he v∣sed for procreations cause, and by hir had issue two [line 30] bastards, one called Iennet Pulham after prioresse of Burneham by Windsore, and an other bastard called after the father Iohn Gollafer, who in follow∣ing time became a knight. Afterward this sir Iohn the father died at Queintone in the yeare of our re∣demption one thousand, three hundred, seauentie and nine, falling partlie in the second and third yeare of Henrie the fourth, and was buried at the Graie fri∣ers in Oxford, whose wife Isabell was after buried in Missenden priorie. [line 40]

After the death of this sir Iohn the father, sir Iohn Gollafer knight his base sonne being lord of Langleie, married Phillip ladie Fitzwater, after maried to this duke of Yorke (as before is said) which sir Iohn Gollafer died at Wallingford, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand, three hundred, ninetie and six, being the twentith yeare of Richard the second, and was buried at Westminster, néere vnto the toome of Richard the second. Which ladie Philip died in the time of Henrie the sixt, and was [line 50] buried at Westminster, néere vnto hir husband, whose statelie toome is yet extant, on the south side almost directlie oueragainst the toome of Richard the second. Thus this much for the name of Gollafer; and so againe to the dukes of England.

* 14.9Thomas Plantagenet, otherwise called Thomas of Woodstocke, sixt sonne to king Edward the third, was created earle of Buckingham, the first yeare of Richard the second, in the yeare one thousand, thrée [line 60] hundred, seauentie and seauen, the daie of his coro∣nation before dinner. This man was high constable of England, and created duke of Glocester, in the eight yeare of Richard the second, of whom is more especiall mention made in the treatise of the consta∣bles of England, pag. 867.

* 14.10Thomas Holland, brother by the mothers side to king Richard the second, and sonne to the lord Tho∣mas Holland (earle of Kent, in the right of Iane, daughter and heire to Edmund Plantagenet, surnamed of Woodstocke earle of Kent) was ad∣uanced to the title of duke of Surreie in the two and twentith yeare of king Richard the second, being the yeare of Christ one thousand, thrée hundred, ninetie and seauen, he maried Alice the daughter of Richard Fitzallen earle of Arundell. He had issue six daugh∣ters & heires; Margaret married to Iohn Beaufort earle of Summerset, and marquesie Dorset; Alice maried to Thomas Montacute earle of Salisburie; Elisabeth, married to Iohn lord Neuill sonne to Rafe Neuill the first earle of Westmerland, and af∣ter his death to Edward Chareleton lord Powis; Ioane married to Edmund of Langleie duke of Yorke; and Bridget a nun at Barking. This man with others, at a parlement held the first yeare of Henrie the fourth, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand, thrée hundred, ninetie and nine, was depriued of his name of duke, & of all honours, togi∣ther with the dignities belonging to a duke, & was after in the same yeare (rebelling against king Hen∣rie the fourth) taken by the men of Circester, and be∣headed in the same towne, after that he had caused the towne to be set on fire.

Iohn Holland full brother to Thomas Holland,* 14.11 and halfe brother to Richard the second, was created earle of Huntington in the fourtéenth yeare of king Richard the second, and made duke of Excester at a parlement holden in the one & twentith yeare of the same king, though some attribute that to the twen∣tith yeare of king Richard. This man at a parlement held in the first of Henrie the fourth, in the yeare of Christ 1399, was disgraded from his title of duke∣dome, and was after taken at Pritewell in Essex in a mill, and beheaded at Plassie in the said shire, in the said first yéere of the said king Henrie the fourth, he married Elisabeth the daughter of Iohn of Gant duke of Lancaster, and had issue Iohn Holland earle of Huntington.

Iohn Holland earle of Huntington was (as it see∣meth) made by Henrie the fourth (after the death of the duke of Excester his father) & admitted to be duke of Excester,* 14.12 he married Anne the daughter of Ed∣mund earle of Stafford, he had issue Henrie Hol∣land duke of Excester, and Anne maried to sir Iohn Neuill knight, brother of Rafe the third of that name erle of Westmerland, he died the six and twen∣tith of king Henrie the sixt on the fift of August, be∣ing the yeare of Christ 1448, and was buried at S. Katharins nigh the tower of London. After which his first wife he maried Anne the daughter of Iohn Montacute earle of Salisburie, by whome he had no issue.

Henrie Holland sonne of Iohn Holland was (af∣ter the death of his father) duke of Excester,* 14.13 he was disherited in the first of Edward the fourth at a par∣lement held then in the yeare 1461, he maried Anne daughter to Richard duke of Yorke, and sister to king Edward the fourth, which Anne at hir owne sute on the twelfe of Nouember in the eleuenth yeere of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of Christ 1471, was diuorced from the said duke of Excester. Shortlie after which, in the yeare of Christ 1413, be∣ing in the thirteenth of Edward the fourth, this duke was found dead in the sea betweene Douer & Calis, but how he came there none could certenlie declare. He died without issue, leauing his sister Anne his heire, maried (as before) to Iohn Neuill brother to Rafe earle of Westmerland.

Robert Uere earle of Oxford and marquesse of Dubline was in the yéere of Christ 1386,* 14.14 in the tenth of Richard the second created duke of Ireland, he died withoutissue at Louaine in great penurie and vexation of mind, as hath Ypodigma, in the yeere of Christ 1392, being about the sixtéenth of king Ri∣chard the second, he maried the daughter of Inge∣rame de Cousie earle of Bedford, and after diuorced from hir he married Lancecrona one of meane pa∣rentage.

* 14.15Margaret ladie Segraue the daughter and heire of Thomas Brotherton earle of Norffolke and mar∣shall of England, was created duchesse of Norffolke in the one and twentith yeare of king Richard the second, she had two husbands, whereof the first was Iohn lord Segraue; by whom she had issue Elisabeth married to Iohn Mowbreie the third of that name. Hir second husband was sir Walter Mannie knight of the order, by whome she had a daughter married to Iohn lord Hastings erle of Penbroke. This duchesse [line 10] Margaret died in the yeare of Christ 1399, being a∣bout the three and twentith of Richard the second, and was buried in the frier Minors of London.

* 14.16Thomas lord Mowbreie second sonne of Elisa∣beth Segraue and Iohn lord Mowbreie hir husband was aduanced to the dukedome of Norffolke, in the one and twentith yeare of the reigne of Richard the second. Shortlie after which he was appeled by Hen∣rie earle of Bullingbroke of treason, and caried to the castell of Windsore, where he was stronglie [line 20] and safelie garded, hauing a time of combat granted to determine the cause betwéene the two dukes the sixtéenth daie of September, in the two and twentith of the said king, being the yeare of our redemption 1398. But in the end the matter was so ordered, that this duke of Norffolke was banished for euer: wher∣vpon taking his iourneie to Ierusalem, he died at Uenice in his returne frō the said citie of Ierusalem in the first yeare of king Henrie the fourth, about the yeare of our redemption 1399. He maried Elisa∣beth [line 30] one of the daughters and heires of Richard erle of Arundell Warren and Surreie, by whome he had issue Iohn duke of Norffolke, and three daughters, Elisabeth maried to Michaell de la Poole the yoon∣ger earle of Suffolke, Margaret maried vnto sir Robert Howard knight, and Isabell maried to sir Iames Barkeleie.

* 14.17Iohn Mowbreie earle of Notingham marshall of England and duke of Norffolke, baron Segraue and Bower, was buried in the Charte••••ouse within the ile of Exholme, he maried Katharine the daugh∣ter [line 40] of Rafe the first earle of Westmerland, by whom he had issue Iohn duke of Norffolke.

* 14.18Iohn lord Mowbreie the sixt baron of the name of Mowbreie, sonne to Iohn duke of Norffolke, was after his father duke of Norffolke. This Iohn was buried in Tetford priorie, who marieng Elenor the daughter of William lord Burchier earle of Ewe, had issue Iohn duke of Norffolke.

* 14.19Iohn the last duke of Norffolke of the surn••me of [line 50] Mowbreie, the sonne of Iohn the last before mentio∣ned, was in his fathers life time created earle of Warren and Surreie by king Henrie the sixt, and after the death of his father was duke of Norffolke. This Iohn the last duke died in his castell of Fre∣mingham, in the yeare 1461, being the second yeare of king Edward the fourth. He maried Elisabeth daughter to Iohn lord Talbot earle of Shrewesbu∣rie, by whome he had issue one onelie daughter and heire, maried to Richard duke of Yorke second son to Edward the fourth. [line 60]

* 14.20Thomas Plantagenet second sonne to Henrie the fourth, was created duke of Clarence in the ele∣uenth yeare of his father, being about the yeare of our redemption 1409, and was afterward in the 13 of the same king created earle of Aumerle, and high steward of England: he was slaine the two and twentith of March, in the ninth yeare of the reigne of the victorious king Henrie the fift, in the yeare of our redemption 1420, beginning the yeare of our Lord on the fiue and twentith daie of March. He ma∣ried Margaret the daughter of Thomas Holland earle of Kent, and died without issue legitimat, ha∣uing a base sonne called Iohn the bastard of Cla∣rence.

Iohn Plantagenet third son to Henrie the fourth,* 14.21 was by his father created duke of Bedford, at the parlement of Leicester, in the yeare of Christ 1414, in the second of king Henrie the fift. Of this man is more large mention made in my discourse of the protectors of England.

Humfreie Plantagenet fourth sonne of Henrie the fourth,* 14.22 was by his father created duke of Gloce∣ster, who for the nobilitie of his mind and vertu∣ous life, was made protector of England. Of whom is more spoken in my former discourse of the protec∣tors of England.* 14.23

Iohn Beaufort (which name of Beaufort was gi∣uen by Iohn of Gant to his children which he had by Katharine Swineford,* 14.24 when they were made legiti∣mate by parlement, about the one and twentith yeare of king Richard the second as is before tou∣ched) was created marquesse Dorset by Henrie the fourth, and after aduanced to the honour of duke of Summerset, in the first yeare of king Henrie the first, being the yeare of our redemption 1413. He maried Margaret the daughter of sir Iohn Beau∣champe lord of Powicke, he had issue Margaret ma∣ried to Edmund Haddam earle of Richmond father to king Henrie the seuenth: after the death of which Edmund she was maried to Thomas lord Stonleie, afterward by Henrie the seuenth created earle of Darbie, and after vnto Henrie sonne to Humfreie duke of Buckingham. This duke of Summerset died the two and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, and was buried at Winborne, in the yeare of Christ 1444. And his daughter the ladie Margaret died at Westminster on the nine and twentith of Iune, in the first yeare of king Henrie the eight, in the yeare of Christ a thousand fiue hundred and nine, about three score and fiue yeares after the death of hir father.

Thomas Beaufort sonne to Iohn of Gant duke of Lancaster and Katharine Swineford was crea∣ted duke of Excester,* 14.25 in the fift yeare of K. Henrie the fift, of whome is mention made in my protec∣tors.

Edmund Beaufort sonne of Iohn Beaufort duke of Summerset,* 14.26 was created earle Morton in the se∣uenth yeare of K. Henrie the fift. He was created marquesse Dorset and duke of Summerset by king Henrie the sixt, he was made regent of Norman∣die, and lost the whole countrie to the French: for which after his comming out of Normandie in the nine and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, he was on the sixt of December the same yeare, being the yeare of our Lord 1450, apprehended and put vnder arrest, and his goods by the commons fowlie despoiled and caried awaie from the Blacke friers. He was slaine at the battell of S. Albons in Maie, the thrée and thirtith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, falling in the yeare of our Lord 1455, and was with Henrie Persie earle of Northumberland, and Tho∣mas lord Clifford buried at S. Albons. He maried two wiues, the first was Elenor the daughter of Richard Beauchampe earle of Warwike, & widow to Thomas lord Rosse, by whom he had issue Henrie duke of Summerset, Edmund duke of Summerset, Iohn marques Dorset, Margaret maried to Hum∣freie duke of Buckingham, Elisabeth maried to sir Henrie Lewes knight, Elenor maried to Iames Butler earle of Wilshire, and after to sir Robert Spenser, Anne maried to sir William Pastone knight, and Ione maried to the lord Hooth of Ireland. His second wife was Ione, who was after maried to Henrie Bromefield knight, of the which Edmund duke of Summerset, and the other lords buried at saint Albons, thus writeth the worthie poet Iohn

Gower with these same verses hereafter following:

Quos mors quos Martis sors saeua, suae{que} sororis Bella prostrarunt, villae medióque necarunt, Mors sic occisos tumulauerat hîc simul ipsos, Póst{que} necem requiē causauit habere perennem Et medium sine quo vult hîc requiescere nemo, Hic lis, hic pugna mors est qui terminat arma, Mors sors & Mauors qui strauerunt dominos hos.

* 14.27Henrie Beaufort eldest sonne to Edmund duke of Summerset was after the death of his father erle [line 10] Morton, marquesse Dorset, and duke of Summer∣set, he was capteine of Calis; who with other nobles in the nine and thirtith of Henrie the sixt slue the duke of Yorke at the battell of Wakefield, in the yeare of our redemption 1460; according to the accompt of England. Shortlie after which, K. Hen∣rie the sixt, whom this duke supported all that he could, was deposed, & Edward the fourth crowned. Tou∣ching which deposing of the one, & crowning of the o∣ther, although it be impertinent to the treatise of [line 20] the dukes of England, hauing here so good place ther∣fore, I will set downe such verses as I haue found in I. Whethamsted, adding further such other ver∣ses also as I find in him, concerning a battell fierce∣lie fought at Ferribrig in Yorkeshire, in this sort:

X. numero seni lapsi sunt circiter anni, * 14.28Postquam successit lexiuris, iuréue rexit, Anglorum regnum vis non ius rexerat ipsum Iam noua progenies, quia coelo venit ab alto [line 30] Saturni soboles, quae nomine dicitur altro Edwardus quartus, Richardo sanguine iunctus Creditur à multis, redeunt Saturnia nostris Temporibus saecla, lis vis{que} nephas simul vna Deperiunt, iura lex & pax sunt reditura. Fraus etiámque dolus cessabunt, a•• violentus Raptus auaritiae, subeunt verúmque fidésque: Haec spes plebis erat, cleri chorus haec{que} putabat. Det ceu speratur regnum Deus vt statuatur, [line 40] Et plebs tranquillè viuat clerus at{que} quietè.

Then of the time of that former recited warre, in which the northerne men were ouercome, there were these verses made, vpon the excesse and euill which they outragiouslie committed in the south parts of England, without regard of God, obedience to their naturall prince, reuerence to the church, loue to their natiue countrie, or benefite to themselues:

* 14.29M. semel X. seno centum quater I. simul vno In Martis mense terdena denique luce, [line 50] In patria Boreae Ferrebrig propè iugera villae, Pugna fuit plebis acris nimis & satis atrox. Vicerat Arcthos in bello Martius heros, Iunior Edwardus Hector nouus alter Achilles Prostrauit multos Austro tunc cesserat Arcthos, Et doluit casum supra X. bis millia, quorum * 14.30Quamplures domini plures & erant generosi Illius patriae flos vt sors tunc cecidere. Et meritò, quoniā spoliarūt nequiter Austrum. [line 60] Laus igitur Domino, sit honor, sit gloria Christo Cessat nunc flatus grandis Boreae{que} boatus, In{que} Austrum redijt, Acolus ventum variauit, Est Bore as mordens, & valdè ventus adurens, Est Auster iustus, vult morsu rodere morsus, Et malè mordentes bene vires tollere eidem, Est Zephyrus placidus, est suauis frater & eius, Hinc Boreás{que} Aquilo pro nūc claudūtur in antro.

Furthermore, touching the title of the same king Edward the fourth to the gouernement of the king∣dome of England, and of his right and truth there∣vnto were these following verses composed, to de∣clare the deposition of king Henrie the sixt, as be∣foresaid in the coronation of Edward the fourth, and how the same kingdome of England, with all the members thereof, did belong to Edward the fourth, as vnto the rightfull lineall heire to the same with his pedegrée, proouing the same also in this sort:

In sibi coniunctis a 14.31 Edwardi semine natis Ortus erat primò b 14.32 Leonellus c 14.33 Iohnque secundò, Cedat lex regni vult iunior vt seniori. Attamen d 14.34 Henricus haeres genitúsque Iohannis Per vim sceptrigerum regimen tulerátque coronam, Et tenuit multis sed non sine viribus annis. Illi successit rex e 14.35 qui si non caruisset Iustitiae titulo, non Hector dignior ipso: Non iudex Eacus, non ore politus Vlysses. Ipso defuncto successit f 14.36 filius in quo Stirps ea cessauit. Haeres rectus remeauit Scilicet g 14.37 Edwardus Leonelli proximus haeres, Hic petijt regimen, h 14.38 rex obstat, dátque negamen. Resagitur belli, vicit sanguis Leonelli, Et palmam tulerat i 14.39 Henricus rex fugiebat Bello finito, multo quóque sanguine fuso Quum victor secum palmam ferrétque triumphum, Vendicat hoc iterum, plebs applaudebat eidem Clamabátque sibi k 14.40 Viuat foelicior omni Rege vel Augusto, melior regat Octauiano. Haec vox cunctorum, clamor fuit ac populorum. Rex igitur factus, rex in solióque leuatus Quod fractum fuerat iterum bene consolidabat, Iuréque quo potuit, vim pressit, ius renouauit. Sic vetus id dictum fuerat bene verificatum, De malè quaesitis vix gaudet tertius haeres. Starediu nequit mala quanquam vis stabiliuit Ius, nescítque mori, valeat licèt ense feriri, Ex bene patratis bene crescit honos quoque virtus. O rota versatilis nimis oh{que} rotabilis axis! Sorte nouercante fató{que} modum variante, Corruit l 14.41 Henricus isto sub nomine sextus, Et casum tulerat, titulus sibi deficiebat Defecít{que} bonus, heus pro moderamine sensus Pró{que} bono campi cor defuit Herculis illi, Matris non patris fuit ortus filius excors, Martem non coluit nimis à m 14.42 patre degenerauit Quo melior miles non Teucer erat vel Atrides, Siue timor Phrygijs Aiax robustus in armis. n 14.43 Hic fuit in verbis rex mitis, rex pietatis, Attamen in factis nimiae vir simplicitatis. Hinc postquam triginta nouem rex praefuit annis, Caecamanu fortuna rotam quasifortis in armis Voluerat, & regimen capiebat regis, eundem Compulit ac subito sic dicere, Sum sine reg no. Oh sor•• prosperior, oh gratia sorté{que} maior! Qui di••turna nimis fuit expectatio plebis, Sed mittendus erat, iam dante Deo veniebat Hic Martis soboles, & nomine o 14.44 Martius heros. Marte triumphante, ius sceptri iús{que} coronae, Vt decuit sumpsit, vt debuit ac sibi iunxit, Tunc bona spes fuerat, sors prospera quod reueniret, Letáque pro voto colere plebs secla sub ipso Det Deus, ac faciat bona ne spes irrita fiat.

Thus after this long digression from the matter of the duke of Summerset, bicause I would set downe all the verses of Whethamsted, I must yet also ad other verses found in his register, mentio∣ning some part of the dooings of the northerne men before spoken of: which verses although they should haue gone before, yet I thinke better here than not at all to write them in this sort. Shortly after the for∣said battell of Wakefield wherin the duke of Yorke was slaine, and before the deposing of king Henrie the sixt, he had a battell at S. Albons, called the se∣cond battell of S. Albons with the northern men (fo∣lowing the quéene & this duke of Sūmersets faction) & now were come as far as S. Albons, on Shroue∣tuesdaie the seuenteenth daie of Februarie in the

said yeare of Christ 1460, where the king was put to flight, and ••led to the quéene. Touching which battell also, thus writeth that learned abbat of saint Al∣bons Iohn Whethamsted in his ancient register:

* 14.45M. simul X. seno centum quater I. simul vno, Quum lux septena fuerat mensis quó{que} dena, Numinis illius venerantur quod morientes, Inter * 14.46 Solares pugnantes & Boreales, Magna cohors cecidit, duo millia plebs numerauit, Sors apud Albani villam protomartyris almi, [line 10] Et pugnae campum, caesis dedit & tumulatum, Quod dolet ac doluit annis multís{que} dolebit, Villicus acmonachus prope eos habitator & omnis, Principio pugnae potiores Marte fuere Australes, tandem vicit Boreásque triumphum Abstulerat secum, stat sors mox versa retrorsum, Martis vt euentum fore scires sic dubiosum. Vt veniunt cynephes, culices, brusique locustae, Vt vastant segetes: aliae muscae quóque multae, Sic aduenerunt similes illis Boreales, [line 20] Austri totius. His iudex sit Radamantus, Et Minos Cretae, coniunctus eis Eacúsque, Atque modum poenae pensent seu demeruere, Vix infernalis pro poena sufficit ipsis, Aut focus aut furiae licent essent agminemille, Gens est Cerberea, gens Sphingia, gens Briarea, Latratu, raptu, spolij praedaeque voratu, Laus haec, laus Boreae, laus est haec laus sine laude.

Thus to returne to the duke of Summerset, we saie that afterward in the first yeare of king Ed∣ward [line 30] the fourth, the said duke of Summerset fled to Yorke to king Henrie the sixt, and the quéene, who al∣togither fled from thense to Berwike, and so to E∣denburgh. Wherevpon by parlement in the first yeare of Edward the fourth 1461, this duke was atteinted, and his goods and lands seized for the king. But after that time king Edward the fourth besie∣ging the castels of Bamburgh, Dunstenburgh, and Alnewike, this duke of Summerset and others yéelded those forts to the king on Christmas éeuen, in [line 40] the third yeare of his reigne, being the yeare of our redemption 1463. For which cause this duke was taken againe into the kings fauour, who gaue him a thousand marks by yeare, whereof he was neuer paid. Notwithstanding all which, in the yeare follo∣wing, being the fourth yeare of Edward the fourth, in Maie, in the yeare of Christ 1464, this duke with others raised an armie against the king, in which bat∣tell he was taken (with Robert erle of Hungerford) by Iohn Neuill earle of Northumberland, and be∣headed. [line 50] He died without lawfull issue, leauing be∣hind him a base sonne called Charles Summerset, by king Henrie the eight created earle of Worce∣ster.

* 14.47Edmund Beaufort sonne of the foresaid Ed∣mund, and brother and heire to this last Henrie duke of Summerset, was also duke of Summerset. This man in the eleuenth yeare of Edward the fourth, be∣ing the yeare of Christ 1471, fléeing into the church of Teukesburie at the battell of Teukesburie (which [line 60] quéene Margaret the wife of Henrie the sixt and hir sonne prince Edward had against king Edward the fourth) lost then the field. After which this duke was taken out of the church, and was there beheaded in the said eleuenth yeare of king Edward the fourth, and died without issue.

* 14.48Richard Plantagenet, sonne and heire to Ri∣chard earle of Cambridge, was created duke of Yorke by king Henrie the sixt: he was also earle of Cambridge, Ulster and March, lord of Wigmore and Clare, lieutenant of the realme of France and duchie of Normandie. Of this man sée more in the protectors of England.

* 14.49George Plantagenet the second sonne to Richard duke of Yorke, was make duke of Clarence by his elder brother king Edward the fourth when he came to the crowne, in the yeare of Christ 1461, being the first yeare of his reigne. Of this George I haue som∣what intreated in my discourse of the conestables of England, pag. 869, and in my discourse of the protec∣tors of England.

Richard Plantagenet,* 14.50 the third sonne of Richard duke of Yorke, and brother to George duke of Cla∣rence, was made duke of Glocester by king Ed∣ward the fourth, in the first yéere of his reigne, being the yeare in which God tooke on him the forme of a seruant 1461, of whome I haue discoursed in my constables of England, pag. 869, and in my collecti∣on of the protectors of England.

Henrie Beauchampe, the sonne of Richard Beau∣champe earle of Warwike by Isabell ladie Spen∣ser his second wife,* 14.51 succeeded his father in all his in∣heritances the twentith of Maie, in the seuenteenth yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our redemption 1439. For then the said Richard Beau∣champe died at Rone in Normandie. This Henrie after that his inheritance had béene kept two years in the kings hands, was dismissed of his wardship, and restored to his liuings with great glorie. For he was crowned king of the Ile of Wight (as saith Iohn Stow) by the kings owne hand, and nominated chiefe earle of England, in the twentith yeare of the said king Henrie the sixt, being about the yeare of Christ 1442. Shortlie after, in the two and twentith yeare of the said king Henrie the sixt, in the yeare of our redemption 1444, he was created duke of Warwike, vnto whome the king gaue the castell of Brightstow or Bristow, with all the appurtenances with king Iohn kept in his hands, to which duke al∣so the king gaue the Iles of Garnseie and Ierseie. About two years after which, on the foure and twen∣tith of the same king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our redemption 1446, died this duke of War∣wike, whose stile was duke of Warwike chiefe earle of England, lord Spenser and Aburgauennie, king of the Ile of Wight, Garnseie and Ierseie, and lord of the castell of Bristow. He died without issue, and was buried at Teukesburie, whereby his inheri∣tance came to his foure sisters, which were (by Elisa∣beth one of the daughters and heires of Thomas lord Barkeleie, Lisle and Teies, first wife vnto his father) Margaret his eldest sister, maried to Iohn Talbot first earle of Shrewsburie of that name: E∣lenor the second sister, first maried to Thomas lord Rosse, and after to Edmund duke of Summerset, &c: Elisabeth the third sister, maried to George Neuill lord Latimer: whose other fourth sister (by Isabell the second wife vnto Richard earle Beauchampe, daughter to Thomas lord Spenser, and mother also to the aboue named Henrie duke of Warwike, who died without issue) was Anne, maried to Richard Neuill earle of Salisburie.

Humfreie Stafford earle Stafford, created duke of Buckingham in the two and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt,* 14.52 being the yeare of our redemp∣tion 1444, was slaine at the battell of Northamp∣ton. Of this man sée more in my discourse of the co∣nestables of England, pag. 868.

Henrie sonne to the said Humfreie duke of Buc∣kingham was beheaded in the first yeare of Richard the third, in the yeare of our redemption 1483.* 14.53 Of this man is more set downe in my discourse of the conestables of England, pag. 869.

Edward Stafford, sonne to the said Henrie,* 14.54 was duke of Buckingham, being beheaded in the thir∣téenth yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the eight, which was the yere of our redemption 1521, of whom also I haue intreated in the said discourse of the con∣stables

of England, pag. 870.

* 14.55William de la Poole earle of Suffolke created marques of Suffolke in the two & twentith of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our redemption 1444, was shortlie after also created duke of Suf∣folke, & in the eight & twentith of the said king Hen∣rie the sixt, falling in the yeare 1450, was banished the realme for fiue yeares, to pacifie the hard opinion which the commons had conceiued against him. He tooke ship to performe his banishment the third of [line 10] Maie, and sailed towards France, but was on the sea incountered by a ship of the tower named the Nicholas, by which he was taken and beheaded, and his bodie cast vp at Douer sands, and buried in the charterhouse at Hull. He maried Alice the daughter and heire of Thomas Chaucer, son to that famous poet Geffreie Chaucer, by which wife the maner of Ewelme, commonlie called Newelme in Oxford∣shire came to the Pooles. This duke & his wife did there build a new parish church of Ewelme standing [line 20] on a hill, and founded a pretie hospitall called Gods house, at the west end of Ewelme parish church, to which house he gaue the manours of Ramrige in Hampshire, Conocke in Wiltshire, and Mersh in Buckinghamshire. He also founded an hospitall at Donnington castell. This Alice wife of duke William, suruiuing hir husband, was after buried in the parish church of Ewelme, on the southside of the high altar, in a rich toome of alabaster, with an image in the habit of a dutchesse crowned, lieng on [line 30] the same toome, and hauing this epitaph: Orate pro ani∣ma serenissimae principissae Alissiae Sulfolchiae huius ecclesiae patronae, quae obijt 20 die mensis Maij, anno Domini 1475, litera dominicali A.

* 14.56Iohn de la Poole son to the said William de la Poole duke of Suffolke, was also duke of Suffolke after the death of his father. This man on the eigh∣téenth of Aprill in the fiftéenth yéere of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our redemption 1415, was knighted by the king. He married Elisabeth [line 40] daughter to Richard duke of Yorke, and sister to Ed∣ward the fourth, by whom he had issue Edmund erle of Suffolke; Iohn that by Edward the fourth was created earle of Lincolne, and Anne, who by pro∣curement of king Richard the third was maried to the duke of Rothseie, eldest son to the king of Scots.

Richard Plantagenet second sonne to king Ed∣ward the fourth,* 14.57 was by his father created duke of Yorke, in the 15 yéere of his reigne, being the yeare of our Lord 1474, at a parlement in the said fif∣téenth [line 50] yeare of Edward the fourth. This duke on the fiftéenth of Ianuarie in the seauentéenth yeare of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our re∣demption 1477, was married to ladie Anne daugh∣ter and heire to Iohn Mowbreie duke of Norffolke, and was in the first yéere of the reigne of the tyrant king Richard the third his vncle most vnnaturallie murthered in the tower, in the yeare of Christ 1483.

George Plantagenet third sonne to king Ed∣ward the fourth was created duke of Bedford by his [line 60] father,* 14.58 in the yéere of our redemption 1470, and died without issue being verie yoong.

Iohn Howard lord Howard (the son of sir Ro∣bert Howard knight,* 14.59 and of Margaret his wife, one of the daughters and heires of Thomas lord Mow∣breie duke of Norffolke, earle of Notingham, and marshall of England) was created duke of Norf∣folke, and marshall of England, in the first yéere of the vsurping king Richard the third, being the yéere of our redemption 1483. This man following the part of the said king Richard, was at the battell of Bosworth in Lecestershire (fought in the third yeare of the said king Richard, in the yéere of Christ 1485) slaine with the said king Richard. He had two wiues, Katharine the daughter of William lord Molins, by whome he had issue Thomas earle of Surreie, af∣ter made duke of Norffolke by king Henrie the eight; Anne married to sir Edmund Gorge knight; Isabell married to sir Roger Mortimer of Essex; Iane married to sir Iohn Timperleie; and Marga∣ret married to sir Iohn Windham: his second wife was Margaret the daughter of sir Iohn Chedworth knight, by whome he had Katharine married to sir Iohn Bourchier lord Barns.

Thomas Howard earle of Surreie sonne of the said Iohn was created duke of Norffolke,* 14.60 in the fift yeare of king Henrie the eight, being about the yéere of Christ 1514. Of him is more mention in my discourse of the lord treasurors of England.

Thomas Howard created earle of Surreie in the fift yeare of king Henrie the eight,* 14.61 being high admerall and lord treasuror of England, was duke of Norffolke, after the death of his father, which fell in the sixtéenth yeare of king Henrie the eight, being the yeare of our redemption 1524. Of this man is also more intreated in my discourse of the lord trea∣surors.

Thomas Howard the third duke of the name of Thomas, and the fourth of the name of Howard,* 14.62 was son to Henrie Howard earle of Surreie sonne to the last before recited Thomas Howard duke of Norffolke. This man, being the last duke that liued in England, & occasioned me to make this discourse of the dukes, was beheaded on tower hill the sea∣uentéenth of September, in the thirteenth yeere of the now reigning prince Elisabeth, being the yeare of Christ 1571, and buried in the chappell of the to∣wer. He maried thrée wiues; his first wife was Ma∣rie one of the daughters and heires of Henrie Fitz∣allen earle of Arundell, by whom he had issue Philip earle of Arundell; his second wife was Margaret daughter & onlie heire to Thomas Audleie knight, chancellor of England, and lord Audleie of saffron Walden, the widow of the lord Henrie Dudleie yoongest son to Iohn Sutton of Dudlie duke of Nor∣thumberland, by which second wife this duke had is∣sue Thomas, William, Elisabeth, & Margaret; his third wife was Elisabeth the daughter of sir Iames Leiborne knight, and widow of the lord Dacres of Gis••eland, by whome he had no issue.

Henrie the second son of king Henrie the seuenth was by his father created duke of Yorke at West∣minster,* 14.63 in the eleuenth yéere of his reigne, be∣ing the yeere of our redemption 1495, or therabouts. This man was after king of England by the name of king Henrie the eight.

Iasper of Hatfield the sonne of Owen Teuther esquier, by Katharine daughter to the French king,* 14.64 and widow to king Henrie the fift, was by king Henrie the sixt his brother on the mothers side crea∣ted earle of Penbroke, in the yeare of Christ 1452, after which in the fiue and thirtith yeere of the said king he was made earle of Cambridge: and lastlie, in the first yeere of the reigne of king Henrie the seauenth he was created duke of Bedford on Si∣mon and Iudes 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in the yeare of our redemption 1485, but died without issue the eighteenth daie of December, in the twelfe yéere of the reigne of king Henrie the seauenth, in the yéere of Christ 1496, and was buried at Kensham.

Charles Brandon the son of sir William Bran∣don knight,* 14.65 slaine on the part of king Henrie the se∣uenth at Bosworth field, was created vicount Lisle, and after on Candlemasse daie in the yéere of Christ 1413, being the fift yeare of king Henrie the eight he was created duke of Suffolke. He married thrée wiues; the first was Anne daughter of sir Anthonie Browne knight; the second Marie, second daughter

of king Henrie the seauenth, & widow to the king of France, by whom he had issue Henrie earle of Lin∣colne, and Francis married to Henrie Greie duke of Suffolke; his third wife was Katharine the daughter & onlie heire of William lord Willough∣bie of Ersleie, by whome he had issue Henrie and Charles both dukes of Suffolke one after another, who both died within one houre of the sweat at Cambridge. This Charles the father died in the yéere of Christ 1545, and was buried at Windsore: [line 10] & of the two dukes the sons thus writeth Iohn Park∣hurst sometime placed in the bishops see of Norwich:

Fratres Amyclaei Pollux cum Castore Potuere sic cum morte depaciscier, Vt cùm alter illorum esset mortuus, tamén Alter superesset, & reuersus sortibus Vicissim vtérque vtriúsque morte viueret. Cur Parca nunc crudelior est, quàm olim fuit? Fratres duos nuper ea, quales hactenus Nec vidit vnquam, nec videbit Anglia [line 20] Lumina duo, duóque propugnacula Fortissima virtutis, reíque publicae, Crudelis ab vno perêmit funere. Virtus nequaquam illam, nec egregia indoles Mouit, nec Edwardi regis, nec optimae Matris, neque totius gemitus Britanniae. O dura dura mors! ô saeua numina!

* 14.66Henrie Fitz Roie the base son to king Henrie the eight, begotten vpon Elisabeth Blunt the ladie Talboise, was by his father first created earle of Summerset and Northampton, and after duke of [line 30] Richmont. This duke was verie forward in the knowledge of toongs, and also in knightlie actiuitie, as may appéere by due consideration of the historie in place where he is mentioned. He loued Iohn Leland the reuerend antiquarie, who presented vnto the said duke a booke of copies, whereby he might learne to write Romane letters great & small, as appéereth by this hexastichon, which I find among the said Iohn Lelands written epigrams in this maner set downe:

Quo Romana modo maiuscula littera pingi, [line 40] * 14.67Pingi quo possit littera parua modo, Hic liber ecce tibi signis monstrabit apertis Princeps, Aonij spes & alumne gregis: Qui tibi si placeat (quod certè spero futurum) Maxima pro paruo munere dona dabis.]

He died without issue the two and twentith of Iu∣lie, in the eight and twentith yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the eight, in the yeere of our redemp∣tion 1536, and was buried at Thetford in Norffolke, hauing maried Marie the daughter of Thomas Ho∣ward [line 50] duke of Norffolke.

* 14.68Edward Seimor knight (the son of sir Iohn Sei∣mor knight) was created vicount Beauchampe in Maie, the eight and twentith yéere of king Henrie the eight, being the yéere of our redemption 1536, & was after in the nine & twentith yeare of the same king on the eightéenth daie of October, in the yéere of Christ 1537 created earle of Hertford. Then king Henrie being dead, he in the first yeare of king Ed∣ward [line 60] the sixt, which was the yéere of our redemption 1546, was made protector of England, and imme∣diatlie therevpon created duke of Summerset, be∣ing vncle by the mothers side vnto the said king Ed∣ward the sixt. This man had manie honors and offi∣ces, as maie appéere by his stile, which he prefixed be∣fore a missiue persuasorie sent to the Scots for the marriage of their yoong quéene Marie to our yoong king Edward the sixt in this sort: Edward by the grace of God duke of Summerset, earle of Hertford, vicount Beauchampe lord Seimor, vncle to the kings highnesse of England, gouernor of his most roiall person, and protector of all his realmes, dominions, and subiects, lieutenant generall of his maiesties ar∣mies both by sea and land, treasuror and earle mar∣shall of England, gouernor of the iles of Gerneseie and Ierseie, and knight of the most honorable order of the garter, &c. This stile he had, which I haue béene the more willing to set downe, because I doo not re∣member that anie subiect did with like shew publish anie such stile before his time. Which honors he did not long inioie: for were it for malice of some of the nobilitie, disdaining such honor; or for cause in him offending the laws, or for his ouer carelesse good dis∣position, that suspected no such euill from his eni∣mies: he was the second time on the sixt of October in the fift yeere of king Edward the sixt, being the yeare of Christ 1551 committed prisoner to the to∣wer, and the two and twentith daie of Ianuarie fo∣lowing he was beheaded at tower hill, and buried in the tower chappell. He had two wiues, wherof the first was Katharine the daughter of sir William Filioll of Woodland knight, by whome he had a son called Edward: his second wife was Anne the daughter of sir Edward Stanhope, by whom he had issue Edward earle of Hertford, Henrie now liuing, and Edward, with Anne (married the third of Iune, in the fourth yéere of the reigne of king Edward the sixt, in the yéere one thousand fiue hundred and fiftie to Iohn lord Dudleie, eldest sonne to Iohn earle of Warwike and duke of Northumberland) Ione, Ma∣rie, Katharine, and Elisabeth.

Henrie Greie marquesse Dorset, lord Ferrers of Groobie, Harrington, Boneuile and Asleie,* 14.69 was at Hampton court created duke of Suffolke, on the eleuenth of October, in the fift yéere of the reigne of king Edward the sixt, being the yeere of our re∣demption one thousand fiue hundred fiftie and one: who in the first yeere of quéene Marie, being the yéere of Christ one thousand fiue hundred fiftie and thrée, supposing that the quéene would marrie a stranger, did flie into Leicester and Warwikeshires with a small companie, making proclamation against the quéenes marriage with the prince of Spaine: but the people inclined not vnto him. Wherevpon a com∣panie being sent out after him, vnder the leading of the earle of Huntington, the first daie of Februarie proclamation was made at London, that the duke was discomfited and fled with his two brethren. Af∣ter which the tenth of Februarie, the duke with his brother sir Iohn Greie was brought from Couen∣trie (where he remained three daies after his taking, in the house and custodie of Christopher Warren alderman of that towne) by the earle of Hunting∣ton, & attended with thrée hundred men to the tower. Where remaining a certeine space, he was on the thrée and twentith of Februarie beheaded at tower hill; and buried in the chappell of the tower (as I haue heard.) He married Francis one of the daugh∣ters to Charles Brandon duke of Suffolke, by whom he had issue Iane, married to Gilford the sonne of Iohn duke of Northumberland, and died without is∣sue; Katharine and Marie.

Iohn Sutton of Dudleie created by king Henrie the eight vicount Lisle, being admerall,* 14.70 lord great chamberleine, lord great maister and earle of War∣wike, was after on the eleuenth daie of October, the fift yéere of king Edward the sixt, being the yeere of our redemption one thousand fiue hundred fiftie and one, created duke of Northumberland. He, af∣ter the death of king Edward, tooke armes, and pro∣clamed quéene Iane, daughter to Henrie duke of Suffolke; meaning to exclude quéene Marie. But shortlie after perceiuing quéene Marie to be procla∣med at London, this duke did also proclame hir at Cambridge. Notwithstanding all which he was are∣sted in the Kings college there by one maister Sleg sergeant at armes, and after anew arrested by the

earle of Arundell. Henrie Fitzallen (sent thither for that cause) who brought him to London, where this duke was the fiue and twentith of Iulie, in the said first yeare of quéene Marie commited to the tower. Shortlie after which, he was the eightéenth of August following arreigned at Westminster, there con∣demned, and beheadded on tower hill the two and twentith of the same moneth: whose bodie with the head was buried in the tower, he being the last duke that was created in England. He maried Iane the [line 10] daughter of sir Edward Gilford knight, the sister and heire to sir Henrie Gilford knight, of whose chil∣dren I will not speake, bicause they are yet fresh in memorie. And thus farre Francis Thin, touching the creation and the succession in lineall descents of all the dukes of England since the conquest.

About the ninth of Iune, Francis duke of Mont∣morencie,* 14.71 chiefe marshall of France, gouernour and lieutenant of the Ile of France, generall to Charles the ninth king of France, and Paule de Foix of the [line 20] priuie councell of the said king, and Bertrand de Sa∣ligners, lord de la Mothfenelon, knights of the or∣der of S. Michaell, ambassadors for the same king, arriued at Douer. The fourtéenth daie they shot London bridge toward Summerset house at the Strand, where they were lodged. The fifteenth daie being sundaie, the said ambassadors repaired to the White hall, where they were honourablie receiued of the quéenes maiestie, with hir nobilitie: and there in hir graces chappell, about one of the clocke in the [line 30] after noone, the articles of treatie, league or confede∣racie and sure friendship (concluded at Blois the ninteenth of Aprill as is afore shewed) betwixt the quéenes maiestie,* 14.72 and the French king being read, the same was by hir maiestie and his ambassadors confirmed to be obserued and kept, without innoua∣tion or violation, &c. The rest of that daie, with great part of the night following, was spent in great tri∣umph, with sumptuous bankets.

* 14.73The eightéenth of Iune, the feast of saint George [line 40] was holden at Windsor, where the French ambassa∣dors were roiallie feasted, & Francis duke of Mont∣morencie was stalled knight of the most honourable order of the garter. The eight and twentith daie of Iune, the forenamed ambassadors departed from London toward France. ¶The fourtéenth of Iune, Thomas lord Wharton deceased in his house of Chanon row at Westminster.* 14.74 The thirtéenth daie of Iulie, the quéenes maiestie at Whitehall made sir William Cicill lord of Burghleie, lord high trea∣suror [line 50] of England: lord William Howard, late lord chamberleine, lord priuie seale: the earle of Sussex, lord chamberleine: sir Thomas Smith principall secretarie: and Christopher Hatton, esquier capteine of the gard.

A treatise of the treasurors of England set downe out of ancient histories and records, as they succeeded in order of time and in the reigne of the kings. [line 60]

* 15.1THis adorning of sir William Cicill knight, lord Burghleie with the honour of lord treasuror of England, hath row∣sed my enuied pen thorough the malici∣ous barking of some (who suppose nothing well but what they doo themselues, whereby gaine maie rise vnto their posteritie) in this liberall sort to set downe the names and times of such treasurors as haue liued in England, as hereafter I will doo the chancellors, and that with as good authoritie as these secret back∣biters can challenge anie cunning to themselues, who suppose euerie blast of their mouth to come foorth of Trophonius den, and that they spake from the tri∣uet. As I will not arrogate anie thing to my selfe, for in truth I saie with Socrates, Hoc tantùm scio quòd nihil scio, or derogate from them that which their wor∣thinesse maie merit: so shall I be glad (sith nothing is at the first so perfect, but that somewhat maie be either augmented or amended to and in it) that this maie whet those enuious persons to deliuer anie thing to the world, that maie in comptrolling my labours benefit their countrie, which if they will not doo, let them cease their euill spéeches: for Qui pergit dicere quae libet, quae non vult audiet. And truelie for mine owne part, I will Canere palinodiam, and yeeld them an honourable victorie, if anie better shall be produced: and be heartilie glad, that truth (which is all that I seeke) maie be brought to perfection. Now how well I haue done it, my selfe must not be iudge, desiring pardon of such as either with wise modestie can or ought to iudge, or with rare antiquities can or will correct what I haue doone; if thorough igno∣rance we haue committed anie escapes or imperfec∣tions: further promising, that if hereafter we espie any of our owne error; or if anie other either friend for good will, or aduersarie for desire of reprehension shall open the same vnto me: I will not for defense of mine estimation, or of pride, or of contention by wranglings or quarrelling vpon authorities, histo∣ries and records, wilfullie persist in those faults: but be glad to heare of them, and in the whole and large discourse of the liues of the lord treasurors (almost perfected) corrected them. For (as I said) it is truth of antiquities that I séeke for, which being had (either by good intention of my welwilling friends, or by oc∣casion and reprehension of my enuious emulators) I greatlie esteeme not. And so to the matter.

Saint Dunstane (for I vse that name more for antiquities than deuoutnesse cause) was treasuror to Eadred or Eldred king of England,* 15.2 who began his reigne in the yeare that the word became flesh, nine hundred fortie and six: of whome thus writeth Matthew Parker in his booke of the archbishops of Canturburie, in the life of Odo Seuerus the two and twentith bishop of that see: Edmundo (the king of England) defuncto, Eadredus corona regia ab Odo∣ne redimitus, & rem publicam administrans, Dunstanum (vt in eius vita pleniùs patebit) tam singulari amore prosequutus est, vt omnes regni thesauros illius custodiae commendaret.

Hugoline was treasuror and chamberleine to Ed∣ward the confessor,* 15.3 he gaue Deane and South••righ to Westminster, which Edward the confessor did af∣terward confirme to that house.

Odo halfe brother to William the conqueror erle of Kent bishop of Baieux and chiefe iustice of Eng∣land,* 15.4 was treasuror in the time of the conqueror, who had at his death (as saith Anonymus M.S.) sixtie thou∣sand pounds, Excepto auro, & gemmis, & vasis, & palijs.

Geffreie lord Clinton treasuror and chamberleine to Henrie the first,* 15.5 he about the thirteenth yeare of Henrie the first, in the yeare of our Lord one thou∣sand, one hundred and twelue, did found the priorie of Kenelworth, and was after accused of treason in the one and thirtith yeare of the reigne of the said Henrie the first: but (as it séemed) restored (in short time after) to the kings fauour.

Ranulph bishop of Durham,* 15.6 was treasuror to the king, whome Florentius Wigorniensis calleth Praeci∣puum regis placitatorem & regni exactorem, whose last word Exactor some men doo English treasuror. Of this man is more said in the chancellors of Eng∣land.

Roger bishop of Sarisburie treasuror & chancellor of England, as appeareth by Leland,* 15.7 writing in this sort: Roger bishop of Sarum treasuror & chancellor to Henrie the first, made the castell of Uies such a costlie and so strong a fort, as was neuer before nor

since set vp by anie bishop of England. The kéepe or dungeon of it set vpon a hill cast by hand, is a peece of worke of incredible cost. There appeare in the gate of it six or seauen places for portculices, and much goodlie building was in it. It is now in ruine, and part of the front of the towers of the gate of the keepe, and the chappell in it, were carried full vnprofi∣tablie to the building of master Beintons house at Bromhame, scant thrée miles off. There remaine diuerse goodlie towers, yet in the vtter wall of the castell: but all going to ruine. The principall gate [line 10] that leadeth into the towne is yet of great strength, and hath places of seauen or eight portculices. Thus much Leland in his commentaries of England, which I haue here set downe, partlie to prooue Roger bishop of Salisburie to be treasuror, and partlie to commit to the world all such collections and notes as I can get of his. Besides which, to prooue the same Roger treasuror at the latter end of the reigne of Henrie the first,* 15.8 togither with William de Pont∣learch at the entering of king Stephan into Eng∣land, [line 20] thus writeth one Anonymall chronicle M. S. Stephanus cùm intrauit Angliam, Rogerū Seresberiensem & Willielmum de Pontlearcus custodes thesaurorum ad se tradu∣xit: which William de Pontlearch was a witnesse with William Stigill to a certeine charter which Ranulph bishop of Durham made to the moonkes of Durham, commonlie called S. Cutberts moonks, wherin he confirmed to them Blakestone, Standrop and Sandropshire, with the wood of Henworth on the east part of Marneburne, as farre as it goeth to the [line 30] sea. This Roger bishop of Salisburie died in the yeare of our redemption one thousand, one hundred, thirtie and nine, being about the fourth yeare of king Stephan, of whome mention is made in the chan∣cellors of England.

* 15.9Nigellus the second, bishop of Elie, nephue to Roger bishop of Sarum, and treasuror to Henrie the first, was aduanced vnto that bishoprike of E∣lie, in the yeare of our redemption, one thousand, one hundred, thirtie and three, the fift calends of [line 40] Iune, being the thrée and thirtith yeare of the reigne of Henrie the first, at whose going downe to be in∣stalled in the said bishoprike, he was receiued, with such ioie, that all the whole street of Elie thorough which he should passe, was hanged with curteins and carpets, with seats set on ech side; and the moonks, ca∣nons, and clerks, méeting him with procession with diuers other priests standing round about them. Af∣ter his installation he returned to the dispatch of the affaires of the kingdome, committing the charge of [line 50] his bishoprike to one Rafe sometime a moonke of Glastenburie, and now become an apostata. Great contention was betwéene this man and king Ste∣phan. He bought the treasurorship for the summe of foure hundred marks of Henrie the second for his sonne Richard Filius Nigelli, or Fitz Nele, otherwise called Richard of Elie. He gouerned the bishoprike six and thirtie yeares, as most saie, and builded saint Iohns college in Cambridge. [line 60]

But touching the time of his death, and the years of his bishoprike, I cannot as yet set downe anie thing perfectlie; but onelie this contradiction found in the written booke of Elie, which I suppose to haue risen by the negligence of the transcriber: which is, that he gouerned the see of Elie six and thirtie years, and died in the yeare of our Lord one thousand one hundred sixtie and six, the third calends of Iune, the first houre of the sixt ferie or fridaie. Which by no ac∣count can fall to be true, accounting from the time of the first obteining of the bishoprike in the thrée and thirtith yeare of Henrie the first, in the yeare of our Lord one thousand one hundred thirtie and thrée. For if you adde the six and thirtie yeares of his gouerne∣ment to the yeare of our Lord one thousand one hun∣dred thirtie and thrée, then must he die in the yeare of grace one thousand one hundred sixtie and nine. And if you will haue him to die in the yeare one thousand one hundred sixtie and six, then can he gouerne but thrée and thirtie yeares: which thrée and thirtie added to the yeare of Christ one thousand one hundred thir∣tie and thrée, in which he began his gouernement, as all authors agrée, make the value of one thousand one hundred sixtie and six years of our Lord. So that considering the discordancie of the time of his death found in the written booke of his life, we cannot (I saie) as yet set downe anie certeintie of his death. Though I suppose that to be the truest which I find in Triuet, who affirmeth that he died in the yeare of Christ one thousand one hundred sixtie and nine, and the fiftéenth of king Henrie the second, after that he had gouerned six and thirtie yeares. He was hono∣rablie buried in the church of saint Ethelred of Elie before the altar dedicated to the holie crosse.

Richard de Elie or Fitzneale,* 15.10 sonne of the said Nigellus bishop of Elie, was made treasuror to K. Henrie the second, by the purchase of his father Ni∣gellus, when the king went to the wars of Tolous. Of whom the historie of Elie writeth, that after the buriall of Nigellus his father, this Richard being al∣so an enimie to the church of Elie, as his father had beene before, made hast to passe ouer the seas to king Henrie the second, fearing that some euill would be prepared against him, if the church should haue sent anie other thither before him. At whose comming to the king, he accused the moonks of manie things, and did therewith so edge the king against them, that the king sending into England, charged by Wun∣nerus one of his chaplens, that the prior of Elie should be deposed, & the moonks with all their goods to be proscribed and banished. This man being tre∣suror to king Henrie the second, the treasure of the said Henrie the second at his death came vnto one hundred thousand marks; notwithstanding the ex∣cessiue charges of the king manie waies. Which Ri∣chard being bishop of London, by the name of Ri∣chard the third, and the kings treasuror, was chosen to that sée in the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand one hundred eightie and nine, being the first yéere of king Richard the first, and was consecrated bishop at Lambeth, by Baldwine archbishop of Canturburie, in the yeare of Christ 1190: he died the fourthides of September, in the yéere of grace 1198, being the ninth yeare of king Richard the first.

William of Elie being of kin to the last Richard bishop of London,* 15.11 was treasuror to king Richard the first, and to king Iohn. To which William then treasuror, Richard his kinsman the bishop of Lon∣don An. Dom. 1196 being the seuenth yeare of the reigne of Richard the first, and the same number of yeares of the gouernment of the said Richard in the bishoprike of London, did giue all his houses in Westminster, which the said William did long after giue to the abbat and moonks of Westminster, as by the charter therof appeers by me in this sort abridged:

Vniuersis Christi fidelibus, ad quos praesens scriptum perue∣nerit, Gulielmus de Elie quondam regum Angliae thesaura∣rius salutem. Nouerit vniuersitas vestrame dedisse, &c: Deo & monachis Westminster, &c: pro animabus Richardi & Iohannis regum Angliae, & pro anima Richardi London episcopi, &c: domos meas, & curiam cum pertinentibus in villa Westminster, &c: quas habui ex dono Richardi episcopi London, & quae sunt de feedo Westminster, &c: testis Eusta∣chius Fauconbridge domini regis thesaurarius, &c. He died in the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred twentie two, being the sixt yeare of the long reigne of king Henrie the third, as noteth Matthew Pa∣ris and Westminster, who write that then Obijt Guliel∣mus

Eliensis Angliae thesaurarius.

* 15.12A deane of Paules was treasuror to the king, as appéereth by Mat. Parker, in the life of Hubert archbi∣shop of Canturburie, writing after this maner: Eo∣dem tempore (which was a time betwéene the creating of Hubert archbishop of Canturburie in the yéere of Christ 1194, being the sixt yeare of Richard the first, and the death of the said Richard the first, which fell in the yeare of Christ 1199) ecclesiae Paulinae decanus ararij regij custos fuit, siue (vt vocant) thesaurarius: and so goeth on with a discourse of his miserable death. [line 10]

* 15.13Walter Greie bishop of Worcester, whom some call treasuror, in the eleuenth of king Iohn, where∣vnto I doo not yet agrée, leauing it to the iudgement of others, and to the finall receiuing or reiecting of him, in the large booke of the whole liues of the lord treasurors of England.

* 15.14Geffreie archdeacon of Norwich, treasuror to king Iohn, who forsooke his maister the king excom∣municat by the pope: as writeth Matthew Parker in the life of Stephan Langton archbishop of Can∣turburie, [line 20] in these following words: Inter quos (mea∣ning the bishops, which durst not openlie publish the excommunication of the king, but secretlie cast li∣bels about the high waies, which gaue notice therof) quum ad fiscum regium Gaufridus Noruicensis archidiaconus negotijs regijs intendens sedisset, coepit assidentibus exponere excommunicationis sententiam, in regem iam latam, affir∣mauítque non esse tutum capellanis & ecclesiasticis dignitati∣bus beneficiísque affectis seruire regi ampliùs. Ideóque aulam deserens, ad ecclesiastica beneficia (quae regis seruicio acquisie∣rat) [line 30] secessit. Rex hunc tam proditoriè à se deficientē per Williel. Talbot militem prehendi & ad se reduci fecit, eúmque in pu∣blica custodia seruatum (donec siue poenae siue conscientiae taedio pertaesus vitae fuit, & expirauit) detinuit: whose maner of death is in this sort set downe by Matth. Paris pag. 305, that he was committed to prison, Vbi post dies paucos, rege praefato (which was king Iohn) iubente, capa indutus plumbea, tàm victualium penuria quàm ipsius capae ponderositate cōpressus migrauit ad dominum. Much about which time (as I suppose) which was the yeare of [line 40] Christ one thousand two hundred and nine, being a∣bout the eleuenth yéere of K. Iohn, the checker was by the king remooued from London to Northamp∣ton (in hatred of the Londoners) vntill Christmas.

* 15.15Iohn Ruthall Custos officij thesaurarij, as is proued out of the records of the excheker, had that office in the third yeare of Henrie the third, in the yéere 1219.

* 15.16Eustachius de Fauconbridge, a iustice to receiue fines, chancellor of the excheker & treasuror to Hen∣rie the third, was by the bishop of Rochester conse∣crated [line 50] bishop of London, in the yere of our redemp∣tion one thousand two hundred twentie & one, being the fift yeare of king Henrie the third. Which Eusta∣chius in the yéere 1222, with the deane & chapter of London, had great sutes against William abbat of Westminster: he was treasuror in the third yeare of king Henrie the third, being about the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred and ninetéene: he died the daie before the kalends of Nouember in the [line 60] yeare of Christ 1228, being the thirtéenth of king Henrie the third, and is buried on the south side of the quéere of Paules (besides Henrie Wengham) vnder a faire monument of marble, ouer whom on the wall is this inscription: Hîc iacet Eustachius de Fau∣conbridge quondam episcopus huius ecclesiae, qui multa bonae contulit ministris ecclesiae sancti Pauli.

* 15.17Ioannes de Fontibus, or Iohn de Fontnes was bishop of Elie and treasuror in the ninth and eleuenth yéere of king Henrie the third, and before, as I take it. This man being abbat of Fontnes, and (as authors saie) Vir simplex & iustus, ac recedens à malo, was at Westminster made bishop of Elie, in the yeare of Christ 1220: he died after that he had bin bishop fiue yéeres & od moneths, in the yeare of Christ 1225, be∣ing the ninth yéere of Henrie the third, & was buried in the church of Elie, toward the altar of S. Andrew.

Walter Malclerke or skillesse clerke,* 15.18 treasuror of England, was made bishop of Carleill, in the yéere of our Lord 1223, being about the seuenth yeare of Henrie the third, who in the yeare of Christ 1233, being the seuentéenth of the said king, was by the counsell of Peter de Laroches bishop of Winchester not onlie remooued from his office of treasurorship, but also put to the fine of 100 marks, which he paied, with the losse of certeine holds, giuen him by char∣ter, during his life. After which he would haue fled beyond the seas, but entring the ship at Douer, he & all his were staied and euillie intreted by the kings seruants. This man, in the yeare of Christ 1246, be∣ing the thirtith yeare of Henrie the third, did on the daie of Peter and Paule at Oxenford enter into the habit of the frier preachers. After which, in the yeare of Christ 1248, being about the two & thirtith of Henrie the third, he surrendred his soule to God.

Ranulph Briton by some is made treasuror of England, but vntrulie as I suppose:* 15.19 for in truth he was but treasuror of the chamber, for anie thing I can learne, and remooued from that place in the six∣téenth yeare of king Henrie the third, in the yeare of Grace 1232, in whose place came Peter de Riuall. Of this Ranulph is mention had in the chancellors. Besides which, about this time I read, that Hubert of Borrow was treasuror: for thus writeth Iohan∣nes Londoniensis. Rex (about the yeare of our Lord 1232) fecit ipsum (which was Hubert of Borrow) su∣um iusticiarium principalem totius Angliae, & postea the∣saurarium.

Peter de Oriall, in Latine called Petrus de Riuallis,* 15.20 was treasuror of the chamber, and treasuror of the king, chamberleine of England and Ireland, gar∣dian of all the forrests of Edgland, of all the es∣cheats, of all the ports of the sea, and of all the prises of England and Ireland; being so déere to the king (as hath Matthew Westminster) that Expulsis castro••ū custodibus per totam ferè Angliam, rex omnia sub ipsius Pe∣tri custodia commendarat. This man was made trea∣suror after Walter Malclerke, in the yéere of Christ one thousand two hundred thirtie and thrée, being a∣bout the seuenteenth yeare of king Henrie the third, and in the eighteenth yeare of king Henrie the third, who (as I gather) was togither with Peter bishop of Winchester, Stephan de Segraue, & Robert Pas∣slew, called to accounts, in the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred thirtie & foure, for the kings treasure and seale euillie imploied & kept. Whervp∣on Peter de Riuallis hid himselfe in the cathedrall church of Winchester. Which Peter bishop of Win∣chester & Peter de Riuallis the king remooued by the persuasion of Edmund of Abindon bishop of Can∣turburie, as they before had remooued Walter Mal∣clerke. After which it séemeth that growing into fa∣uor againe, this Petrus de Riuallis was in the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred fiftie & seuen, be∣ing the one & fortith yeare of king Henrie the third, made treasuror of the chamber. For thus writeth Matthew Paris: Circa festum sancti Michaelis (which was in the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred fif∣tie and seuen) mortuo Hurtaldo domini regis conciliarto & clerico speciali ac thesaurario de camera regis, subrogatur Pe∣trus de Riuallis.* 15.21 Under this Peter de Riuallis did Ro∣bert Passelew kéepe the kings treasure. Touching which Robert Passelew, whome some will haue one∣lie treasuror of the chamber, some to be treasuror of England, & some to be vndertreasuror vnder Peter de Riuallis, I will set downe out of seuerall au∣thors what I haue read therof, leauing to the reader to thinke thereof what he list at this time, sith I de∣termine

fullie hereafter (not hauing now leisure therefore) to define the same in my large volume of the liues of the lord treasurors. Thus therefore touch∣ing him writeth Matthew Parker. Quo etiam tempore (which was in the yeare of Christ one thousand two hundred fortie and foure, being about the eightéenth yeare of the reigne of Henrie the third) Robertus de Passelew, qui in thesauris regijs custodiendis & augendis to∣tus versatus est, eóque nomine regi charus, ab ecclesiae cathe∣dralis Cicestrensis canonicis, qui regi placere studuerant, Cice∣strensis [line 10] episcopus electus est. Quod Bonifacius Cantuariensis archiepisc. indignè tulit, & episcopis prouinciae suae cōuocatis, in difficilimis quibusdam & nodosis quaestionibus per Lincol∣niēsem episcopum compositis seriò examinauit, deinde electione rescissa hunc Robertum repulit, & Richardum quendam de Wiz loco suo (incōsulto rege) substituit. Next writeth Mat∣thew Westminster, that in the yeare of Christ 1233, being the seuentéenth of Henrie the third, the nobili∣tie accused manie of the kings councellors, amongst whome they placed Robertum Passelew thesaurarium. A∣gaine [line 20] a little after he saith: Et sic abscondit se iterum Ro∣bertus Passelew, qui post Walterum Carleolensem officium thesaurarij administrauerat. Of whose death Matthew Paris writeth thus: Eodem quo{que} anno (which was 1252, being the fiue and thirtith yeere of Henrie the third) octauo idus Iunij, obijt apud Waltham Robertus Passelew archidiaconus Lewis, &c: whome I will here leaue, al∣though not in that place in which he should come, if I had once resolued with my selfe that he had beene treasuror of England. But because I had to speake [line 30] of him with Peter de Riuallis, I thought here in one place to set downe what I had read of them both; and so to ioine them after their death, which were so fast ioined in offices during their liues.

* 15.22Hugh Pateshull, treasuror of the excheker, which was treasuror of the gréene wax, or of the seale, was also treasuror to the king in the eightéenth and nine∣téenth yeare of his reigne, and after made iustice of all England: as Matthew Paris hath set downe in these words, Rex autēfretus consilio saniori (in the yere of [line 40] Christ 1234, being the 18 yéere of Henrie the third) Hugonem de Pateshull clericum filium videlicet Simonis de Pateshull, quiquandóque habenas moderabatur totius regni iusticiarij, virum fidelem & honestum, loco praedictorum (which were Stephan Segraue chéefe iustice of En∣gland and Peter de Riuallis treasuror) subrogauit▪ Administrauerat enim idem Hugo officium scaccarij antea laudabiliter, secundum quod appellatur secretum sigillum cu∣stodiendo, & definitam pecuniam à vicecomitibus recipiendo: quare plenior fides est ei adhibita, paterna fidelitate testimoniū [line 50] fidei perhibente. He was confirmed bishop of Couen∣trie, in the yéere of Christ one thousand two hundred and fortie, being the 24 yere of Henrie the third, who (hauing bin the kings tresuror before) did now with great solemnitie take his leaue of the barons of the excheker with teares, and they all rose vp and kissed him. Of whose election (in the yeare of our Lord one thousand two hundred thirtie and nine) to that bi∣shoprike, thus further writeth the said Matth. touch∣ching the moonks of Couentrie. Eligerunt secundum [line 60] praedictam formam dominum Hugonem de Pateshull, &c▪ canonicum sancti Pauli London: & domini regis cancellariū, in episcopum & custodem animarum suarum. Concerning whome I collected this note out of the register of Westminster, that Philip Coleuille knight, the sonne of William Coleuille, the sonne of Agnes Foliot, gaue to Richard abbat of Westminster all his part of the inheritance which was Robert Foli∣ots, brother to the said Agnes, in Langden, Morton, and Chalneie; witnesses Rafe bishop of Chichester chancellor, and Hugh Pateshull treasuror in the ninetéenth yeare of the reigne of Henrie the third, which Pateshull Matthew Westminster, in the yeere of Grace 1234, calleth Summum thesaurarium.

Galfridus Templarius, whome some will haue treasu∣ror, but by what reson I cannot conceiue as yet,* 15.23 and therefore will not obstinatlie reiect him, nor hastilie receiue him into this place of the treasuror: of this man is more spoken amongst the chancellors.

William Hauerhull, a canon of Paules church in London,* 15.24 was made treasuror to king Henrie the third, the yere of our redemption one thousand two hundred and fortie, being the foure and twentith yeare of the reigne of the said Henrie, in which place he continued in the eight and twentith yeare of the said Henrie the third, being the yeare of our redemption 1244. He died at London in the yeare one thousand two hundred fiftie two, being the six and thirtith yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the third, as saith the addition to Matthew Paris fol. 1128, after which the said author fol. 1226, laied his death, in the yeere of Christ 1256, being the 39 yeare of king Henrie the third, such error is crept into hi∣stories by the negligence of the transcriber: but I suppose the first note of his death to be the truer, be∣cause the same is confirmed by Matth. West. spea∣king in the said yeare 1252 of the death of this man, for whose epitaph these folowing verses were made:

Hîc iacet Hauerhulle iaces protothesaurarie regis, Hinc Hauerhulle gemis non * 15.25 paritura talem: Fercula culta dabas, empyrea vina pluebas, A modo sit Christus * 15.26 cibus & esca tibi.

I haue also read a note of one William Hauerhull (which might be this man) which saith that William Hauerhull the sonne of Brithmarus de Hauerhull, gaue houses in Cheapeside to the abbeie of West∣minster, and that one Thomas de Hauerhull was the sonne and heire of William Hauerhull.

Richard de Barking abbat of Westminster,* 15.27 as witnesseth the liues of the abbats, was one especiall councellor to Henrie the third, chéefe baron of the excheker, and treasuror of England, who I suppose did follow William Hauerhull. For his death, which happened on the thrée and twentith daie of Nouem∣ber, in the thirtith yeare of king Henrie the third, in the yeare of Christ 1246, after that he had béene ab∣bat foure and twentie yéeres, must needs prooue him to be treasuror before Philip Louell: yea and perad∣uenture (as is most likelie) before Hugh Pateshull. Yet Matthew Paris, speaking of the death of Ha∣uerhull, will néeds haue Philip Louell to succéed William Hauerhull, as after shall appéere. This Ri∣chard de Barking was buried in Westminster church, before the midle of the altar in our ladie cha∣pell in a toome of marble, which after in the time of William Colchester abbat of that place, was pulled downe by frier Combe, a sacrist of that house of Westminster, who laied a faire plaine marble stone ouer him, with this present epitaph thus inscribed:

Richardus Barking prior & post inclytus abbas, Henrici regis prudens fuit iste minister: Huius erat prima laus, insula rebus opima, Altera laus éque Thorp, census, Ocham, decimequ••, Tertia Mortone castrum simili ratione, Et regis quarta de multis commoda charta, Clementis festo mundo migrauit abisto, M. Domini C. bis, xl. sextóque sub anno, Cui detur venia parte pia virgo Maria.

Philip Luuell or Louell, was in this order ad∣uanced to the office of treasuror,* 15.28 as appeereth by these words of Matthew Paris vpon the death of Willi∣liam Hauerhull. Et cùm crederetur quòd dominus rex Iohannem Franciscum officio Wilhelmi (which was Ha∣uerhull) subrogaret, fabricatis rumoribus quòd idem Iohan∣nes in partibus remotis Angliae Borealibus (vt contra quos∣dam religiosos plantauerat) obijsset, constituit dominus rex Philippum Louell clericum, virum prudentem, facundum & generosum, in loco memorati Willielmi suum the∣saurariū,

quod factum est apud sanctū Albanū, pro∣curante vt dicitur Iohanne Mansell amico Philip∣pi speciali. This man was treasuror in the 35 and so vntill the 42 yeare of Henrie the third, & was in the same yeare deposed by the barons, he died at Hame∣sleie, in the yeare of Christ 1259, whose executors were Philip Louell & Robert de Mercenton. But his goods after his death the king commanded to be confiscat. And heere before I go any further, I thinke it not amisse to note that some haue mistaken them∣selues in the accompt of the kings treasuror much a∣bouth [line 10] this time, making these persons Walter Bru∣dell & Peter Catchporke or Chaceporke to be the kings treasuror, which by no accompt of yeares can be true, for they were the quéenes and not the kings tresurors, as may appéere both by Mat. Paris and Mat. Westmin. whereof the first writeth thus: Obijt & Wal∣terus de Brudell eiusdem reginae thesaurarius, which he pla∣ceth in the yere of Christ 1255, being the thirtie ninth yeare of king Henrie the third. Of the second person [line 20] Chaceporke thus writeth Mat. West. in the yeare of Christ 1254: Veniens autem rex ad mare nec ventum habēs prosperum, apud Boloniam moratus estinuitus, vbi obijt Petrus Chaceporc natione Pictauensis, reginae thesaurarius & regis clericus & conciliarius specialis. And thus this much by the waie of the two treasurors of the quéens, supposed by some (but not rightlie) to haue béene the kings.

Iohn Crakehall archdeacon of Bedford was trea∣suror in 42,* 15.29 43, 44 yeare of Henrie the third, to whom the king in the fortie fourth of his reigne, being the [line 30] yeare of Christ 1260, gaue a prebendarie, wherin be∣ing inuested, he was from thence remooued by a for∣mer collation therof made to one Iohn le Gras. The said Crakehall after died the same yere at London.

* 15.30Iohn abbat of Peterborow was by the barons in the 44 yeare of Henrie the third made treasuror, as the other officers of the king also were, Nicholas of Elie was then made chancellor, & Hugh de Spenser chéefe iustice, which office of treasurorship this Iohn continued, in the 46 yeare of Henrie the sixt, 1262.

* 15.31Nicholas de Elie so called bicause he was arch∣deacon [line 40] of Elie, was treasuror to the king in the se∣uen and fourtith of Henrie the third, being the yeare of our Lord 1263, whereof I haue seene this note of record. Memorandum quòd in crastino Paschae, Anno 47 H. 3. In praesentia Rogeri le Bigot comite Norffolke & ma∣rischalli Angliae, Hugo le Bigot, Arnoldi de Berkeley baron, de scaccario magistri, Iohannis de Chisull cancellar. regis, &c. Recepit magister Nicholaus archidiaconus Eliensis thesaura∣rius subscripta in thesauraria dom▪ regis, &c. This man as [line 50] before appéereth had bin chancellor, of whom is men∣tion made in my following tretise of the chancellors.

* 15.32Thomas Wimundham. This man being chiefe chanter of Lichfield, was by the barons in the yeare of Christ 1258, in the one and fourtith yeare of king Henrie the third, made treasuror (at the excheker) of the seale or place where the writs be sealed with gréene war, after which he was treasuror to the king in the 50, 51, & 52 yeares of king Henrie the third.

Iohn Chisull sometime chancellor was treasuror [line 60] in the foure & fiftith yeare of Henrie the third,* 15.33 being about the yeare of Christ a thousand two hundred thrée score and nine. He was deane of Paules, chosen bishop of London in the yeare of Christ a thousand two hundred seuentie and thrée, and consecrat to that place in the yeare of Christ a thousand two hundred seuentie & foure, in which place he continued about fiue yeares, and died in the yeare of our redemption 1279, being in the seuenth yeare of the reigne of the victorious prince king Edward the first of that name. See more of this Chisull in my following dis∣course of the chancellors.

* 15.34Philip de Eie was treasuror (as appeareth by the records of the excheker) in the 56 yeare of king Hen∣rie the third, and in the first yeare of king Edward the first, partlie falling in the yeare of our redemp∣tion 1272, and 1273.

Ioseph de Chancie,* 15.35 whom one anonymall author calleth Iohn de Chancie, but not rightlie as I sup∣pose, was tresuror in the second yéere of the scourger of the Scots king Edward the first, being the yeare of our redemption 1274.

William Gifford bishop of Bath and Welles was treasuror to Edward the first,* 15.36 he was remoo∣ued to Yorke in the yeare of Christ 1265, this man is by manie chronicles, and that perhaps most trulie called Walter Gifford. He died in the seuenth yeare of king Edward the first, being the yeare of our re∣demption 1279 as hath Nicholas Triuet. Of this man sée more in the chancellors of England.

Robert Burnell bishop of Bath and Welles chan∣cellor of England,* 15.37 and treasuror to king Edward the first, is by the Welsh historie pag. 328, called chiefe iustice of England. Leland reporteth that an abbat told him how that a bishop Burnell built the castell of Acton Burnell. Of this man shall be more spoken hereafter in the chancellors of England.

Ioseph de Chancie the second time treasuror to king Edward the first,* 15.38 in the sixt yeare of the said king, being the yeare of our redemption 1278, was also prior of S. Iohns Ierusalem in Anglia, as I take it; and by an other name called the lord of S. Iohns or of the knights of the Rhodes in England.

Thomas Becke archdeacon of Dorcester, was treasuror in the seuenth yeare of king Edward the first,* 15.39 being the yeare of our redemption 1278 as some haue, but 1279 as other haue (by the witnesse of Leland, out of a monke of Glastenburie) in his booke De assertione Arthuri, reciting the words of the said monke in this sort.

Anno Domini 1267: Eadueardus rex Henrici tertij fi∣lius, venit cum regina sua Glasconiam. Die verò Martis proxima sequenti, fuit rex & tota curia accepta sumptibus monasterij. Quo die in crepusculo, fecit apperiri sepulchrum inclyti Arthuri, vbi in duabus cistis imaginibus & armis eorū depictis, ossa dicti regis mirae grossitudinis separata inuenit. Imago quidem reginae coronata, imaginis regiae corona fuit prostrata, cum abscissione sinistrae auriculae; & vestigijs pla∣gae vnde moriebatur: inuenta est scriptura super his singulis manifesta. In crastino, videlicet die Mercurij rex ossa regis, regina ossa reginae, pallijs pretiosis reuoluta, in suis cistis reclu∣dentes, & sigilla sua apponentes, praeceperunt idem sepulchrum ante maius altare celeriter collocari, retentis externis capitibus propter populi deuotionem; apposita huiusmodi scriptura: Haec sunt ossa nobilissimi regis Arthurij, quae anno dominicae incar∣nationis 1278, decimo tertio calendas Maij, per dominum Eadueardum regem Angliae illustrem hîc fuerunt sic colloca∣ta, praesentibus Leonora serenissima eiusdem regis consorte, & filia domini Ferandi regis Hispaniae, magistro William de Middleton nunc Norwicensi electo, magistro Thoma de Becke archidiacono Dorsitensi & praedicti regis thesaurario, domino Henrico de Lasciae comite Lincolniae, domino Amideo comite Subaudiae, & multis magnatibus Angliae. Thus farre the moonke of Glastenburie.

Richard Warren or de Ware abbat of Westmin∣ster,* 15.40 was made abbat about the yeare of Christ 1260, being about the foure and fortith yeare of king Henrie the third, who was made treasuror, as hath Iohn de Euersden, in the yeare of our redemption a thousand two hundred & foure score, being the eight yeare of king Edward the first: which yeare of Christ a thousand two hundred and foure score, some doo falslie make to fall in the tenth, some in the eleuenth yeare of the said Edward the first, which contrarie∣ti•• hath onelie risen by the default of the transcriber. But most certeine it is that he was treasuror in the ninth, eleuenth, and part of the twelfe of the said king Edward the first. This man going to Rome for

his consecration, brought from thense certeine workemen and rich purphyrie stones, whereof and by whom he made that rare pauement (conteining a dis∣course of the whole world) which is at this daie most beautifull, and to be seene at Westminster before the communion table: a thing of that singularitie, curi∣ousnesse, and rarenesse, that England hath not the like againe, in which pauement are circularie writ∣ten in letters of brasse these ten verses following:

Silector posita prudenter cuncta reuoluat, [line 10] Hìc finem primi mobilis inueniet. Sepes trina canes, & equos, homines superaddas, Ceruos, & coruos, aquilas, immania cete, Mundum quód{que} sequens praeeuntis triplicat annos, * 15.41Sphericus archetypū, globum hic monstrat microcosmum. Christi milleno, bis centeno, duodeno, Cum sexageno, subductis quatuor anno, Tertius Henricus, rex, vrbs, Odoricus & abbas Hos compegere purphyreos lapides.

The full explanation of which verses shall be at [line 20] large set downe in the whole discourse of this ab∣bats life, in my large booke of the liues of the lord treasurors. Which abbat with those workemen and those stones did also frame the shrine of Edward the confessor with these verses, carued out of stone and also gilded set about the same shrine or monument:

Anno milleno Domini, cum septuageno, Et bis centeno, cum completo quasideno, Hoc opus est factum, quod Petrus duxit in actum, Romanus ciuis. Homo, causam noscere sivis, [line 30] Rex fuit Henricus sancti praesentis amicus.

This abbat died the second daie of December, in the yeare of our redemption a thousand two hundred foure score and thrée, being the twelfe yeare of king Edward the first; after that he had gouerned the monasterie three and twentie yeares and more, and was buried there at Westminster, in the foresaid plaine pauement of purphyrie on the north side neere vnto the toome (as is yet well to be séene) of Odomer or Aimer de Ualence earle of Penbroke, on which [line 40] graue is ingrauen this bréefe epitaph héere insuing:

Abbas Richardus de Wara qui requiescit Hîc portat lapides, quos hic portauit ab vrbe.

Walter Wenlocke abbat of Westminster, whom Matthew Westminster calleth William de Wen∣loke,* 15.42 was made abbat of Westminster after the death of Richard de Ware, & was treasuror to king Edward the first, as hath the register of the liues of the abbats of Westminster, and other records that I haue seene. Which office it séemeth that he had, meane [line 50] betwéene the twelfe and the foureteenth yeare of the said king Edward the first, as I suppose. This man after that he had beene abbat six and twentie yeares lacking six daies, died the fiue and twentith of De∣cember on the Christmas daie at night, in his ma∣nour of Pireford in Glocestershire, in the first yeare of Edward the sonne of Edward (which was Ed∣ward the second) being the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred and seuen, and was bu∣ried in the church of Westminster, besides the high [line 60] altar then standing without the south doore of saint Edwards shrine before the presbiterie there, vnder a plaine pauement and a marble stone decentlie ador∣ned with this epitaph to his high commendation:

Abbas Walterus iacet hîc sub marmore tectus, Non fuit austerus, sed mitis, famine rectus.

A bishop of Couentrie (and Lichfield) was trea∣suror of England in the fourteenth yéere of king Ed∣ward the first,* 15.43 being the yeare of our redemption 1286, in whose place in the same yeare came Iohn Kirkbie.

Iohn Kirkbie deane of Winburne and archdea∣con of Couentrie,* 15.44 & treasuror to king Edward the first, was on the seuenth calends of August in the yeare of our Lord 1286, being the fouretéenth yeare of the said Edward (then at Paris) made bishop of Elie, whome Leland (the refiner of all names dooth in his cōment vpon his song of the swan in the word Winchelsega thus terme; Iohannes Cherche••ius episcopus Anguillarinus regi à thesauris. This man was tresuror in the sixtéenth, seuentéenth, & part of the eightéenth of Edward the first, in which yeare (as it séemeth) being part of the yeare of Christ 1290 this bishop died, the seuenth calends of Aprill, after that he had béene bi∣shop three yeares some moneths and some daies, and was buried by Walepoole bishop of Norwich in the church of Elie, on the north part of the quéere before the altar of saint Iohn Baptist.

William de Marchia or Gulielmus Martius was treasuror in Easter terme,* 15.45 in the eightéenth yeare of the reigne of king Edward the first, in which office he continued about fiue yeares, & was remooued from that place on the 23 yeare of the said king Edward the first, and Peter of Leicester baron of the exche∣ker, with the two chamberleins executed all functi∣ons of that office vntill a new treasuror was made. This William de Marchia was made bishop of Bath and Welles, in the yeare of Christ 1293, being the 22 yeare of king Edward the third, in which sée he remained almost ten yeares, and died in the yeare of our Lord 1302, being about the 32 yeare of the said king Edward the first, and was buried in the church of Welles in the wall, betwéene the doore of the cloi∣ster and the altar of saint Martine, at whose toome in time past (as the nature of that credulous age did hastilie beléeue) were manie miracles doone; as some haue left in memorie to the following posteritie.

Walter Langhstone bishop of Lichfield and Co∣uentrie was made treasuror after William de Marchia, in the 23 yeare of king Edward the first,* 15.46 in which office he continued (as I gather) during the life of king Edward the first, which fell in the 35 yeare of his reigne, being the yéere of our redemption 1307, and was then remoued and imprisoned in the tower with two men onelie by Edward the second then comming to the crowne, bicause the said Walter Langhstone had caused king Edward the first to imprison, and as some haue to banish this new king Edward the second for breaking downe the parkes of the said bishop Walter Langhstone. During the time that this Peter de Willebie was vnder treasu∣ror or lieutenant of the treasuror, for the words be Locum tenens thesaurarij, in the thirtith, one and thirtith, two and thirtith of Edward the first, this Walter was made bishop of Couentrie and Lichfield, in the yeare of our redemption 1295, being the thrée and twentith yeare of king Edward the first, and the same yeare that he was made treasuror. He died a∣bout the yeare of our redemption 1321, being about the fouretéenth yeare of king Edward the second, to which bishop the lord Cobham now liuing his heire, as being descended from Margaret the sister and heire of Iohn Peuerell the coosine and heire to this Walter Langhstone, which Margaret was maried to sir William de la Poole of Asbie knight, frō whom the lord Cobham is issued. And here sith I haue be∣fore made mention of the death of Edward the first, although it be somewhat impertinent to the treasu∣rors; yet for that I doo not remember that the same verses are set down in any of our late English chro∣nicles, & for that I would haue a perpetuall memorie of them, I will here deliuer such epitaphicall verses as I haue found touching king Edward the first:

Dum viguit (rex) & valuit tua magna potestas, Fraus latuit, pax magna fuit, regnauit honestas, Scotos Eadwardus, dum vixit, suppeditauit, Tenuit, afflixit, depressit, dilaniauit.

Walter Reinolds scholemaster to Edw. 2. bishop* 15.47

of Worcester, and after of Canturburie, and chan∣cellor of England, was aduanced to the place of the lord treasuror of England, in the 1. Edw. 2. being the yeare of Christ 1307, after which in the yeare of our Lord 1308, he was made bishop of Worcester, he continued in the office of treasuror vntill some part of the fourth yeare of the said Edward the second, at what time came in his place Iohn Sandall, who was lieutenant vnto the said Walter in place of the treasuror, as appeareth by manie writs directed vnto [line 10] him by the name of Iohn Sandall Locum tenenti W. episcopi Wigorniae. Of him is more spoken in the chan∣cellors of England. But here I cannot passe ouer some both skilfull in antiquitie, & persons of no small name by reason of their office, whereof the one in print, and the other in a booke of the nobilitie of Eng∣land since the conquest vnprinted, doo make Hugh Spenser the elder treasuror of England,* 15.48 which as yet I cannot find to be true, for that I doubt that king Edw. 2. louing him so entierlie would euer af∣ter [line 20] remooue him, & for that the full succession of trea∣surors before set downe, being true and taken out of ancient and most certeine records, will not afford him anie place among them. But leauing that mat∣ter to others who can better defend the same, I will descend to the other treasurors.

Iohn de Sandall being clerke, Scutifer regis, chan∣cellor of the excheker,* 15.49 and chancellor of England, ha∣uing béene before vnder treasuror or deputie for the high treasuror, came now in the fourth yeare of Ed∣ward [line 30] the second to be made chiefe treasuror, & ente∣red into that office in Easter terme about the begin∣ning of the said fourth yeare of Edward the second. But in the yere following, which was the fift of Ed∣ward the second, he gaue place to another. He was chosen bishop of Winchester in the ninth yeare of Edward the second, being the yeare of our redemp∣tion 1316. Of whome thus writeth Anomymus M. S. Obierunt episcopus Winton & Eli viri sacra professione insigniti, quorum primo successit Iohannes de Sandall cancella∣rius [line 40] Angliae vir cunctis affabilis & necessarius communitati. Secundo successit Iohannes de Hothum scaccar. regis, vir siqui∣dem scientiae penitùs ignarus, qui statim episcopatus ascenso culmine, ad honorum pariter & officij thesaurarij rex ipsum in sui fauoreni sublimauit. Of which Iohn Sandall, and also of Iohn Hothume, shall be more said hereafter.

Walter Norwich, knight, treasuror in the fift yeare of Edward the second,* 15.50 and afterward in Ea∣ster tearme in the eight yeare of king Edward the second, did on the third daie of October in the said [line 50] eight yeare of king Edward the second receiue the office of the treasurorship, and on the same daie tooke a corporall oth before the barons and chamberleins of the excheker, to behaue himselfe well and faith∣fullie in the same office, which he had receiued of king Edward the second, by his letters dated at Yorke the six and twentith daie of September, in the eight yeare of the said king Edward the second, which he kept not long at that time.

Iohn Sandall was the second time lord treasu∣ror,* 15.51 [line 60] in the six and seuenth yeare of king Edward the second. This man being bishop of Winchester, was treasuror. Of him sée more in the chancellors of Eng∣land.

* 15.52Walter de Norwich being treasuror as before in the eight yeare of king Edward the second, did not long inioy the same, but as I suppose gaue place to Iohn Drokensford.

* 15.53Iohn de Drokensford, the fourteenth bishop of Bath & Welles, had (as I haue read) the great seale deliuered vnto him, and was also treasuror of Eng∣land. But bicause I find not as yet in what yeare, al∣though it were in the time of king Edward the se∣cond, I cannot set downe the certeintie. Of whome thus writeth the register of the bishops of Ba••h. Io∣hannes Drokensford thesaurarius 14, Bathon episcopus post Walterum Haselshawes, successit in episcopatum Bathon, annis 19, iste episcopatum pluribus aedificijs insigniuit, franchesias per reges episcopatui concessas non solùm literatoriè renouauit sed etiam ampliauit. Et quo ad ditationem & exaltationem parentelae suae ferè fuit aequal••s praedecessori suo Roberto Bornell. Et Welliae sepelitur ante altare sancti Iohannis Baptistae.

Iohn Hothum Bishop of Elie (as is before no∣ted out of one anonymall chronicle) obteined the place and honour of treasurorship,* 15.54 in the eleuenth yeare of king Edward the second, which he did not long inioy. For in the Michaelmas tearme in the twelfe yere of king Edward the second, came Wil∣liam Walwaine. Of this Iohn Hothum is mention made in the discourse of the chancellors hereafter.

William Walwaine treasuror of England in the twelfe yeare of king Edward the second,* 15.55 being about the yeare of our redemption 1318, was (as it should séeme) for his negligence and vnworthines of the place most worthilie remooued at the parlement at Yorke, in such sort that he possessed not that place (as I coniecture) aboue halfe a yere. For in the same twelfe yeare came the bishop of Winchester.

Iohn Stratford bishop of Winchester,* 15.56 vpon the remoouing of Walwaine, was in the same twelfe yeare of king Edward the second admitted into the office of the treasurorship, vntill the king should o∣therwise determine. Which bishop found not in the treasurie aboue nine & twentie pounds seuentéene shillings and eight pence, which might well be the cause of the displacing of the said Walwaine, who had ouer prodigallie dispersed the kings treasure.

Walter Stapleton bishop of Excester was trea∣suror in the thirteenth yeare of king Edward the se∣cond,* 15.57 being the yeare of our redemption 1319, in which I suppose he continued vntill the fiftéenth yeare of the said king, being about the yere of Christ 1321. Of this man dooth more follow.

Walter Norwich knight was the third time made treasuror,* 15.58 which place he inioied in the fiftéenth yeare of king Edward the second, being the yéere of our redemption 1321, or there abouts. Walsingham saith that in the second of Edward the third Obijt William de Norwich.

Roger Northborow Scutifer or kéeper of the seale,* 15.59 being taken by the Scots at the battell of Ba∣nockesburne about the seuenth yeare of Edward the second, in the yeare of our redemption 1313, was also clearke of the wardrobe, and treasuror in the six∣téenth of king Edward the second, being the yeare of our redemption 1322. Of whom thus writeth one ano∣nymall chronicle M.S. Anno Domini 1321 obijt Walterus de Langtone episcopus Cestren. cui successit in episcopatus hono∣re per viā impressionis & ambitionis Rogerus de Northburgh, clericus, de regis garderobia, sibi regis in cunctis fauentibus auxilio & voluntate. I haue read of one Godfreie de Northburgh bishop of Chester that died in the three and thirtith of king Edward the third, being the yere of Christ 1359, which perhaps should be this Roger Northborow, Godfreie being by the transcriber pla∣ced in stéed of Roger. But I will not at this time de∣fine anie certeintie thereof, although I find an other note of one Roger Northborow consecrated bishop of Couentrie and Lichfield, in the yeare of Christ 1321, who sat in that sée eight and thirtie years, which eight and thirtie yeares added to the yeare of Christ, in which this Roger was made bishop, doo make vp the number of the yeare of Christ 1359, in which it is said that Godfreie Northborow died.

Walter Stapleton bishop of Excester▪* 15.60 the second time treasuror in the eightéenth yeare of king Ed∣ward the second, & before, was remooued in Easter tearme in the same yeare. In which Easter tearme

was William bishop of Yorke also made treasuror, as is prooued by the pell of Exitus, that terme being thus intituled, De termino Paschae anno 18 Ed. 2. tam tem∣pore W. episcopi Exon. quàm W. archiepiscopi Eborum. This Walter being elected to the bishoprike of Excester, in the yeare of our redemption 1307, did sit in that place twentie years, and was beheaded at the com∣ming into England of quéene Isabell to depose Ed∣ward the second, in the twentith yere of the said king Edward the second, in the yéere of our redempti∣on [line 10] 1326. The cause of whose beheading was, for that he had procured the banishment of the said quéene I∣sabell, and of hir sonne prince Edward.

* 15.61William Melton archbishop of Yorke made lord treasuror in Easter terme, in the eightéenth yéere of Edward the second, kept the same office vntill the deposition of himselfe from that place, & of his mai∣ster from his kingdome, in the twentith yeare of the reigne of the said Edward the second, and then gaue place to Iohn Stratford. [line 20]

* 15.62Iohn Stratford bishop of Winchester was the second time made treasuror of England, in the twen∣tith yeare of the deposed king Edward, after the death of Walter Stapleton. This Iohn the foure∣téenth daie of Nouember, in the said twentith yeare of Edward the second, comming into the excheker, brought thither the kings patent, or open writ, or commandement, vnder the seale of Edward the kings eldest son, to witnes his election and creation to that place of treasuror: the tenor of which writ I [line 30] haue thought good to set downe, because it was doone by the son in the fathers name, and vnder the teste of the son, the father yet being king in shew; but the son indéed as gouernor of the realme: which title he inioied, vntill that he most vnnaturallie by the ma∣lice of his mother, the ambition of himselfe, and the flatterie of his followers had deposed his father. The tenor of which writ was in these words, as followeth.

EDwardus rex Angliae, & dominus Hiberniae, baronibus & camerarijs suis de scaccario suo salutem. Quùm pro eo [line 40] quòd venerabilis pater W. archiepiscopus Eborum nuper the∣saurarius scaccarij praedicti, circa diuersa negotia in partibus Borealibus est occupatus, quominùs intendere possit ad ea quae ad officium illud in dicto scaccario pertinent exercenda: con∣stituerimus venerabilem patrem Iohannem Wintoniensem epis∣copum, tenentem locum thesaurarij scaccarij praedicti, quousque de officio illo aliter duximus ordinandum. Percipiendo in eo∣dem officio (dum illud sic tenuerit) feodum consuetum prout in literis nostris patentibus praefato episcopo inde confectis pleniùs [line 50] continetur. Vobis mandamus, quòd ipsum episcopum ad offi∣cium admittatis, & ei in his quae ad officium praedictum per∣tineant intendatis in forma praedicta. Teste Edwardo filio no∣stro primogenito custode regni nostri. Apud Hereford sexto die Nouembris, anno regni nostri vicesimo.

* 15.63Adam Tarleton, or de Orleton borne in Here∣fordshire, being Decretorum doctor, was made bishop of Hereford by the pope at Auinion in the yeere one thousand thrée hundred and seauenteene, about the tenth or eleuenth yeare of the reigne of Edward the [line 60] second, being he that made the sermon for the deposi∣tion of king Edward the second, and wrote the am∣phibologicall epistle for the death of the king, contei∣ning these words, Regem occidere nolite timere bonum est, which hath by a comma or point made at Timere one sense, and by a comma made at Nolite another sense. Which Adam was made lord treasuror in the first yeere of king Edward the third, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred twentie and six, in which office he continued not long. For in the Easter terme of the said king came Henrie bi∣shop of Lincolne. This man was made bishop of Winchester in the yéere one thousand thrée hundred thirtie and fiue, being the ninth yeere of king Ed∣ward the third: in which seat he sate twelue yeares. The death of which Adam (who gaue Henningfield parsonage to the church of Hereford) sir Thomas de la More doth most plentifullie set foorth.

Henrie Burwash bishop of Lincolne was lord treasuror in Easter terme,* 15.64 in the first yéere of the reigne of king Edward the third, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand three hundred twentie and seauen, in which office he continued vntill the se∣cond yeere of Edward the third, and was afterward remooued.

Thomas bishop of Hereford inioied the honorable place of the lord treasuror,* 15.65 in the third yeare of king Edward the third, being the yeere of our redemption one thousand three hundred twentie and nine: but in the yéere following another came in place.

Robert Woodhouse possessed the roome of the high tresuror of England,* 15.66 in the fourth yéere of the reigne of the said yoong king Edward the third, being the yeere that the word became flesh one thousand thrée hundred and thirtie, and was also treasuror some part of Michaelmasse terme, in the fift yéere of king Eward the third, who in the yéere following did giue place vnto another.

William archbishop of Yorke was againe trea∣suror of England,* 15.67 in the fift yeere of the reigne of king Edward the third, being the yeare of Christ one thousand thrée hundred thirtie and one, and in∣ioied that place some part of Michaelmasse terme in the said yeere, after whome came the bishop of Nor∣wich.

W. bishop of Norwich was made treasuror in Michaelmas terme in the said fift yéere of the reigne of king Edward the third:* 15.68 in which terme there had béene thrée lord treasurors successiuelie (a thing sel∣dome or neuer heard, nor I thinke likelie againe e∣uer to be) which office this bishop kept all Michael∣masse terme, in the sixt yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, being the yeare of our redempti∣on one thousand thrée hundred thirtie and two, and somewhat more in the end, yet yéelding that honor to another.

Robert le Ailestone, being lord treasuror in the seuenth yéere of the reigne of Edward the third,* 15.69 be∣ing the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred thirtie and thrée, continued in the same of∣fice vntill the tenth yeare of the reigne of king Ed∣ward the third, being the yeare of our saluation one thousand thrée hundred thirtie six, which was about thrée yeares, the same being a longer time than anie other had possessed that place, since the beginning of the reigne of the said king Edward the third.

Henrie Burwash bishop of Lincolne was againe treasuror the tenth yeare of the reigne of king Ed∣ward the third,* 15.70 being in the yeare of Christ one thou∣sand thrée hundred thirtie and six, in which yéere (as hath Scala chronicorum) the king holding his parle∣ment at London, was aduised by his councell to pro∣secute his title to the crowne of France. Where∣vpon king Edward sent ambassadors to the duke of Bauiere emperor (which had married the other sister to the earle of Henalt, as king Edward the third had maried one) for suertie of aliance, and to re∣teine noble men about him with no small charge, which ambassadors were Henrie Burgwash bishop of Lincolne, and the earles William Montacute of Sarum, and William Clinton of Huntington, who returned to the parlement at London with their an∣swer well liked. Of this man see more in the chan∣cellors, being yet after his ambassage treasuror in some part of the eleuenth yéere of Edward the third.

Richard de Burie bishop of Durham did inioie the honor of lord treasuror,* 15.71 in the eleuenth yeere of

the reigne of king Edward the third: he was a man of great grauitie, and much estéemed of the nobilitie and gentlemen of the north. Of this man is more spoken in the chancellors of England.

* 15.72William de la Zouch borne of the noble house of the lord Zouch, was treasuror of England, in the twelfe yéere of king Edward the third, in the yéere of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred thirtie and eight; he being bishop of Yorke was vicegerent to the king in the north parts, in the twentith yéere of [line 10] the reigne of the said Edward the third, and in the yéere of our redemption one thousand three hundred fortie and six, at what time he tooke Dauid Bruce king of Scots. This man went to Rome, and after a long contention betwéene him and William Kel∣sleie, Kilsbie, or Kelseie (for all these different names are found in authors) touching the archbishoprike of Yorke, he was after two yeares thus spent consecra∣ted bishop of Yorke by pope Clement the sixt. After which this William in the eleuenth yeare of his bi∣shoprike, [line 20] being long troubled with a greeuous dis∣ease, began the worke of a chappell on the south side adioining to the church of saint Peters in Yorke, where he purposed to be buried: but died before it was finished, and lieth interred in the said church be∣fore the altar of saint Edward the confessor.

* 15.73Sir Richard Sadington knight was treasuror in the foureteenth yéere of the reigne of king Ed∣ward the third, being the yéere of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred & fortie. There was one [line 30] Robert Sadington liuing about this time, of whom is more mention in the chancellors of England: but as yet I well know not whether they were both one man or no; sith authors maie misplace Robert for Richard, as they haue often doone.

* 15.74Robert Northborow, being at that time (as I iudge) bishop of Couentrie, was treasuror of Eng∣land, in the fouretéenth yéere of the reigne of Ed∣ward the third, being the yeere of our Lord one thou∣sand three hundred and fortie, in which yeere he was [line 40] remooued, whom with the chancellor the king meant afterward (as after shall appeare) to haue sent into Flanders as pledges for monie that the king owght there. After whom I suppose that Sadington came in place, although I haue a little misplaced him at this time, following the fansies of other men more than mine owne.

* 15.75A bishop of Chester was lord treasuror of Eng∣land in the fiftéenth yéere of the reigne of king Ed∣ward the third, being about the yéere that the word [line 50] became flesh, one thousand thrée hundred fortie and one, in which office he did not long continue.

Robert Perning or Pernicke was lord treasu∣ror in the Easter terme,* 15.76 in the yéere of our redempti∣on one thousand thrée hundred fortie and one, being the fiftéenth yéere of king Edward the third, in which yéere also he was made chancellor, and so continued both offices a while, vntill in the sixtéenth yéere of the reigne of king Edward the third, as I gather by all circumstances of times, records, and histories: [line 60] who in the seuentéenth yeere of the reigne of the said king Edward the third, being the yéere of our re∣demption one thousand thrée hundred fortie and thrée (as appeareth by the bookes of the law) being chan∣cellor, deliuered a record with his hands into the court of the kings bench. Of this man more shall be set downe hereafter in my discourse of the chan∣cellors.

* 15.77Roger Northborow (as I take it) being then bi∣shop of Couentrie, did honorablie possesse the place of the lord tresuror of England, in the sixtéenth yéere of the reigne of king Edward the third, being the yéere of our redemption one thousand three hundred fortie and two. Of whome thus writeth Matthew Parker in the life of Iohn Stratford archbishop of Canturburie: Ibi (meaning at the tower) concilium initum est, tandémque definitū, vt archiepiscopus & episcopus Cicestrensis regni cancellarius & Couentrensis thesaurarius, vnà cum alijs a satellitibus & lictoribus deprehensi, ad publi∣cam custodiam rerum à se, absente rege, gestarum rationem red∣dituri ducerentur. Manè accedunt sate••lites Lametham, sed * 15.78 archiepiscopus ei pridie decesserat: tum Londinum reuersi Couentrensem & Cicestrensem episcopos cum alijs designatis capiunt, captos ad tur••im deducunt, &c.

William de Cusans,* 15.79 being lord treasuror in the seauenteenth yeare of Edward the third, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand, three hundred, fortie and thrée, continued in the same office all Michael∣masse tearme, in the eightéenth yeare of the said Ed∣ward the third, and the yeare of Christ one thousand thrée hundred fortie and foure: and being a yeare more. Betweene whom & Thomas Henlee abbat of Westminster was great contention about the iuris∣diction of the hospitall of saint Iames in the parish of saint Margaret in Westminster, which hospitall is now a statelie house belonging to the prince, and built by king Henrie the eight called the manor of saint Iames with a parke walled about with bricke.

William de Edington,* 15.80 lord chancellor and trea∣suror of England, and bishop of Winchester, was lord treasuror in Easter terme the ninetéenth yeare of Edward the third, being about the yeare of our re∣demption one thousand, thrée hundred fortie and fiue, in which office he continued vntill the two and thirtith of the said king, one thousand three hundred fiftie and eight, being fourteene years, which was (as I thinke) as manie more years as anie one man did possesse that place, since the beginning of the reigne of king Edward the third, vntill the time of this W••llam E∣dington. He was so surnamed of the place where hée was borne, being the towne of Edington in Wilt∣shire: he was made bishop of Winchester (as some haue) about the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand thrée hundred fortie and seuen, being about the one and twentith yeare of king Edward the third. This man (chosen bishop of Canturburie, but yet ne∣uer bishop) died (as hath Walsingham) in the fortith yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand three hun∣dred sixtie and six. I haue read of a bishop of Nor∣wich that should also be treasuror in the foure and twentith of Edward the third, which must fall in the time that this Edington did continue that office: but how true it is, I leaue to others to consider, vntill I haue in my large booke of the liues of the lord treasu∣rors dissolued that, and all other doubts and contra∣rieties that are here touched, or by authors reported.

Iohn bishop of Rochester was lord treasuror in the two and thirtith yeare of king Edward the third,* 15.81 in the yeare of our redemption 1358, in which office he continued in the thirtie thrée and thirtie fourth yéere of Edward the third.

Simon Langham,* 15.82 being of the priorie of West∣minster, made abbat of that house, was shortlie af∣ter made lord treasuror of England, which office he held in the fiue & thirtith and six and thirtith yeare of king Edward the third, who being bishop of London (as hath Matthew Parker) was in the yeare that the wordof the father tooke on it the forme of a seruant, by due account 1361, being the fiue and thirtith yeare of king Edward the third, by the pope made bishop of Elie, where he sat fiue yeares, and was after in the yeare of our redemption, one thousand, thrée hundred, sixtie and six, being the fortith yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, chosen bishop of Canturburie, and consecrated in the yeare of our redemption 1367, as saith the same Matthew Par∣ker. On which daie of his consecration he demanded

homage of the erle Stafford of Thomas Rosse, Iohn Kirrell, Robert Brockill, & Rafe Sentleger, knights for their lands which they held of the sée of Cantur∣burie. Shortlie after which in the yere of our redemp∣tion one thousand, three hundred, sixtie and eight, be∣ing the two and fortith yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, he was made cardinall, & died at Auimere the two and twentith daie of Iulie, about the yeare of our redemption, as saith one Anonymus M.S. 1376, being the fiftith yeare of king Edward the third, and was buried besides Auinion, in a place [line 10] which he had raised from the foundation: three yeares after which his bones were brought to Westminster where at this daie he hath one honorable toome on the south side of the shrine amongst the kings, on whose toome the moonks of Westminster did sometime place this same epitaph in the remembrance of him:

Simon de Langham sub petris his tumulatus, Istius ecclesiaemonachus fuerat, prior, abbas, Sede vacante fuit electus Londoniensis [line 20] Praesul & insignis eligi, sed postea prim••s Totius regni, magnus regísque minister: Nam thesaurarius & cancellarius eius, Ac cardinalis in Roma presbyter iste, Postque Praenestinus est factus episcopus atque Nuntius ex parte papae, transmittitur istuc Orbe dolente pater, quem nunc reuocare nequimus: Magdalenae festo milleno septuageno Et ter centeno sexto Christi ruit anno: Hunc Deus absoluat de cunctis quae malè gessit, [line 30] Et meritis matris sibi coelica gaudia donet.

Of this man I haue intreated in my discourse of the cardinals pag. 1165. and in my collection of all the chancellors of England hereafter following.

* 15.83Iohn Barnet made bishop of Worcester in the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred sixtie and two, being the six and thirtith yeare of king Edward the third, was treasuror of England in the seuen and thirtith yeere of Edward the third, in which office he continued, being treasuror in Michaelmasse [line 40] tearme in the eight & thirtith yeare of the reigne of the said Edward the third, which fell in the yeare of Christ one thousand three hundred sixtie & foure, and so he continued in the thrée & fortith yéere of king Ed∣ward the third still treasuror. He was made bishop of Bath in the yeare of our redemption 1363, in which bishoprike he remained thrée yeares, and was by Ur∣bane the sixt then bishop of Rome translated from Bath to Elie in the yeare of Christ 1866, being the fortith yéere of the reigne of king Edward the third, [line 50] in which place he sat six yeares: and being a verie old man, and hauing béene treasuror about six yeares, he died at Hatfield the seuenth ides of Iune, in the yeare that God became man one thousand thrée hun∣dred seuentie and thrée, and the seuen and fortith yéere of the often named king Edward the third, he was buried in the church of Elie besides the high altar on the south part.

I haue read and seene by manie noted that one named Richard de Chesterfield was treasuror to the [line 60] king in the one and fortith yeare of king Edward the third,* 15.84 whome they will haue lord treasuror: which by no possible meanes as farre as I can yet conceiue maie be true: bicause it appeareth by record that Iohn bishop of Elie (which was this Barnet if you marke the time of his translating to Elie) was trea∣suror in the same yeare: but it maie be that he was treasuror of the chamber or houshold to the said king in the said one and fortith yeare of his reigne.* 15.85

Thomas de Brantington, being treasuror for the king in the parts of Guisnes marches and Calis, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hun∣dred sixtie and seuen, being the one and fortith yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, was made bi∣shop of Excester by especiall letters of the king in the yéere of our saluation one thousand thrée hundred sixtie and eight, being the thrée and fortith yeare of the said Edward the third, and was lord treasuror of England in the foure and fortith & fiue & fortith yéere of Edward the third: in which fiue and fortith yeare, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand three hundred seuentie and one, he was in a parlement at the petition of the lords remooued, at what time also there passed a law, that the chancellor, treasuror, and clerke of the priuie seale, shuld no more be spirituall men: but that secular men should haue those offices.

Sir Richard Scroope or Scrobs knight lord of Bolton and chancellor of England,* 15.86 was treasuror of England in the six and fortith, seuen & fortith, & eight and fortith of Edward the third, and then gaue place to sir Robert Ashton knight. This Richard made out of the ground the castell of Bolton consisting of foure great strong towers, and of other statelie lod∣gings, which castell was erecting eightéene yeares, the charges whereof came yearelie vnto a thousand marks, which was eighteene thousand markes, or twelue thousand pounds: the ounce of siluer being then but at twentie pence, which being now trebl•• and at fiue shillings, dooth at this daie amount vnto six and thirtie thousand pounds, which castell he fi∣nished before Richard the second died. He bought the heire generall of saint Quintine, that was honor of Hornelie castell in Richmontshire, which heire he was content one Coniers a seruant of his should marrie, and haue the preferrement of that ward; and so Hornelie castell came to the Conierses, of which house the first lord was William Coniers, grand∣father to him that died in the time of queene Marie without heire male, whereby his inheritance came to his three daughters. Which William the first lord Coniers of that name did much cost vpon Hornelie castell: being before but a meane thing. I haue read of this lord Scroope, that he had a sonne called Wil∣liam, whereof we will speake more hereafter, that was earle of Wilshire, who being beheaded in his fathers life, left no issue behind him. After which the father suruiuing was made treasuror to the king and died in honor, although he was not restored to his dignitie of chancellorship: but at what time he should be the second time treasuror (after the death of his sonne William) in the time of Henrie the fourth, I can not as yet certeinlie learne. But it maie be that he was againe treasuror in the ninth yeare of Hen∣rie the fourth; for that I find not by any former search who then possessed that place. It séemeth that he had two wiues, the one the daughter of the lord Spenser the other the daughter of Michaell de la Poole erle of Suffolke called Blanch. He had three sons, for whom he bought of the king the thrée daughters and heires of Robert lord Tiptost, whereof the eldest daughter Margaret was married to Roger his second sonne, the second daughter was married to William his eldest sonne, the third daughter called Millescent was married to Stephan the third sonne of the said Richard.

Sir Robert Ashton knight,* 15.87 constable of Douer castell, was lord treasuror in the fiftith and one and fiftith of king Edward the third in Michaelmasse tearme, which was the last Michaelmasse tearme wherein the king reigned, being about the yeare of Christ one thousand three hundred seuentie and six, of which name there was also one that was chiefe baron in the time of Edward the second, as I haue read.

Henrie Wake or Wakefield,* 15.88 being made bishop of Worcester in the yeare of our red••mption one thousand thrée hundred seueantie and fiue, being the fortie and ninth yeare of the reigne of king Edward the third, was made lord treasuror of England in the

yeare that the word of the father tooke flesh in the wombe of the woman, one thousand three hundred se∣uentie and six, in the one and fiftith yeare of king Edward the third, in which office he continued part of Easter tearme in the first yeare of king Richard the second, being about the yeare of our redemption one thous••nd thrée hundred seauentie and eight, he died in the yeare of Christ one thousand thrée hundred ninetie and fiue, as saith Walsingham.

Thomas Brantington bishop of Excester was made lord treasuror of England towards the latter [line 10] end of Easter tearme,* 15.89 in the first yeare of king Ri∣chard the second, falling in the yeare of Christ one thousand thrée hundred seauentie and eight, as I at this time account it: from which place he was short∣lie remooued in the second yeare of king Richard the second.

* 15.90Richard earle of Arundell and Surrie, made lord treasuror of England in the second yeare of the reigne of king Richard the second, whereof part fell in the yeare of our Lord one thousand thrée hundred [line 20] seauentie and eight, & part in the yéere one thousand thrée hundred seauentie and nine, continued about one yeare in the same, and then gaue place to him which possessed the same office last before him, he mar∣ried Elisabeth the daughter of William de Bohune earle of Northampton & Hereford, by whome he had issue Thomas earle of Arundell, Ione married to William Beauchampe lord Aburgauennie, Elisa∣beth married to Thomas lord Mowbraie, Margaret married to sir Rowland Lenthall, and Alice married [line 30] to Iohn Charleton lord Powes: this Richard was beheaded in the one and twentith yeare of Richard the second.

* 15.91Thomas Brantington bishop of Excester was the third time lord treasuror of England, in the third yéere of the after deposed king Richard the second, & was remooued from his office in the fourth yéere of the said Richard, in the yéere of our redemption one thousand three hundred and eightie, after the account of such as begin the yéere on the fiue and twentith of [line 40] March.

* 15.92Robert Hales chiefe prior of the knights of the Rhodes, intituled by the name of the knights of S. Iohns Ierusalem in England, was lord tresuror of England in the fourth yeere of the reigne of Richard the second, in which office he continued during his life: for shortlie after that he came into that place (which as I suppose he held Easter terme, and some moneths after) in the said yéere of Richard the se∣cond, in the yeere of our redemption one thousand [line 50] thrée hundred eightie and one (the rebelles hauing spoiled the hospitall or famous college of those knights of saint Iohns by Smithfield neere vnto London) amongest others did fetch this Robert Hales out of the tower of London (where the king then laie) and beheaded him on the tower hill.

* 15.93Hugh Segraue knight, whome Walsingham calleth Regis senescallum the kings steward, was made lord treasuror of England in the fift yeare of the [line 60] reigne of king Richard the second, who continued in the said office the sixt, seauenth, eight, and some part of the Michaelmasse terme in the ninth yeare of the reigne of king Richard the second, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred eightie and fiue.

* 15.94Iohn Fortham canon, being secretarie to the king, was made bishop of Durham the nine and twentith of Maie, in the yeere of our redemption one thousand three hundred eightie and one, being the fourth yeare of the reigne of king Richard the se∣cond, and was inthronized in September, in the yeare of Christ one thousand three hundred eightie and two, being the sixt yeare of the reigne of king Richard the second. This man was made lord trea∣suror in Michaelmasse terme the ninth yeare of king Richard the second, being the yeare of our saluation one thousand three hundred eightie and fiue: and so continued part of the tenth yeare of king Richard the second, vntill he was by parlement discharged. He was translated from the bishoprike of Durham to Elie by Boniface the pope the fift calends of Oc∣tober, as hath the booke of Durham, one thousand thrée hundred eightie nine, being the twelfe yéere of the same Richard: but as saith the booke of Elie one thousand three hundred eightie and eight, being the thirtéenth yeare of Richard the second. Which both may be true, because the one may haue relation to the yeare of his translation, and the other to the yeare of his inthronization, both which manie times happened in seuerall yeares of manie other bishops. He was bishop of Elie seuen and thirtie years, three moneths, and foure daies, and died a verie old man the thirtéenth of December, in his manor of Dun∣ham, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred twentie and fiue, falling in the fourth yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the sixt.

Iohn Gilbert bishop of Hereford was by parle∣ment made lord treasuror in the tenth yeare of king Richard the third,* 15.95 being the yeare of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred eightie and si••, as I for this time take it, in which office he continued the ele∣uenth, and all Michaelmasse terme in the twelfe yéere of king Richard the second, and the one and twentith of March following: after which he was againe re∣mooued, and then he with twelue more were appoin∣ted by commission to the gouernment of the whole realme vnder the king, of whome thus writeth one Anonymall chronicle M. S. Is fuit de ordine praedicatorū, vir qui plus lingua quàm fide regebat, which bishop (as I suppose) was remooued to saint Dauids, after that he had beene thirtéene yeares bishop of Hereford.

Thomas Brantington bishop of Excester.* 15.96 I haue read that the bishop of Excester was made treasu∣ror in the twelfe yeare of Richard the second, vpon the remoouing of Iohn Gilbert, which bishop of Exce∣ster could not be Edmund Gifford, as some falselie name him, for there is no such man as I can find in the catalog of all the bishops of Excester: neither was it Edmund Stafford, for he was not made bi∣shop of Excester vntill the twentith of Iune one thousand thrée hundred ninetie and fiue, being the daie before king Richard the second began the one and twentith yéere of his reigne, which is eight yéers after the time whereof we now intreat. Wherefore it must néeds be Thomas Brantington, for he being consecrated bishop of Excester the tenth of March, in the yeare of Christ one thousand thrée hundred & se∣uentie, being the foure and fortith yeare of Edward the third, and gouerning that sée foure and twentie years, till the yeare of Christ one thousand three hun∣dred ninetie and fiue, in which came Edmund Staf∣ford kéeper of the priuie seale; it must néeds be that (the bishop of Excester being treasuror in the twelfe yeare of Richard the second, falling in the yeere of our redemption one thousand thrée hundred eightie and eight) it was this man Brantington, and that he was the fourth time made lord treasuror of Eng∣land, about the eighteenth yeare after that he was made bishop of Excester, who died in the yeare of Christ one thousand three hundred ninetie and fiue, as hath Ypodigma.

Iohn Gilbert bishop of saint Dauids in Wales was lord treasuror in the thirteenth and fouretéenth yeares of the reigne of the deposed king Richard the second. Of whome,* 15.97 because there is somewhat spoken before, we will intreat the lesse of him in this place.

* 15.98Iohn Waltham, of whome I haue spoken more in my discourse of the archbishops of Canturburie, in the life of William Courtneie was bishop of Sa∣lisburie, maister of the rolles in the sixt yeare of Ri∣chard the second, and kéeper of the priuie seale, after which he was treasuror of England, in the fiftéenth, sixteenth, seauentéenth, and part of the eightéenth of Richard the second, for he died in Michaelmas terme in the said 18 yeare of Richard the second, in the yere of Christ 1395, others saie 1394, of whome thus wri∣teth [line 10] Walsingham: Hoc anno (which was 1395) obij•• Iohannes de Waltham episcopus Sarum & regni thesaurarius, qui tantùm regi complacuerit, vt etiam (multis licèt murmu∣rantibus) apud monasterium inter reges meruit sepulturam.

* 15.99Roger Walden sometime secretarie to the king and treasuror of the towne of Calis (in the twelfe yéere of Richard the second) was made lord treasuror in the eightéenth of the same king, about the yéere of our Lord 1365, in which office he continued the two and twentith of the said Richard the second. He was [line 20] elected and made bishop of Canturburie, but after re∣iected and deposed, and therevpon was by pope In∣nocent the seuenth made bishop of London on the tenth of December, in the yéere of Christ 1404, be∣ing the sixt yeere of Henrie the fourth, in the which bi∣shoprike he continued about one yere, and died in the yeere 1406, being buried at saint Bartholomews priorie in Smithfield, who of a poore man (as saith Walsingham) was made lord treasuror of England.

G. bishop of S. Dauids was lord treasuror of En∣gland [line 30] in the two and twentith yere of Richard the se∣cond,* 15.100 which bishop I suppose to be Guie de Mone, whom the booke Ypodigma & Thomas Walsingham call bishop of S. Dauids, and saie that he died in the yéere of our redemption 1407, writing in this sort: Eodem anno Guido de Mone Meneuensis episcopus praesentis lucis sensit eclipsim, qui dum vixit magnorum malorum causa fuit.

* 15.101William Scroope knight, vicechamberleine to Richard the second was lord treasuror, he bought of [line 40] William Montacute earle of Salisburie the Ile of Man, with the crowne thereof. He was one of those to whom king Richard the second let the kingdom to farme, he was lord treasuror of England in the 21 of Richard the second, and was after created earle of Wilshire, in the said 21 yere of the same Richard the second, in the yéere of Christ 1397. He was after behe∣ded at Bristow in the 23 and last yeere of the then de∣posed king Richard. Of which William Scroope and others thus writeth that worthie poet sir Iohn Gow∣er [line 50] in his historie of Richard the second, commonlie taken as part of his worke intituled Vox clamantis.

* 15.102Dux probus audaci vultu, cum plebe sequaci Regnum scrutatur, siproditor inueniatur, Sic tres exosos, magis omnibus ambitiosos, Regni tortores, inuenerat ipse priores, Ense repercussi pereunt, Gren, Scrop, quo{que} Bussi, Hi qui regales fuerant cum rege sodales, Scrop comes & miles, cuius Bristolia viles Actus declarat, quo mors sua fata pararat. [line 60] Gren quoque sorte pari, statuit dux de capitari Bussi conuictus, similes quoque sustinet ictus, Vnanimes mente, pariter mors vna repente, Hos tres prostrauit gladius, quos fine vorauit, Sicut & egerunt alijs, sic hi ceciderunt, Quo dux laudatur, regnúmque per omne iocatur.

Sir Iohn Northberie made lord treasuror in the first yeare of king Henrie the fourth,* 15.103 being the yeare that God tooke on him the forme of a seruant, a thou∣sand thrée hundred nintie and nine, and continued in the same in the third yeare of Henrie the fourth, in which yeare he was also keeper of the priuie garde∣robe in the tower.

Henrie Bowet made bishop of Bath,* 15.104 about the yeare of our redemption 1401, being also about the second yeare of Henrie the fourth, in which bishop∣rike he continued eight yeares, and was after at the kings instance in the yéere of Christ a thousand foure hundred and seuen, about the eight yeare of Henrie the fourth remooued to Yorke. This man was lord treasuror of England in the fourth yeare of king Henrie the fourth, in the yeare of our redemption 1403, in which place he continued not aboue a yéere, if so long.

William lord Rosse,* 15.105 the sonne of Thomas lord Rosse, did possesse the honorable place of the lord treasuror of England, in the fift yeare of king Hen∣rie the fourth, being about the yeare of our saluation one thousand foure hundred and foure, and shortlie after gaue place to the lord Furniuall. He married Margaret daughter of Fitzallen lord Matrauars, he had issue Thomas lord Rosse slaine in France, in the yeare one thousand foure hundred twentie and one, about the ninth yeare of Henrie the sixt, and ma∣nie other children.

Thomas lord Furniuall kept the place and office of the lord treasuror of England, the sixt, seuenth,* 15.106 and some part of the eight yeare of king Henrie the fourth, as in Michaelmasse tearme of the same eight yeare, falling in the yeare of our redemption, one thousand foure hundred and six, after which this lord Furniuall (who had the custodie of the castell and ho∣nour of Wigmoore, being in the kings hands by rea∣son of the wardship and minoritie of Edmund Mor∣timer earle of March) was (as it seemeth) remooued from the treasurorship, in whose roome succeeded the bishop of London. To these lord Furniuals did Fur∣niuals inne of Holborne sometime apperteine as their mansion house, being now an inne of chance∣rie for yoong students of the law and atturneies, and belonging vnto Lincolns inne in Chancerie lane.

Nicholas Bubwith made bishop of London in the yeare of Christ one thousand foure hundred and six: being the eight yéere of Henrie the fourth,* 15.107 must be that bishop of London (as farre as I can yet con∣ceiue) who was lord treasuror of England in Mi∣chaelmas tearme in the said eight yeare of Henrie the fourth: which office it seemeth that he held not long, for in Easter terme after in the same eight yeare, the office of the tresuror remained in the kings hands, and the accompts of the same terme go vn∣der the same title of being in the kings hands.

Sir Richard Scroope lord of Bolton (wherof is* 15.108 so much spoken before) was as I suppose the second time treasuror of England in this ninth yeare of Henrie the fourth: wherevnto I am induced by this reason; that first the king would not keepe that of∣fice so long in his hands as almost amounted vnto two yeares, but that he would bestow the same vpon some other: secondlie, for that I read that this Ri∣chard Scroope father to William Scroope earle of Wilshire beheaded (by this Henrie the fourth before he came to the crowne) at Bristow (in the last yeare of Richard the second, and in the first of this kings reigne) was after the death of the said William made treasuror of England, and so died in honour: thirdlie for that I cannot sée how he might be treasu∣ror in anie yeare since the death of the said William, vntill this ninth yeare of Henrie the fourth: and lastlie, for that I cannot in anie record or other au∣thor find anie other man mentioned to supplie that place in this yeare: for which causes I haue attemp∣ted to bestow him here, and that rightlie, for anie thing that I can yet learne.

Sir Iohn Tiptost or Tibetot knight, did possesse the place and office of the lord treasurorship of Eng∣land in Michelmas terme,* 15.109 in the tenth yeare of king

Henrie the fourth, being in the yere of our redemp∣tion one thousand foure hundred and eight.

* 15.110Henrie lord Scroope of Masham and of Flar∣fleet, was made lord treasuror of England, in the e∣leuenth yere of the reigne of K. Henrie the fourth, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred and ten, as hath Walsingham: in which of∣fice he continued vntill the death of king Henrie the fourth, which hapned in the fourtéenth yeare of the same king, and in the yeare of our redemption one [line 10] thousand foure hundred & twelue, after the account of England: but one thousand foure hundred and thirtéene after the account of such as doo begin the yeare at Ianuarie. He rebelled against king Hen∣rie the fift, and was beheaded at Southhampton in the third yeare of K. Henrie the fift, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred and fiftéene the last of Iulie. Of which Henrie so conspi∣ring against Henrie the fift, I find these verses in a written booke of parchment, intituled Extractum bre∣ue [line 20] de chronica Thomae Helmham, prior Lenton de tempore regis Henrici quinti. In which verses by the capitall let∣ters are set down the names of the principall conspi∣rators, & the yere of our Lord wherein the same was doone, being the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand foure hundred & thirteene: the greater Romane capitall letters in the third verse seruing for the yere of Christ, & for the name Zorc deriued of this word COR in the fourth verse, & the English capitall let∣ters onelie seruing for the names of the persons in this sort couched togither for common capacitie: [line 30]

Mox rex nauigium parat vt mare transeat armis, Scrop furit Henricus proditione fremens, SCrVtans a 15.111 ConspIrat RIMatVr OLenCla PLebi, b 15.112Rumpe Iugo COR Auens Res Dabit Ultra Sonum c 15.113EIA Ruit Gens Auita Malis Opus Hoste Triūphat, Vota voluntatis sic sacre Christe tuae. Versious his quinque praetactis traditionem Lector scire potes: hinc repetendo stude. Hitres, Richardus Zorc, Henri Scrúpque, Thomas Gray, In regem surgunt proditione pares: Mun••re Francorum corrupti terga dedere, [line 40] Iusto munus habet vindice quisque suum.

Thomas Fitz Allen earle of Aundell and Sur∣reie was aduanced to the honorable office of the lord treasurorship of England, in the yeare of our re∣demption one thousand foure hundred and thirtéene, being the first yeare of the reigne of the most victo∣rious prince K. Henrie the fift, in which office it sée∣meth that he continued the first, second, and third of Henrie the fift. He in the yeare 1405, being the se∣uenth of Henrie the fift, on the next daie of the feast of saint Katharine, married Beatrice the bastard [line 50] daughter of the king of Portingale, by whom he had no issue, hauing his sisters his heires, and died in the yeare 1415, being the third yeare of Henrie the fift, and was buried in the college at Arundell.

Sir Roger Lech (whom some call but not rightlie as I suppose sir Philip Lech,* 15.114 being brother vnto the said sir Roger) was treasuror of England, in Mi∣chaelmas and Easter tearme in the fourth yeare of king Henrie the fift, being the yeare of our redemp∣tion [line 60] one thousand foure hundred and sixteene. He was at the séege of Rone with this king Henrie, in the sixt yeare of his reigne, being also treasuror for the warres in that voiage.

* 15.115Henrie lord Fitz Hugh was aduanced to the of∣fice of the lord treasurorship of England, in the fift yeare of Henrie the fift, being the yeare of our re∣demption one thousand foure hundred & seuentéene, in which office he continued (as I gather) vntill the death of the said king Henrie the fift, which happened in August, in the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand foure hundred twentie and two.

* 15.116Iohn Stafford clerke was made lord treasuror of England in the first yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare that the word became flesh 1422, in which office he continued in Michaelmas terme, and fourth of the said king Henrie the sixt, falling in the yeare of Christ 1425, he was chosen bishop of Bath, in the third yeare of king Henrie the sixt, in the yere 1424, he was chancellor of England, and remooued to the archbishoprike of Canturburie, of whome is mention made hereafter in the discourse of the chan∣cellors of England, & touching whom I will for this time onelie set downe héere what Matthew Parker writeth of him in the life of Henrie Chicheleie an archbishop of Canturburie. Archiepis••opus (saith he) in the yeare of Christ our redéemer 1424: Cantuariensis 12. Octob. clerum in ecclesia Pauli∣na conuocauit, in ea Henricus Beauford Winton episcopus regni cācellarius, & Iohannes Stafford Bathoniēsis electus episcopus regni thesaurarius, ad bellū Gallicum opē à clero petiuit, & interpo∣sit a paucorum dierum deliberatione, Wilhelmus Lindwood officialis curiae Cātuariēsis de arcubus, hoc responsum ab inferiori cleri synodo acceptum episcopis declarauit: non esse penes cleri procura∣tores potestatem subsidium concedendi. Nam cùm in dicta synodo in singulis diocoesibus cōstituti es∣sent, clerus his solutionibus consentiendi licentiā expressè ademit: quia tantis tributis diu penden∣dis ad magnam inopiam & egestatem deuenit. I∣taque cancellarius à superiori synodo ad inferiorē transiens, longa & diserta oratione, ac regis iam minoris necessitate, ac de instanti in Gallia bello egit, ac nequicquam suasit.

Walter lord Hungerford knight of the garter, the sonne of sir Thomas Hungerford knight,* 15.117 was made lord treasuror of England in the fourth yeare of the reigne of king Henrie the sixt, being the yere of Christ 1425, in which office he continued about six yeares, vntill some part of Michaelmas tearme in the tenth yeare of king Henrie the sixt, falling in the yeare that the sonne of God tooke on him the forme of a seruant, one thousand foure hundred thir∣tie and one. He was also one of the councell to the said king, of whome is mention made by Matthew Parker in the life of Henrie Chicheleie archbishop of Canturburie, in these words: Proximo anno (which was about the yeare of our Lord 1425) synodus sub eodem archiepiscopo, 15 Aprilis inchoata est. Qua Iohanne Kempo Eboracēsi archiepiscopo & Waltero Hungerfordo mi∣lite, regijs conciliarijs (illo cancellario hoc thesaurario regni) re∣gis nomine postulantibus regi decimam concessit. Ac eisdem his petentibus, triennio post in recenti synodo media decima regi à clero data est. This lord treasuror maried Katha∣rine, the daughter and heire of Thomas Peuerell knight, by whom he had issue Walter lord Hunger∣ford of Hatchberie knight of the garter, that died without issue, sir Robert lord Hungerford of Hatch∣berie, Edmund Hungerford knight, that died with∣out issue, Margaret maried to sir Walter Rodneie knight, and Elisabeth maried to Philip Courtneie knight: which Robert lord Hungerford and Marga∣ret his wife, Iohn Cheineie of Pim esquier, Iohn Meruin esquier and others did (by the kings licence granted vnto them in the eleuenth yeare of king Edward the fourth) build the hospitall of Hatchberie in Wilshire.

Iohn lord Scroope of Upsall and Masham, made lord treasuror in the tenth yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our redemption 1431,* 15.118 in which office he continued vntill some part of the twelfe yere of the said king, as I for this time doo ga∣ther. Of whom thus writeth Matthew Parker in the life of Henrie Chichelie archbishop of Canturburie, touching a synod holden in the yeare of our Lord 1430, at what time, of the clergie he saith that Iohan∣nes

Stafford episcopus Bathoniensis cancellarius, & D. Scrope thesaurarius regni, necnon Wilhelmus Lindwood, custos pri∣uati sigilli, pro rege subsidium postularunt, & mediam deci∣mam tandem aegrè impetrarunt.

Rafe lord Cromwell, the son of Rafe Cromwell lord of Tatershall,* 15.119 possessed the place of the lord treasurorship of England, in Easter terme in the twelfe yeare of the after deposed K. Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of Christ 1434, and so continued in that office about ten years, falling (as I suppose) in [line 10] the yeare of our redemption 1444. This man be∣ing knight was created lord Cromwell by the said king Henrie the sixt, and was lineallie descended of one of the heires of Robert lord Tatershall, that ma∣ried one of the daughters and heires of William Dalbinie earle of Arundell. This Rafe lord treasu∣ror died without issue, and made his testament in the yeare of Christ one thousand foure hundred fiftie and foure, being in the thrée and thirtith yere of king Henrie the sixt, after whose death the inheritance [line 20] came to the three aunts being his heirs, whereof the first was married to the lord Bardolfe slaine at Brancehome moore in Northumberland, the second was married to sir William Fitzwilliams knight of the sepulchre, the third Elisabeth to sir Iohn Clif∣ton knight, & after his death to sir Edmund Bene∣sted knight. Of one Rafe lord Cromwell I find this note set downe by Leland. Dominus Radulphus Crome∣well & Matildis vxor eius fundatores collegij sanctae trinita∣tis de Tatershall, quúmque Roberti ordine domini erant de [line 30] Tatershall, hos sequutus est Radulphus Cromewell.

Sir Rafe Butler knight of the garter, lord Sud∣leie (descended from Iohn lord Sudleie,* 15.120 and Wil∣liam Butler baron of Wem, which maried Ione daughter and heire to Iohn Sudleie lord Sudleie) did possesse the honorable place of the lord treasuror∣ship of England the seuenth of Iulie, in the two and twentith yere of king Henrie the sixt, being the yere of our redemption one thousand foure hundred for∣tie and foure, which office he kept about thrée yeres: [line 40] for in the fiue and twentith yeare of the said king, was the bishop of Carleill lord treasuror. This Rafe lord Sudleie builded the castell of Sudleie, in the time of king Henrie the sixt, and of Edward the fourth; who in the time of the said Edward the fourth was committed to prison by the king, first sending for him to come to his presence. Wherevpon he go∣ing to the king, and resting on an hill, from whense he did behold Sudleie castell, said: It is thou, it is thou Sudleie castell and not I which am the traitor. [line 50] After which comming to king Edward the fourth, he resigned the said Sudleie castell into the kings hands. Which castell came after to Iasper duke of Bedford, and is now in the yeare 1585 in the pos∣session of Giles a Bridges lord Shandois. This Rafe being made baron in the twentith yeare of Henrie the sixt, maried Elisabeth the daughter of sir Iohn Northberie, by whome he had issue Thomas his son that died without issue, leauing his two sisters to be his heires; wherof the eldest daughter called Elisa∣beth, was maried to sir Iohn Northberie, whose heire [line 60] generall was maried to Iohn Halwell of Deuon∣shire, who had issue Ione his daughter and heire ma∣ried to Edward lord Braie, of whome the lord Cob∣ham now liuing is descended. The other sister ma∣ried to sir Hamond Belknap, of whome is descen∣ded the woorthie gentleman Thomas Wootton of Bacton Maleherbe in Kent esquire now liuing. The which Rafe lord Butler of Sudleie was Vexil∣lifer, and high Butler of England, and steward in house to king Henrie the sixt.

Marmaduke bishop of Carleill was made lord treasuror of England in the fiue and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt,* 15.121 in which office he continued about two yeares, in the seuen and twentith yere of king Henrie the sixt, being about the yeare of our redemption 1448, or (as some haue) 1449.

Iames Fines created at Burie baron of Saie and of Sele, on the third of March,* 15.122 in the fiue and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our redemption, according to the English account 1446, was constable of Douer castell, and lord treasuror of England in the eight and twentith yeare of the said king Henrie the sixt, and was from thense remooued (as some haue) in the nine & twen∣tith yere of the said king, & was by the rebels of Kent Iacke Cade and his felowes taken out of the tower to the Guildhall, where he was areigned before the maior and other the kings Iustices; who desiring to be tried by his péeres, was by the rebels forceab∣lie taken from the officers, and beheaded at the stan∣dard in Cheape. The maner whereof shall be more fullie set downe hereafter in my large booke of the liues of the lord treasurors. Which his beheading some doo attribute to the eight and twentith yere of the said Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our re∣demption 1450. He had issue sir William Fines knight, and one daughter maried to sir William Cromer knight, shiriffe of Kent, beheaded at that time also with his father inlaw. Of which Cromer is Iames Cromer of Kent now liuing descended.

Iohn Lord Beauchampe,* 15.123 a person of great woor∣thinesse, possessed the place of the treasurorship of England, the nine and twentith and thirtith yeares of king Henrie the sixt.

Iohn Tiptost earle of Worcester possessed the place of the lord treasuror,* 15.124 in the one and thirtith and two and thirtith of king Henrie the sixt. Of whome is more mention made hereafter.

Iames Butler,* 15.125 the sonne of Iames earle of Or∣mond, being earle of Wilshire and Ormond, posses∣sed the office of the lord treasuror of England in Ea∣ster tearme the thrée and thirtith yeare of king Hen∣rie the sixt, falling in the yeare of our redemption 1455. Of whom is more spoken hereafter.

Henrie vicount Bourchier,* 15.126 borne of the noble house of the Bourchiers, the sonne of William Bourchier earle of Ewe in Normandie, was lord treasuror of England in the thrée and thirtith yeare of the reigne of the deposed king Henrie the sixt, in which office he did not long remaine.

Iohn Talbot earle of Shrewsburie,* 15.127 the sonne of Iohn Talbot, the first earle of Shrewsburie of that name, possessed the place of the treasurorship of Eng∣land in the fiue and thirtith and six and thirtith yeres of king Henrie the sixt, and then gaue place to the earle of Wilshire. This earle was slaine at the bat∣tell of Northampton, in the eight and thirtith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of our salua∣tion 1460. He maried Elisabeth the daughter of Iames Butler erle of Ormond, and had issue, Iohn erle of Shrewesburie, Iames, Gilbert, Christopher, and George; Anne maried to sir Henrie Uernon, and Margaret: this man was buried in the priorie of Workesop.

Iames Butler,* 15.128 sonne to Iames the fourth of that name earle of Ormond, was the second time made lord treasuror of England, about the 37 yere of king Henrie the sixt, in which office he continued (as I suppose) in the eight & thirtith yeare of the said king. This man in the said eight and thirtith yeare of the king conueied himselfe awaie out of England into Dutchland (for feare of the nobilitie, as the duke of Yorke and others that rebelled against the king) sen∣ding backe his souldiers into England, which he had before assembled vpon the sea: but after he returned into England, and was againe put to flight at Mor∣timers crosse by Edward earle of March after king

by the name of king Edward the fourth. He was made earle of Ormond in the nine and thirtith yeare and last yeare of king Henrie the sixt. He maried E∣leanor the daughter of Edmund duke of Summer∣set, and died without issue, being beheaded at New∣castell in the yeare one thousand foure hundred sixtie one, in the first yeare of Edward the fourth.

* 15.129Henrie vicount Bourchier was lord treasuror of England the second time, in the nine and thirtith and last yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of [line 10] our redemption one thousand foure hundred & sixtie. Who vpon the deposition of the said king Henrie the sixt by Edward the fourth, was also remooued from his office.

* 15.130Thomas Bourchier, made lord treasuror of Eng∣land in the first yeare of the reigne of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred sixtie and one, continued not long in that office, but gaue place to Iohn earle of Worcester. [line 20]

* 15.131Iohn Tiptost earle of Worcester, the second time possessed the place of the lord treasuror of Eng∣land, in the second and third yeare of king Edward the fourth. Of whom is more spoken before by me in my treatise of the conestables of England pag. 869.

Edmund lord Greie of Ruthine, the sonne of Iohn lord Greie of Ruthine,* 15.132 did inioy the office of the lord treasurorship of England, in the fourth yeare of the noble prince king Edward the fourth, being the yere of our redemption 1464. This man secretlie [line 30] in hart forsaking the part of king Henrie the sixt, for iniuries receiued at the same king Henries hands, aided the said Edward the fourth, and was the chiefe means whereby he atteined the crowne. In Michaelmas tearme in the said fourth yeare of the king, there was a sergeants feast held in Holborne in the bishop of Elies house, to which the maior and aldermen repaired, being bidden thither. But when the maior looked to be set to kéepe the state in the hall (forgetting that he was out of his owne liberties, for [line 40] the bishops palace was an exempt place) as it had béene vsed (saith Iohn Stow) in all places of the citie & liberties of the same, out of the kings presence: the lord Greie of Ruthine then treasuror of England vnknowne to the sergeants, and (against their wils as they said) was placed in the highest ••oome. Where∣vpon the maior, aldermen, and commons departed. This Edmund dooth Matthew Parker, in the life of Thomas Bourchier archbishop of Canturburie, make to be treasuror in the third yeare of Edward [line 50] the fourth, being the yeare of Christ 1463: which may well inough stand with the former, being treasuror to Iohn earle of Worcester in the said third yeare of the king. For vpon the remoouing of the said earle in the third yeare of Edward the fourth, came this lord Greie in place. The words of which Matthew Parker (with a note of the yeare of Christ 1463 in the margent) are in this order. Edwardus rex, duobus iam annis foeliciter gesto regno, parliamentum Westmonasterij tenuit, quo etiā tempore archiepiscopus (which was Thomas [line 60] Bourchier the brother of Henrie Bourchier earle of Essex) & clerus in synodo conuenerunt. In hac synodo Iohan∣nes comes Wigorniae, Henricus comes Essexiae, D. Edmundus Grey thesaurarius Angliae, D. Humfridus Cromewell, D. Wenlocke, D. Iohannes prior sancti Iohannis, & Robertus Stillington legum doctor custos priuati sigilli, regis conciliarij, allatis literis regijs petierunt a clero decerni regi ad Scotos re∣pellondos subsidium. Quod quidem gratissimis omnium animis tam munifico regi concessum est, qui superiori anno ecclesiae im∣munitates atque iura iniquis iudiciorum calumnijs (vti in Io∣hanne Stafford antea diximus) conuulsa & labefactata diplo∣mate regio restaurauit.

Besides which, thus writeth Iohn Whethamsted, that learned abbat of saint Albons, of this lord Greie, declaring in what authoritie he was at first, in the daies of Henrie the sixt, and then in the reigne of Edward the fourth. His words be these. Anno 36 H. 6. venerunt tres viri monachi de coenobio Clu∣niacensi, quibus ad audiendum eorū nunt ium mis∣si sunt episcopus. Dunelmensis custos priuati sigilli, dominus Edmundus Greie de Ruthine, & secre∣tarius regis, quibus isti viri dixerunt eorum ad∣uentum esse ob tria. Primò ad aperiendum quomo∣do reges Angliae & praecipuè Henricus secundus fuerunt tam magni benefactores ad eorum eccle∣siam, vt potiùs pro nunc dicatur earum patronus a•• praecipuus fundator. Secundò venerunt ad peten∣dum possessionem & confirmationem bonorum illo∣rum, quae dicti progenitores eis contulerant, & per tempus non paucum iamdudum à manibus eorum detenta & distracta erant. Tertiò ad impetrandum liberam licentiam ad ingrediendum singula loca religiosa ab eorum coenobio dependentia, & quae per nobiles progenitores regis posita fuerūt sub eo∣rum regimine. Sed nihil hîc eis gratū fuit actum, ita vt tristes discederent. Out of the which words of Whethamsted maie other things be gathered, be∣sides the dooings of the lord Greie: as that the kings of England, and speciallie Henrie the second, haue beene great benefactors and founders of the Char∣terhouse moonks: with manie mo matters contei∣ned in the same, which I referre to the wise and lear∣ned reader, which made me the willinger to set downe his words so largelie.

Moreouer, the same Whethamsted, continuing the historie of Henrie the sixt, writeth of the battell of Northampton, wherin was this lord Greie, in this sort. In praelio Northamptonensi Edmundus Grey dominus Ruthine corpore licèt praesens (euen as the lord Stanleie was in the battell fought betwixt Richard the third & Henrie erle of Richmond, after king by the name of Henrie the seuenth) in campo domini regis Henrici sexti steterat, cor tamen eius non erat rectum in eo, né{que} omnino fide∣lis habitus aut inuentus suit. Nam venientibus turmis dictis ad fossam circumuallationis, & ipsam nō multùm promptè pro∣pter eleuationem verticis in parte vlteriore ascendere valenti∣bus, occurrit ipsis dominus cum suis copijs obuiàm, porrigendó{que} ipsis dextram traxit eos per manus in campum Ma••tium, iux∣ta votum suum. Thus much Whethamsted of Edmund Greie lord Ruthine, who was made earle of Kent in the fift yeare of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our redemption 1464.

This Edmund Greie being lord Hastings, Weis∣ford, and Ruthine (before he had the honour of this earledome) did by his déed of indenture dated the 18 of Nouember, in the fiue and twentith yeare of king Henrie the sixt, falling in the yeare of our redemp∣tion 1446, giue to Iohn Pinchbecke prior of Duf∣field in Northamptonshire in almesse, during the life of the said prior, his field called Challocke, belonging to the manour of Challocke, to kéepe the obits of sir Iohn Greie, father to the said sir Edmund, and of dame Custance the widow of the earle marshall, and daughter of Iohn Holland duke of Excester and erle of Huntington, mother to the said sir Edmund, with masse, &c: and such other collects as the said Ed∣mund should deliuer vnto the said prior. Out of this house of the Greies haue issued manie noble houses, and those of great antiquitie, whereof at this daie there yet remaineth two honourable houses: the one being Henrie Greie earle of Kent now liuing, a man of singular estimation in the countrie of Bedford where he now liueth, as well for the nobi∣litie of his race, being descended of this Edmund Greie lord treasuror of England, for the good gouern∣ment and carriage of himselfe, and for the orderlie and wise managing of the affaires of that countrie,

deseruing no lesse honourable place in the common∣wealth, than the honour of his race, and woorthinesse of his behauiour doo well merit.

The other house at this daie in honour, is the lord Greie of Wilton knight of the garter,* 15.133 and somtime deputie of Ireland, a man of no lesse merit for his seruice abrode in the feats of armes, than is the other Greie for his seruice at home in the affairs of peace. But I will not saie all that I thinke and know of them both, least some more maliciouslie than trulie [line 10] blemish me with the note of flatterie. For I protest I am so farre estranged from that, as I being not at all knowne to the one, and but slenderlie to the other, and neuer benefited by anie of them both, there is no cause why I should vse anie flatterie: and yet such force hath vertue, as it will shine euen in despite of malice. But againe to the matter. There haue out of this house of the Greies, besides manie noble houses, issued one duke of Suffolke, two marquesses of Dorset, and fiue earles of Kent. [line 20]

Againe I thinke it not impertinent for the conti∣nuance of antiquities, and of deserts of honour, to mention how manie seuerall houses there haue bin of the nobilitie of these Greis,* 15.134 and in what time they liued. First there was Reignold Greie lord Greie of Codnor, in the time of king Stephan: the second was Reignold lord Greie of Rotherfield, in the time of Richard the second: the third Iohn Greie earle of Tankeruile in Normandie, in the time of Hen∣rie the fift: the fourth this Edmund Greie lord Ru∣thine [line 30] earle of Kent, and treasuror of England in the time of king Edward the fourth: the fift house Tho∣mas Greie marquesse Dorset, in the time of king Edward the fourth: the sixt Edward Greie lord Lisle in the time of king Edward the fourth: the seuenth Edward Greie lord Powes, in the time of king Ed∣ward the fourth: the eight Henrie Greie duke of Suffolffe, in the time of Edward the sixt. So that there were at one time, in one kings daies, which was the time of Edward the fourth, six noble men li∣uing [line 40] of the name of Greies,* 15.135 which were the mar∣quesse Dorset, the earle of Kent, the lord Lisle, the lord Powes, the lord Greie of Wilton, and the lord Greie of Rotherfield.

Wherefore to draw to an end of this lord treasu∣ror, who hath occasioned me to be more liberall in treating of him and the Greies, than of any lord treasuror or noble name besides (for manie priuat reasons which I reserue to my selfe) I will yet speake more liberallie of him and the Greies in my large [line 50] booke of the liues of the lord treasurors of England, and knit vp this Edmund Greie lord treasuror with the marieng of his wife Katharine, the daughter of Henrie Persie earle of Northumberland, by whome he had issue George Greie earle of Kent; Elisabeth, maried to Robert baron of Greiestocke; and Anne maried to Iohn lord Greie of Wilton.

Sir Walter Blunt knight, who was the first lord Montioie,* 15.136 possessed the place of the lord trea∣surorship of England, in the fift yeare of king Ed∣ward [line 60] the fourth, which fell in the yeare that the word of the father tooke flesh in the wombe of the virgine 1465. Of this man is mention made in the booke of the law called Long Quinto of Edward the fourth. He maried the daughter of one Dirham, and had is∣sue, William, Iohn, and Iames.

* 15.137Sir Richard Wooduile knight, chamberleine to the king, and constable of England, was made ba∣ron on the ninth of Maie in the second yeare of king Henrie the sixt, being the yeare of Christ 1424, and was after created earle Riuers in the fift yeare of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our re∣demption 1465, who thus aduanced was after lord treasuror in the sixt, seuenth, & eight of Edward the fourth. In which eight yeare of Edward the fourth, Thomas Cooke late maior of London, was accused of treason and arreigned for the same. Who after that he had béene manie times purged thereof, was yet at last found giltie, and by this lord Riuers then lord treasuror so handled, as that he could not be deliuered vntill he had paied eight thousand pounds to the king, and eight hundred to the quéene. This lord trea∣suror maried Iaquet the widow of Iohn duke of Bedford, daughter to Peter of Lucenburgh earle of S. Paule, by whom he had issue Richard earle Ri∣uers, Antonie lord Scales in the right of his wife, Edward Wooduile knight slaine at the battell of S. Albine in Britaine in the third yeare of Henrie the seuenth: Lionell bishop of Salisburie, Margaret maried to Thomas erle of Arundell, Margaret ma∣ried to William Herbert erle of Huntington, Anne first maried to William Burcher erle of Essex and after to George Greie erle of Kent, Iaquet maried to Iohn lord Strange, Elisabeth maried to sir Iohn Greie yoonger sonne to the lord Greie of Ruthine, and after the death of the said sir Iohn Greie to king Edward the fourth: and Katharine maried to Hen∣rie duke of Buckingham. Besides all which I haue read of one Iohn, which was sonne to this earle Ri∣uers, which Iohn maried the old duchesse of Norf∣folke, & was beheaded with his father: the truth wher∣of I leaue to further triall. This Richard erle Riuers the lord treasuror in the ninth yeare of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare of our redemption 1469, was by Robert Hiltard, who named himselfe Ro∣bert of Ridesdale, taken in the forrest of Dene as some haue, others saie at Grafton, and from thence brought to Northampton, where he was beheaded.

Iohn Longstrother,* 15.138 prior of saint Iohns Ierusa∣lem in England, possessed the place of the lord trea∣suror of the realme, in the ninth yeare of king Ed∣ward the fourth, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred and nine, for in the same yeare he gaue place to the bishop of Elie.

William Greie bishop of Elie,* 15.139 was after the translation of Thomas Burcher from Elie to Can∣turburie aduanced to that see by Nicholas the fift then bishop of Rome, who gaue it to the said Wil∣liam being then procurator for king Henrie the sixt at Rome, in the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand foure hundred fiftie and foure. This man was lord treasuror in the ninth yeare of king Edward the fourth, being the yeare in which God became man one thousand foure hundred three score and nine, in which office he continued (as I gather) vntill the ele∣uenth of king Edward the fourth, or thereabouts. This Greie was borne of the noble house of the lord Greies of Codnor, as saith Bale, and trauelled in∣to Italie to atteine great learning, where he heard the noble clerke Guarinus Veronensis read in Fer∣raria. He continued bishop of Elie foure and twen∣tie yéeres, eleuen moneths and two daies, departing this life at Dunham the fourth of August, in the yere that the word of the father tooke flesh in the wombe of the virgine, one thousand foure hundred seuentie and eight, as I haue red; and was buried at Elie be∣twéene two marble pillers, hauing bestowed great summes of monie vpon the reparation of that fa∣mous belfrie of the church of Elie, and vpon other ornaments of the same churth.

Henrie Bourcher erle of Essex did the third time possesse the honorable place of the lord treasur•••• of England,* 15.140 in the eleuenth yeare of the reigne of king Edward the fourth, in which office he continued (as I gather) about twelue yeares, being all the rest of the life of the said Edward the fourth, who departed this world about the ninth daie of Aprill, in the yeare from the conception of the Meschiah one thousand

foure hundred foure score and thrée, which Bourchier being made earle of Essex in the first yeare of king Edward the fourth, in the yeare of Christ 1461, maried Elisabeth the daughter of Richard de Co∣nisburgh earle of Cambridge the sister of Richard duke of Yorke, by whome he had issue William lord Bourchier, Thomas, Iohn, Henrie, and Humfrei•• knights.

* 15.141Sir Richard Wood knight, whome some call sir Iohn Wood, being before vnder treasuror in the thrée [line 10] and twentith yeare of king Edward the fourth, was in the same yeare of the same king made knight, a∣bout a moneth before the death of the said king Ed∣ward the fourth. This man did possesse the place of the lord treasuror of England (as I gather out of the re∣cord of Pellis exitus of that yeare) in the second yeare of the reigne of the vnnaturall, bloudie, and vsur∣ping tyrant king Richard the third, being the yeare of our redemption 1484, which office I suppose that he kept, vntill the said Richard the third was slaine [line 20] by Henrie earle of Richmond afterwards king of England, by the name of Henrie the 7. And here I thinke it not amisse before I go anie further (al∣though it be somewhat out of order, sith it is best to obserue Decorum, and vnorderlie to treat of vnorder∣lie officers vnder such an vnorderlie king as Richard the third was) to make report of sir William Hop∣ton knight,* 15.142 whome some will haue to be treasuror in the first yeare of the reigne of the same king, in the yeare of Christ 1483, attending on him to his coro∣nation. [line 30] But trulie, sauing the correction of better séene antiquaries than my selfe, I can not as yet re∣ceiue him into the catalog of the lord treasurors of England, but rather suppose that he was treasuror of the houshold.

* 15.143Sir Reinold Braie knight (the sonne of Richard Braie physician as some haue noted to king Henrie the sixt) being seruant to Margaret countesse of Richmond mother to Henrie the seuenth, was for the fidelitie to his ladie, & good seruice in furthering king Henrie the seuenth to the crowne, receiued into [line 40] great fauour with the said king, and made lord trea∣suror of England, as appeareth by the record of Pellis exitus made vnder his name in the first yeare of the reigne of Henrie the seuenth, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand, foure hundred, eightie, and fiue: besides which office he had manie other offices and honours, part whereof were, that he was treasuror of the kings wars, that he was one of the executors to K. Henrie the seuenth, that he was [line 50] made knight of the Bath at the coronation of the said king, and created a banneret at Blacke heath field. He died the eighteenth yeare of the Salomon of England king Henrie the seuenth, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand fiue hundred & three, and was honorablie buried at Windsore.

* 15.144Sir Iohn Dinham knight (the sonne of sir Iohn Dinham knight) a faithfull seruant to the house of Yorke aswell in aiding the duke of Yorke, as in ser∣uing king Edward the fourth sonne to the said duke of Yorke; to whom the said Edward the fourth, in the [line 60] second yeare of his reigne had giuen one annuitie of fortie pounds by yeare, did after the death of the said king Edward the fourth, in the second yeare of king Henrie the seuenth, possesse the place of the lord tresuror of England, being the yeare of our redemp∣tion one thousand foure hundred foure score and six, and so continued vntill in the sixtéenth yéere of king Henrie the seuenth, and then gaue place to Thomas earle of Surreie, of which lord Dinham thus writeth Leland: Diminus Denham primus fuit fundator sancti Ni∣cholai aliàs Hortland. He was created lord Dinham in the first yeare of king Edward the fourth, shortlie after the coronation of the said king, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred thrée score and one, he died in the sixteenth yeare of king Henrie the seuenth, being the yeare of Christ one thousand fiue hundred, and the thirtith of Ianuarie was brought to the Greie friers in London & there buried: he maried Elisabeth the daughter of the lord Fitzwater, by whom he had issue George and Philip, and sir Thomas Dinham his base sonne that mari∣ed one of the daughters and heires of sir Iohn Or∣mond, which Thomas was buried at Ashrug three miles from Berkhamsted. Besides which children this lord Dinham or Denham, for so I find both written in chronicles, had by his legitimat wife di∣uerse daughters, which were Margaret maried to Nicholas baron of Carew, Ioane maried to the lord Zouch, Elisabeth maried to the lord Fitz Warren, and Katharine maried to sir Thomas Arundell of Cornewall knight.

Here I thinke it not amisse to saie somewhat of a note which I haue séene, that maketh Iohn Touchet lord Audleie tresuror, which note is this. Iohn Tou∣chet lord Audleie treasuror of England, died the six and twentith daie of December, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand foure hundred foure score and ten, falling in the sixt yeare of king Henrie the seuenth, and had issue Iames lord Audelie beheaded the eight and twentith of Iune, in the yeare of Christ 1497, being the twelfe yeare of king Henrie the se∣uenth, he maried the daughter of sir Richard Dauell knight: thus much the note. But trulie for anie thing I can yet learne, I can not perceiue when this Iohn Touchet should be treasuror, and so cannot perceiue where he should be placed in this catalog of the trea∣surors of England. But as I will not receiue him into anie place of this succession at this time; so I will not altogither reiect him, in hope that follow∣ing time will informe me of the truth therein.

Thomas Howard the sonne of Iohn lord Howard (created the first duke of Norffolke of that name in the time of Richard the third) was at the same time also created earle of Surreie.* 15.145 This man (after the slaughter of his father at Bosworth field, when the tyrant Richard the third was slaine by Henrie the seuenth) was after receiued into such fauour with the said king Henrie the seuenth, that he was ad∣uanced to be lord treasuror of England, in the six∣téenth yeare of king Henrie the seuenth, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand fiue hundred, which place he continued all the life of the said king Hen∣rie the seuenth, who died in the foure and twentith yeare of his reigne, being the yeare of our redemp∣tion one thousand fiue hundred and nine. After which for the good seruice he vsed in the time of Henrie the seuenth, king Henrie the eight also permitted him to keepe that office, which he possessed vntill the fiftéenth yeare of king Henrie the eight, being the yeare of our redemption one thousand fiue hundred twentie and thrée.

This man was created duke of Norffolke on Candelmasse daie, in the fift yeare of king Henrie the eight, being the yeere of our redemption one thou∣sand fiue hundred and thirtéene, at what time also his son Thomas Howard was made earle of Surreie. This duke was aduanced to that honour (in recom∣pense of the death of the king of Scots, and for the good seruice that he did against that nation in the said fift yeare of Henrie the eight) with an augmen∣tation of his armes, to beare the armes of Scotland in the bend of the arms of Howard. Touching which victorie and death of the king of Scots Buchanan lib. 13. writeth to this effect, that the said Thomas Ho∣ward (as a note of the conquest) gaue to his seruants his cognisance (to weare on their left arme) being a white lion (the beast which he bare before as the proper

ensigne of that house) standing ouer a red lion (the peculiar note of the kingdome of Scotland) and tea∣ring the same red lion with his pawes. This Tho∣mas duke of Norffolke maried two wiues, his first wife was Elisabeth the daughter of sir Frederike Tilneie knight, by whom he had issue Thomas erle of Surreie after duke of Norffolke, Edward slaine at Bret admerall of England, & Edmund Howard, with Elisabeth maried to Thomas Bulleine earle of Wilshire, and Muriell married to Iohn Greie vi∣count Lisle His second wife was Agnes daughter [line 10] of sir Philip Tilneie knight, by whome he had issue William lord Howard of Effingham, with manie others. This Thomas duke of Norffolke died in the sixtéenth yeare of king Henrie the eight, in the yeare of Christ one thousand fiue hundred fortie and foure, and was buried at Thetford in Norf∣folke.

* 15.146Thomas Howard (sonne to the said Thomas duke of Norffolke) being earle of Surreie, possessed the place of the lord treasuror in the fiftéenth yeare [line 20] of king Henrie the eight, being the yeare that Christ tooke flesh of the virgine Marie one thousand fiue hundred twentie and three: the which office he continued in the eight and thirtith yeare of the said king, being the yeare of Christ one thousand fiue hundred fortie and six; in which yeare on the eight and twentith of Ianuarie, the said king Henrie died (so that this duke and his father were lord treasurors of England almost eight and fortie yeares.) But about some few daies more than a moneth before the death [line 30] of the said king, that is to saie, on the twelfe of De∣cember, this duke with his sonne Henrie earle of Surreie were committed to the tower, the one by water the other by land. Shortlie after which the said Henrie was beheaded at tower hill, the nineteenth daie of Ianuarie: about nine daies before the death of the king. And the duke remained as condemned to perpetuall prison, till the beginning of the reigne of queene Marie, who then set him at libertie. He married for his first wife Anne the daughter of king [line 40] Edward the fourth, but had no issue by hir: after whose death he married Elisabeth daughter to Ed∣ward duke of Buckingham, by whome he had issue, Henrie earle of Surreie beheaded as before, Tho∣mas vicount Bindon, and Marie married to Hen∣rie Fitzroie duke of Richmont. He died about the beginning of the reigne of quéene Marie.

Edward Seimor earle of Hertford was after the death of king Henrie the eight made lord treasuror of England,* 15.147 in the first yeare of king Edward the [line 50] sixt: being the yeare of our redemption one thou∣sand fiue hundred fortie & six, in which yeare he was also made protector of England and duke of Sum∣merset: of whom thus writeth Matthew Parker, cal∣ling him Regni camerarium, in the life of Thomas Cranmer archbishop of Canturburie in these words page 397. In testamento (meaning king Henrie the eight) Edwardo principi minori nouem annis nato haeredi suo sexdecim tutores, ex episcopis solos Thomam Cranmerum Can∣tuariensem [line 60] archiepiscopum & Cutbertum Tonstalium Dunel∣mensem episcopum dedit. And a little after pag. 398. fol∣loweth: Verùm pluribus (vt diximus) ei minori (that was king Edward) a patre constitutis curatoribus, ne numero suo atque multitudine ad dissentiones faciles essent & procliues vnus electus est, qui ex consilijs reliquorum impuberis regis tu∣telam solus administraret. Is fuit Edwardus Seimerus comes Hertfordiensis, totius regni camerarius regísque a••unculus. Qui suscepta tutela regis, totius regni atque dominiorum suo∣rum protector & Somerseti dux nuncupatus atque creatus est. This duke of Summerset being treasuror of Eng∣land continued in the same office vntill his death (as I gather) more than foure years, and was beheaded in the fift yeare of king Edward the sixt, being the yeare of our Lord, one thousand fiue hundred fiftie and one.

Sir William Paulet knight,* 15.148 marquesse of Win∣chester was made lord treasuror vpon the death of the duke of Summerset: in the fift yeare of king Edward the sixt, and the yeare of Christ one thou∣sand fiue hundred fiftie and one, which office he kept by the space of twentie yeares and more: a longer time than euer anie other treasuror had done before, except the two last dukes of Norffolke. This man be∣ing a man of extreme age (as atteining to the yeares of ninetie seuen) died lord treasuror of England (the tenth of March, in the yeare of our saluation one thousand fiue hundred seuentie and one, being the fourtéenth yeare of the reigne of the famous queene Elisabeth) at his manor of Basing. He in his life time did sée the children of his childrens children growne to the number of one hundred and thrée, a rare blessing of God to men of his calling. He mar∣ried Elisabeth the daughter of sir William Capell knight, by whome he had issue Iohn marquesse of Winchester, Thomas, Chidiocke, and Giles; Alice married to Richard Stowell, Margaret married to sir William Berkeleie, Margerie married to Ri∣chard Waller, and Eleanor married to sir Richard Peckshall.

Sir William Cecill knight of the garter and lord Burghleie,* 15.149 was aduanced to the honorable place of lord treasuror of England on the thirtéenth daie of Iulie, in the yeare of our redemption one thousand, fiue hundred, seauentie and two, being the foure∣téenth yeare of the reigne of our gratious quéene Elisabeth. This man was descended of the hono∣rable familie of the Sitsylts of Wales, sometime lords of Beauport in the daies of Henrie the first, as appeareth by this pedegrée here inserted.

1 In the yeare of Christ one thousand ninetie and one,* 15.150 Robert Sitsylt came with Robert Fitzhamon to the conquest of the countrie of Glamorgan, and after wedded a ladie, by whom he had Halterennes and other lands in Hereford and Glocestershires: he had a sonne called Iames Sitsylt.

2 Iames Sitsylt tooke part with Mawd the em∣presse against king Stephan,* 15.151 and was slaine at the siege of the castell of Wallingford Anno quarto Stephani, hauing then vpon him a vesture, where∣on was wrought in néedle worke his armes or en∣signes, as they be made on the toome of Gerald Sitsylt in the abbeie of Dore, which are afterward trulie blazed, in a iudgement giuen by commission of king Edward the third, for the ancient right of the same armes. This Iames had a sonne called Iohn Sitsylt, and foure daughters.

3 Iohn Sitsylt, the sonne of Iames, was after the death of his father,* 15.152 in the same warres with Ro∣ger earle of Hereford, and constable of England, and being taken prisoner at the siege of Lincolne, Anno. 6. Stephani, he paid for his ransome foure hundred marks, and therefore sold his lordship of Beauport, and all his lands in the countie of Gloce∣ster: he tooke to wife a ladie called Mawd de Frenes and had issue Eustace.

4 Eustace Sitsylt the son of Iohn was wedded to Elianor the daughter of sir Walter Pembridge knight, and had by hir Baldwin and Iohn;* 15.153 and foure daughters, whereof one of them was the wife of sir Thomas Fitzneale knight.

5 Baldwin Sitsylt the sonne of Eustace,* 15.154 was made knight by king Henrie the second, in the warres that the king had against the Welshmen, he was also killed in the same warres, at the siege of the castell of Cardiffe, his father being aliue; he tooke to wife the daughter of Maurice de Bromp∣ton, and had by hir Gerald Sitsylt, Eustace Sitsylt,

Henrie Sitsylt, Iohn Sitsylt, and Walter Sitsylt; and two daughters, Catharine and Elianor. Ca∣tharine was the wife of Hugh Muredake, and E∣lianor was the wife of Walter Wallis. This Bald∣win Sitsylt knight tooke to his second wife, Mar∣gerie the daughter of Stephan Radnor knight, and had by hir, Stephan Sitsylt, Roger Sitsylt, Hugh Sitsylt, and Dauid Sitsylt; and thrée daughters, the first was Mawd and she was a Nun, the se∣cond was Ione and she was the wife of Iohn de [line 10] Solers, the third daughter Anne was the wife of Owen ap Meredith. This man gaue certeine lands in the towneship of Kigestone, vnto the moonks of Dore, and granted vnto the same moonks fréedome of common and pasture, and other liberties in his woods.

* 15.1556 Gerald Sitsylt, the first sonne of Baldwin Sitsylt knight, tooke to wife Mabill the daughter of Sir William Moigne knight, and had by hir three sonnes, Gerald Sitsylt that died a child, Robert [line 20] Sitsylt that married and had children, and Owen Sitsylt a moonke of the abbeie of Dore. He had also three daughters, Catharine, that was wed∣ded to sir Griffin ap Yoreford, and after to Dauid ap Euan, and the third time to Geffreie de Bret, sonne of sir Walter Bret knight. Anne the second daughter of Gerald Sitsylt was wedded to Ro∣bert the sonne of Richard Bromewich. And El∣len the third daughter of Gerald Sitsylt, was the wife of Iohn Abrahall, father of sir Iohn Abrahall [line 30] knight.

7 Robert Sitsylt, the sonne of Gerald tooke to wife Alicia daughter of sir Robert Tregois knight,* 15.156 and had by hir Iames Sitsylt his first sonne, Ge∣rald the second sonne, Thomas the third sonne, and Baldwin the fourth sonne; and Margaret the first daughter, and Elisabeth the second daughter.

* 15.1578 Iames Sitsylt the sonne of Robert, tooke to wife Isabell the daughter of sir Iohn Knell knight, and had by hir Iames and Gerald twins; Iames [line 40] died yoong: he had also Robert Sitsylt, and Iohn Sitsylt; and fiue daughters, that is to saie, Alicia wedded to Walter Monington, Grace wedded to Roger sonne of William Blunt, Elianor wedded to Thomas Paine, Margerie wedded to Morgan ap Meredith, and Sislie married to Howell ap Ble∣thin, and after to sir Hugh Bruge.

* 15.1589 Gerald Sitsylt, sonne of Iames, tooke to wife Margaret, daughter of Stephan Dalaber, and by hir had Iohn Sitsylt; and after he wedded Bridget [line 50] the widow of sir Simon Ward knight, and had by hir Iames Sitsylt, and the third time married the daughter of Martine Hopton, and had by hir Mar∣tine Sitsylt, Henrie Sitsylt, and Dauid Sitsylt, and Ione a daughter. And the fourth time the same Gerald Sitsylt tooke to wife Iane the daughter of Robert Emerton, and had by hir one sonne named Stigand Sitsylt, that was slaine in the warres of Striuelin in the time of king Edward the second, and had no issue, as the register of the abbie of Dore maketh mention. [line 60]

* 15.159 * 15.16010 Iohn Sitsylt, the sonne of Gerald, tooke to wife Sibill the daughter of Robert of Ewyas, and had by hir sir Iohn Sitsylt knight, George Sitsylt, and a daughter named Margaret, that was the wife of sir Robert Baskeruile knight, who had by hir sir Iohn Baskeruile knight; and by his second wife he had sir Richard Baskeruile knight, that tooke to wife Iane the daughter and heire of George Sitsylt second sonne of this Iohn Sitsylt, and had by hir sir Iohn Baskeruile knight.

* 15.16111 Sir Iohn Sitsylt knight, tooke to wife Alicia, the sister of the said sir Roger Baskeruile, and sir Roger married his sister, as is aforesaid. This sir Iohn Sitsylt had Iohn Sitsylt and Roger Sitsylt.

* 15.162 In the time of the warres that king Edward the third made against Scotland, at a place called Halidon hill néere Barwike anno 6. of Edward the third, there arose a great variance and contention betweene sir William de Facknaham knight, on the one side approuant, & this sir Iohn Sitsylt knight, on the other side defendant, for an ensigne of armes, that is to saie; The field of ten barrets siluer and a∣zure, supported of fiue scutcheons sable charged with so manie lions of the first rampants incensed geuls, which ensigne both the parties did claime as their right. But as both parties put themselues to their force to mainteine their quarrell, and vaunted to mainteine the same by their bodies; it pleased the king that iustice should be yéelded for triall of the quarrell, without shedding of bloud: and so the bea∣ring of the ensigne was solemnelie adiudged to be the right of the said sir Iohn Sitsylt, as heire of blood lineallie descended of the bodie of Iames Sitsylt, lord of Beauport slaine at the siege of Wallingford, as before is declared. The finall order and determi∣nation of which controuersie is laid downe by Iohn Boswell gentleman, in his booke intituled The con∣cords of Armorie, fol. 80. This sir Iohn Sitsylt had a charge of men at arms, for the custodie of the mar∣ches to Scotland, in the eleuenth yeare of king Ed∣ward the third.

12 Iohn Sitsylt,* 15.163 the sonne of sir Iohn Sitsylt knight, tooke to wife Ione daughter of sir Richard Monington knight, and had by hir Iohn Sitsylt (that died, his father being aliue) and Thomas Sitsylt.

13 Thomas Sitsylt married Margaret the daughter and heire of Gilbert de Winston,* 15.164 and had by hir Philip Sitsylt, and Dauid Sitsylt. This man was a great benefactor to the moonks of Dore, and forgaue them great sums of monie which they did owe him.

14 Philip Sitsylt married Margaret,* 15.165 the daugh∣ter of Iohn Philips, and had by hir Richard, Iohn, and Margaret.

15 Richard Sitsylt or Cecill married Margaret the daughter of Philip Uaughan,* 15.166 and had by hir Philip Cecill, Margaret Cecill, Iohn Cecill, Dauid Cecill, and Iames or Ienkin Cecill.

*These pedegrées & descents I gathered faithfullie out of sundrie ancient records and euidences,* 15.167 wherof the most part are confirmed with seales autentike therevnto appendent, manifestlie declaring the anti∣quitie and truth therof; which remaine at this present in the custodie of the right honourable sir William Cecill, knight of the noble order of the garter, lord Burghleie, and lord high treasuror of England, who is lineallie descended from the last recited Richard Sitsylt, father to Dauid Cecill,* 15.168 grandfather to the said sir William Cecill now lord Burghleie. And at this daie William Sitsylt or Cecill esquier coosen german to the said lord Burghleie, remooued by one degrée onelie, is possessed of the foresaid house of Halterennes in Ewyas land as the heire male of the house of Sitsylts, and is descended of Philip Ce∣cill, elder brother to the said Dauid.

This sir William Cecill lord Burghleie,* 15.169 liuing at this instant in the yeare of Christ, one thousand, fiue hundred, eightie and six, to the great support of this commonwealth, dooth worthilie inioy the place of the lord treasuror of England, of whome (for auoi∣ding the note of flatterie) I may not saie that good which we the subiects of England doo féele by his meanes, and all the world dooth sée in his rare and wise gouernment. And therefore leauing what may be said of him for his honorable deserts, from his countrie, his prince, and his countriemen, as well

for rare gouernement at home, as for graue mana∣ging of the matter of state abroad, I beseech the al∣mightie Lord to lengthen his yeares with perfect health and happie successe of all his good desires, to answer the worth of those his honourable deserts. Thus knitting vp this discourse of the treasurors, with no lesse honorable person of the temporaltie in this our age, than I began the same discourse with a rare person of the spiritualtie in that their age: this being knowne as singular in policie as the other [line 10] was supposed to be in prelacie, I here set end to that which with much labour of bodie, trauell of mind, and charge of pursse, I haue brought to this forme what so euer it be. Thus this much by Francis Thin touching the treasurors of England.]

* 15.170The 22 of August Thomas Persie earle of Nor∣thumberland late of Topclife, who had beene before attainted by parlement of high treason, as one of the principall conspirators in the late rebellion, and [line 20] now brought out of Scotland, whither he had fled, was beheaded at Yorke about two of the clocke in the afternoone, on a new scaffold set vp for that pur∣pos•• in the market place.* 15.171 In this moneth of August sir Thomas Smith, one of the quéenes maiesties pri∣uie councell, carefullie tendering the reformation of Ireland, sent his son Thomas Smith esquier thither with a certeine number of Englishmen to inhabit the Ards in Ulster, after the maner of a colonie vsed by the Romans.

* 15.172The eighteenth of Nouember in the morning was [line 30] séene a star northward verie bright and cléere,* 15.173 in the constellation of Cassiopeia, at the backe of hir chaire, which with thrée chéefe fixed stars of the said constel∣lation made a geometricall figure losengwise, of the learned men called Rhombus. This starre in bignes at the first appeering séemed bigger than Iupiter, & not much lesse than Uenus when she seemeth great∣est. Also the said starre neuer changing his place, was caried about with the dailie motion of heauen, as all fixed starres commonlie are, and so continu∣ed [line 40] (by little and little to the eie appearing lesse) for the space of almost sixtéene moneths: at what time it was so small, that rather thought by exercises of off vewing might imagine the place, than anie eie could iudge the presence of the same. And one thing is herein cheefelie to be noted, that (by the skill and con∣sent of the best and most expert mathematicians, which obserued the state, propertie, and other circum∣stances belonging to the same starre) it was found [line 50] to haue beene in place celestiall far aboue the moone, otherwise than euer anie comet hath béene séene, or naturallie can appéere. Therefore it is supposed that the signification therof is directed purposelie and spe∣ciallie to some matter, not naturall, but celestiall, or rather supercelestiall, so strange, as from the begin∣ning of the world neuer was the like.

The foure and twentith of Nouember Edward earle of Darbie,* 15.174 lord Stanleie, & Strange, of Knoc∣king, lord and gouernor of the Iles of Man, knight [line 60] of the noble order of the garter, and one of the quéens maiesties priuie councell deceased at his house cal∣led Latham in Lanca••hire. His life and death de∣seruing commendation, and crauing memorie to be imitated,* 15.175 was such as followeth. His fidelitie vnto two kings and two queenes in dangerous times and great rebellions, in which time, and alwaies as cause serued, he was lieutenant of Lancashire and Ches∣shire, and latelie offered ten thousand men vnto the quéenes maiestie of his owne charge for the suppres∣sion of the last rebellion. His godlie disposition to his tenants, neuer forcing anie seruice at their hands, but due paiment of their rent. His libera∣litie to strangers, and such as shewed themselues gratefull to him. His famous housekéeping, and ele∣uen score in checkroll, neuer discontinuing the space of twelue yeares. His féeding especiallie of aged persons twise a daie thrée score and od; besides all commers thrise a wéeke appointed for his dealing daies; and euerie good fridaie these fiue and thirtie yeares one with another two thousand seauen hun∣dred, with meat, drinke, monie, and monie worth. There was neuer gentleman or other that waited in his seruice, but had allowance from him, to haue as well wages as otherwise for horsse and man. His yeerlie portion for the expenses of his house foure thousand pounds. His cunning in setting bones dis∣iointed or broken,* 15.176 his surgerie and desire to helpe the poore, his deliuerie of the George and seale to the lord Strange, with exhortation that he might kéepe it so vnspotted in fidelitie to his prince as he had, and his ioie that he died in the quéenes fauour. His ioifull parting this world, his taking leaue of all his seruants by shaking of hands, & his remem∣brance to the last daie.

The eight and twentith of Nouember Iohn Hall late of Battell in Sussex gentleman,* 15.177 and Oswold Wilkinson late of Yorke and gailor of Yorke cas∣tell (being before arreigned and condemned of trea∣son) were drawne from the tower of London to Ti∣borne, and there hanged, bowelled, and quartered. This yéere a great and sharpe frost almost continual∣lie lasted, from before the feast of All saints,* 15.178 till after the feast of the Epiphanie of our Lord, with somtime great and déepe snowes, and sometime raines, which fréesed as fast as the same fell to the ground: where∣through at Wrotham in Kent, and manie other pla∣ces, the armes and boughs of trées being ouerchar∣ged with ise, brake off, and fell from the stockes of the same trées. Also the wind continued north and east, till after the Ascension daie, with sharpe frosts and snowes, whereby followed a late spring.

The twelfe of Ianuarie William lord Howard, [year 1573] baron of Effingham, lord priuie seale,* 15.179 knight of the noble order of the garter, and one of the priuie coun∣cell deceased at Hampton court.* 15.180 The eightéenth of Ianuarie William lord Smmerset earle of Wor∣cester began his iourneie towards France, to the christening of the kings daughter there in stead of the quéenes maiestie of England, who sent with him a font of gold for that purpose, weieng thrée hundred and six and twentie ounces. The said earle with ma∣nie of his companie were robbed vpon the sea by pi∣rats of much of their baggage,* 15.181 and thrée or foure of their men slaine. In France he and his traine were honorablie receiued. At the christening he gaue the child to name Elisabeth. They returned into Eng∣land the seauen and twentith of Februarie.

In the moneth of Februarie,* 15.182 thorough sundrie heinous complaints brought to the quéenes maiestie and hir councell of pirats that kept the narrow seas, dooing manie robberies, as also the robbing of the earle of Worcester (as is aforesaid) hi•• highnesse, by the aduise of hir honourable councell, tooke order with the lord admerall of England, that he should send to the seas, ships and men to scowre the narow seas, & to apprehend so manie pirats ships as might be met with. And for the better dooing thereof, it plea∣sed hir maiestie to send one of hir owne ships, na∣med the Swallow to be the admerall, vnder the charge of William Holstocke of London esquier, comptrollor of hir highnesse ships, who had with him the Gillian, the barke Garet, and the barke of Yar∣mouth, and thrée hundred and thrée score able mari∣ners, gunners, and souldiors in the said thrée ships, and one barke which scowred the narrow seas, from the north foreland, as farre westward as Falmouth in Cornewall, and tooke twentie ships and ba••ks of

sundrie nations,* 15.183 to wit, English, French, and Flem∣mings (but all pirats) and in fashion of warre. He apprehended in those ships and barks to the number of nine hundred men of all nations, and sent them to ward to Sandwich, Douer, Wight, and Portes∣mouth (whereof thrée of them that robbed the earle of Worcester were shortlie after executed at Wight.* 15.184) Also the said William Holstocke did rescue and take from the aboue said pirats ships, fiftéene other mer∣chants ships laden with merchandize, that were their [line 10] prises, being of sundrie nations, and set at libertie the said fiftéene merchants ships and goods: which doone, he returned to Portesmouth, and there ended his voiage in March.

The fourth of March, a man was hanged in chains in saint Georges field beyond Southworke of Lon∣don,* 15.185 for murthering the gailor of Horsham in the same field. The seuentéenth of March deceassed Rei∣nold Greie of Ruthin, earle of Kent, at Herneseie, and was buried at saint Giles without Creplegate. [line 20] About the same time died Edmund lord Shandois. The fiue and twentith of March being wednesdaie in Easter wéeke,* 15.186 and the feast of the Annuntiation of our ladie, George Browne cruellie murthered two honest men néere to Shooters hill in Kent, the one of them was a wealthie merchant of London named George Sanders, the other Iohn Beane of Wool∣wich, which murther was committed in manner as followeth.* 15.187 On tuesdaie in Easter wéeke (the foure and twentith of March) the said George Browne re∣ceiuing [line 30] secret intelligence by letter from mistresse Anne Drurie, that master Sanders should lodge the same night at the house of one master Barnes in Woolwich, and from thense go on foot to saint Marie Craie; the next morning he laie in wait for him by the waie, a little from Shooters hill, and there slue both him & Iohn Beane seruant to master Barnes. But Iohn Beane hauing ten or eleuen wounds, & being left for dead, by Gods prouidence did reuiue a∣gaine: and créeping awaie on all foure, was found [line 40] by an old man and his maiden, and conueied vnto Woolwich, where he gaue euident marks of the murtherer.

* 15.188Immediatlie vpon the déed dooing, Browne sent mistresse Drurie word thereof by Roger Clement (among them called trustie Roger) he himselfe re∣paired foorthwith to the court at Greenewich, & anon after him came thither the report of the murther al∣so. Then departed he thense vnto London, and came to the house of mistresse Drurie, where ••hough he [line 50] spake not personallie with hir, after conference had with hir seruant trustie Roger, she prouided him twentie pounds that same daie, for the which she laid certeine plate of hir owne, & of mistresse Sanders to gage.* 15.189 On the next morning being thursdaie (ha∣uing intelligence that Browne was sought for) they sent him six pounds more by the same Roger, war∣ning him to shift for himselfe by flight, which thing he foreslowed not to doo. Neuerthelesse, the lords of the quéens maiesties councell caused so spéedie and nar∣row search to be made for him, that vpon the eight [line 60] and twentith of the same moneth he was apprehen∣ded in a mans house of his owne name at Rochester and being brought backe againe to the court, was examined by the councell: vnto whome he confessed the deed (as you haue heard) and that he had often∣times before pretended and sought to doo the same,* 15.190 by the instigation of the said mistresse Drurie, who had promised to make a marriage betwéene him and mi∣stresse Sanders (whome he seemed to loue excessiue∣lie) neuerthelesse he protested (though vntrulie) that mistresse Sanders was not priuie nor consenting therevnto.

Upon his confession he was arreigned at the Kings bench in Westminster hall the eighteenth of Aprill, where he acknowledged himselfe guiltie, and was condemned as principall of the murther, accor∣ding to which sentence he was executed in Smith∣field, on mondaie the twentith of Aprill: at which time also vntrulie (as she hir selfe confessed after∣ward) he laboured by all meanes to cléere mistresse Sanders of committing euill of hir bodie with him,* 15.191 and then floong himselfe besides the ladder. He was after hanged vp in chains néere vnto the place where he had doone the fact. In the meane time mistresse Drurie and hir man being examined, as well by their owne confessions, as by falling out of the mat∣ter, and also by Brownes appeachment thought cul∣pable, were committed to ward. And after mistresse Sanders being deliuered of child, and churched (for at the time of hir husbands death she looked presentlie to lie downe) was vpon mistresse Druries mans confession, and other great likelihoods, likewise com∣mitted to the tower, and on wednesdaie the sixt of Maie she was arreigned with mistresse Drurie at the Guildhall.

The effect of their indictment was, that they by a letter written had béene procurers of the said mur∣ther: & knowing the murther doone, had by monie & otherwise reléeued the murtherer: wherevnto they pleaded not giltie. Howbeit they were both condem∣ned as accessaries to master Sanders death,* 15.192 and ex∣ecuted in Smithfield the thirtéenth of Maie, being wednesdaie in Whitsunwéeke, at which time they both confessed themselues guiltie of the fact. Trustie Roger mistresse Druries man was arreigned on fridaie the eight of Maie, & being there condemned as accessarie, was executed with his mistresse at the time and place aforesaid. Not long after, Anthonie Browne brother to the fornamed George Browne,* 15.193 was for notable felonies conueied from Newgate to Yorke, and there hanged.

The tenth of Aprill seauen pirats which among o∣thers had béene taken on the north seas,* 15.194 were lead from Southworke to Wapping, and fiue of them were there hanged: the other two had their pardon at the gallowes.* 15.195 The seauentéenth of Aprill a chande∣lers wife without Aldersgate of London, who had practised hir husbands death by poisoning and other∣wise, was set on the pillorie in Cheape, with thrée o∣ther women, who had béene of hir counsell: two of them were with hir there whipped.

The seauenth of Iune,* 15.196 betwéene the houres of one and two of the clocke in the after noone, a great tempest of haile and raine happened at Tocester in Northamptonshire, wherethrough six houses in that towne were borne downe, and foureteene more sore perished with the waters which rose of that tempest. The hailstones were square, & six inches about. One child was there drowned, and manie shéepe with o∣ther cattell, which when the water was fallen, manie of them were lieng on the high hedges, where the wa∣ters had left them. The sixteenth of Iune, Thomas Woodhouse, a priest of Lincolnshire,* 15.197 who had laine long prisoner in the Fleet, was arreigned in the Guildhall of London, and there condemned of high treason, who had iudgement to be hanged and quar∣tered, and was executed at Tiburne the ninetéenth of Iune.

The sixtéenth of August, Walter earle of Essex, accompanied with the lord Rich,* 15.198 and diuerse other gentlemen, imbarked themselues in seuerall ships at Leirpoole, and the wind sitting verie well, tooke their voiage towards Ireland. The earle after manie and great dangers on the sea, at length woone Cope∣mans Iland, from whence in a pinnesse of capteine Perses he was brought safe to Knockfergus. The lord Rich with the like danger landed at castell Kil∣life,

where being met by capteine Malbie, maister Smith, & master Moore pensioners, he was conduc∣ted to Inch abbaie maister Malbies house, where he had in a readinesse on the morrow morning a hun∣dred and fiftie horssemen for their safegard to Knock∣fergus, beside fiftie Kerns which went a foot through the woods: there was among these a thirtie bowes with a bagpipe,* 15.199 the rest had darts. Sir Brian Make∣phelin had preied the countrie, and taken awaie what was to be carried or driuen, but on the sixt of Sep∣tember [line 10] he came to Knockfergus, to the earle of Es∣sex, and there made his submission: the number of kine were estéemed thirtie thousand, besides shéepe and swine.

After him Ferdorough Macgillasticke the blind Scots sonne, Roze, Oge, Macwilline did the like: and diuerse other sent their messengers to the earle, to signifie that they were at his lordships disposition as the baron of Dongarrow, Condenell, Odonell, and the capteine of Kilulto. The earle of Essex ha∣uing [line 20] the countrie of Claniboie and other, the quéens maiestie of England directed hir letters to the lord deputie of Ireland,* 15.200 willing him to make by commis∣sion the earle of Essex capteine generall of the Irish nation in the prouince of Ulster, and to diuide the countrie woone, Claniboie, and else where, &c. The eleuenth of October, Peter Burchet gentleman of the middle temple, with his dagger suddenlie assai∣led,* 15.201 cruellie wounded, and meant to haue murthered a seruiceable gentleman named Iohn Hawkins [line 30] esquier, as he with sir William Winter, and an o∣ther gentleman rode towards Westminster, in the high stréet neare to the Strand, beyond the Temple∣barre of London: for which fact the said Burchet be∣ing apprehended and commited to the tower, was afterward examined concerning the fact. Who an∣swered that he tooke the said maister Hawkins for an other gentleman: and being further examined, he was found to hold certeine erronious opinions,* 15.202 for the which he was sent to the Lollards tower. [line 40] From thence being called into the consistorie of Paules church,* 15.203 before the right reuerend father Ed∣wine bishop of London, and others, & by them exa∣mined, he stood in his opinions, till the sentence of death as an heretike was readie to haue béene pro∣nounced against him on the fourth of Nouember: but through the earnest persuasions of diuerse lear∣ned men, who tooke great paines in that matter, he renounced, forswore, and abiured his opinions for erronious & damnable, promising neuer to returne [line 50] to them, and also willinglie to doo and performe all such penance as the bishop his ordinarie should in∣ioine him.

The ninth of Nouember, the said Peter Burchet was remoued from the Lollards tower, to the tower of London, where on the next morrow about noone, whilest one that had kept him companie was gone downe, and locked the doore after him, leauing an o∣ther with him called Hugh Longworth, who stood at the window reading in the bible, the said Burchet [line 60] walking vp and downe in the chamber,* 15.204 tooke a bil∣lets end out of the fire, and knocked the said Long∣worth on the head, and left not till he had striken him starke dead: for the which on the next morow he was arreigned & condemned at Westminster, and then returned to Summerset house, where he remained that night: and on the next morrow being the twelfe of Nouember, he was brought to the gibet, where (after his right hand being striken off, and nailed to the gibbet) he was hanged nigh the place where hée wounded master Hawkins.* 15.205 This yeare about Lam∣mas, wheat was sold at London for thrée shillings▪ the bushell:* 15.206 but shortlie after it was raised to foure shillings, fiue shillings, six shillings: & before Christ∣mas to a noble, and seuen shillings,* 15.207 which so conti∣nued long after: béefe was sold for twentie pence, and two and twentie pence the stone, and all other flesh and white meats at an excessiue price, all kind of salt fish verie deare, as fiue herings two pence, &c: yet great plentie of fresh fish, and oft times the same verie cheape: pease at foure shillings the bushell, otemeale at foure shillings eight pence: baie salt at thrée shillings the bushell, &c. All this dearth notwith∣standing (thanks be giuen to God) there was no want of anie thing to them that wanted not monie.

The fourth of Aprill being Paline sundaie, there was taken saieng of masse in the lord Morleis house within Algate of London, [year 1574] * 15.208 one Albon Dalman priest, and the ladie Morleie with hir children, and di∣uerse others were also taken hearing of the said masse. There was also taken the same daie and houre for saieng masse at the ladie Gilfords in Trinitie lane, one Oliuer Heiwood priest: and for hearing of the said masse, the said ladie Gilford with diuerse o∣ther gentlewomen. There was also taken at the same instant in the ladie Browns house in Cowlane for saieng masse, one Thomas Heiwood priest, and one Iohn Cowper Priest, with the ladie Browne, and diuers other were likewise taken being hearers of the said masse. All which persons were for the same offenses indicted, conuicted, and had the law accor∣ding to the statute in that case prouided. There was also found in their seuerall chappels, diuerse Latine bookes, beads, images, palmes, chalices, crosses, vest∣ments, pixes, paxes, and such like.

The ninth of Iulie at six of the clocke at night,* 15.209 in the Ile of Thanet besids Ramesgate, in the parish of saint Peter vnder the cliffe, a monstrous fish or whale of the sea did shoot himselfe on shore, where for want of water, beating himselfe on the sands, he di∣ed about six of the clocke on the next morning, before which time he roared, and was heard more than a mile on the land. The length of this fish was twentie two yards, the nether iaw twelue foot the opening: one of his eies, being taken out of his head, was more than six horsse in a cart could draw, a man stood vpright in the place from whence the eie was taken. The thicknesse from the backe whereon he laie, to the top of his bellie (which was vpward) was fouretéene foot, his taile of the same breadth: betweene his eies twelue foot, thrée men stood vpright in his mouth, some of the ribs were six foot long, his toong was fif∣téene foot long, his liuer two cart lode, into his nose∣trils anie man might haue crept: the oile being boi∣led out of the head was * 15.210 parmasitie, the oile of his bo∣die was whitish and sweet of tast. The seuenth of Au∣gust,* 15.211 a solemne obsequie was kept in saint Paules church at London for Charles the ninth king of France, who deceassed on the twentie day of Maie last before passed.

On the fiftéenth daie of August being sundaie, Agnes Bridges,* 15.212 a maiden about the age of twen∣tie yeares, and Rachell Pinder, a wench about ele∣uen or twelue yeares old▪ who both of them had coun∣terfetted to be possessed by the diuell (wherby they had not onelie maruellouslie deluded manie people, both men and women, but also diuerse such persons as o∣therwise séemed to be of good wit and vnderstanding) stood before the preacher at Paules crosse, where they acknowledged their hypocriticall counterfetting, with penitent behauiours, requiring forgiuenesse of God and the world, and the people to praie for them. Also their seuerall examinations and confessions were there openlie read by the preacher, and after∣wards published in print for the further posteritie hereafter to beware of the like deceiuers.

The fourth of September in the after noone, such a storme of raine happened at London,* 15.213 as the like of

long time could not be remembred, wherethrough the chanels of the citie suddenlie rising, ran with such a forceable course towards the common sewes, that a lad about the age of eightéene yeares, minding to haue lept ouer the chanell neere vnto Dowgate, was borne ouer with the streame, and by the same caried from the conduit there towards the Thames, with such a swiftnesse, that no man with staues or other∣wise could stay him, till he came against a cart wheele that stood in the watergate, afore which he was drow∣ned [line 10] and starke dead.

This yeare the maior of London went by wa∣ter to Westminster,* 15.214 and there tooke his oth; as hath béene accustomed: he kept no feast at the Guildhall, although great prouision had béene made for that purpose, but dined at his owne house with his bre∣thren the aldermen: the companies dined at their seuerall halles. This was doone by the speciall ap∣pointment of the quéenes maiesties councell, to a∣uoid infection of the plague, like to haue increased by [line 20] comming togither of such a multitude. This wéeke from the two and twentith, vnto the eight and twen∣tith of October, deceased in the citie and liberties, conteining an hundred and eight parishes, of all dis∣eases, one hundred thréescore & six, of the which num∣ber thréescore and fiue were accounted to die of the plague.* 15.215 Michaelmas tearme, which had beene adiour∣ned by proclamation, began at Westminster on the sixt of Nouember. The same sixt day in the morning, there happened two great tides at London, in the [line 30] riuer of Thames,* 15.216 the first by course, the other within one houre following, which ouerflowed the marshes, with manie vaults and cellars neare adioining.

The fourtéenth of Nouember being sundaie, about midnight following,* 15.217 diuerse strange impressions of fire and smoke were séene in the aire to procéed foorth of a blacke cloud in the north toward the south, which so continued till the next morning that it was daie light. The next night following, the heauens from all parts did séeme to burne maruellous raginglie, [line 40] & ouer our heads the flames from the horizon round about rising did méet, and there double and roll one in another, as if it had béene in a cleare fornace. The eightéenth daie at night blew verie stormie & tem∣pestuous winds out of the south,* 15.218 as hath not béene knowne the like out of that quarter,* 15.219 especiallie af∣ter midnight, till the next morning that it was daie light. These are to be receiued as tokens of Gods wrath readie bent against the world for sinne now abounding, and also of his great mercie, who dooth [line 50] onlie thus but to shew vs the rod wherwith we dailie deserue to be beaten.

This yeare at London after haruest, the price of wheate began by little and little to fall, from seuen shillings to thrée shillings the bushell, at which price it staied (little or nothing rising or falling) all the yeare after: but baie salt was raised from three shillings to foure shillings,* 15.220 fiue shillings, and six shillings the bushell, the like whereof had neuer béene seene or heard within this realme. The 24 day of Februarie, [line 60] being the feast of saint Matthie, on which daie the faire was kept at Teukesburie, [year 1575] a strange thing hap∣pened there. For after a floud which was not great, but such as therby the medows néere adioining were couered with water, in the after noone there came downe the riuer of Seuerne great numbers of flies & b••••tels,* 15.221 such as in summer euenings vse to strike men in the face, in great heapes, a foot thicke aboue the water, so that to credible mens iudgement there were séene within a paire of buts length of those flies aboue a hundred quarters. The mils there a∣bouts were dammed vp with them for the space of foure daies after, and then were clensed by digging them out with shouels: from whence they came is yet vnknowne: but the daie was cold and a hard frost.

The six and twentith of Februarie,* 15.222 betwéene foure and six of the clocke in the after noone, great earth∣quakes happened in the cities of Yorke, Worcester, Glocester, Bristow, Hereford, and in the countries about, which caused the people to runne out of their houses: for feare they should haue fallen on their heads. In Teukesburie, Bredon, and other places, the dishes fell from the cupboords, and the bookes in mens studies from the shelues. In Norton chappell, the people being on their knees at euening praier, the ground moouing, caused them to run awaie in great feare that the dead bodies would haue risen, or the chappell to haue fallen: part of Ruthen castell fell downe with certeine bricke chimneies in gentle∣mens houses. The bell in the shire hall at Den∣bigh was also caused to toll twise, by shaking of the hall, &c.

On Easter daie, which was the third of Aprill,* 15.223 a∣bout nine of the clocke in the forenoone, was disclosed a congregation of anabaptists, Duchmen, in a house without the bars of Aldgate at London, wherof sea∣uen and twentie were taken and sent to prison: and foure of them bearing fagots recanted at Paules crosse, on the fifteenth daie of Maie in forme as follo∣weth.

The forme of recantation openlie made by the said anabaptists.

WHereas I. I. T. R. H. being seduced by the diuell the spirit of error, and by false teachers his ministers, haue fallen into certeine most detestable and damnable heresies, namelie:

1 That Christ tooke not flesh of the substance of the blessed virgine Marie:* 16.1

2 That infants of the faithfull ought not to be baptised:

3 That a christian man may not be a magistrat or beare the sword or office of authoritie:

4 That it is not lawfull for a christian to take an oth:

Now by the grace of God, and through confe∣rence with good and learned ministers of Christ his church, I doo vnderstand and acknowlege the same to be most damnable and detestable heresies, and doo aske God here before his church mercie for my said former errors, and doo forsake them, recant, and renounce them, and abiure them from the bo∣tome of my heart, professing that I certeinlie be∣léeue:

1 That Christ tooke flesh of the substance of the blessed virgine Marie:* 16.2

2 That infants of the faithfull ought to be bap∣tised:

3 That a christian man may be a magistrat, or beare the sword or office of authoritie:

4 That it is lawfull for a christian man to take an oth.

And further I confesse, that the whole doctrine and religion established and published in this realme of England, as also that which is receiued and preach∣ed in the Dutch church here in this citie, is sound, true, and according to the word of God: whervnto in all things I submit my selfe, and will most gladlie be a member of the said Dutch church, from hense∣forth vtterlie abandoning and forsaking all and eue∣rie anabaptisticall error. This is my faith now, in the which I doo purpose and trust to stand firme and stedfast to the end. And that I may so doo, I beséech you all to praie with me, and for me, to God the hea∣uenlie father, in the name of his sonne our sauiour

Iesus Christ. The like recantation was made by them afterwards in the Dutch church.

* 16.3The seauenteenth of Maie about midnight follo∣wing, the reuerend father in God Matthew Par∣ker doctor of diuinitie archbishop of Canturburie deceased at Lambeth, and was there honorablie bu∣ried, on whose toome (being of blacke marble) is written this most worthie epitaph here following:

Sobrius & prudens, studijs excultus & vsu▪ Integer & verae relligionis amans, [line 10] * 16.4Matthaeus vixit Parkerus, fouerat illum Aula virum iuuenem, fouit & aula senem, Ordine res gessit, recti defensor & aequi, Vixerat ille Deo, mortuus ille Deo est.

Matthew Parker liued soberlie and wise, Learned by studie and continuall practise, Louing, true, of life vncontrold, The court did foster him both yoong and old, Orderlie he dealt, the right he did defend, [line 20] He liued vnto God, to God he made his end.

* 16.5¶This reuerend father examined throughlie the English translation of the holie bibles, wherein he partlie vsed the helpe of his brethren bishops, and o∣ther doctors, and caused the same to be newlie prin∣ted in the largest volume, for the due furniture of manie churches then wanting. Also making dili∣gent search for the antiquities of the Britons, and English Saxons, to the end those monuments might be carefullie kept, he caused them to be well [line 30] bound and trimlie couered: and such wherof he knew verie few examples to be extant (among the which was Matthew Paris, Matthew Florilegus, and Tho∣mas Walsingham) he caused to be printed. The fa∣mous palace of his see at Canturburie, by long con∣tinuance decaied & consumed with fire, he renewed, builded, and fullie restored with the charges of more than fourtéene hundred pounds.* 16.6 He founded a gram∣mar schoole in Rochdale in the countie of Lancaster.

To Corpus Christi college in Cambridge he pro∣cured [line 40] thirtéene scholarships, and bare the charges in making and furnishing two chambers for scholars, and the inward librarie of the same college. Item he gaue to the outward and inward librarie of the said college a goodlie companie of printed bookes, & a great number of written books of great antiquitie & much value. Item he procured to the said college the patronage of saint Marie Abchurch in London. Item he hath founded two felowships in the said col∣lege, and procured one charter of mortmaine to the [line 50] summe of one hundred pounds by yeare. Item he hath giuen to the same college of siluer plate double guilt thrée hundred nine ounces, and thrée quarters, & surrendred to them a lease with the improouement of foureteene pounds and eight shillings yeerelie for seuentéene yéeres. Item one hundred pounds to the maintenance of a fier in the hall from Halomas to Candlemas; and by his last will and testament fiue hundred pounds. Item to diuers scholars cham∣bers within the said college diuerse bedsteads, with [line 60] sufficient bedding & books to remaine for euer. Item he hath founded for euer fiue sermons to be preach∣ed in diuerse places of Norffolke euerie yéere in Ro∣gation weeke;* 16.7 and fortie shillings to be diuided at Norwich to the poore and others. Item to the citie of Norwich one bason and ewer of siluer and double guilt of one hundred seauentie and fiue oun∣ces. Item to the towne of Matsall in Norffolke for euer an annuitie of fiftie shillings to be diuided to the poore with a sermon in Rogation weeke. Item to Gunuill and Caius college one scholarship, with a standing cup, and a pot of siluer double guilt of fiue and fiftie ounces and thrée quarters, and one nest of goblets with a couer siluer and guilt; with a num∣ber of good bookes to their librarie. Item to Trini∣tie hall one scholarship, a standing cup and a pot of siluer and guilt of thrée and fiftie ounces, a nest of goblets siluer and guilt with a couer; and bookes to their librarie. Item to the vniuersitie librarie fiftie old ancient written bookes, and fiftie printed bookes. Of this prelat, to his further commendati∣on the aforesaid doctor Haddon, in the second booke of his poems maketh very honorable mention, com∣prising in six verses the ensignes of his ancestors, with those also which were accessarie by the gratious∣nesse of the prince, who preferred him to his prelacie. In the same verses also is comprehended as it were an harmonie or consent of most godlie qualities an∣swerable vnto the ensignes that he bare; as thus:

Sunt antiquorum claues monumenta parentum,* 16.8 Venit ab augusto principe stella triplex. Sic benè conspirant virtus, doctrina, potestas, Et placidae pacis semina laeta serunt. Sed tamen ad finem decurrunt gaudia vitae, Ac homo puluis erit, puluis vt antè fuit.]

The 21 of Maie being Whitsun éeuen,* 16.9 one man and ten women anabaptists Dutch, were in the consistorie of Paules condemned to be burned in Smithfield: but after great pains taken with them, onlie one woman was conuerted, the other were banished the land. On the first of Iune the nine women being led by the shiriffs officers, and the man also tied to a cart & whipped, were all conueied from Newgate to the waters side, where they were shipped awaie neuer to returne againe.* 16.10 The twelfe of Iune stood at Paules crosse fiue persons English∣men of the sect termed the familie of loue, who there confessed themselues vtterlie to detest as well the author of that sect H. N. as all his damnable errors and heresies.

The two and twentith of Iulie two Dutchmen anabaptists were burned in Smithfield,* 16.11 who died in great horror with roring and crieng. The thirtith of Iulie in the afternoone was a great tempest of ligh∣tening and thunder,* 16.12 wherethrough both men and beasts in diuerse places were striken dead. Also at that time fell great abundance of haile, whereof the stones in manie places were found to be six or seuen inches about. The fourth of September being sun∣daie about seuen of the clocke in the morning,* 16.13 a cer∣teine glasse house, which sometime had béene the cros∣sed friers hall neere to the tower of London burst out on a terrible fire: wherevnto the lord maior, al∣dermen and shiriffes with all expedition repaired, and practised there all means possible, by water buc∣kets, hookes, and otherwise to haue quenched it. All which notwithst••nding, whereas the same house in a small time before had consumed great quantitie of wood by making of fine drinking glasses; now it selfe hauing within it neere fortie thousand billets of wood was all consumed to the stone walles, which walles greatlie defended the fire from spreading further, and dooing anie more harme.

The six and twentith of September,* 16.14 a pulters wife in the parish of Christs church within Newgate of London was deliuered & brought to bed of foure children at one burthen, all females or maiden chil∣dren, which were christened by the names of Elisa∣beth, Marie, Margaret, and Dorothie: and the same daie moneth the mother was buried, but all the foure children liuing, and in good liking, were borne to church after hir. ¶On Michaelmas éeuen at night the like impressions of fire and smoke were séene in the aire to flash out of the northeast, north and north∣west, as had béene on the fiue and twentith of No∣uember last before passed.

The tenth of October manie French, and some Englishmen, but all pirats of the seas, were arreig∣ned

at the admeraltie court in Southworke,* 16.15 where to the number of two and twentie were condemned, and had sentence of death pronounced against them. The maior of London went by water to West∣minster, and there tooke his oth as hath beene accus∣tomed: he kept no feast at the Guildhall, but dined at his owne house with his brethren the aldermen and others. The companies dined at their seuerall halles, &c. This was doone as in the yéere last before passed, to auoid the infection of the plague, which [line 10] might haue increased by comming togither of grea∣ter numbers of people.* 16.16 That wéeke, from the two and twentith vnto the eight and twentith of Octo∣ber, deceased in the citie and liberties of all diseases one hundred thirtie and two, of the which number six and thirtie were accounted to die of the plague. The next wéeke following ending the third of Nouem∣ber (thanks be giuen to God therefore) there decea∣sed of all diseases but one hundred and ten, and of them of the plague but six and twentie. [line 20]

* 16.17¶ The eleuenth of Februarie Anne Aueries, wi∣dow, forswearing hir selfe for a little monie that she should haue paid for six pounds of tow at a shop in Woodstréet of London, fell immediatlie downe spéechlesse, casting vp at hir mouth in great aboun∣dance, & with horrible stinke, the same matter which by natures course should haue béene voided downe∣wards, till she died. A terrible example of Gods iust iudgement vpon such as make no conscience of swearing against their brother.* 16.18 The fiftéenth of Fe∣bruarie, [line 30] Edmund Grindale somtime bishop of Lon∣don, late archbishop of Yorke, was in the chapter-house of S. Paules church at London elected archbi∣shop of Canturburie. The fift of March in the night through a great flaw of wind then in the northeast,* 16.19 a tilt bote with about the number of one and thirtie persons, men and women, comming from Graues∣end toward London, were all drowned; one boie ex∣cepted. The thirtith of Maie Thomas Gréene gold∣smith was drawen from Newgate of London to [line 40] Tiburne,* 16.20 and there hanged, headed, and quartered, for clipping of coine both gold and siluer.

* 16.21The fiftéenth of Iune Martine Frobisher being furnished of aduenturors, with two small barkes & one pinnesse departed from Blackewall, vpon his voiage for the discouerie of a passage to Cataia by the northwest seas. Upon the first of Iulie he had sight (as he iudged) of Fréesland, but durst not ap∣proch the same, by reason of the great yee that laie a∣longst the coast. Not far from thense he lost his pin∣nesse and one of his barkes, who mistrusting the dan∣ger [line 50] of tempests returned home, with report that their generall Martine Frobisher was cast awaie: which worthie capteine notwithstanding continued his course northwest,* 16.22 beyond anie man that hath heretofore discouered, and the twentith of Iulie had sight of a high land, which he named Quéene Elisa∣beths foreland; and after that another foreland with a great passage, diuiding (as it were) the two maine lands asunder: this place he named Frobishers [line 60] streits. After he had passed sixtie leagues further, he went ashoare, found the same to be inhabited with sauage people, caught one of them into his barke, and returning, arriued in England in the moneth of August following. One of his companie brought from thense a péece of a blacke stone, much like to a seacole in colour, which being brought to certeine goldfiners in London, to make a saie thereof, found it to hold gold, and that verie richlie for the quantitie.

* 16.23The ninteenth of Iulie a woman was burnt at Tunbridge in Kent for poisoning of hir husband: and two daies before a man, named Oxleie, was hanged at Maidstone for being accessarie to the same fact. The tenth of August a rare péece of worke and almost incredible,* 16.24 was brought to passe by an Englishman borne in the citie of London named Peter Bales, who by his industrie and practise of his pen, contriued and writ within the compasse of a pe∣nie in Latine, the Lords praier; the créed, the ten commandements, a praier to God, a praier for the quéene, his posie, his name, the daie of the moneth, the yeare of our Lord, and the reigne of the quéene. And on the seuentéenth of August next following at Hampton court he presented the same to the quéens maiestie in the head of a ring of gold, couered with a christall, and presented therewith an excellent specta∣cle by him deuised for the easier reading thereof: wherewith hir maiestie read all that was written therein with great admiration, and commended the same to the lords of the councell, and the ambassa∣dors, and did weare the same manie times vpon hir finger.]

This yeare, by reason of the troubles in the low countries,* 16.25 the English merchants susteined great losses diuers waies. For the men of warre that kept the seas,* 16.26 aduowing themselues to be reteined with the prince of Orenge, vnder colour to serch for their aduersaries goods, oftentimes boorded the English ships as they met with them on the seas, smallie to the profit of them to whome the same ships and goods apperteined. Some they staied and tooke awaie with them. And at length there was a generall restraint made by the prince of Orenge, that no English ships should passe to or fro the towne of Antwerpe by the riuer of Scheld, such being arrested and detei∣ned at Flishing as were comming downe that ri∣uer, and other likewise that were bound vp the same time towards Antwerpe.

The English merchants,* 16.27 féeling themselues thus molested and damnified at sundrie seasons, exhibi∣ted their complainis to the quéenes maiesties coun∣cell, who accordinglie dealt from time to time with the prince of Orenge and his deputies for redresse, but speciallie now vpon this generall restreint. And although great difficultie appeared in the matter, as∣well for contenting of the aduenturors of Flishing, as for that there had beene foure ships belonging to the prince arrested and staied at Falmouth:* 16.28 at length yet such English ships as were kept and holden at Flishing were released and sent home; but not till two of the English merchants aduenturors * 16.29 men of good calling and estimation (hauing first as hath bin said made a certeine maner of protest) were faine to enter into bond for the loane of a summe of monie, and were therewith kept at Flishing till the con∣tract in that behalfe might be performed. Whervpon the quéenes maiestie, misliking that hir subiects should be thus hardlie dealt with, armed and set foorth certeine of hir ships, which going to the seas to see that hir subiects might trauerse the same in safetie, tooke diuerse of the Flishingers vessels, and brought them into the English streames. The Flishingers herewith on the other part tooke and arrested other of the English ships,* 16.30 so that the troubles séemed rather to increase than to be in any wise appeased: although afterwards by sending to and fro, the matter was taken vp, and such order had as was thought to stand verie well for the suertie, commoditie, and good li∣king of the English merchants.

But in the meane time, and before this could be brought to passe, through a disordered mutinie which chanced among the Spanish souldiers, it so fell out, that the states of those low countries agréed with the prince of Orenge, and set themselues wholie against the Spaniards. Wherevpon the yoong count de Eg∣mont, the marquesse de Hauerie entered the towne of Antwerpe, with a power of souldiers for the States, and meant to haue kept that towne against

the Spaniards that held the castell.* 16.31 But they doub∣ting to be inclosed & shut vp by some siege, got more of their fellowes to them, entred the towne by force, & spitefullle killing no small number of people, sac∣ked the towne, and put aswell the townesmen as o∣thers that were merchants resident there to their ransoms. Amongst other our Englishmen escaped not altogither frée, so as diuerse were spoiled of that they had, and the whole number put to their ransome; although vpon the sending ouer of doctor Wilson hir maiesties ambassador, so much of the ransome as [line 10] remained vnpaid was promised to be remitted.

Thus were our merchants euill intreated on each hand, by reason of those ciuill tumults in the low countries, aswell this yeare as in the former yeares past, and small hope would be of better successe there, if some end should not be had of that ciuill dissenti∣on, which hath so long continued betwixt the king of Spaine and his subiects in those countries, not one∣lie to the hinderance of themselues, but also of others that haue to trade among them, speciallie for traffike [line 20] sake and intercourse of merchandize.* 16.32 But at length they haue compounded their controuersies, and are growen to a full agréement and perfect conclusion of peace, which God grant may take place so effec∣tuallie, as may turne to the quietnesse and publike commoditie not onlie of those countries but of their neighbors, whereby merchants and passengers may in suertie passe to and fro without disturbance, so as no occasion be giuen of breach of leagues and ami∣ties betwixt princes and countries, but that the same [line 30] may be mainteined to Gods glorie, and the suertie of the christian commonwealth.

In this yeare the right honorable Walter Deue∣reux earle of Essex and Eu, earle marshall of Ire∣land, vicount Hereford and Bourcher, lord Ferrers of Chartlie, Bourcher & Louaine, knight of the most noble order of the garter, fell sicke of a loosenesse of his bodie the one and twentith of August being fri∣daie, and for the space of two and twentie daies togi∣ther he was so grieuouslie tormented therwith, that [line 40] finallie on saturdaie the two & twentith of Septem∣ber he departed out of this transitorie life,* 16.33 passing from hence to the ioies of heauen, as by his godlie end all that were about him gaue testimonie. The losse of this noble man was greatlie béemoned, as∣well by the English as Irish, for the noble courage, vertuous q••••lities, and tender zeale to the aduance∣ment of th•• commonwealth which appéered in him. ¶So that it were a fowle fault in the highest degree,* 16.34 [line 50] not to laie vp some commemoration of so worthie and well deseruing a gentleman, both of prince and people, in perpetuall records: which I will doo by Gods grace none otherwise than I am lead by such matter, yea memorable matter, as I find in a fune∣rall sermon, made by the reuerend father in God Richard bishop of saint Dauis, at the buriall of this right honorable earle of Essex, in the parish church of Caermerthin in Wales, where the said bishop ta∣king for his text these words of S. Iohn, in the 14 of [line 60] the reuelation, Audiui vocem de coelo, dicentem: Beati mortui, &c. I heard a voice from heauen, saieng: Bles∣sed are the dead that die in the Lord, &c. After he had discoursed vpon the text as the spirit of God gaue him vtterance, he descended at last to a particular treatise tending wholie to the praise of this right no∣ble man: saieng in sort as followeth.

Behold the heauie hand of God for our sins, vpon all the whole countrie in the death of this noble man,* 16.35 which is not onelie a messenger of Gods wrath to∣wards this towne and countrie (wherein he was borne) but also in verie déed a great losse to the whole realme. And although this countrie, who shall misse so noble and so worthie a ruler and magistrate, that bore them so great affection, so readie to benefit all, and hurt none, and for the high calling he was of so able to pleasure and to doo good: although I saie this countrie by the death of this noble earle is most ear∣nestlie & e••••ectuallie cited to appéere before the Lord, and to fall to a reckoning: yet doo I beléeue that the queenes maiestie, hir highnesse councell, and all the nobilitie of the realme may hereby receiue admoni∣tion, and cause of further circumspection and aduigi∣lancie. For such valiant and couragious noble men are the bulworks and walles of defense of the whole realme. They saie the realme is walled about,* 16.36 bicause it is inuironed with the sea: but I hold rather with their iudgements, that make the fidelitie and true harts of the subiects, and especiallie of such of the no∣bilitie that haue made themselues (by Gods especiall grace) expert to gouerne and rule vnder hir maiestie, aswell in warre as peace, the strong towers of de∣fense both of hir maiestie and hir highnesse realme. This noble earle was one of these number:* 16.37 for I be∣léeue there is no prince in the world, that had a more faithfull noble subiect, than hir maiestie had of him in his time. And for the notable valiantnesse, expe∣rience, and vertues that were in him, I am persua∣ded that hir maiestie (if he had liued) might haue v∣sed his seruice to be a terrour to all enimies, forren or domesticall. And now that I may speake some∣what of his great nobilitie, his excellent, vertuous, and worthie qualities: first I thinke I may saie thus much in a generalitie, that it was easie for a man of any iudgement, that should behold his coun∣tenance and behauiour, to find in him nobilitie, ma∣iestie and honor, planted by the especiall gift of God, euen from his mothers wombe.* 16.38 When I consider the nature of nobilitie with the causes efficient and finall, it séemeth vnto me that nobilitie may be com∣pared vnto a riuer or a floud, which in the originall issueth out of foure principall wels, and all the foure rise out from the compasse of one hill. The welles of nobilitie are prudence, fortitude, iustice, and tempe∣rance: the hill whence they spring is the feare of God, or true religion.

Although this worthie earle by progenie was of noble bloud, whose ancestors were of great honour, which of it selfe, if a man degenerat not too far from his forefathers, deserueth honorable acceptation in this world: yet was he not therewith satisfied, as it may appéere by his studie and trauell in his life time: for he séemed to be of that iudgement that Alphonsus king of Aragon (of whome we read in stories) was of.* 16.39 When a certeine man tooke in hand to set out the land and praise of his nobilitie, he stood much in reci∣tall that he was a king, a kings sonne, a kings ne∣phue, a kings brother, and such like titles. The king interrupting his tale answered, that he neuer estée∣med much of that kind of glorie: and that it was the praise and commendation of his ancestors, who by vertue and worthie qualities had deserued such high callings and honour, and not of him: and that his praise stood not in that which might fall vnto him by testament, but in the imitation and performing of the noble acts, prowesse, and valiantnesse of his fore∣fathers. This noble earle likewise,* 16.40 not answered to his expectation in that he was a noble man by bloud and inheritance, gaue himselfe wholie all the daies of his life to purchase and win the nobilitie that springeth immediatlie from the verie originall foun∣teins of the same, as par••lie I will put you in re∣membrance of. We will begin with prudence, which may be thus defined.

Prudence is a power or facultie of the mind gi∣uen of God, whereby man is made wise,* 16.41 prouident and circumspect, and whereby man atteineth know∣ledge, cunning, and expertnesse in all matters that

the children of men haue to deale with in this world. This noble erle was of great wisedome, deepe iudge∣ment, graue consideration, and so blessed with vn∣derstanding, experience, and manifold vertues and gifts of God, that he was right worthie to serue hir maiestie in princelie and weightie affaires, both in warre and peace. He was of such prudent and excel∣lent discretion, that he had a speciall grace to inter∣teine all states of men, superiour, equall, and inferi∣our, with such comelinesse and decencie, that for ci∣uilitie, [line 10] humanitie, maners, and honorable behauior, he was a paterne and an example for nobilitie to i∣mitate and to follow.* 16.42 In his youth he bestowed not the time in vanitie, idlenesse, or voluptuousnesse; but in atchiuing and winning of such sciences, proper∣ties and vertues, which might beautifie and increase his nobilitie, and preuailed therin so effectuallie, that be became excellent in all kinds of knowledge and qualities, méet, commendable, or necessarie for a man of honour. Concerning diuine matters, I haue [line 20] in my time conferred with his lordship,* 16.43 and therefore can saie somewhat therein: and amongst others, one thing is notable, which in conference I receiued at his mouth. He affirmed this in effect, that there was nothing in the world that could blemish and abase the heroicall nature of nobilitie so much, as to haue the eies of vnderstanding so closed and shut vp, that a man in honour should not be able to discerne be∣twixt true religion, and the hypocriticall false religi∣on; betwixt the right worshipping of God, & idolatrie; [line 30] betwixt the traditions of men and Gods word: but remaine subiect to lies and superstition, and to call bad good, and good bad: and concluded that to be frée from this seruile state, was a necessarie point of true nobilitie.

* 16.44He therefore in his time had diligentlie tra∣uelled in the scriptures, and so furnished himselfe with principles of christian religion, that he was able readilie to discerne sermons and disputations, and to find out who had veritie on their side: and also pro∣bablie [line 40] to speake with authoritie of scripture in mat∣ters of controuersie. His vnderstanding by the espe∣ciall worke of the holie ghost was so illumined, that he claue & drew to true christian religion, as the ada∣mant stone cleaueth and draweth to stéele. His lord∣ship therefore furthered and fauoured all preachers of Gods word,* 16.45 so that whosoeuer will iudge of the suc∣cesse of Christs religion by humane reason, must con∣fesse that the gospell hath lost a mightie protector, and an earnest defender. But God in setting out of his [line 50] word, vseth to worke beside the expectation of man, and beyond the reach of reason.* 16.46 I haue yet further to speake of his lordship, that I beléeue there be verie few noble men in England, more readie and expert in chronicles, histories, genealogies, and pedegrées of noble men, and noble houses, not onlie within the realme, but also in forren realmes, than this noble earle was in his time. He excelled in describing and blasing of armes, and in all skill perteining thereto: and to be short, his vnderstanding and capacitie was [line 60] so liu••lie and effectuall, that it reached to all kind of matters that a perfect nobleman shall haue to deale withall in this world.

* 16.47Fortitude is another founteine from whense nobi∣litie floweth, of Cicero In Tusculanis quaestionibus thus defined: Est affectio animi qua grauia patiendo legibus obtē∣peratur: It is an affection of the mind whereby to sa∣tisfie the lawes a man is content to suffer hardnesse; he meaneth mans lawes, and not Gods law. It sée∣meth therefore that it may be thus more euidentlie and fullie defined: Fortitude is an affection of the mind, wherby a man is made hardie and couragious to suffer difficulties and dangers, auoiding on the one side rashnesse, & expelling on the other side feare, to performe that which Gods law and honestie pre∣scribeth and commandeth. Although by this definiti∣on we find, that the effect of fortitude resteth much in banishing of feare of bodilie hurts: yet dooth it agrée verie well with the feare of God. Iethro therefore counselling Moses to choose men to gouerne vnder him, saith; Prospice viros fortes, timentes Deum;* 16.48 Séeke out men indued with fortitude, fearing God, &c. Whereby we perceiue, that fortitude and the feare of God va∣rie not, but are linked togither. Déepe was the floud of nobilitie that this valiant earle had fetched out of this founteine.* 16.49 For in this togither with the well of prudence, he found that excellent knowledge of chi∣ualrie, the cunning to lead an armie, to guide and to rule soldiors, that experience of stratagems & war∣like policies, that notable magnanimitie and inuin∣cible courage, whereby he indured and ouercame so manie dangers and perils, for the which he is renow∣med in England and Ireland, and shall neuer be for∣gotten. He was by nature the sonne of Mars; and by practising feats of war and exercise aforehand he had made himselfe in manner a perfect warrior, a∣fore that euer he came to the wars; and was for pro∣wesse, magnanimitie, and high corage to be compa∣red to the old Romane capteins, that be so much in stories commended.* 16.50 This fortitude is no lesse neces∣sarie for nobilitie in time of peace than in time of war. For it belongeth vnto them to minister iustice betwixt partie and partie, without respect of persons, which cannot be performed without the assistance of this vertue. I haue good cause to thinke of this noble earle, that there was no subiect in England, that could feare or corrupt him from executing of iustice. He was to the proud and arrogant a lion, and to the méeke and humble a lambe, neither is there anie contrarietie in this: for true nobilitie discerneth a due and conuenient time and place to vse both the one and the other.

Iustice is the third well of nobilitie,* 16.51 it is a con∣stant and a perpetuall will to giue euerie man his owne. This is a diuine vertue, pretious, and com∣mendable in all men, and especiallie in the nobilitie, who by reason of authoritie may doo iniurie without remedie for the same. We sée by experience that great is the number of them that would oppresse, if they had authoritie: we see also the iniuries that are doone dailie by them that haue colour of authoritie, be it neuer so simple. But examine the life of this earle who will, and I beléeue there is no man liuing that can iustlie complaine of anie iniurie or wrong doone by him.* 16.52 I once in my time heard him not a litle offended with one of his men that was complained vpon; saieng that his seruant could doo him no grea∣ter dishonor, than by pretense of his authoritie to doo anie poore man wrong. Iob in the time of his autho∣ritie & wealth, was commended to be a iust & a righ∣teous man. And in the explication of part of that iustice Iob hath these words, Fui oculus caeco,* 16.53 vice pedum claudo, &c: I was the eies to the blind, and I was the féet to the lame, I was a father to the poore, and when I knew not the cause I sought it out diligentlie, I brake the chawes of the vnrighteous man, and pluc∣ked the preie out of his téeth.* 16.54 Here we find that who soeuer will doo iustice, must not onelie doo no wrong, but must also with all his might, succour and comfort the helplesse and oppressed. In this part of iustice there was neuer noble man more forward than this good earle. He was the comfortable refuge of all such as were in aduersitie, or oppressed by power.

Of Titus Uespasianus emperor of Rome we read, that he answered one of his freends, admonish∣ing him to hold his hands, and not to make his libe∣ralitie and gentlenesse common to all men, saieng;* 16.55 that it becommeth not a prince to let anie man part

from him with a heauie hart. This worthie erle was of like mind:* 16.56 for he was so full of humanitie and compassion, that he would be loth to let anie distres∣sed part from him without some comfort and ease. In so much that in him (if euer in anie man) this adage, Homo homini Deus, A man a god to man, was as true∣lie performed, as in tyrants the contrarie adage, that is, Homo homini lupus, A man a woolfe to man. Wee read in chronicles of emperors, kings, & noble men, which for their bountifulnesse, gentlenesse, affabilitie, [line 10] and goodnesse, deserued some honorable addition to their names; as amongst the emperors Antoninus pi∣us, Anthonie the vertuous; amongst the British kings, Elidorus pius, Elidor the godlie; and amongst noble men, in the time of king Richard the second, sir Thomas Montacute the good earle of Salisburie; and in the time of king Henrie the sixt, sir Thomas Beuchampe the good earle of Warwike. This no∣ble earle for the verie like qualities hath trulie deser∣ued to be called, the good earle, the vertuous earle, [line 20] and the valiant earle of Essex.

* 16.57Temperance is the founteine of nobilitie; it is a vertue whereby a man obserueth a moderation, & a reasonable meane in the vse of all things perteining to bodie & mind: it is the mother of all other vertues, without which, the rest are blemished and disgraced. In the Dutch chronicles that tell of the liues of em∣perors, the first qualitie that is noted, is temperat, or not temperat, as an argument of the rest of his life and dooings: for he is thought vnworthie to rule [line 30] others that can not rule himselfe. This noble earle had a speciall grace, and an excellent gift of God in obseruation of this vertue, whether you respect diet, or the suppression of all vicious affections.* 16.58 I haue di∣uerse times noted in him, when vnderstanding was brought vnto him of some Thrasonicall contumeli∣ous word, spoken by some glorious inferior aduersa∣rie against him, he would neuer be stirred to anie perturbation of mind thereby, but with graue wise∣dome and magnanimitie contemne it and smile, de∣riding [line 40] the vanitie and waiwardnesse of that canke∣red stomach that vomited such sowre rotten infecti∣on: for he did effectuallie consider that it became no better a noble hart to take in & receiue wranglings, brallings, chafings, and anger, than it is conuenient to dawbe a golden piller with mire and claie. Salo∣mon was of that mind,* 16.59 and therefore saith; Be not thou hastie to be angrie, for anger resteth in the bo∣some of fooles. I haue had occasion by that I noted in his lordship to call to remembrance this saieng of [line 50] Christ;* 16.60 A good man out of the good tresure of his hart bringeth foorth good things: & the euill man out of the euill treasure of his hart bringeth foorth euill things. For though occasion were ministred, yet should you neuer heare him vtter anie opprobrious words, no not against his aduersarie, so pure & immaculate did he studie to preserue the nobilitie of his mind.* 16.61 There be some that count themselues worthie honor & esti∣mation, when they teare God in péeces with chafing and horrible oths: which this noble earle detested and [line 60] abhorred, as a matter not onelie vndecent, but also repugnant to the nature of true nobilitie, attribu∣ting due reuerence to the name of the Lord, & there∣by proouing the founteins of his nobilitie to spring out of the hill of the feare of God.

But what was his religion, what faith God had blessed him withall, what godlie disposition he was of, and how abundantlie God had inriched him with his holie spirit; the confession of his faith, his spée∣ches, naie rather his sermons in his sickenesse afore his death shall testifie for euer.* 16.62 For I receiued by the relation of such as are woorthie credit, and were pre∣sent about him, although not all, yet manie of his learned godlie saiengs at that time. Concerning his saluation, he reposed his affiance and sure trust in the bloud of Iesus Christ. He forgaue all the world, and by inuincible faith apprehended, laied hold, and imbrased remission of his sinnes, in the merits of the sacrifice of Christs bodie offered vpon the crosse for the sinnes of the world. Trentals, masses, diriges, pardons, and such other papisticall trifles he vtterlie contemned, as wicked and blasphemous against the death and passion of Christ. He fared like the children of Israell in the wildernesse, which when they were stinged with serpents euen to death:* 16.63 yet when they lookt vp to the brasen serpent, they were made whole, safe, and sound. So this noble earle grieued with the remembrance of his former vnthankefull life (as he iudged) immediatlie directed the eies of his mind to the passion of Christ,* 16.64 and foorthwith felt such health of soule, that he was filled with ioie in the holie Ghost, and all his delight was in meditation of the ioie of the world to come, and the fruition of the presence of God for euer: insomuch that fiue or six daies before he died, he shewed himselfe more like an angell from heauen, than a man compassed with flesh and bloud.

My lord the archbishop of Dublin (as I was infor∣med) could mooue him in no question or article per∣teining to saluation, that he was not readie in,* 16.65 and learnedlie, and godlie resolued: yea, and made such answers in all things, that my lord of Dublin had them in great admiration, and affirmed that his spéeches at that time should serue him for sermons as long as he liued. How trulie he relinquished the vanities of this world, and how effectuallie he thir∣sted after the ioies of the life to come, his godlie ad∣monitions ministred vnto such as visited him, and his heauenlie lessons & exhortations to his seruants, shall testifie for euer:* 16.66 for they were such that his ser∣uants report they shall neuer forget, and such as they shall be the better for whilest they liue. Thus haue I brieflie and partlie declared vnto you, both the life and death of this worthie magistrate, to the end we should consider how seriouslie God dooth call vs to a reckoning by the losse of such a good magistrat. Now a word or two to shew who they be that die in the Lord, and then an end.* 16.67 They principallie are said to die in the Lord, which suffer death vnder the beast, for confession of Christs religion, for they properlie die in the Lords cause. Such are the martyrs, as well of the primitiue church vnder the cruell emperours, as the martyrs of all ages since vnder antichrist of Rome. They also die in the Lord, which though they die not by the crueltie of the beast, yet they die in the faith of Iesus Christ, and are therefore blessed.

Of this number was this godlie earle,* 16.68 as I haue before declared. Wherfore I will conclude and direct my spéech for two or thrée words to this good earle. O noble earle of Essex, in thy time the pearle of nobili∣tie: the mirrour of vertue and worthie qualities: the child of chiualrie: the beautifull floure of England: the pretious iewell and comfort of Wales: the tru∣stie staie of Ireland. Thy life was most honourable: thy worthinesse incomparable: thy death pretious in the sight of God: for thou diedst in the Lord a right inheritour of the euerlasting kingdome of heauen. Wherefore by authoritie of the heauenlie oracle that saint Iohn was commanded to write,* 16.69 thou art to be pronounced blessed for euer. Our sins haue shortened thy life, so that we could inioie the same no longer. Thou hast notwithstanding bequeathed thy bodie to be buried amongst vs here in Wales. Of verie du∣tie therefore O noble earle, thy toome shall be with vs in reuerence, estimation, and honor; the fame and name of thy nobilitie, valiantnesse, vertue, and woor∣thinesse shall neuer be forgotten; but shall liue and be kept with vs in memorie from generation to ge∣ration while the world standeth. Thus far the words

of the bishop vttered in a sermon preached in the ears of no meane audience, either for reputation or num∣ber. Now then brieflie considering wherein true and perfect noblenesse consisteth, & that the heroicall ver∣tues with their naturall vse were most firmelie fixed in his heart, and practised by his hand: there is great reason to mooue euen his enimies (if it were possible for so good a gentleman to haue anie) to confesse in him most absolute nobilitie; and that this epitaph al∣luding to his right honorable ensignes, is deserued∣lie to be recorded; being an abstract of that notable [line 10] epitaph intituled Epitapium genealogicum in obi∣tum illustrissimi Gualteri comitis Essexiae, & Euiae, & comitis marischalli regni Hiberniae, vicecomitis He∣reford & Bourghcher, domini Ferrers de Chartleie Bourgcher & Louein, & praenobilis ordinis garterij militis, qui obijt Dublinij 21. Septemb. 1576. aeta∣tis suae 36 sepulti apud Maridunum 26. Nouemb. &c.

Si quisquam claret veterum splendore parentum, Aut famam meritus morum probitate perennem, [line 20] Profiteatur in hijs nomen Essexius heros: Qui praeclara virûm gestat monumenta tot vnus, Quot rarò licuit multis gestaminaferre, Qui intrepidè ob patriam tot mille pericula passus, Quot rarò poterint vlla aulica corporaferre. Aureolus partus * 16.70 matris, patriae decus ingens, Quo non exultat moderante Herefordia sola, Aut Trinobantum, titulo probitatis honorem Plebs referens: strenuum validúmue Britannia sola Sensit, in aduersos Boreales, dum benegessit: [line 30] Tota sed heroem cognouit marte feroci Eugeniae tellus Hibernica bella probantem. Regia cum proprijs expendens, bella per annos, Dura gerit binos, & multa pericula tentans, Vltoniae fines vultu dextràque quieti Perficit, hinc comitis donatur nomine belli▪ Nec tamen is potuit gladio finire labores. Mors nemini parcens Dublinia funera fletu Trans mare transuexit, Maridunica sydera voluens, Clotho colum tenuit post septem lustra per annum, [line 40] Quinque die•• Lachesis post haec sua fila trahebat, Térque dies septem septeno mense, videns heu Atropos, eximij fulgentia lumina clausit: Quatuor ast pueris illustria stamina spondent. In tribus regnis titulos gestabat honoris, Nam comitem Euensem cognouit Gallia fortem, Aureus heroem demonstrat circulus Essex, Ob bello vires comes est is martis Hibernus. Nobilitas innata tibi probitatis honorem, (Armipotens Gualtere) dedit probitásque laborem, [line 50] Perpetuámque labor vitam, sic vita salutem.

This epitaph with the said earles whole genealo∣gie or pedegree comprised in heroicall verse, and ioi∣ned with the funerall sermon, was presented to the right honourable lord Robert now earle of Essex and Ew, vicount of Hereford and Bourchier, lord Ferrers of Chartleie Bourchier & Louaine, at such time as he was the quéenes maiesties ward; with an epistle of the presenter: which bicause it is a veine of godlie deuise, & tending to a verie honorable pur∣pose, [line 60] deserueth here to be placed, answering the president heretofore set out in print, as followeth.

The epistle of E. W. prefixed before the genealogicall epitaph, and funerall sermon published at the interring of the right honourable the lord Walter earle of Essex, &c.

MY lord, your absence latelie from the funerals of my lord your father, was lamented by such in Wales as would gladlie haue beheld the liue∣lie image of him in you; and if the ten∣dernesse of your yeares (vnmeet for so tedious and so vnseasonable trauell) had not by necessitie disappoin∣ted their hope,* 17.1 then should the lamentable speech of the graue and reuerend father, the bishop of saint Dauies (expressed with abundance of dolour & tears) haue left in you a déepe impression of griefe for the intollerable losse of so honourable a parent. But it maie be iudged that God hath turned your absence to your more benefit; sith the importunacie of such as loue & honour you, and who couet to haue your fa∣thers vertues descend with his inheritance, hath ob∣teined the publishing of that learned sermon: wherin you maie at good leasure view in the iust report of his life & death the paterne & forme of true nobilitie.

The heroicall description that the bishop maketh of nobilitie, comparing it vnto a mounteine,* 17.2 from which foure famous riuers must issue (the moun∣teine true religion, the riuers, prudence, iustice, for∣titude, and temperance) is a rule to you: first to fol∣low your father in truth of religion, then to be as he was, wise, iust, valiant, and temperat. The naturall and vnforced courtesie & affabilitie that was in your father, and that excellent mixture of disposition and aptnesse, both for warre and peace, dooth promise to the world a singular perfection in you hereafter. For as your grandfather (who died in his yoong yeares) did make shew of much more honour than was in the noble vicount his father:* 17.3 and this our earle by famous actions did altogither eclipse the vertuous hope conceiued of your grandfather: so considering that God in nature continueth as it were the race by outward shew of good parts in you, and that you haue more aduantage of education, both by the place where you liue, and by the honour and wisedome of your patrons than your grandfather or father had; we can not but hope of a further degree of excel∣lencie in you to ouershine the goodnesse both of your father and grandfather.

Some people there be that can hardlie discerne betweene honour & profit, that doo ouermuch thinke of the disaduantage offered you by the earle your fa∣ther, in diminishing some part of his patrimonie in his forren seruices; and will wish you perhaps with a contrarie course to deserue more of your heire, and woorse of the world. But as I wish in you a liberall frugalitie vnder this rule and protestation,* 17.4 that no∣thing can be profitable that is not honest: so to de∣serue well (as your father did) of your souereigne and countrie in matters apperteining to hir maie∣sties obedience, rather throw the helue after the hat∣chet, and leaue your ruines to be repared by your prince, than anie thing to degenerat from honoura∣ble liberalitie. And as in attempting great things, it is good to be circumspect, and with iudgment wise∣lie to foresée the end before you begin: so hauing en∣tered into anie honourable attempt that maie be iustlie grounded vpon reason, follow the same with such inuincible constancie in all extremities as your father did, for so shall you iustlie deserue like testimo∣nie as hir maiestie gaue to him in hir gratious let∣ters: namelie,* 17.5 that he was a rare iewell of hir realme, and an ornament of hir nobilitie.

True religion and wisedome (vpon whome iustice dependeth) doo procéed from God by grace, and there∣fore by inuocation, praier, and studie to be obteined: but the other vertues, as fortitude, temperance,* 17.6 cour∣tesie, affabilitie, liberalitie and constancie, be pecu∣liar to your house, descending by nature, and graffed as it were in your principles. So that to degenerat into the lothsome contraries of these, & in steed of the habit of vertue, to disguise your selfe with vice, shall be harder to you, and more impos••ible for the contra∣rietie of your nature, than to atteine in good things to the perfection of excellencie. And to the end that

you may know what you are by birth and bloud, and that you should not by ignorance or lacke of know∣ledge of your selfe, doo anie thing vnworthie the no∣ble houses from whense you are descended:* 17.7 a wel∣willer of yours hath ••oined to this sermon (amongst other epitaphs conteining your fathers due praises) his statelie descent in well digested Latine verses: not to puffe you vp with anie swelling vanities, but to giue you a reason how you beare your armour and badges of honour, and to remember you what [line 10] errour you enter into, if you should blemish the ver∣tues of your noble ancestours, or to doo anie thing (as I said) vnworthie your birth and calling.

Lastlie my lord, haue alwaies before your eies the feare of God,* 17.8 and the counsell of the earle your fa∣ther at his death: namelie, that you should euer be mindfull of the moment of time, assigned both to your father and grandfather, the eldest hauing attei∣ned but to six and thirtie yeares, to the end that vpon consideration of the short course of life that you in [line 20] nature are to looke for, you might so imploie your tender yeares in vertuous studies and exercises, as you might in the prime of your youth become a man well accomplished to serue hir maiestie and your countrie, as well in warre as peace: wherevnto he commanded you to bend all your indeuours, & with those conditions heaped his blessings vpon you. I praie therefore that God will increase those conditi∣onall blessings, and the causes of them in you, to the end that hir maiestie may thinke of you hereafter as of a true seruant and humble subiect, one of the [line 30] pillers of hir estate, hir maiesties kinsman by ma∣nie aliances, and the sonne of a most noble father.

Your L. at commandement E. W.

Thus much concerning the two earles, the father departed, and the sonne suruiuing, of whose procée∣ding in the steps of his father, there is no doubt but within few yeares the world shall haue iust cause (as there is present hope) to beare witnesse: whome in [line 40] all his attempts we will leaue to such fortunat suc∣cesse, as God the giuer thereof shall vouchsafe to pro∣uide and affoord.]

The tenth of Nouember a proclamation was* 17.9 published for the frée traffike of merchants to be re∣stored as had béen accustomed in times past betwixt the kingdoms and countries of the quéenes maiestie of England and the king of Portingall, which traf∣fike had been discontinued by reson of certeine staies and arrests made of diuerse subiects on both parts, with their goods & ships. But now it was accorded in name of both their maiesties, that all maner of both their subiects of what kingdome or countrie so euer they be, from the fiftéenth of the said moneth, might vse the like mutuall traffike for merchandizes, and in the same places: that is to saie, hir maiesties subiects in the kingdomes of Portingale & Algarbia, and in the Iles of Medera and Azore: and likewise the sub∣iects of the king of Portingale in England and Ire∣land, as they were lawfullie accustomed before the said arrests. This restitution of the said traffike to remaine from the said fifteenth daie of Nouember in this yeare one thousand, fiue hundred, seauentie and six, during the space of thrée yeares next insuing. At the end of which terme, if by the said princes in the meane time it be not otherwise prouided for conti∣nuance of the said traffike to indure perpetuallie, no new arrests shall be made of anie things brought into the kingdoms and Iles aforesaid, of either of the said princes during the time of the said thrée yeares. It was further agréed by the said princes for the more sure preseruation of the amitie and friend∣ship betwixt them, their said realmes and subiects, that neither of them shall receiue anie pirat or rouer into anie of the ports or créeks of either of their realmes, dominions, and countries, which may or shall haue committed anie pirasie or robberie vpon either of their subiects, nor shall shew anie fauour, giue anie aid or succor, or suffer anie to be giuen di∣rectlie or indirectlie to the said rouers or pirats. Nei∣ther shall they during the time of the said amitie, in either of their kingdoms, or anie place of their do∣minions, fauour, interteine, receiue or reteine, nor suffer to be fauoured, interteined, receiued, or retei∣ned by anie of their subiects, anie rebels, traitors, or fugitiues, subiects to either of them.

Thus farre haue I continued this collection of the English histories, noting breefelie in these later yeares, such things as I find in the abridgement of Richard Grafton, and in the summarie of Iohn Stow, increased somewhat (as may appeare) in places with such helpes as haue come to my hand; humblie beseeching the reader to accept the same in good part, and to pardon me where I haue not satis∣fied his expectation: sith heerein I must confesse, I haue nothing contented my selfe, but yet at the request of others haue doone what I could & not what I would, for want of conference with such as might haue furnished me with more large instructions, such as had beene neces∣sarie for the purpose.

Notes

• * 1.1

  The resoluti∣••n of the lords 〈◊〉〈◊〉 declare la∣•••••• Elisabeth 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.2

  The words 〈◊〉〈◊〉 doctor death lord ••••••ncellor, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the parlement 〈◊〉〈◊〉 touch∣ing the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Elisa∣beth quéene.
• * 1.3

  The ladie E∣lisabeth pro∣clamed quéen.
• * 1.4

  The begin∣ning of quéene Elisabeths prosperous reigne.
• * 1.5

  The quéenes remouing frō Hatfield.
• * 1.6

  The flourish∣ing estate of this land vn∣der quéene E∣lisabeth.
• * 1.7

  Hir grace re∣moueth to the tower.
• * 1.8

  Hir remouing to Summer∣set house.
• * 1.9

  Abr. Fl. ex ma∣nuscripto Hen. Tennant. The death of sir Thomas Cheinie lord Warden of the cinque ports.
• * 1.10

  His horsse for seruice which proued him to be a louer of chiualrie.
• * 1.11

  The like is reported of cardinall Wolseie when he was in the floure of his prosperitie.
• * 1.12

  But how ma∣nie be there now that will giue away the profits of their office to their seruants?
• * 1.13

  His honest & honorable care for his men that serued him.
• * 1.14

  His mindful∣nes of his friends at his death.
• * 1.15

  Sir Thomas Cheineie an old seruitor in court. See more of him before, pag. 973, 97••.
• * 1.16

  A commenda∣tion of his courtesie, bountifulnes, and warlike stoutnesse▪
• * 1.17

  Quéene Ma∣rie buried.
• * 1.18

  An obsequie kept for the emperour.
• * 1.19

  The deceasse of the queene of France.
• * 1.20

  The deceasse of the quéene of Hungarie.
• * 1.21

  1559.
• * 1.22

  The letanie. The epistle and gospell in English.
• * 1.23

  The quéene remooueth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 West∣minster to the tower by water.
• * 1.24

  The quéene passeth from the tower to ••estminster through the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.25

  The quéene ••••••teth them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 salute hir.
• * 1.26

  The peoples ••earts wholie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vpon 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.27

  The citie of London a stage for the time of this solemnitie.
• * 1.28

  A scaffold let vp at Fan∣church with melodie, &c.
• * 1.29

  These verses were vttered by a child to the quéene who gaue good eare to them.
• * 1.30

  The verses in Latine which the child vtte∣red to y^e quéene in English.
• * 1.31

  A great stage arched and verie sumptu∣ous at Grati∣ous stréet.
• * 1.32

  The vnitie of the white rose and the red.
• * 1.33

  Uertuous quéene Anne mother to gra∣tious queéne Elizabeth.
• * 1.34

  The posie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 planing the shew set ••or••h in color••.
• * 1.35

  Unitie the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whereat the deuise of the pageant was directed.
• * 1.36

  The quéene is desirous 〈◊〉〈◊〉 know the meaning of euerie repr••∣sentation.
• * 1.37

  The meaning of the pageant opened by th•• spéech of •• child.
• * 1.38

  The same verses in La∣tine.
• * 1.39

  These verses 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.40

  The conduit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cornehill ••••cked, and a noise of loud instruments ••n the top of the same.
• * 1.41

  The deuise of the pageant in Cornehill.
• * 1.42

  Liuely work∣manship and right com∣mendable.
• * 1.43

  A proper mo∣rall.
• * 1.44

  How the pa∣geant was appointed and furnished▪
• * 1.45

  The quéene draweth néere the pagent to heare the childs ora∣tion.
• * 1.46

  The same verses in La∣tins painted on a table.
• * 1.47

  The ground or morall of the pageant.
• * 1.48

  The quéenes promise with thanks to the citie.
• * 1.49

  A pageant at Soper lane end.
• * 1.50

  The inscripti∣on fixed or set vpon the front of the said pa∣geant.
• * 1.51

  The meaning of the pa∣geant.
• * 1.52

  The quéene giueth atten∣tiue eare to the childs words.
• * 1.53

  A consent on all sides of prince, people▪ and children.
• * 1.54

  The standard and crosse in Cheape ador∣ned and tri••∣med.
• * 1.55

  A pageant e∣rected at the little conduct in Cheape.
• * 1.56

  The quéene promiseth the citie often to read ouer the bible.
• * 1.57

  The seuerall companies of the citie shew 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ioifull 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at the queenes com∣ming.
• * 1.58

  The citie gi∣••eth a thou∣sand marks to the quéene in a pursse.
• * 1.59

  The verie words of the queene vtte∣red to the lord maior, &c.
• * 1.60

  A pageant of a square pro∣portion, and what things the same had represented in it.
• * 1.61

  ••••••publica 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.62

  ••••••publica bene 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.63

  Veritas temporis filia, expounded to the quéene.
• * 1.64

  The interpre∣tation of the pageant deli∣uered in speéch to the quéene by a child.
• * 1.65

  The quéene receiueth Ver∣bum Dei, kis∣seth it, and laieth it in hir lap.
• * 1.66

  The meaning in brée••e of this pagent.
• * 1.67

  A scholer of Paules vtte∣reth an ora∣tion in Latine to the quéene.
• * 1.68

  Laus Elisabe∣thae regni iugum subeuntis.
• * 1.69

  Ad Anglorum gentem breuis adhortatio.
• * 1.70

  Quaenam prae∣stabit Elisabae∣tha suo regimi∣n••.
• * 1.71

  The quéenes maiestie con∣sidered the ci∣ties charge.
• * 1.72

  A pagent in Fléetstréet de∣scribed.
• * 1.73

  Alluding to the quéenes maiestie no doubt.
• * 1.74

  How willing the quéene was to heare the child speake.
• * 1.75

  The morall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 foresaid 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.76

  The children 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Christs ••••••pitall stand •• S. Dun∣stans.
• * 1.77

  Temple bar 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with Gogmagog, & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 giants.
• * 1.78

  Quinque arcu•• quam significa∣tionem implici∣ta•••• tenean••.
• * 1.79

  What the ar∣ches signifie.
• * 1.80

  The cities farewell to the quéene going out at Temple barre.
• * 1.81

  The last words of the quéene to the citie by waie of promise.
• * 1.82

  Carmen valedic∣torium a puero recitatum.
• * 1.83

  Certein notes of the quéenes maiesties great mercie▪ clemencie, and wisdome vsed in this p••ssag••
• * 1.84

  Of one that wept for ioy and inward gladnesse.
• * 1.85

  The humble∣nesse of the quéene in re∣ceiuing verie trifles of hir poore subiect•• thankefullie.
• * 1.86

  Where hir mind then was no dou•••• in heauen vpon God.
• * 1.87

  The quéens maiestie is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 forgetfull to glorifie God who glorified hir.
• * 2.1

  As religious •• princesse is queene Elisa∣beth as euer she was.
• * 2.2

  Hir coronati∣on at West∣minster.
• * 2.3

  Sir Edward Dimmocke knight hir champion by office.
• * 2.4

  The lord maior of Lon∣don serueth the quéene of ipocrasse.
• * 2.5

  A parlement.
• * 2.6

  Iohn Stow.
• * 2.7

  The first fruits and tenths resto∣red to the crowne.
• * 2.8

  Abr. Fl. ex Iohan. Foxi martyrologio.
• * 2.9

  Doctor Sto∣rie impuden•• and sawcie.
• * 2.10

  The words of doctor Sto∣rie in the par∣lement house.
• * 2.11

  This mar∣tyr burnt at Uxbridge was maister Denleie.
• * 2.12

  A motion made in the parlement house to the quéene touch∣ing marriage, &c.
• * 3.1

  Rich. Grafton.
• * 3.2

  The quéenes maiestie estée∣meth no life so glorious as to serue God.
• * 3.3

  The quéenes maiestie hath no mind to marrie.
• * 3.4

  A most excel∣lent answer of a most excel∣lent princesse.
• * 3.5

  The quéenes promise how∣soeuer God incline hir hart.
• * 3.6

  The quéenes words tou∣ching an heire roiall the last part of their motion.
• * 3.7

  The returne of the protes∣tants from exile.
• * 3.8

  One set on the pillorie; and what pu∣nishment the quéene by hir owne mouth appointed him.
• * 3.9

  Preachers at S••ittle.
• * 3.10

  The pulpit 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Paules 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.11

  A conference appointed ••••ncerning r••ligion.
• * 3.12

  The best lear∣ned of ech side to be chosen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••h••s con∣••erence.
• * 3.13

  The persons 〈◊〉〈◊〉 & the 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 3.14

  Order taken for qu••e•• con∣ference, and regard had of the bishops according to their dignitie.
• * 3.15

  The daie for the first meé∣ting of this conference appointed.
• * 3.16

  The bishop of Winchesters waie of pro∣céeding misli∣ked but yet in fine followed notwithstan∣ding the con∣trarie proui∣ded.
• * 3.17

  The maner of their first entrance into this cōference.
• * 3.18

  Afterwards bishop of Win∣chester.
• * 3.19

  Another or∣der taken for the next mée∣ting to con••er.
• * 3.20

  A new assem∣bl••e on the mondaie ac∣cording to appointment.
• * 3.21

  The stubur∣nesse of the aduerse part an occasion to dissolue this assemblie.
• * 3.22

  A treatie for peace betwixt the kings of Spaine and France.
• * 3.23

  The deputie•• or commissio∣ners appoin∣ted for the princes.
• * 3.24

  〈…〉〈…〉. The articles of the peace betwixt the ••••eenes ma∣••••••tie and the French king.
• * 3.25

  Sir Iohn Mason.
• * 3.26

  A generall peace betwixt the kings of France and Spaine.
• * 3.27

  The peace proclamed.
• * 3.28

  Pl••ies and interludes forbidden for 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 3.29

  The lord Wentworth arreigned and acquited.
• * 3.30

  A subsidie granted o•• ••••••••••ables 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 3.31

  Iohn Stow. A muster at Gréenwich by the citi∣zens of Lon∣don in pre∣sence of the queene.
• * 3.32

  Bishops de∣priued and o∣thers succée∣ding. Iohn Fox.
• * 3.33

  Commissio∣ners sent a∣brode for esta∣blishing of re∣ligion.
• * 3.34

  Religious houses sup∣pressed.

  Images ta∣ken downe and burned in the stréets.
• * 3.35

  Diuerse po∣pish relikes consumed to ashes.
• * 3.36

  Ex I. S. 1113. Churches in London stri∣ken & broken by tempest.
• * 3.37

  An obsequie for the Frēch king, Henrie the second, in whose time Calis was lost.
• * 3.38

  The maner of the obsequie
• * 3.39

  The chéefe mourners at this obsequie.
• * 3.40

  Six bishops receiue the communion.
• * 3.41

  Ex I. S. pa. 1114. Embassador from Swe∣then receiued into Eng∣land.
• * 3.42

  The queenes maiestie sued vnto out of Denmark•• about ma∣riage.
• * 3.43

  Iohannes Lewenclaij.
• * 3.44

  Fr. Thin. Description and commen∣dation of bi∣shop Tunstall.
• * 3.45

  The armes of Tunstall.
• * 3.46

  Tunstall bare office.
• * 3.47

  Buildings founded by Tunstall, &c.
• * 3.48

  Tunstall de∣priued from his bishop∣rike.
• * 3.49

  Tunstall re∣stored.
• * 3.50

  Tunstall death.
• * 3.51

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Par. in act. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Cant. ca. ••. Warham.
• * 3.52

  Iohn Fox.
• * 3.53

  Collatio Bude•• & Cutberti Tunstalli.
• * 3.54

  Anno Reg. 2. Trouble in Scotland.
• * 3.55

  Frenchmen sent into Scotland.
• * 3.56

  The Scots sue to the queens maie∣stie of Eng∣land for aid against the French.
• * 3.57

  The lords of Scotland that were confede∣rat togither against the French.
• * 3.58

  The quéenes maiestie de∣termineth to aid the Scots.
• * 3.59

  Sir William Winter vice∣admerall.
• * 3.60

  The lord Grey generall of the armie.
• * 3.61

  Sir Iames Croft.
• * 3.62

  The number of horssemen and footmen in the armie. The chiefest in charge of this armie.
• * 3.63

  Dunglasse.
• * 3.64

  A skirmish at Dunbar.
• * 3.65

  Two horsmen & one footman slaine.
• * 3.66

  Linton brigs.
• * 3.67

  Salt Preston.
• * 3.68

  The earle of Arraine accō∣panied with other of the Scotish nobilitie.
• * 3.69

  The duke of Chateau le rault and his companie.
• * 3.70

  The English and Scotish gentlemen meet, embrace, and consult.
• * 3.71

  The Scotish pledges ap∣pointed to passe into England.
• * 3.72

  A crag called Arthurs s••at.
• * 3.73

  Conference betwéene the English and Scotish.
• * 3.74

  Sir Iames Cro••t, and sir George Ho∣ward, went to talke with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.75

  My lord Greis mes∣sage sent to the French∣men.
• * 3.76

  A sharpe and ••long skir∣mish betwéene ••oth parts. The French∣men repelled by the Eng∣lishmen.
• * 3.77

  •• Church∣••••••d. The number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 French 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.78

  The French¦men driuen in∣to Leith.
• * 3.79

  Saint Ni∣cholas Stée∣ple planted with two great hot pée∣ces.
• * 3.80

  Ordinance landed.
• * 3.81

  Good fridaie to some bad fridaie.
• * 3.82

  Warre ma∣keth no diffe∣rence of time.
• * 3.83

  The pile of Blackeness•• surrendred.
• * 3.84

  Nine French¦men in wo∣mens appa∣rell.
• * 3.85

  Blacke mon∣daie.
• * 3.86

  The French∣men win the trench.
• * 3.87

  Maister Barkeleie ta∣ken prisoner.
• * 3.88

  The French∣men repelled, and some of them slaine▪
• * 3.89

  Maister Ar∣thur Greie hurt in the shoulder.
• * 3.90

  A new supplie commeth to the armie, the capteines names.
• * 3.91

  An hot alarum of an houres continuance.
• * 3.92

  Ordinance planted in trenches.
• * 3.93

  The bishop of Ualence and his companie.
• * 3.94

  A skirmish of two houres continuance.
• * 3.95

  More ordi∣nance plan∣ted.
• * 3.96

  The enimies ordinance displaced▪
• * 3.97

  A sort raise••.
• * 3.98

  A skirmish▪
• * 3.99

  The French repelled▪
• * 3.100

  The new 〈◊〉〈◊〉 called Mont∣pelham.
• * 3.101

  Another skirmish.
• * 3.102

  Iames Ha∣milton taken prisoner
• * 3.103

  Prisoners taken and slaine.
• * 3.104

  The armie r••mooueth from Leste∣r••ke to the red Braies.
• * 3.105

  A skirmish, and what was doone in the same.
• * 3.106

  The planting 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the great artillerie.
• * 3.107

  A trench 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.108

  Great ordi∣nance planted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dischar∣••••••.
• * 3.109

  A skirmish.
• * 3.110

  A fire in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and augmented with shot of ordinance and 〈…〉〈…〉 wea∣ther.
• * 3.111

  Capteine Uaughan.
• * 3.112

  Maie poles set vp in Leith on Maie daie.
• * 3.113

  A trench woon from the French.
• * 3.114

  Capteine Uaughan vieweth the enimies flan∣kers.
• * 3.115

  The French repelled by the English.
• * 3.116

  The mils burnt by the English and the French driuen from thense.
• * 3.117

  Capteine Reades arme broken.
• * 3.118

  The earle of Argile with his armie commēth to Edenburgh.
• * 3.119

  The assault giuen to Leith the seauenth of Maie.
• * 3.120

  The horsmen appointed to gard the field.
• * 3.121

  The English men repelled by the policies and deuises of the French.
• * 3.122

  The number slaine & hurt at the assault.
• * 3.123

  Sir George Howard and sir Richard Lée.
• * 3.124

  A supplie frō Barwike of foure hundred and fiftie sol∣diors.
• * 3.125

  Sir Francis Leake bring∣eth a supplie to the campe.
• * 3.126

  A skirmish b••••twéene the English and French.
• * 3.127

  The French••men chased.
• * 3.128

  Summerse•• mount.
• * 3.129

  Sir Peter Carew sen•• from the court.
• * 3.130

  〈…〉〈…〉 wherein 〈◊〉〈◊〉 French 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 3.131

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken.
• * 3.132

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 quéene Dowager 〈…〉〈…〉 life.
• * 3.133

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 French 〈…〉〈…〉 to their 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.134

  Sir William 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Wotton 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to E∣••••••••urgh.
• * 3.135

  Frenchmen 〈…〉〈…〉 as they gathered 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 3.136

  Scattergood 〈…〉〈…〉 the Frenchmen.
• * 3.137

  Order taken for the restrei∣ning of all signes of ho∣stilitie.
• * 3.138

  The peace concluded and word sent to the French that it should be proclamed.
• * 4.1

  Sir Francis Leake and sir Gerueis Clifton ban∣ketted by monsieur Doisell.
• * 4.2

  Schardius in rebus gestis su•• imperatore Maximiliano secundo.
• * 4.3

  Whie this historiogra∣pher is so large in the description of this siege of Leith.
• * 4.4

  The articles of the peace at the siege of Leith.
• * 4.5

  The end of this peace thus con∣cluded.
• * 4.6

  Sée more her∣of in Scotlād pag. 374.
• * 4.7

  The commen••dation of the foresaid con∣cluded peace.
• * 4.8

  T. Church∣yard.
• * 4.9

  The quéene•• meaning in remoouing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 French out 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Scotland.
• * 4.10

  The quéenes armie reuoke out of Scot∣land.
• * 4.11

  Iohn Stow. A fall of bas•• monie & ma∣king of new coines.
• * 4.12

  Anno Reg. 3.
• * 4.13

  Additions to Lanquet.

  The quéene furnisheth hi•• land with ar∣mour and mu∣nition.
• * 4.14

  The merchāt ••••••lors frée s••hoole.
• * 4.15

  William Gef∣freie whipped.
• * 4.16

  A false Christ whipped till he changed his song.
• * 4.17

  Paules stée∣ple on fire by lightening.
• * 4.18

  The quéene 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gréeued with the losse of Paules stéeple & pro∣uideth means to repare it.
• * 4.19

  The quéenes beneuolence to excite o∣thers.
• * 4.20

  Ouerséers appointed to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the reparing of Paules.
• * 4.21

  All the iles of Paules made and framed of new timber.
• * 4.22

  Ten thousand pounds insuf∣ficient to re∣pare Paules as it was at the first.
• * 4.23

  Good orders nothing worth if they be not put in execution.
• * 4.24

  Fréeschoole in Bedford towne foun∣ded by Wil∣liam Harper maior of Lon∣don elect.
• * 4.25

  New coines of small péeces as six pence, &c.
• * 4.26

  Anno Reg. 4.
• * 4.27

  Monstruous births in di∣uerse places of England.
• * 4.28

  France at di∣uision in it selfe by ciuill warres.
• * 4.29

  The quéenes maiesties mis∣trust of incon∣uenience, and the same re∣medied.
• * 4.30

  Sir Henrie Sidneie sent ambassador into France.
• * 4.31

  An other am∣bassage in Iu∣lie directed in∣to France.
• * 4.32

  Ships of Lō∣don, Excester, & Falmouth, spoiled by the French in Britaine, the thirtith of Iulie, and ninetéenth of August.
• * 4.33

  Letters ta∣ken from the quéens ambas∣sadors ser∣uants.
• * 4.34

  The French troubles touch most y^e quéene of England.
• * 4.35

  The chiefe causes that mooued the quéenes ma∣iestie to send a power into France.
• * 4.36

  The earle of Warwike sent into Norman∣die with an armie.
• * 4.37

  The earle of Warwike ••••ndeth at Newhauen.
• * 4.38

  Light horsse∣men Scots.
• * 4.39

  An oth recei∣••ed by the lord lieutenant, ••nd other of∣••••cer••.
• * 4.40

  A skirmish be∣twéene the Scotishmen and them of Mondeuille.
• * 4.41

  A prise of win••s to the quantitie of two hundred tuns.
• * 4.42

  An alarum in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 towne of Newhauen.
• * 4.43

  Stephan Medcalfe trumpettor. The earle of Warwike and the Rein∣graue talke togither.
• * 4.44

  The church of Hauteuille recouered.
• * 4.45

  A proclama∣tion for good orders to be kept by the souldiors.
• * 4.46

  A skirmish be¦fore Harflue▪
• * 4.47

  The English∣men retire to Newhauen with honor.
• * 4.48

  Monsieur Beauuois.
• * 4.49

  Prises taken and brought to Newhauen
• * 4.50

  A proclama∣tion for har∣quebut shot.
• * 4.51

  An alarum vpon occasion of fier made by the papists.
• * 4.52

  Execution.
• * 4.53

  A proclamati∣on to restreine the outrage of souldiors.
• * 4.54

  Prises brought to Newhauen.
• * 4.55

  A supplie of souldiors out of Essex arriue at Newhauen.
• * 4.56

  A proclama∣tion for the as∣sembl••ng of souldiors at same Addres∣ses.
• * 4.57

  Sir Iohn Portinarie a Florentine, and an excel∣lent engi∣ner.
• * 4.58

  Sir Iohn More bring∣eth a supplie of soldiors to Newhauen out of De∣uonshire.
• * 4.59

  A present sent by the Rein∣graue to the earle of War∣wike.
• * 4.60

  Edward Dudleie.
• * 4.61

  The castell of Tankeruille woone by the Englishmen.
• * 4.62

  A skirmish 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Har∣flue.

  The French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beaten 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Harflue.
• * 4.63

  Monsieur Beauuois & 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ant∣wisell hurt.
• * 4.64

  A proclamati∣on for obser∣••ing of or∣ders.
• * 4.65

  The death of the lord Greie of Wilton.
• * 4.66

  A hoie reco∣uered which the French had taken.
• * 4.67

  Certeine ap∣prehended for conspiracie.
• * 4.68

  A great tem∣pest in Lei∣cester.
• * 4.69

  An alarum giuen to Mondeuille.
• * 4.70

  An alarum giuen to Har∣flue.
• * 4.71

  The castell of Tankeruille deliuered to the Rein∣graue.
• * 4.72

  Tremaine.
• * 4.73

  Francis Clerke Frenchman.
• * 4.74

  Prises taken by him of a∣bout 50000 crownes va∣lue.
• * 4.75

  Capteine E∣merie taken by the Sco∣tish horsmen.
• * 4.76

  A proclama∣tion for the obseruing of orders.
• * 4.77

  A prise brought to Newhauen.
• * 4.78

  Thrée other prises of sackes, ba∣stards, &c.
• * 4.79

  A souldier ex∣ecuted for fighting con∣trarie to the orders in that case giuen.
• * 4.80

  Thrée other pardoned.
• * 4.81

  The admerall of France summoneth Hunflue.
• * 4.82

  The great gallie of Hun∣flue taken.
• * 4.83

  The French beholden to the English.
• * 4.84

  Noble men sent from the admerall of France to the earle of War∣wike.
• * 4.85

  Sir Nicholas Throckmor∣ton arriueth at Newhauen.
• * 4.86

  Caen castell besieged. The marquesse Dalbeuf bro∣ther to the duke of Guise
• * 4.87

  Aid sent to the siege of Cae••
• * 4.88

  The counte 〈…〉〈…〉 a French 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 4.89

  Mōtgomerie ••••th to Caen to speake with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 admerall.
• * 4.90

  The castell of Caen batte∣••••••.
• * 4.91

  It is rendred to the adme∣rall.
• * 4.92

  Baieulx, Fa∣leise, and S. Lo, yéelded to the admerall.
• * 4.93

  The canon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the ••••stell of ••••ndue.
• * 4.94

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 yéelded.
• * 4.95

  A proclama∣••••on vpon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of death.
• * 4.96

  A proclama∣••••••n in the Frēch kings 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 4.97

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Adrian P••••••ings.
• * 4.98

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 French appointed to depart out of Newhauen.
• * 4.99

  Proclamation for the lawfull taking of pri∣soners.
• * 4.100

  Another pro∣clamation in the behalfe of strangers.
• * 4.101

  Another pro∣clamation for the lawfull ap∣prehending of prisoners.
• * 4.102

  Exceptions against the foresaid pro∣clamation.
• * 4.103

  The Rein∣graue with his horssemen.
• * 4.104

  Execution on Easter euen.
• * 4.105

  A proclama∣tion to be pac∣king out of Newhauen.
• * 4.106

  Garter king of armes brin∣geth the gar∣ter to the lord lieutenant.
• * 4.107

  A proclama∣tion for auoi∣ding.
• * 4.108

  Ministers excepted.
• * 4.109

  Places for∣bidden by pro∣clamation to be resorted vnto.
• * 4.110

  Execution for pilfering.
• * 4.111

  A proclama∣tion for the auoiding of the French out of New∣hauen.
• * 4.112

  The lord lieutenants procéeding to be gathered by his procla∣mations.
• * 4.113

  The English∣men for their owne su••rti•• were forced to double their watch nightly
• * 4.114

  The Rein∣graue with his forces.
• * 4.115

  An alarum giuen to the new fort by the Rein∣graue.
• * 4.116

  The hardie onset of the Englishmen made vpon their aduer∣saries.
• * 4.117

  The Alma•••• put to flight.
• * 4.118

  Another skirmish.
• * 4.119

  The French∣men driuen to retire.
• * 4.120

  Capteine Horseies va∣liant.
• * 4.121

  Another skirmish.
• * 4.122

  The number which the French lost in t••is skirmish.
• * 4.123

  Bassompéere.
• * 4.124

  Capteine Gil∣bert and cap∣teine Pelham hurt. Edward Dudleie.
• * 4.125

  A new supplie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Berwike souldiers.
• * 4.126

  Capteine Randoll ap∣pointed knight marshall.
• * 4.127

  Sir Thomas F••nch.
• * 4.128

  Sir Thomas Finch dro••∣ned.
• * 4.129

  Edward Randoll pro∣uost marshall.
• * 4.130

  A supplie of souldiers ar∣riue at New∣hauen.
• * 4.131

  Sir Francis Knolles ar∣riuall.
• * 4.132

  Execution of souldiors for drawing vpon their cap∣teins.
• * 4.133

  A proclama∣tion forbid∣ding resort of souldiors to Newhauen without li∣cence.
• * 4.134

  A long skir∣mish without anie great hurt.

  Canons pla∣ced to beate the towne.
• * 4.135

  Six hundred ou•• of North∣folke, and thrée hundred out of Suffolke.
• * 4.136

  Capteine Sanders hurt and di∣eth.
• * 4.137

  Ordinance planted and discharged in great num∣bers.
• * 4.138

  The ordi∣nance in the stéeple dis∣mounted.
• * 4.139

  William Ro∣binson killed. William Bromfield hurt.
• * 4.140

  A new sup∣plie of Wilt∣shire and Glo∣cestershire men.
• * 4.141

  The galeasse burnt by ca∣su••ltie.
• * 4.142

  The conesta∣ble of France commeth to the siege.
• * 4.143

  The conesta∣ble summo∣neth the towne.
• * 4.144

  Sir Hugh Paulets an∣swer to the con••stable.
• * 4.145

  Capteine Monines. Capteine Leighton.
• * 4.146

  The castell battered.
• * 4.147

  Cutbert Uaughan de∣parteth this life, his woor∣thie praise.
• * 4.148

  Windmils set on fire.
• * 4.149

  Richlieu ma••••ster of the campe hurt▪
• * 4.150

  Monsieur de Estrée.
• * 4.151

  Monsieur de Ca••lac.
• * 4.152

  The marshall Montmoren∣cie.
• * 4.153

  The prince of Conde and the duke of Montpensier.
• * 4.154

  The bul∣worke of saint Addresses bat∣tered.
• * 4.155

  Thus we sée 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in opi∣nion vnpossi∣ble, by indus∣trie possible.
• * 4.156

  The great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of pes∣tilence in Newhauen.
• * 4.157

  Additions to Lanquet▪
• * 4.158

  The high va∣liancie of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of War∣wike.
• * 4.159

  Capteine Pelham went foorth to talke with the com∣missioners.
• * 4.160

  The commis∣sioners ap∣pointed to talke with the conestable.
• * 4.161

  Additions to Lanquet. The earle of Warwike hurt.
• * 4.162

  The cone∣stable tooke vpon him to be chiefe in authoritie on the French part.
• * 5.1

  Additions to Lanquet.

  The earle of Warwike commended.
• * 5.2

  The French king commeth to the campe before New∣hauen.
• * 5.3

  Iohn Stow. Maister Ed∣ward Ran∣doll full of pi∣tie and com∣miseration.
• * 5.4

  Chiefe perso∣nages that died of the plague at Newhauen.
• * 5.5

  Diuerse of name by ca∣non shot, &c. slaine.
• * 5.6

  Iohn Stow. Pestilence transported from New∣hauen to Lon∣don.
• * 5.7

  One hundred and eight pa∣rishes in Lon∣don, besides eleuen in the suburbs.
• * 5.8

  Tempest at London by lightning and thunder.
• * 5.9

  King Phi∣lip•• procla∣mation at Bruxels.
• * 5.10

  Thréefold plague to the poore citizens 〈◊〉〈◊〉 London.
• * 5.11

  An earth∣quake in di∣uerse places 〈◊〉〈◊〉 England.
• * 5.12

  No maiors feast kept at the Guildhall.
• * 5.13

  Anno Reg. 6.
• * 5.14

  Lightning & thunder in December.
• * 5.15

  A monstrous fish driuen to shore.
• * 5.16

  Terme kept at Hertford. Rich. Grafton▪ A peace be∣tweene Eng∣land and France.
• * 5.17

  The noble de∣scent of the lord of Hun∣nesdon.
• * 5.18

  The plague in Germanie whereof three hundred thou∣sand died.
• * 5.19

  Watch on S. Peters night.
• * 5.20

  Abraham Hartwell in regina literata.

  The quéenes progresse tho∣rough Cam∣bridge.
• * 5.21

  A. F.
• * 5.22

  Tho. Newto••▪
• * 6.1

  Duo stimuli qui∣bus mouebatur regia maiestat
• * 6.2

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Academi∣••orum coe••u non∣••ihil eloqueretur.
• * 6.3

  Regia maiestas pollicetur se ali∣quod monumen∣tum in academia relicturam.
• * 6.4

  Si non ante sal∣tem post mortem profitetur se pre∣stituram quod pollicetur.
• * 6.5

  Duterier and Belman for the daie.
• * 6.6

  Great flouds in y^e Thames.
• * 6.7

  Ex I. S. pa. 1123 Creation of a baron name∣lie sir Robert Dudleie barō of Denbigh.
• * 6.8

  The statelie attendance a•• this creation.
• * 6.9

  The executiō of the ceremo∣nies & orders at this creatiō
• * 6.10

  Creation of an earle, and namelie the earle of La∣cester.
• * 6.11

  The quéene hir selfe gir∣teth the sword and girdle about the earles necke.
• * 6.12

  The officers fées fiftéene pounds at this creation▪
• * 6.13

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 6.14

  Ex Schardio.
• * 6.15

  Ferdinand foretelleth the verie vtter∣most daie of his own death.
• * 6.16

  Lord let me know mine end and the number of daies, that I may be ••••••tified how long I haue to liue.
• * 6.17

  The goodlie 〈◊〉〈◊〉 male and female that God gaue Ferdinand.
• * 6.18

  Fierrie im∣pressions.
• * 6.19

  Anno Reg. 7. Houses shat∣tered with gunpowder.
• * 6.20

  The Thames frozen ouer.
• * 6.21

  Owes bridge borne downe.
• * 6.22

  Henrie Stu∣art married the quéene of Scots.
• * 6.23

  Commissio∣ners chosen to go to Bruges
• * 6.24

  Ladie Lineux sent to the tower.
• * 6.25

  Standing watch at at midsummer in London.
• * 6.26

  Tempest at Chelmesford of lightning thunder and raine.
• * 6.27

  The mar∣graue or mar∣ques of Badē and his wi••e great with child come to London.
• * 6.28

  She is deli∣uered of a child.
• * 6.29

  The quéene giueth the name.
• * 6.30

  Mariage of the earle of Warwike.
• * 6.31

  Robert Tho∣mas maister gunner slaine by casualtie.
• * 6.32

  Anno Reg. 8.
• * 6.33

  Paules gate blowen open.
• * 6.34

  Order of saint Michaell.
• * 6.35

  The marques of Baden re∣turneth into his owne countrie.
• * 6.36

  Ground for the Bursse in Cornehill first purchased.
• * 6.37

  The first stone of the Bursse laid.
• * 6.38

  The quéenes progresse to Oxford.
• * 6.39

  Misfortune at Oxford at the plaieng of a tragedie.
• * 6.40

  The quéene maketh an oration to the vniuersitie.
• * 6.41

  Souldiers transported into Ireland to vanquish Shane Oneil.
• * 6.42

  Yoong prince of Scots christened.
• * 6.43

  Anno Reg. 9.
• * 6.44

  K. of Scots murthered.
• * 6.45

  The countesse of Lineux de∣liuered out of the tower.
• * 6.46

  Seuen alder∣men deceassed in London.
• * 6.47

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 before pag. 1132.
• * 6.48

  The towne of Ossestrie burnt thrise in thirtie yeares.
• * 6.49

  Sergeants 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.50

  Milnal in Suffolke burnt.
• * 6.51

  Shane Oneil discomfited. S••••tuta regni H••berniae. Edm. C••pian.
• * 6.52

  Shane Oneil mangled and backt in pée∣ces.
• * 6.53

  Standing watch at mid∣summer main∣tained in London.

  The emperor Ma••imilian inuested into the order of the garter.
• * 6.54

  The earle of Susse•• visi∣teth madame de Parma.
• * 6.55

  The iournies of the earle of Sussex du∣ring his abode beyond the seas.
• * 6.56

  The emperor interteineth the earle of Sussex.
• * 6.57

  Charles duke of Austria & the earle of Sussex salute each other.
• * 6.58

  The earle of Sussex depar∣teth from Uienna, &c.
• * 6.59

  Iohn Stow. Anno Reg. 10. A sharpe win∣ter following a drie summer.
• * 6.60

  Rich. Graston. The quéenes ships sent forth into the narrow seas.
• * 6.61

  Eleuen saile of Flemish hoies laden with wines surprised by admerall Holstocke.
• * 6.62

  Six Spanish hulks laden with di∣uerse things taken by the English.
• * 6.63

  Iohn Stow. Great winds.
• * 6.64

  Archbishop of Yorke decesed.
• * 6.65

  Monstrous fishes.
• * 6.66

  New conduit at Walbrooke.
• * 6.67

  Anno Reg. 11. 1569
• * 6.68

  A Frenchmā & two Eng∣lishmen executed. Muster of pensioners.
• * 6.69

  A lotterie at London.
• * 6.70

  Buriall for the dead pre∣pared by sir Thomas Ro called y^e New churchyard.
• * 6.71

  A. F.
• * 6.72

  The inscrip∣tion or wri∣ting ouer the south gate of the new churchyard.
• * 6.73

  The death of sir Thomas Ro knight and lord maior of London.
• * 6.74

  The epitaph of sir Thomas Ro, wherein his issue male and female is conteined.
• * 6.75

  Ambassadors from Musco∣uie land at tower wharfe.
• * 6.76

  Terme ad∣iourned.
• * 6.77

  Duke of Norffolke sent to the tower.
• * 6.78

  No maiors feast at Guild∣hall.
• * 6.79

  The earle of Northumber∣land and ••estmerland 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 6.80

  The earles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the quéene and hir s••b••ects.
• * 6.81

  Rebels rent the bible, com∣munion books and behaue themselues like Spanish ••••res.
• * 6.82

  Anno Reg. 12.
• * 6.83

  The number of rebels 2000 horssemen, and ••000 footmen.
• * 6.84

  Bernards ca∣stell besieged and defended.
• * 6.85

  The earles ••roclamed traitors.
• * 6.86

  The earle of Sussex went against the rebels.
• * 6.87

  The earle of Rutland and the lord Huns∣don, with o∣thers against the rebels.
• * 6.88

  The rebels and Edward Dacres con∣sult about their weake∣nesse.
• * 6.89

  The earle of Warwike and the lord adme∣rall Clinton, sent against the rebels.
• * 6.90

  The rebels dare not stand to the triall of battell.
• * 6.91

  The earles of Northumber∣land & West∣merland flie into Scot∣land.
• * 6.92

  Rebelles executed at Durham.
• * 6.93

  A prentise hanged in London for killing his maister.
• * 6.94

  Rich. Grafton. Lord Leo∣nard Dacres rebelleth.
• * 6.95

  The lord Dacres rea∣die with his power to set vpon the lord of Hunsdon.
• * 6.96

  Stout wo∣men among the rebels.
• * 6.97

  Leonard Da∣cres put to flight taketh his waie into Scotland.
• * 6.98

  Iohn Stow. Rebelles executed at Yorke.
• * 6.99

  Knaues mire.
• * 6.100

  The earle of Penbroke deceased.
• * 6.101

  D. Powell in hist. Camb. pag. 399.
• * 7.1

  The earle of Sussex inu••••deth Scot∣land.
• * 7.2

  The Mosse tower.
• * 7.3

  Sir Iohn Forster wit•• his compani•••• enter in••o Tiuidall.
• * 7.4

  They come to Iedworth and are inter∣••••••ed.
• * 7.5

  The lard of Sesford with the principals of his alies submit them∣selues.
• * 7.6

  The castell of Ferniherst burned.
• * 7.7

  At Minto ••oth the ar∣mies met.
• * 7.8

  The Scots of Howike their breach of co••enant.
• * 7.9

  Why the lord of Drumlane∣rikes goods were saued from the fire, 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.10

  An house of the lard of Buclewghs blowne vp with powder.
• * 7.11

  Nothing but wast & spoile by fire and sword.
• * 7.12

  The lord lieu∣tenants pur∣pose to besiege Hume castell.
• * 7.13

  What castels & piles were ouerthrowne and spoiled in this voiage.
• * 7.14

  The lord Scroope with his power.
• * 7.15

  The marches of England garded a∣gainst the enimie.
• * 7.16

  The marshall sent before to Hume castell.
• * 7.17

  The order ta∣ken by the earle of Sus∣sex for the safe••ie of the armie.
• * 7.18

  Hume castell besieged.
• * 7.19

  The earle of Sussex view∣eth the castell of Hume.
• * 7.20

  A Mount raised at the lord lieute∣nants com∣mandement.
• * 7.21

  Batterie made against Hume castell.
• * 7.22

  The master gunner with∣in the castell hurt.
• * 7.23

  The Scots sue for a re∣spit of war.
• * 7.24

  The capteins within Hume castell.
• * 7.25

  The lord lieutenant sweareth.
• * 7.26

  The lord lieutenants commande∣ment on pain•• of death.
• * 7.27

  The castell of Hume deliue∣red to the marshall.
• * 7.28

  Two Eng∣lishmen staied and after exe∣cuted.
• * 7.29

  Capteine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and cap∣teine Pik∣man.
• * 7.30

  The lord lieutenant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of an 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 7.31

  Iohn Stow, Englishmen put into the castell to keepe it.
• * 7.32

  The earle of Chatellerault ••s complices purpose war against the ••ings part.
• * 7.33

  Master Wil∣liam Drurie goeth with the earle of Lennox a∣gainst the earle of Cha∣tellerault, &c.
• * 7.34

  The lord lieu∣tenants orati∣on implieng obedience of the souldiors to their new generall.
• * 7.35

  Knights made by the earle of Sus∣sex.
• * 7.36

  Comes Sussexi•••• Camerarius.
• * 7.37

  Hostages de∣liuered by the Scotish lords on the kings side.
• * 7.38

  The horsmen and footmen incampe at Dunbar.
• * 7.39

  Scotish lords of the kings side.
• * 7.40

  The duke of Chatellerault breaketh vp his campe.
• * 7.41

  The yoong king at Sterling.
• * 7.42

  The generall goeth to view Dunbreton.
• * 7.43

  The generall sendeth to know who was within the castell, &c.
• * 7.44

  Lord Fle∣ming is re∣quired to come to parlee with the generall.
• * 7.45

  The dishono∣rable dealing of the lord Fleming.
• * 7.46

  Sir William Drurie goeth againe to∣wards Dun∣breton.
• * 7.47

  He sendeth to view the ground where he should 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the lord Fleming.
• * 7.48

  This is a cō∣mon fault in the Scots.
• * 7.49

  Scotish ho∣nestie.
• * 7.50

  The lord Fle∣mings double ••••••ling.
• * 7.51

  Sir George C••••eis sute.
• * 7.52

  ••. Church∣••••••••.
• * 7.53

  A letter of chalenge sent to the lord Fleming.
• * 8.1

  The lord Fle∣ming charged with treache∣••••▪
• * 8.2

  With pride, harmefull meaning and vaineglorie.
• * 9.1

  The lord Fle∣mings de∣fense against the charge of treacherie.
• * 9.2

  Lord Fle∣ming beareth him bold of his gentrie.
• * 10.1

  Sir George Carie voweth to mainteine no lesse than he hath written.
• * 10.2

  The lord Fle∣ming in sée∣king to excuse accuseth him∣selfe the more manifestlie.
• * 10.3

  Sir George Careie his answer to the lord Flemings brag of his gentrie.
• * 10.4

  Oh valiant heart!
• * 10.5

  A muster of Scotishmen to the number of 4000.
• * 10.6

  The armie goeth toward Hamilton.
• * 10.7

  Sir William Drurie tal∣keth with the capteine of Hamilton castell.
• * 10.8

  The English ordinance shooteth at the castell.
• * 10.9

  The duchesse of Chatelle∣rault com∣mitted to the charge of an English knight.
• * 10.10

  Great ordi∣nance sent for.
• * 10.11

  The earles of Lennox and Morton.
• * 10.12

  The abbeit of Kilwinnings burnt.
• * 10.13

  The castell summoned.
• * 10.14

  The castell of Hamilton battered.
• * 10.15

  The castell eftsoones sum∣moned.
• * 10.16

  The capteine of the castell demandeth parlée.
• * 10.17

  The ladie of Lidington.
• * 10.18

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Church∣••••••d.
• * 10.19

  〈…〉〈…〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 threat∣•••• to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 10.20

  The earle of Morton, an ••••tercessor for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 towne of 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪
• * 10.21

  Lithquo spa∣••ed from de∣serued de∣struction▪
• * 10.22

  The prouost 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other en∣•••• ••ands.
• * 10.23

  The duke of Chatelle∣raults palace burned.
• * 10.24

  Neitherie.
• * 10.25

  The ladie Seton.
• * 10.26

  Some of the English ar∣mie spoiled in Edenburgh.
• * 10.27

  T. Church∣yard.
• * 10.28

  Sir Thomas Maners with his two bands vnder one en∣signe.
• * 10.29

  Restitution made of things taken awaie from the souldiors.
• * 10.30

  Seton castell spared at the sute of the la∣die.
• * 10.31

  Anderwike saued from ruine by occa∣sion.
• * 10.32

  The happie successe of the foresaid viage vndertaken by the English.
• * 10.33

  I. Stow. A bull from Rome han∣ged on the bi∣shop of Lon∣dons gate.
• * 10.34

  A. F. Sée the view of a seditious bull ripped vp by Iohn Iewell late bishop of Salisburie printed 1582.
• a 11.1

  Pag. 3.
• b 11.2

  Pag. 7.
• c 11.3

  Pag. 23.
• d 11.4

  Pag. 36.
• e 11.5

  Pag. 42.
• f 11.6

  Pag. 4••.
• g 11.7

  Pag. 49.
• h 11.8

  Pag. 50.
• i 11.9

  Pag 63.
• k 11.10

  Pag. 67.
• l 11.11

  Pag. 74.
• m 11.12

  Pag. 79.
• a 12.1

  Pag. 3.
• b 12.2

  Pag. 7.
• c 12.3

  Pag. 23.
• d 12.4

  Pag. 36.
• e 12.5

  Pag. 42.
• f 12.6

  Pag. 45.
• g 12.7

  Pag. 49.
• h 12.8

  Pag. 50.
• i 12.9

  Pag. 63.
• k 12.10

  Pag. 67
• l 12.11

  Pag. 74.
• m 12.12

  Pag. 79.
• * 12.13

  Sée the v••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the sediti∣ous bull. pag. 72, 73.
• * 12.14

  The quéenes words.
• * 12.15

  Multipl•••• Elisabeth•• virius.
• * 12.16

  The Nor∣tons execu∣ted.
• * 12.17

  Conspiracie in Norffolke and where∣vpon it tooke beginning.
• * 12.18

  The duke of Norffolke remooued. Felton ar∣reigned with other offen∣dors, and all ••ondemned.
• * 12.19

  Felton and others execu∣ted for trea∣son.
• * 12.20

  A iourneie into Scot∣land by the earle of Sussex.
• * 12.21

  ••ast by fire and sword in Scotland.
• * 12.22

  Knights made by the earle of Sussex.
• * 12.23

  Tempest by sea and land which did much hurt.
• * 12.24

  Tho. Knell. What hurt this tempest did in Bed∣fordshire.
• * 12.25

  A woonder of an hole made in the ground by a water∣course.
• * 12.26

  What hurt this tempest did in the countie of Norffolke.
• * 12.27

  A péece of Yarmouth bridge borne awaie with water.
• * 12.28

  What hurt this tempest did in the bi∣shoprike of Elie.
• * 12.29

  What hurt this tempest did in Lin∣colneshire.
• * 12.30

  Thréescore sea vessels lost in this tem∣pest.
• * 12.31

  Great losse of cattell both great and small.
• * 12.32

  Scripture abused.
• * 12.33

  What hurt this tempest did in Hun∣tingtonshire.
• * 12.34

  A man woon∣derfullie pre∣serued from drowning.
• * 12.35

  What hurt this tempest did in Staf∣fordshire and Warwike∣shire.
• * 12.36

  Hurt in Bu••∣kingham∣shire by this tempest.
• * 12.37

  Hurt in Sus∣sex by this sud¦den inunda∣tion of wa∣ters.
• * 12.38

  A strange e∣uent wrought by the inflow∣ing of the water.
• * 12.39

  A new hauen and the same like to conti∣nue.
• * 12.40

  Hurt in Kent by the same tempest and breaking in o•• the streame.
• * 12.41

  A boie drow∣ned after he was dead.
• * 12.42

  Hurt in Essex.
• * 12.43

  Hurt doone by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tēpest in Suffolke and Oxford.
• * 12.44

  Anno Reg. 13.
• * 12.45

  The quéenes ••••ing to the Bursse after 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was fini∣••hed.
• * 12.46

  She giueth it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 name the Roiall ex∣change.
• * 12.47

  A strange kind of earth moouing in the countie of He∣reford.
• * 12.48

  Sir Thomas Sackuille ambassador to the French king.
• * 12.49

  His inter∣teinement ve∣rie honorable.
• * 12.50

  The first 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the lord am∣bassadors au∣dience.
• * 12.51

  The lord am∣bassadors li∣beralitie.
• * 12.52

  The riuer of Saine not passable with vessels.
• * 12.53

  The ambassa∣dor returneth into Englād.
• * 12.54

  A parlement at Westmin∣ster.
• * 12.55

  A subsidie.
• * 12.56

  Iusts at Westminster at the tilt, iourneie and barriers.
• * 12.57

  Doctor Sto∣rie executed for high trea∣son.
• * 12.58

  Abr. Fl▪ ex Iohan. Foxi martyrologio. Stories ••••u∣cation and birth.
• * 12.59

  Storie a bloudie per∣secutor.
• * 12.60

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 inuen∣ting new 〈…〉〈…〉 for the martyrs.
• * 12.61

  Storie appre∣hended.
• * 12.62

  Storie con∣ueied himselfe ouer the seas▪ where he con∣tinued a blou∣die persecutor.
• * 12.63

  Storie ••btei∣ned a commi∣sion to search for English bookes.
• * 12.64

  Storie inten∣deth the ouerthrow of England.
• * 12.65

  A platforme laid to appre∣hend Storie.
• * 12.66

  Storie sear∣ched the Eng∣lish ships for bookes, and is apprehended and brought into England.
• * 12.67

  Storie a trai∣tor hanged, drawne and quartered.
• * 12.68

  A combat appointed at Turhill but not tried.
• * 12.69

  Thorne and Nailer com∣••••ttants.
• * 12.70

  The quarell 〈◊〉〈◊〉 combat 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the quéenes ma∣ie••tie.
• * 12.71

  The maner of all things 〈◊〉〈◊〉 redinesse for the combat.
• * 12.72

  The lord chiefe iustice set and his associats with 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪
• * 12.73

  Nailer prepa∣••eth himselfe 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the incoun∣•••••• against Thorne.
• * 12.74

  The lord chéefe iustice toucheth the present case.
• * 12.75

  Nailer cha∣lengeth Thorne at a few blowes.
• * 12.76

  A woman burnt at Maidston for poisoning.
• * 12.77

  Duke of Norffolke sent to the tower.

  Bishop of Sa¦lisburie de∣ceassed.
• * 12.78

  A sermon in Paules church for victorie a∣gainst the Turkes.
• * 12.79

  The assemblie at this sermō.
• * 12.80

  Contareno.
• * 12.81

  Principals among the Turkes slaine.
• * 12.82

  The whole number of the slaine. Bizari. Contareno.
• * 12.83

  Bizari.
• * 12.84

  Persons that escaped from this discom∣fiture.
• * 12.85

  Booties that fell into the christians hands.
• * 12.86

  The number of the christian gallies & the Turkes.
• * 12.87

  Christian cap∣tiues set at li∣bertie 14000.
• * 12.88

  Contareno. The number of christians that died. Bizari.
• * 12.89

  Contareno.
• * 12.90

  The space how long the battell conti∣nued.
• * 12.91

  A common fault among christians.
• * 12.92

  Good counsell if that faith be the faith of Christ & his true church.
• * 12.93

  Anno Reg. 14.
• * 12.94

  Reinold Gre•••• earle of Kent I St. pag. 115•• Sir Willia Peter dec••••••sed.

  His charita∣ble déeds.
• * 12.95

  157••
• * 12.96

  Duke of Norf∣folke arreig∣ned.
• * 12.97

  Mather, Barneie, and Rolfe execu∣ted.
• * 12.98

  I.S. pag. 1••55.
• * 12.99

  Conueiers of bels, lead, and other church goods, are to b•• punished to the example of their too manie followers.
• * 12.100

  Sir William Paulet lord treasuror deceassed.
• * 12.101

  His ancient and honorable seruice.
• * 12.102

  Thrée thou∣sand chosen persons for pikemen and gunners out of halles.
• * 12.103

  Training vp of yoong sol∣••••••••s in the f••••ld.
• * 12.104

  •• muster at Greenewich 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 12.105

  Earles of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 created.
• * 12.106

  Barons made.
• * 12.107

  Roges burnt through the eare.
• * 12.108

  Martin Bul∣locke hanged at the well with two buckets.
• * 12.109

  Fellonie and murther com∣bined.
• * 12.110

  The maner of the murther committed.
• * 12.111

  Ah mercilesse murtherer
• * 12.112

  The murthe∣rer examined.
• * 12.113

  He hath liber∣tie notwith∣standing his offense.
• * 12.114

  The drie vat, wherein the murthered man was put to be trans∣ported, des∣cried.
• * 12.115

  Earle of Lin∣colne and o∣ther ambassa∣dors into France.
• * 12.116

  The maner of the ambassa∣dors inter∣teinement.
• * 12.117

  League with France con∣firmed in France.
• * 12.118

  The ambassa∣dours retur∣ned out of France. The duke of Norffolke be∣headed.
• * 12.119

  Schaerdius in reb. gest. sub Maxi∣mil. imperat. se∣cundo pag. 2513.
• * 12.120

  Forren nati∣ons heare and write of the quéenes vn∣bloudie go∣uernement.
• * 12.121

  The 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ behauiour, & gesture of the duke at his execution.
• * 12.122

  Maister Nowell deane of Paules the dukes gh••st∣lie father.
• * 13.1

  The duke confesseth his offense against the quéenes maiestie.
• * 13.2

  He is sorie for the violating of his promise made to the quéene.
• * 13.3

  He maketh shew to cléere himselfe in di∣uerse points.
• * 13.4

  He meaneth confession of his religion.
• * 13.5

  He confesseth himselfe much ••••und to the quéenes maiestie.
• * 13.6

  ••e exhorteth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beware of ••••••ons.
• * 13.7

  He putteth the people in mind of Latimers words vttered before king Edward.
• * 13.8

  He praieth and manie more with him: the effect of his praier.
• * 13.9

  He asketh all the world for∣giuenesse, &c.
• * 13.10

  He iustifieth himselfe a∣gainst the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 s••nne of ••••••terie.
• * 13.11

  He knéeleth downe and submitteth himselfe to the axe.
• * 14.1

  The collectiō of Francis Boteuille aliâs Thin, in the yeare of Christ 1585.
• * 14.2

  Edward the blacke prince, duke of Corn∣wall.
• * 14.3

  Henrie Plan∣tagenet duke of Lancaster.
• * 14.4

  Iohn of Gant duke of Lancaster.
• * 14.5

  Henrie Plan∣tagenet duke of Lancaster and Hereford, king of Eng∣land.
• * 14.6

  LionellPlan∣tagenet duke of Clarence.
• * 14.7

  Edmund Plantagenet duke of Yorke▪
• * 14.8

  Edward Plantagenet duke of Al∣bermerle and Yorke▪
• * 14.9

  Thomas Plantagenet surnamed of Woodstocke duke of Glo∣cester.
• * 14.10

  Thomas Holland duke of Surreie.
• * 14.11

  Iohn Hol∣land duke of Excester.
• * 14.12

  Iohn Holland duke of Ex∣cester.
• * 14.13

  Henrie Hol∣land duke o•• Excester.
• * 14.14

  Robert Uere duke of Ire∣land.
• * 14.15

  Margaret Segraue duchesse of Norffolke.
• * 14.16

  Thomas lord Mowbreie duke of Norf∣folke.
• * 14.17

  Iohn Mow∣breie duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.18

  Iohn Mow∣breie duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.19

  Iohn Mow∣breie duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.20

  Th•• Planta∣genet duke of Clarence.
• * 14.21

  Iohn Plan∣tagenet duke of Bedford.
• * 14.22

  Humfreie Plantagenet duke of Glo∣cester.
• * 14.23

  Sée pag. 106▪
• * 14.24

  Iohn Beau∣fort duke of Summerset.
• * 14.25

  Thomas Beaufort duke of Ex∣cester.
• * 14.26

  Edmund Beaufort duke of Summerset.
• * 14.27

  Hērie Beau∣fort duke of Summerset.
• * 14.28

  In the yeare of Christ 1460.
• * 14.29

  The battell of Ferribrig the thirteenth of March in the yeare 1461, ac∣cording to the ••••••empt of thē that begin the yeare at Ianuarie.
• * 14.30

  Aboue 20000 〈◊〉〈◊〉, wherof 〈◊〉〈◊〉 knights •• gentlemen.
• a 14.31

  King Ed∣ward y^e third.
• b 14.32

  Lionell duke of Clarence third sonne to Edward the third.
• c 14.33

  Iohn of Gant fourth sonne to Ed∣ward the 3.
• d 14.34

  Henrie the fourth.
• e 14.35

  Henrie the fift.
• f 14.36

  Henrie the sixt.
• g 14.37

  Edward the fourth.
• h 14.38

  Henrie the sixt.
• i 14.39

  Henrie the sixt.
• k 14.40

  Edward the fourth.
• l 14.41

  King Henrie the sixt his disposition described.
• m 14.42

  Henrie the fift.
• n 14.43

  Henrie the sixt.
• o 14.44

  Edward erle of March, after king Edward the fourth.
• * 14.45

  The 17 of Februarie 1461 after the account of such as begin the yeare at Ianuarie.
• * 14.46

  Southerne men.
• * 14.47

  Edmund Beaufort duke of Sum∣merset.
• * 14.48

  Richard Plā∣tagenet duke of Yorke.
• * 14.49

  George Plan∣tagenet duke of Clarence.
• * 14.50

  Richard Plā∣tagenet duke of Glocester.
• * 14.51

  Henrie Beau∣champe duke of Warwike.
• * 14.52

  Humfreie Stafford duke of Buc∣kingham.
• * 14.53

  Henrie Staf∣ford duke of Buckingham
• * 14.54

  Edward Stafford duke of Buc∣kingham.
• * 14.55

  William de la Poole duke of Suffolke.
• * 14.56

  Iohn de la Poole duke 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Suffolke.
• * 14.57

  Richard Plantagenet duke of Yorke.
• * 14.58

  George Plan∣tagenet duke of Bedford.
• * 14.59

  Iohn Ho∣ward duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.60

  Thomas Ho∣ward duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.61

  Thomas Ho∣ward duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.62

  Thomas Ho∣ward duke of Norffolke.
• * 14.63

  Henrie Teu∣ther duke of Yorke.
• * 14.64

  Iasper of Hatfield duke of Bedford.
• * 14.65

  Charles Brandon duke of Suffolke.
• * 14.66

  Henrie Fitz Roie duke of Richmont.
• * 14.67

  Ad illustrissi∣mum Henricum ducem Rich∣montanum.
• * 14.68

  Edward Seimor duke of Sum∣merset.
• * 14.69

  Henrie Greie duke of Suf∣folke.
• * 14.70

  Iohn Sut∣ton of Dud∣leie duke of Northum∣berland.
• * 14.71

  French am∣basadors frō Charles the ninth came in∣to England.
• * 14.72

  League with France con∣firmed at westminster.
• * 14.73

  S. Georges ••east at Windsor.
• * 14.74

  Sir Willi∣am Cicill lord treasu∣ror, lord priuie seale, lord chamberleine, with other ••••••ers.
• * 15.1

  Collected by Francis Thin in this yeare of Christ 1••••5.
• * 15.2

  Saint Dun∣stane.
• * 15.3

  Hugoline.
• * 15.4

  Odo bishop of Baieux.
• * 15.5

  Geffreie lord Clinton.
• * 15.6

  Ranulph bi∣shop of Dur∣ham.
• * 15.7

  Roger bishop of Sarisbu∣rie.
• * 15.8

  William de Pontlearch.
• * 15.9

  Nigellus bi∣shop of Elie.
• * 15.10

  Richard of Elie.
• * 15.11

  William of Elie.
• * 15.12

  A deane of Paules trea∣suror.
• * 15.13

  Walter Greie bishop of Wor∣cester.
• * 15.14

  Geffreie arch∣deacon of Norwich.
• * 15.15

  Iohn Ruthall
• * 15.16

  Eustace de Fauconbridge bishop of Lon∣don.
• * 15.17

  Iohn de Font¦••es or Foun∣••••s.
• * 15.18

  Walter Mal∣clerke bishop of Carleill.
• * 15.19

  Ranulph Briton.
• * 15.20

  Peter de Oriall.
• * 15.21

  Robert Pas∣s••lew whether treasuror of England or no▪
• * 15.22

  Hugh Pate∣shull.
• * 15.23

  Galfridus Te••∣plarius.
• * 15.24

  William H••∣uerhull.
• * 15.25

  Paritur••.
• * 15.26

  Po••u••.
• * 15.27

  Richard de Barking.
• * 15.28

  Philip Louell.
• * 15.29

  Iohn Crake∣hall.
• * 15.30

  Iohn abbat of Peterbo∣row.
• * 15.31

  Nicholas de Elie.
• * 15.32

  Thomas de Wimundham.
• * 15.33

  Iohn Chisull.
• * 15.34

  Philip de Eie.
• * 15.35

  Ioseph de Chancie.
• * 15.36

  William bi∣shop of Bath▪
• * 15.37

  Robert Burnell.
• * 15.38

  Ioseph de Chancie.
• * 15.39

  Thomas Becke.
• * 15.40

  Richard de Ware.
• * 15.41

  Anno Domini 1268 Henricus tertius vrbs Ro∣ma Odoricus ce∣mentator & ab∣bas Richardus de Ware fecerunt id pa••imentum.
• * 15.42

  Walter Wen∣locke.
• * 15.43

  Bishop of Couentrie.
• * 15.44

  Iohn Kirkbie bishop of Elie.
• * 15.45

  William de Marchia.
• * 15.46

  Walter Lāgh∣stone bishop of Lichfield.
• * 15.47

  Walter Rei∣nolds bishop of Worcester.
• * 15.48

  Hugh Spen∣ser the elder.
• * 15.49

  Iohn de Sandall.
• * 15.50

  Walter Nor∣wich.
• * 15.51

  Iohn San∣dall.
• * 15.52

  Walter de Norwich.
• * 15.53

  Iohn Dro∣kensford.
• * 15.54

  Iohn Ho∣thum bishop of Elie.
• * 15.55

  William Walwaine
• * 15.56

  Iohn Strat∣ford bishop of Winchester.
• * 15.57

  Walter Sta∣pleton bishop of Excester.
• * 15.58

  Walter Norwich.
• * 15.59

  Roger North∣borow or Norberie.
• * 15.60

  Walter Sta∣pleton bishop of Excester.
• * 15.61

  William Melton.
• * 15.62

  Iohn Strat∣ford.
• * 15.63

  Adam Tarle∣ton.
• * 15.64

  Henrie Bur∣wash or Bur∣gesse bishop of Lincolne.
• * 15.65

  Thomas bi∣shop of Here∣ford.
• * 15.66

  Robert Wood∣house.
• * 15.67

  William Melton.
• * 15.68

  W. bishop of Norwich.
• * 15.69

  Robert le Aileston••
• * 15.70

  Henrie Bur∣wash bishop of Lincolne.
• * 15.71

  Richard de Burie bishop of Durham.
• * 15.72

  Wiliam de la Zouch.
• * 15.73

  Richard Sa∣dington knight.
• * 15.74

  Robert North∣borow bishop of Couentrie.
• * 15.75

  A bishop of Chester.
• * 15.76

  Robert Per∣ning.
• * 15.77

  Roger North∣borow bishop of Couentrie.
• * 15.78

  Iohn Strat∣ford.
• * 15.79

  William de Cusans.
• * 15.80

  William de Edington bi∣shop of Win∣chester.
• * 15.81

  Iohn bishop of Rochester.
• * 15.82

  Simon Langham bishop of Elie.
• * 15.83

  Iohn Barnet bishop of Wor∣cester.
• * 15.84

  Richard de Chesterfield.
• * 15.85

  Thomas de Branting∣ton.
• * 15.86

  Sir Richard Scroope lord of Bolton.
• * 15.87

  Sir Robert Ashton.
• * 15.88

  Henrie Wake bishop of Wor∣cester.
• * 15.89

  Thomas Branting∣ton bishop of Excester.
• * 15.90

  Richard earle of Arundell.
• * 15.91

  Thomas Brantington bishop of Ex∣cester.
• * 15.92

  Robert Hales.
• * 15.93

  Hugh lord Segraue.
• * 15.94

  Iohn For∣tham bishop of Durham.
• * 15.95

  Iohn bishop of Hereford.
• * 15.96

  Thomas Brantington bishop of Ex∣cester.
• * 15.97

  Iohn Gilbert bishop of saint Dauids in Wales.
• * 15.98

  Iohn Wal∣tham bishop of Salisburie.
• * 15.99

  Roger Wal∣den bishop of London.
• * 15.100

  G. bishop of saint Dauids in Wales.
• * 15.101

  William Scroope earle of Wilshire.
• * 15.102

  Henrie Bol∣lingbroke cō∣ming into England and deposing Ri∣chard the se∣cond.
• * 15.103

  Sir Iohn Northberie.
• * 15.104

  Henrie Bowet.
• * 15.105

  William lord Rosse.
• * 15.106

  Thomas lord Furniuall.
• * 15.107

  Nicholas Bubwith bi∣shop of Lon∣don.
• * 15.108

  Sir Richard Scroope lord Scroope of Bolton.
• * 15.109

  Sir Iohn Tiptost knight.
• * 15.110

  Henrie lord Scroope.
• a 15.111

  This C ser∣ueth for the name of Scroope and the yeare of Christ.
• b 15.112

  Richard is spelled by the first letters of the four. h verse, & Zorc by changing the letters of the word Cor, and adding to it the letter z. which signifi∣eth a yoke.
• c 15.113

  By the first letter of the words of the fift verse set together back∣ward ariseth the name of Thomas Graie.

  Thomas erle of Arundell.
• * 15.114

  Sir Roger Lech knight.
• * 15.115

  Henrie lord Fitz Hugh.
• * 15.116

  Iohn Staf∣ford▪
• * 15.117

  Walter lord Hungerford.
• * 15.118

  Iohn lord Scroope,
• * 15.119

  Rafe lord Cromwell.
• * 15.120

  Sir Rafe Butler lord Sudleie.
• * 15.121

  Marmaduke bishop of Carleill.
• * 15.122

  Iames Fines lord Saie and Sele.
• * 15.123

  Iohn lord Beauchampe.
• * 15.124

  Iohn Tiptost
• * 15.125

  Iames But∣ler earle of Wilshire.
• * 15.126

  Henrie vicoūt Bourchier.
• * 15.127

  Iohn Talbot earle of Shrewsburie.
• * 15.128

  Iames earle of Wilshire.
• * 15.129

  Henrie vi∣••••unt Bour∣chier.
• * 15.130

  Thomas lord Bourchier.
• * 15.131

  Iohn earle of Worcester.
• * 15.132

  Edmund lord Greie of Ru∣thine after erle of Kent.
• * 15.133

  The lord Greie of Wilton.
• * 15.134

  The seuerall houses of the Greies.
• * 15.135

  The Greies ••ight honou∣rable.
• * 15.136

  Sir Walter Blunt knight
• * 15.137

  Sir Richard Wooduile.
• * 15.138

  Iohn Long∣strother.
• * 15.139

  Williā Greie bishop of Elie▪
• * 15.140

  Hērie Bour∣cher.
• * 15.141

  Sir Richard Wood▪
• * 15.142

  Sir William Hopton.
• * 15.143

  Sir Reinold Braie knight.
• * 15.144

  Sir Iohn Dinham knight.
• * 15.145

  Thomas Howard erle of Surreie.
• * 15.146

  Thomas Howard.
• * 15.147

  Edward Seimor.
• * 15.148

  Sir William Paulet.
• * 15.149

  Sir Willi•••• Cecill.
• * 15.150

  D. Powell in hist. Cambriae pa. 142, 143, &c. Robert Sitsylt.
• * 15.151

  Iames Sitsylt.
• * 15.152

  Iohn Sit∣sylt.
• * 15.153

  Eustace Sitsylt.
• * 15.154

  Baldwin Sitsylt.
• * 15.155

  Gerald Sit∣sylt.
• * 15.156

  Robert Sitsylt.
• * 15.157

  Iames Sitsylt.
• * 15.158

  Gerald Sitsylt.
• * 15.159

  ••••ron. de Dôr.
• * 15.160

  Iohn Sitsylt.
• * 15.161

  Sir Iohn Sitsylt.
• * 15.162

  D. Powell▪
• * 15.163

  Iohn Sitsylt.
• * 15.164

  Thomas Sitsylt.
• * 15.165

  Philip Sitsylt.
• * 15.166

  Richard Sitsylt.
• * 15.167

  D. Powell.
• * 15.168

  The descent of sir William Cecill now lord treasuror.
• * 15.169

  Fr. Thi••.
• * 15.170

  The earle of Northumber∣land beheaded.
• * 15.171

  Englishmen sent to Ulster in Ireland.
• * 15.172

  Anno Reg. 15
• * 15.173

  A strange star appeared; the bignesse ther∣of, and of what continuance.
• * 15.174

  Earle of Dar∣bie deceased.
• * 15.175

  The life and death of the foresaid earle of Darbie.
• * 15.176

  Rare quali∣ties in a noble man.
• * 15.177

  Hall and Wil∣kinson execu∣ted.
• * 15.178

  Great frost and a sharpe winter.
• * 15.179

  Lord priuie seale deceased.
• * 15.180

  Earle of Wor∣cester sent in∣to France.
• * 15.181

  Earle of Wor∣cester robbed on the sea.
• * 15.182

  The narrow seas scowred.
• * 15.183

  Pirats on the west seas.
• * 15.184

  Pirats execu∣ted.
• * 15.185

  A man hang∣ed in saint Georges field.

  The earle of kent deceas∣sed.
• * 15.186

  George San∣ders murthe∣red at Shoo∣ters hill.
• * 15.187

  A discourse of the murther practised and committed.
• * 15.188

  Roger Cle∣ment aliàs tru∣stie Roger.
• * 15.189

  Browne the murtherer re∣••••eued with m••••ne.
• * 15.190

  He confesseth his offense vp∣pon his exa∣mination.
• * 15.191

  George Browne hanged in Smithfield, and afterward in chains on Shooters hill.
• * 15.192

  Anne San∣ders, Anne Drurie, and trustie Roger hanged in Smithfield.
• * 15.193

  Anthonie Browne han∣ged at Yorke.
• * 15.194

  Pirats han∣ged at Wap∣ping.
• * 15.195

  Foure wo∣men on the pillorie.
• * 15.196

  Haile in Nor∣thamptōshire.
• * 15.197

  Thomas Woodhouse.
• * 15.198

  Erle of Essex and the lord Rich with o∣ther sailed in∣to Ireland.
• * 15.199

  Bowes, bag∣pipes & darts among the Irish.
• * 15.200

  Erle of Essex capteine gene∣rall of Ulster in Ireland.
• * 15.201

  Peter Bur∣chet wounded maister Haw∣kins.
• * 15.202

  Peter Bur∣chet found to be an heretike.
• * 15.203

  Peter Bur∣chet abiured his heresie, & submitted himselfe to doo penance.
• * 15.204

  Peter Bur∣chet killeth his kéeper.
• * 15.205

  Peter Bur∣chet hanged.
• * 15.206

  Anno Reg. 16.
• * 15.207

  Dearth with∣out scarsitie, & afterwards plentie to them that had monie.
• * 15.208

  Priests sai∣eng masse ap∣prehended.
• * 15.209

  A monstrous fish (but not so monstrous as some repor∣ted) for his eies being great, were in his head and not in his backe.
• * 15.210

  Sperma 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 15.211

  Obsequie at Pauls for the French king.
• * 15.212

  Agnes Brid∣ges & Rachell Pinder at Pauls crosse for counter∣fetting to be possessed.
• * 15.213

  A lad of eigh∣teéne yeares 〈◊〉〈◊〉 drowned 〈…〉〈…〉 chanell in London.
• * 15.214

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 ma••ors ••••ast at the Guildhall.
• * 15.215

  T••a••me ad∣••••••rned.
• * 15.216

  Two tides in one houre.
• * 15.217

  Fierie im∣pressions ••••••••••llous.
• * 15.218

  Anno Reg. 17.
• * 15.219

  Tempestuous winds out of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 south.
• * 15.220

  ••aie ••alt 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 15.221

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Fe∣bruarie the 〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 15.222

  An earth∣quake in sun∣drie places of England, and what effects it wrought.
• * 15.223

  Anabaptists bare fagots at Pauls crosse.
• * 16.1

  The anabap∣tists heresies
• * 16.2

  Recanted.
• * 16.3

  Matthew Parker arch∣bishop of Canturburie deceased.
• * 16.4

  Walter Had∣don.
• * 16.5

  ••o. St. 1182. Mat••hew Parker a ler∣ned antiqua∣rie, and what monuments of his loue to learning he left behind him.
• * 16.6

  Founder of a grammar schoole.

  A benefactor to Corpus christi college.
• * 16.7

  Sermons perpetuallie founded at his charges in Norffolke: and what o∣ther particu∣lar gifts he bestowed to good pur∣poses.
• * 16.8

  De insigni••u•• eiusdem Mat∣th••••.
• * 16.9

  Anabaptists banished.
• * 16.10

  Fiue person•• of the familie of loue stood at Paules crosse.
• * 16.11

  Anabaptists burned in Smithfield.
• * 16.12

  Thunder and haile, where•••• insued great hurt.
• * 16.13

  The gla•••••• hou••e burn••••••
• * 16.14

  A woman brought a be•• of foure chil∣dren at one burthen.
• * 16.15

  To the num∣ber of two and twentie pi∣rats condem∣ned and iud∣ged to die. No maiors feast at the Guildhall, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪
• * 16.16

  The plague ••••••••aged in London.
• * 16.17

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 pag. 1185. God punish∣ed periurie.
• * 16.18

  Archbishop 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 16.19

  The bote ••••••wned.
• * 16.20

  Gréene han∣ged.
• * 16.21

  Frobishers first voiage for the disco∣uerie of Ca∣taia.
• * 16.22

  A rumor that capteine Fro∣bisher was cast awaie. Queene Eli∣sabeths fore∣land.
• * 16.23

  A woman burnt at Tun∣bridge for poi∣soning hir husband.
• * 16.24

  Rare worke∣manship shew∣ed in the com∣passe of a penie by the hand∣writing of an Englishman.
• * 16.25

  Anno Reg. 18. 1576
• * 16.26

  English mer∣chants su∣steine great losse by sea; and why?
• * 16.27

  The English merchants complaine to the quéene of their wrongs.
• * 16.28

  These foure ships were staied for sa∣tisfaction of one Simons ship, out of the which a Flishingec had taken cer∣teine tuns of Canarie wines.
• * 16.29

  Martin Caltrop & William Go∣dard.
• * 16.30

  The troubles increase.
• * 16.31

  This was the fourth of Nouember, 5500 one with another slain, drowned and burned.
• * 16.32

  A conclusion of peace be∣twéene the parties before diuided.
• * 16.33

  Walter Deue∣reux earle of Essex depar∣teth this life.
• * 16.34

  Abr. Fl. ex con∣cione funebri, vt patet in contex∣tu.
• * 16.35

  The place of the erls birth: what losse all Englād hath of him.
• * 16.36

  What noble∣men are the wals of the realme.
• * 16.37

  The praise of the earle for sundrie consi∣derations.
• * 16.38

  Comparison of true nobili∣tie vnto a ri∣uer or floud, &c.
• * 16.39

  ••anor. lib. ••••. it reb•••• ges•••• Al∣pho••si.
• * 16.40

  The dispositi∣on of the earle to inlarge and augment his nobilitie.
• * 16.41

  Prudence a noble vertue wherewith this erle was indue••.
• * 16.42

  How he be∣stowed his youthfull yeares.
• * 16.43

  The bishops report of him vpon his own knowledge.
• * 16.44

  The erle per∣fect in the scriptures and matters of religion.
• * 16.45

  He was a fa∣uourer of preachers.
• * 16.46

  His expert∣nesse in chro∣nicles, histo∣ries, &c.
• * 16.47

  Fortitude a noble vertue wherewith 〈◊〉〈◊〉 earle was 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 16.48

  Exod. 28, 21
• * 16.49

  The earles chiualrie, mar••iall knowledge and prowesse aduanced.
• * 16.50

  Fortitude néedfull both in time of peace and warre.
• * 16.51

  Iustice a no∣ble vertue, wherwith this erle was indued.
• * 16.52

  The bishop reporteth of the earles iu∣stice vpon his owne know∣ledge.
• * 16.53

  Iob. 29, 15.
• * 16.54

  The paterne of a good earle indéed.
• * 16.55

  Suetonius.
• * 16.56

  The huma∣nitie, courte∣sie, affable∣nesse, and other ver••ues of this earle.
• * 16.57

  Temperance, a noble vertue wherewith this erle was indued.
• * 16.58

  The bishops report of the earle vpon his owne know∣ledge.
• * 16.59

  Eccles. 7.9.
• * 16.60

  Luke 6.45.
• * 16.61

  The earle could not a∣waie with swearing, cha∣sing, nor anie disordered dealing, &c.
• * 16.62

  The disposi∣tion and de∣uotion of this earle in the time of his sickenesse.
• * 16.63

  Numb. 21.••.
• * 16.64

  The heauen∣lie contem∣plation of this earle drawing to his end.
• * 16.65

  A woonderfull gift of the ho∣lie Ghost and most worthie to be chroni∣cled.
• * 16.66

  How his ser∣uants were affected at his last spéeches.
• * 16.67

  Who they be that die in the Lord.
• * 16.68

  A spéech con∣clusorie of the bishop direc∣ted to the earl•• departed.
• * 16.69

  The earle e∣tern••llie bles∣sed.
• * 16.70

  〈1 paragraph〉〈1 paragraph〉
• * 17.1

  The death of the earle much lamented.
• * 17.2

  The heroicall description of true nobilitie.
• * 17.3

  A persuaso∣rie reason to mooue the yoong earle now liuing to an excellent imitation of his ancestors.
• * 17.4

  Notable counsell to the earle to de∣serue well of his souereigne and countrie.
• * 17.5

  The quéenes testimonie of the earle.
• * 17.6

  Uertues na∣turallie inci∣dent to the erle by cours•• of descent.
• * 17.7

  To what end ••he epitaph genealogicall was added to the funerall sermon.
• * 17.8

  The old earls counsell at his death to the yoong earle now aliue touching the shortnesse of life.
• * 17.9

  A proclamati∣on for the f••••e traffike of merchants as before, &c.